Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

  x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

 

  ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                          TO                         

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 1-8519

CINCINNATI BELL INC.

 

Ohio   31-1056105
(State of Incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

221 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Telephone 513-397-9900

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

       

Name of each exchange

  on which registered

Common Shares (par value $0.01 per share)

   

New York Stock Exchange

6  3 / 4 % Convertible Preferred Shares

   

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer    x    Accelerated filer    ¨
Non-accelerated filer    ¨    Smaller reporting company    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting common shares owned by non-affiliates of the registrant was $0.9 billion, computed by reference to the closing sale price of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2008, the last trading day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. The Company has no non-voting common shares.

At February 1, 2009, there were 227,881,466 common shares outstanding.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive proxy statement relating to the Company’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report to the extent described herein.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I
            Page
Item 1.     

Business

   3
Item 1A.     

Risk Factors

   8
Item 1B.     

Unresolved Staff Comments

   18
Item 2.     

Properties

   18
Item 3.     

Legal Proceedings

   18
Item 4.     

Submission of Matters to a Vote of the Security Holders

   18
PART II
Item 5.     

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   19
Item 6.     

Selected Financial Data

   21
Item 7.     

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   22
Item 7A.     

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   51
Item 8.     

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   53
Item 9.     

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   105
Item 9A.     

Controls and Procedures

   105
Item 9B.     

Other Information

   105
PART III
Item 10.     

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   106
Item 11.     

Executive Compensation

   107
Item 12.     

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   107
Item 13.     

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   107
Item 14.     

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   107
PART IV
Item 15.     

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   108
    

Signatures

   115

This report contains trademarks, service marks and registered marks of Cincinnati Bell Inc., as indicated.


Table of Contents

 

Part I

Item 1. Business

General

Cincinnati Bell Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a full-service regional provider of data and voice communications services and equipment over wireline and wireless networks. The Company provides telecommunications service primarily on its owned local and wireless networks with a well-regarded brand name and reputation for service. In addition, the Company provides business customers with efficient, scalable office communications systems and complex information technology solutions, including data center and managed services, telecommunications equipment, and information technology hardware. The Company operates in three segments: Wireline, Wireless, and Technology Solutions.

The Company is an Ohio corporation, incorporated under the laws of Ohio in 1983. Its principal executive offices are at 221 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 (telephone number (513) 397-9900 and website address http://www.cincinnatibell.com ). As soon as practicable after they have been electronically filed, the Company makes available its reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K (as well as all amendments to these reports), proxy statement and other information, free of charge, on its website at the Investor Relations section.

The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Exchange Act. These reports and other information filed by the Company may be read and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information about the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like the Company, which file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov .

Wireline

The Wireline segment provides local voice, data, long-distance, voice over internet protocol (“VoIP”), and other services. Local voice services include local telephone service, switched access, information services such as directory assistance, and value-added services such as caller identification, voicemail, call waiting, call return and text messaging. Data services include Digital Subscriber Line (“DSL”), which provides high-speed data transmission via the internet, dial-up internet access, dedicated network access, and Gigabit Ethernet (“Gig-E”) and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (“ATM”) based data transport, which businesses principally utilize to transport large amounts of data typically over a private network. Long distance services include long distance voice, audio conferencing, VoIP services and new broadband services including private line and multi protocol labeling switching (“MPLS”) which is a technology that enables a business customer to privately interconnect voice and data services at its locations. Other services offered by the Wireline segment consist of security monitoring services, public payphones, television over coaxial cable and fiber optical cable in limited areas, DirecTV commissioning over its entire operating area, inside wire installation for business enterprises, billing, clearinghouse and other ancillary services primarily for inter-exchange (long distance) carriers.

Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company LLC and Cincinnati Bell Extended Territories LLC

The Company provides wireline voice and data services to its historical operating territory in southwestern Ohio, northern Kentucky and southeastern Indiana through the operations of Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company LLC (“CBT”), an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier (“ILEC”). The Company’s core ILEC franchise covers approximately 2,400 square miles in a 25-mile radius around Cincinnati, Ohio. The Company has operated its core ILEC franchise for 135 years.

The Company has expanded its voice and data services beyond its ILEC territory, particularly in Dayton and Mason, Ohio, through a product suite offered to business and residential customers. Cincinnati Bell Extended Territories LLC (“CBET”), a subsidiary of CBT, operates as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) and provides voice and data services on either its own network or through purchasing unbundled network elements (“UNE-L” or “loops”) from various incumbent local carriers. The ILEC and CLEC territories are linked

 

3

 


Table of Contents

 

through a Synchronous Optical Fiber Network (“SONET”), which provides route diversity between the two territories via two separate paths.

The Wireline segment provides voice services over a 100% digital, circuit switch-based network to end users via access lines. In recent years, the Company’s voice access lines have decreased as its customer base has increasingly employed wireless technologies in lieu of wireline voice services (“wireless substitution”), or have migrated to competitors, including cable companies, which offer VoIP solutions. The Wireline segment had approximately 779,700 voice access lines in service on December 31, 2008, which is a 7% and 12% reduction in comparison to 834,300 and 887,000 access lines in service at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Despite the decline in access lines, the Wireline segment has been able to nearly offset the effect of these losses on revenue by:

 

(1) increasing DSL penetration to existing consumer and business customers;

 

(2) increasing the sale of high capacity data circuits to business customers; and

 

(3) increasing the sale of long distance and VoIP services including voice and data offerings.

The Company has deployed DSL capable electronics throughout its territory, allowing it to offer high-speed DSL internet access services to over 95% of its in-territory primary consumer access lines. The Company’s DSL subscribers were 233,200, 221,500, and 198,300 at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. CBT’s in-territory primary consumer penetration of DSL service was 48% of addressable lines at the end of 2008, an increase of 6 percentage points compared to the end of 2007.

Also, CBT’s network includes the use of fiber-optic cable, with SONET rings linking Cincinnati’s downtown with other area business centers. These SONET rings offer increased reliability and redundancy to CBT’s major business customers. CBT has an extensive business-oriented data network, offering native speed Ethernet services over an interlaced ATM – Gig-E backbone network, delivered to end users via high-capacity circuits. CBT business revenues were $427.4 million, $435.1 million, and $416.3 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

In 2008, Wireline voice revenue totaled $389.1 million and data revenue totaled $273.5 million, of which $93.8 million was associated with DSL service. Approximately 95% of the voice and data revenue was generated within the Company’s ILEC operating territory.

CBT’s subsidiary Cincinnati Bell Telecommunications Services LLC operates the National Payphone Clearinghouse (“NPC”) in an agency function, facilitating payments from inter-exchange carriers to payphone service providers (“PSPs”) relating to the compensation due to PSPs for originating access code calls, subscriber 800 calls, and other toll free and qualifying calls pursuant to the rules of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and state regulatory agencies. As the NPC agent, the Company does not take title to any funds to be paid to the PSPs, nor does the Company accept liability for the payments owed to the PSPs.

Cincinnati Bell Any Distance Inc.

Cincinnati Bell Any Distance Inc. (“CBAD”) provides long distance, audio conferencing and VoIP services to businesses and residential customers in the Greater Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio areas. In 2007, CBAD began to provide new broadband services, including private line and MPLS, beyond its traditional territory to business customers. Residential customers can choose from a variety of long distance plans, which include unlimited long distance for a flat fee, purchase of minutes at a per-minute-of-use rate, or a fixed number of minutes for a flat fee. In addition to long distance, business customers can choose from a variety of other services, which include audio conferencing, dedicated long distance, and VoIP. At December 31, 2008, CBAD had approximately 531,600 long distance subscribers, consisting of 352,700 residential and 178,900 business subscribers, compared to 548,300 and 552,300 long distance subscribers at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease in subscribers from 2007 was related to a 6% decline in residential subscribers, consistent with the CBT access line loss, partially offset by a 3% increase in business subscribers. In 2008, CBAD produced $98.3 million in revenue for the Wireline segment compared to $79.3 million in 2007, and $71.8 million in 2006. Approximately $13.0 million of the revenue increase in 2008 resulted from the February 2008 acquisition of eGIX Inc. (“eGix”), a CLEC provider of voice and long distance services primarily to business customers in Indiana and Illinois, for

 

4


Table of Contents

 

$18.1 million. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding this acquisition.

Cincinnati Bell Complete Protection Inc.

Cincinnati Bell Complete Protection Inc. (“CBCP”) provides surveillance hardware and monitoring services to residential and business customers in the Greater Cincinnati area. At December 31, 2008, CBCP had approximately 11,800 monitoring subscribers in comparison to 9,900 and 8,600 monitoring subscribers at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. CBCP produced $4.5 million, $4.0 million, and $3.6 million in revenue in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, for the Wireline segment.

Public Payphone Business

The Company’s public payphone business (“Public”) provides public payphone services primarily within the geographic area of the Wireline segment. Public had approximately 1,900, 2,200, and 2,900 stations in service as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, and generated approximately $1.3 million, $1.9 million, and $2.9 million in revenue in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, or less than 1% of consolidated revenue in each year. The revenue decrease results primarily from wireless substitution, as usage of payphones continues to decrease in favor of wireless products, and a targeted reduction in unprofitable lines.

Video

In March 2007, CBET purchased a local telecommunications business which offers voice, data and cable TV services in Lebanon, Ohio for a purchase price of $7.0 million. As a result of this acquisition, Wireline now offers cable TV to 3,900 customers in Lebanon, Ohio. Additionally, in 2008, the Company’s capital expenditures for its network included fiber optical cable in limited areas. The large bandwidth of fiber optical cable allows the Company to provide customers with voice, data, and entertainment services. The Company spent $14.7 million in 2008 for fiber network capital expenditures to provide all these services.

In addition to providing entertainment over coaxial cable and fiber optical cable in limited areas, the Company also is an authorized sales agent and offers DirecTV © satellite programming through its retail distribution outlets to Cincinnati Bell customers. The Company does not deliver satellite television services. Instead, DirecTV © pays the Company a commission for each subscriber and in some circumstances may offer a bundle price discount directly to the Cincinnati Bell customer subscribing to its satellite television service. At December 31, 2008, the Company had 22,000 customers that were subscribers to DirecTV © .

The Wireline segment produced $803.6 million, $821.7 million, and $810.4 million, or 57%, 61%, and 64%, of consolidated revenue in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The Wireline segment produced operating income of $261.7 million, $252.5 million, and $291.8 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Wireless

Through Cincinnati Bell Wireless LLC (“CBW”), the Wireless segment provides advanced digital wireless voice and data communications services through the operation of a Global System for Mobile Communications/General Packet Radio Service (“GSM”) network with a 3G Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (“3G”) network overlay in the Company’s licensed service territory, which includes Greater Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio, and areas of northern Kentucky and southeastern Indiana. Its digital wireless network is connected to approximately 440 towers currently utilizing 50 MHz of its licensed wireless spectrum in the Cincinnati Basic Trading Area and 40 MHz of its licensed spectrum in the Dayton Basic Trading Area.

To satisfy increasing demand for existing voice minutes of use by customers as well as to provide enhanced data services such as streaming video, the Company purchased an additional 20 MHz of advanced wireless spectrum for the Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio regions in the Advanced Wireless Services spectrum auction conducted by the FCC in 2006 to construct a 3G wireless overlay of its GSM network. The 3G overlay is compatible with the Company’s existing GSM network, and future capital expenditures to increase the network’s capacity for minutes of use are lower with the 3G network overlay. The Company spent approximately $16 million in 2008 and $11 million in 2007 to complete its 3G network overlay. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company launched 3G for commercial services.

 

5

 


Table of Contents

 

In early 2008, the Company purchased additional advanced wireless spectrum for the Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio regions. In addition to the Cincinnati and Dayton regions spectrum purchased in 2006 and 2008, the Company also purchased advanced wireless spectrum in Indianapolis, Indiana in 2006. The Company does not have specific plans to utilize the Indianapolis spectrum license at this time. The Company’s 2006 purchases of the Cincinnati, Dayton and Indianapolis area spectrum totaled $37.1 million, and the 2008 spectrum purchase totaled $2.8 million.

As of December 31, 2008, the Wireless segment served approximately 550,600 subscribers of which 403,700 were postpaid subscribers who are billed monthly in arrears, and 146,900 were prepaid i-wireless SM subscribers who purchase service in advance. In support of its service business, the segment sells wireless handset devices at or below cost, as well as related accessories. Additionally, the segment sells services to other wireless carriers for their customers to access voice and data services on the Company’s Wireline and Wireless networks through roaming agreements as well as through the lease of space on Company-owned towers.

The Wireless segment competes against all of the U.S. national wireless carriers by offering superior network quality, unique rate plans, which may be bundled with the Company’s wireline services, and extensive and conveniently located retail outlets. The segment offers unique rate plans and products, such as the “Unlimited Everyday Calling Plan” to any Cincinnati Bell local voice, wireless or business customers and Fusion WiFi, which utilizes Unlicensed Mobile Access (“UMA”) technology on a dual-mode wireless handset to provide converged wireline and wireless network services. The UMA technology allows the handset to send and receive voice and data transmissions over the internet via the Company’s broadband access network while within the range of a wireless fidelity access point. This allows for enhanced in-building wireless voice reception and faster rates of data transmission compared to alternative wireless data services . In addition, the Company also offers several family plans, including the “Unlimited Family Plan” as well as a “Smart Device Family Plan.” These plans allow the first subscriber to get a wireless voice rate plan and, if selected, a data plan, at regular price and then each additional family member can be added at a lower price.

Postpaid subscriber service revenue generated approximately 74% of 2008 segment revenue. A variety of rate plans are available to postpaid subscribers, and these plans can include a fixed number of national minutes, an unlimited number of Cincinnati Bell mobile-to-mobile (calls to and from other Wireless subscribers), an unlimited number of calls to and from a CBT access line, and/or local minutes for a flat monthly rate. For plans with a fixed number of minutes, postpaid subscribers can purchase additional minutes at a per-minute-of-use rate. A variety of data plans are also available including mobile messaging, mobile internet, and smart device data plans as a bolt-on to voice rate plans. Prepaid i-wireless SM subscribers, which accounted for 16% of 2008 segment revenue, can purchase airtime cards for use with pay per minute, pay by day, pay by week, or pay by month rate plans. Revenue from other wireless service providers for the purchase of roaming minutes for the carrier’s own subscribers using minutes on CBW’s network, collocation revenue (rent received for the placement of other carriers’ radios on CBW towers), and reciprocal compensation for other carriers’ subscribers who terminate calls on CBW’s network, accounted for approximately 2% of total 2008 segment revenue.

Sales of handsets and accessories generated the remaining 8% of 2008 segment revenue. CBW sells handsets and accessories, often below its purchase cost, to promote acquisition and retention of subscribers. Sales take place at the Company’s owned retail stores, on the Company’s website, and in independent distributors’ retail stores pursuant to agency agreements. CBW purchases handsets and accessories from a variety of manufacturers and maintains an inventory to support sales.

The Wireless segment contributed $316.1 million, $294.5 million, and $262.0 million, or 23%, 22%, and 21%, of consolidated revenue in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The Wireless segment produced operating income of $46.8 million in 2008, $34.3 million in 2007, and $20.2 million in 2006.

Technology Solutions

The Technology Solutions segment provides outsourced telecommunications and IT solutions in multiple states through the Company’s subsidiaries, Cincinnati Bell Technology Solutions Inc. (“CBTS”) and GramTel Inc. (“GramTel”). GramTel was purchased in December 2007 for $20.3 million and provides data center services to small and medium-size companies in Chicago, northwestern Indiana, and southwestern Michigan. Refer to Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about the GramTel acquisition.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

Technology Solutions sells products, software, and labor services to customers in three separate product lines: telecom and IT equipment distribution, data center and managed services, and professional services. By offering a full range of equipment and outsourced managed services in conjunction with the Company’s wireline network services, Technology Solutions provides end-to-end IT telecommunications infrastructure management designed to reduce cost and mitigate risk while optimizing performance for its customers.

The telecom and IT equipment distribution product line is the value-added reseller operation of Technology Solutions. The Company maintains relationships with over ten branded technology vendors, which allows it to sell, install, and maintain a wide array of telecommunications and computer equipment and operating systems to meet the needs of small to large businesses. This unit also manages the implementation and maintenance of traditional voice systems as well as converged VoIP systems.

The data center and managed services product line includes the operations of ten data centers totaling 209,000 square feet of billable data center capacity, a network operations center that provides off-site infrastructure monitoring, and a wide array of IT infrastructure management products, which includes network management, electronic data storage, disaster recovery, and data security management. Data center services include 24-hour monitoring of the customer’s computer equipment in the data center, redundant power, and environmental controls. CBTS’ data centers are connected with one another and to its customers’ data networks through the fully redundant facilities of CBT’s telecommunications network and/or CBTS’ dedicated dense wave division multiplexing optical network. This connectivity and the geographical dispersion of the data centers provide enhanced data reliability and disaster recovery.

The Technology Solutions model combines data center collocation services with value-added IT managed services into a fully managed and outsourced infrastructure service. Data center customer contracts typically range from three to fifteen years in length and produce attractive returns on invested capital. The Company intends to continue to pursue additional customers and growth specific to its data center business and is prepared to commit additional resources, including capital expenditures and working capital, to support this growth.

The professional services product line provides IT outsourcing through staff augmentation and professional IT consulting by highly technical, certified employees. These engagements can be short-term IT implementation and project-based work as well as longer term staffing and permanent placement assignments. Technology Solutions utilizes a team of experienced recruiting and hiring personnel to provide its customers a wide range of skilled IT professionals at competitive hourly rates.

The Technology Solutions segment produced total revenue of $315.2 million, $258.3 million, and $216.6 million and constituted approximately 22%, 19%, and 17% of consolidated revenue in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The Technology Solutions segment produced operating income of $18.1 million in both 2008 and 2007 and $15.8 million in 2006.

Customers

As the Company’s growth products, such as data center services, wireless services and wireline data services, continue to increase in revenue, and the Company’s legacy products, such as voice service in its ILEC territory, continue to decrease in revenue, the Company’s revenue portfolio is becoming more diversified than in the past, as the comparison between 2008 revenue and 2005 revenue demonstrates below.

 

Percentage of revenue (before intercompany eliminations)    2008     2005     Change  

Wireline local voice

   27 %   41 %   (14 )pts

Technology Solutions

   22 %   14 %   8  

Wireless

   22 %   20 %   2  

Wireline data

   19 %   18 %   1  

Other Wireline, including long distance

   10 %   7 %   3  
              

Total

   100 %   100 %  

 

7

 


Table of Contents

 

Additionally, the Company’s mix of business and consumer customers is changing, as many of the Company’s growth products, such as data center services and data transport services, are geared primarily toward business customers. In 2008, the Company’s revenues were comprised of 59% to business customers and 41% to consumers. By comparison, the Company’s 2005 revenues were comprised of 53% to business customers and 47% to consumers.

Employees

At February 1, 2009, the Company had approximately 3,300 employees. CBT has approximately 1,200 employees covered under a collective bargaining agreement with the Communications Workers of America (“CWA”), which is affiliated with the AFL-CIO.

Business Segment Information

The amount of revenue, intersegment revenue, operating income, expenditures for long-lived assets, and depreciation and amortization attributable to each of the Company’s business segments for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, and assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, is set forth in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The Company’s substantial debt could limit its ability to fund operations, expose it to interest rate volatility, limit its ability to raise additional capital and have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations and on its business and prospects generally.

The Company has a substantial amount of debt and has significant debt service obligations. As of December 31, 2008, the Company and its subsidiaries had outstanding indebtedness of $2.0 billion on which it incurred $139.7 million of interest expense in 2008, and had total shareowners’ deficit of $709.3 million. In addition, at December 31, 2008, the Company had the ability to borrow additional amounts under its revolving credit facility totaling approximately $151.4 million, subject to compliance with certain conditions. The Company may incur additional debt from time to time, subject to the restrictions contained in its credit facilities and other debt instruments.

The Company’s substantial debt could have important consequences, including the following:

 

   

the Company will be required to use a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on its debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, and other general corporate requirements;

 

   

the Company’s interest expense could increase if interest rates, in general, increase because approximately 30% of the Company’s indebtedness is based on variable interest rates;

 

   

the Company’s interest rate on its revolving credit facility depends on the level of the Company’s specified financial ratios, and therefore could increase if the Company’s specified financial ratios require a higher rate;

 

   

the Company’s substantial debt will increase its vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse competitive and industry conditions and could place the Company at a competitive disadvantage compared to those of its competitors that are less leveraged;

 

   

the Company’s debt service obligations could limit its flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in its business and the industry in which it operates;

 

   

the Company’s level of debt and shareowners’ deficit may restrict it from raising additional financing on satisfactory terms to fund working capital, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and joint ventures and other general corporate requirements; and

 

   

a potential failure to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants in the Company’s debt instruments, which, among other things, require it to maintain specified financial ratios could, if not cured or waived, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to fulfill its obligations and on its business and prospects generally.

 

8


Table of Contents

 

The current credit and financial market conditions may exacerbate certain risks affecting the Company and its business.

As widely reported, financial markets in the United States, Europe and Asia have been experiencing extreme disruption in recent months, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, and rating downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. Governments have taken unprecedented actions intended to address extreme market conditions that include severely restricted credit and declines in real estate values. The Company believes the current credit and financial market conditions could adversely affect its operations in several ways:

 

   

The Company’s Corporate revolving credit facility expires in February 2010. Although the Company believes it will be able to refinance its revolving credit facility, further severe disruption in the financial markets as noted above could cause the Company not to be able to refinance its revolving credit facility on acceptable terms;

 

   

The Company has significant bonds maturing in 2013. These adverse economic conditions could impair the Company’s ability to access credit markets to refinance these bonds;

 

   

The current tightening of credit in financial markets adversely affects the ability of customers, both business and consumer, to obtain appropriate financing and could result in a cancellation of, a decrease in, or inability to pay for orders for the Company’s products and services;

 

   

The Company’s suppliers are also adversely affected, and the lack of appropriate financing to fund key supplier operations could lead to a shortage or cancellation of key supplier products and services, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations;

 

   

The Company’s Corporate credit facility is funded by a consortium of banks, and the Company’s interest rate swaps are entered into with counterparties that have been adversely affected by the current credit and financial market conditions. If one or more of these banks or counterparties were not able to fulfill its funding obligations, the Company’s financial condition could be adversely affected. The Corporate credit facility is funded by 15 different financial institutions, with no financial institution having more than 10% of the total facility. The Company’s counterparty exposure related to the interest rate swaps is limited to the unrealized gains on the interest rate swaps, which totaled $18.8 million at December 31, 2008, and realized gains not yet received; and

 

   

The Company’s pension plan investment assets have suffered investment losses of 23% for the year ended December 31, 2008. These losses and any future losses could negatively impact the level of pension funding required by the Company in future years, the amount of pension expense to be recorded in the future, and the level of shareowners’ deficit.

The Company is unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the current disruption in financial markets and adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries.

Uncertainty in the U.S. and world securities markets and adverse medical cost trends could cause the Company’s pension and postretirement costs to increase.

Investment returns of the Company’s pension funds depend largely on trends in the U.S. and world securities markets and the U.S. and world economies in general. As noted above, pension investment losses in 2008 equaled 23%. The Company expects that the decreased plan assets, caused primarily by 2008 investment losses, will, in and of itself, cause an $11 million increase to 2009 pension expense compared to 2008. See “Future Operating Trends” for further discussion of 2009 pension expense. Continued uncertainty in the securities markets and economy could result in further investment returns that are less than those previously assumed and could cause a further decline in the value of plan assets, which the Company would be required to recognize over the next several years under generally accepted accounting principles. Additionally, the Company’s postretirement costs are adversely affected by increases in medical and prescription drug costs. Should the securities markets decline further and medical and prescription drug costs increase significantly, the Company would expect to face even higher annual net pension and postretirement costs. Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

 

9

 


Table of Contents

 

Adverse changes in the value of assets or obligations associated with the Company’s employee benefit plans could negatively impact shareowner’s deficit and liquidity.

The Company sponsors three noncontributory defined benefit pension plans: one for eligible management employees, one for non-management employees, and one supplemental, nonqualified, unfunded plan for certain senior executives. The Company’s consolidated balance sheets indirectly reflect the value of all plan assets and benefit obligations under these plans. The accounting for employee benefit plans is complex, as is the process of calculating the benefit obligations under the plans. The adverse market conditions of 2008 have resulted in an increase to the Company’s unfunded pension liability of $123 million and an increase to shareholder’s deficit of $78 million, tax effected, at December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. Further adverse changes in interest rates or market conditions, among other assumptions and factors, could cause a further significant increase in the Company’s benefit obligations or a significant decrease of the asset values, without necessarily impacting the Company’s net income. In addition, the Company’s benefit obligations could increase significantly if it needs to unfavorably revise the assumptions used to calculate the obligations. These further adverse changes could have a further significant negative impact on the Company’s shareowners’ deficit. In addition, with respect to the Company’s pension plans, the Company expects to make $288 million of estimated cash contributions to its qualified pension plans for the years 2009 to 2018. Further, adverse changes to plan assets could require the Company to contribute additional material amounts of cash to the plan or could accelerate the timing of required payments.

The servicing of the Company’s indebtedness requires a significant amount of cash, and its ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond its control.

The Company’s ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors, many of which are beyond its control. The Company cannot provide assurance that its business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that additional sources of debt financing will be available or that future borrowings will be available under its credit facilities, in each case, in amounts sufficient to enable the Company to service its indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. If the Company cannot service its indebtedness, it will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and joint ventures, or selling assets, restructuring or refinancing indebtedness, or seeking additional equity capital, which may adversely affect its shareholders, debtholders, and customers. The Company may not be able to negotiate remedies on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict the Company from adopting any of these alternatives.

The Company depends on the receipt of dividends or other intercompany transfers from its subsidiaries.

Certain of the Company’s material subsidiaries are subject to regulatory authority that may potentially limit the ability of a subsidiary to distribute funds or assets. If the Company’s subsidiaries were to be prohibited from paying dividends or making distributions to Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“CBI”), the parent company, CBI may not be able to make the scheduled interest and principal repayments on its $1.6 billion of debt. This would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and the trading price of Cincinnati Bell’s common stock, preferred stock, and debt instruments.

The Company’s creditors and preferred stockholders have claims that are superior to claims of the holders of Cincinnati Bell common stock. Accordingly, in the event of the Company’s dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation, or reorganization, payment is first made on the claims of creditors of the Company and its subsidiaries, then preferred stockholders and finally, if amounts are available, to holders of Cincinnati Bell common stock.

The Company depends on its credit facilities to provide for its financing requirements in excess of amounts generated by operations.

The Company depends on its credit facilities to provide for temporary financing requirements in excess of amounts generated by operations. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $73.0 million of outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit totaling $25.6 million, leaving $151.4 million in additional borrowing availability under its $250 million revolving credit facility. The Company’s revolving credit facility expires in February of 2010 and will need to be renewed at that time.

 

10


Table of Contents

 

Although the Company believes it will be able to refinance its revolving credit facility, further severe disruption in the financial markets as noted above could cause the Company not to be able to refinance its revolving credit facility on acceptable terms. Additionally, the ability to borrow from the credit facilities is predicated on the Company’s compliance with covenants. Failure to satisfy these covenants would constrain or prohibit its ability to borrow under the credit facilities.

The credit facilities and other indebtedness impose significant restrictions on the Company.

The Company’s debt instruments impose, and the terms of any future debt may impose, operating and other restrictions on the Company. These restrictions affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, the Company’s ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

make investments;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

guarantee indebtedness;

 

   

declare or pay dividends or other distributions to shareholders;

 

   

repurchase equity interests;

 

   

redeem debt that is junior in right of payment to such indebtedness;

 

   

enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from subsidiaries;

 

   

issue or sell capital stock of certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

   

consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

In addition, the Company’s credit facilities and debt instruments include restrictive covenants that may materially limit the Company’s ability to prepay debt and preferred stock. The agreements governing the credit facilities also require the Company to achieve and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios.

The restrictions contained in the terms of the credit facilities and its other debt instruments could:

 

   

limit the Company’s ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict the Company’s activities or business plans; and

 

   

adversely affect the Company’s ability to finance its operations, strategic acquisitions, investments or alliances, or other capital needs, or to engage in other business activities that would be in its interest.

A breach of any of these restrictive covenants or the Company’s inability to comply with the required financial ratios would result in a default under some or all of the debt agreements. During the occurrence and continuance of a default, lenders may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. Additionally, under the credit facilities, the lenders may elect not to provide loans until such default is cured or waived. The Company’s debt instruments also contain cross-acceleration provisions, which generally cause each instrument to be subject to early repayment of outstanding principal and related interest upon a qualifying acceleration of any other debt instrument.

In 2008, the Company repurchased and retired $76.8 million of its common stock and $108.1 million face amount of its corporate bonds at an average discount of 14%. Payments to repurchase common stock under the Company’s repurchase program and prepay debt are considered restricted payments under certain of the Company’s debt agreements, and such payments are limited under these debt agreements. The Company believes it has sufficient ability under these debt agreements to make these restricted payments to buy back intended amounts of outstanding common stock and debt in 2009. However, a downturn in the Company’s profitability could cause the Company not to have sufficient ability under its debt agreements to make its intended common stock buybacks and prepayments of debt in 2009, and/or could cause the Company not to be able to make additional common stock buybacks and prepayments of debt in the future.

 

11

 


Table of Contents

 

The Company’s future cash flows could be adversely affected if it is unable to realize fully its deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had net deferred income taxes of $563.0 million, which includes U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $439.1 million, alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $12.2 million, state and local net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $66.0 million, deferred tax temporary differences and other tax attributes of $118.6 million, offset by valuation allowances of $72.9 million. The valuation allowances have been provided against deferred tax assets related to certain state and local net operating losses and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize the assets within the statutory expiration period. For more information concerning the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards, deferred tax assets, and valuation allowance, see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The use of the Company’s deferred tax assets enables it to satisfy current and future tax liabilities without the use of the Company’s cash resources. If the Company is unable for any reason to generate sufficient taxable income to fully realize its deferred tax assets, or if the use of its net operating loss carryforwards are limited by Internal Revenue Code Section 382 or similar state statute, its net income, shareowners’ equity, and future cash flows could be adversely affected.

The Company operates in highly competitive industries, and its customers may not continue to purchase services, which could result in reduced revenue and loss of market share.

The telecommunications industry is very competitive. Competitors may reduce pricing, create new bundled offerings, or develop new technologies, products, or services. If the Company cannot continue to offer reliable, competitively priced, value-added services, or if the Company does not keep pace with technological advances, competitive forces could adversely affect it through a loss of market share or a decrease in revenue and profit margins. The Company has lost, and will likely continue to lose, access lines as a part of its customer base utilizes the services of competitive wireline or wireless providers in lieu of the Company’s local wireline service.

The Wireline segment faces competition from other local exchange carriers, wireless service providers, inter-exchange carriers, and cable, broadband, and internet service providers. The Company believes CBT could face greater competition as new facilities-based service providers with existing service relationships with CBT’s customers compete more aggressively and focus greater resources on the Greater Cincinnati operating area. Insight Cable, which provides cable service in the northern Kentucky portion of the Company’s ILEC territory, began to offer VoIP and long distance services in 2007. Time Warner Cable, AT&T, Verizon, and others offer VoIP and long distance services in Cincinnati and Dayton. Wireless providers offer plans with no additional fees for long distance. Partially as a result of this increased competition, the Company’s access lines decreased by 7% and long distance subscribers decreased by 3% in 2008. If the Company is unable to effectively implement strategies to retain access lines and long distance subscribers, or replace such access line loss with other sources of revenue, the Company’s Wireline business will be adversely affected.

Wireless competes against national, well-funded wireless service providers in the Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio metropolitan market areas, including AT&T, Sprint Nextel, T-Mobile, Verizon and Leap. In addition, in 2008, several major cable companies including Time Warner Cable made a significant investment in Clearwire, a company created by combining certain wireless assets of Sprint Nextel and Clearwire. Clearwire is in the process of constructing a nationwide wireless 4G network. The Company anticipates that continued competition could compress its margins for wireless products and services as carriers continue to offer more minutes for equivalent or lower service fees while CBW cannot offer more minutes without incremental capital expenditures and operating costs. Also, new wireless products are not always available to the Company as other competitors may have exclusive agreements for these new products, such as the iPhone . CBW’s ability to compete will depend, in part, on its ability to anticipate and respond to various competitive factors affecting the telecommunications industry.

Furthermore, there has been a trend in the wireless communications industry towards consolidation through joint ventures, reorganizations, and acquisitions. The Company expects this consolidation trend to lead to larger competitors with greater resources and more service offerings than CBW. In addition, wireless subscribers are

 

12


Table of Contents

 

permitted to retain their wireless phone numbers when changing to another wireless carrier within the same geographic area. The Company generally does not enter into long-term contracts with its wireless subscribers, and therefore, this portability could have a significant adverse affect on the Company. The Company also believes that these wireless competitors, and in particular, companies that offer unlimited wireless service plans for a flat monthly fee, are a cause of CBT’s access line loss.

The Technology Solutions segment competes against numerous other information technology consulting, web-hosting, data center and computer system integration companies, many of which are larger, national in scope, and better financed. This market is rapidly evolving, highly competitive and likely to be characterized by over-capacity and industry consolidation. Other competitors may consolidate with one another or acquire software application vendors or technology providers, enabling them to more effectively compete with Technology Solutions. The Company believes that many of the participants in this market must grow rapidly and achieve a significant presence to compete effectively. This consolidation could affect prices and other competitive factors in ways that could impede the Technology Solutions segment’s ability to compete successfully in the market.

The effect of the foregoing competition on any of the Company’s segments could have a material adverse impact on its businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Maintaining the Company’s networks and data centers requires significant capital expenditures, and its inability or failure to maintain its networks and data centers would have a material impact on its market share and ability to generate revenue.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, capital expenditures totaled $230.9 million, which included $103.6 million of capital expenditures related to new data center facilities, the 3G wireless network overlay, and fiber network construction. The Company expects to spend similar amounts of total capital in 2009.

The Company currently operates ten data centers, including those acquired through the purchase of GramTel in December 2007, and any further data center expansion will involve significant capital expenditures for data center construction. In order to provide guaranteed levels of service to our data center customers, the network infrastructure must be protected against damage from human error, natural disasters, unexpected equipment failure, power loss or telecommunications failures, terrorism, sabotage, or other intentional acts of vandalism. The Company’s disaster recovery plan may not address all of the problems that may be encountered in the event of a disaster or other unanticipated problem, which may result in disruption of service to data center customers.

The Company may also incur significant additional capital expenditures as a result of unanticipated developments, regulatory changes, and other events that impact the business. If the Company is unable or fails to adequately maintain or expand its networks to meet customer needs, there could be a material adverse impact on the Company’s market share and its ability to generate revenue.

Maintenance of CBW’s wireless network, growth in the wireless business, or the addition of new wireless products and services may require CBW to obtain additional spectrum and transmitting sites which may not be available or be available only on less than favorable terms.

CBW uses spectrum licensed to the Company for its GSM network. In 2006 and in early 2008, the Company acquired additional spectrum licenses, primarily for its current operating territory and Indianapolis. Introduction of new wireless products and services, as well as maintenance of the existing wireless business, may require CBW to obtain additional spectrum either to supplement or to replace the existing spectrum. Furthermore, the Company’s network depends on the deployment of radio frequency equipment on towers and on buildings. The Company both owns and leases space on these towers and buildings and typically leases underlying land. There can be no assurance that spectrum or the appropriate transmitting locations will be available to CBW or will be available on commercially favorable terms. Failure to obtain or retain any needed spectrum or transmitting locations could have a materially adverse impact on the wireless business as a whole, the quality of the wireless networks, and the ability to offer new competitive products and services.

 

13

 


Table of Contents

 

The Company depends on a number of third-party providers, and the loss of, or problems with, one or more of these providers may impede our growth or cause us to lose customers.

The Company depends on third-party providers to supply products and services. For example, many of the Company’s information technology functions and call center functions are performed by third party providers, network equipment is purchased from and maintained by vendors, and data center space is leased from landlords. Any failure on the part of third party suppliers to provide the contracted services, additional required services, additional products, or additional leased space could impede the growth of the Company’s business and cause financial results to suffer.

The Company could be subject to increased operating costs, as well as claims, litigation or other potential liability, in connection with risks associated with internet security and system security.

A significant barrier to the growth of e-commerce and communications over the internet has been the need for secure transmission of confidential information. Several of the Company’s infrastructure systems and application services use encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the protections necessary for secure transmission of confidential information, including credit card information from customers. We also rely on personnel in our network operations centers, data centers, and retail stores to follow Company policies when handling sensitive information. Any unauthorized access, computer viruses, accidental or intentional actions and other disruptions could result in increased operating costs.

Data center business could be harmed by prolonged electrical power outages or shortages, increased costs of energy or general lack of availability of electrical resources.

Data centers are susceptible to regional costs of power, planned or unplanned power outages and shortages, and limitations on the availability of adequate power resources. Power outages, such as those that occurred in California in 2001, the Northeast in 2003, and from the tornados on the east coast of the U.S. in 2004, could harm the Company’s customers and business. The Company attempts to limit exposure to system downtime by using backup generators and power supplies. As a result of these data center redundancies, the Company’s data center customers incurred only minimal downtime during the aftermath of the Hurricane Ike windstorm that caused severe disruption to power sources in the Cincinnati area for approximately two weeks in September 2008. However, the Company may not be able to limit the exposure entirely in future occurrences even with those protections in place. In addition, global fluctuations in the price of power can increase the cost of energy, and although contractual price increase clauses may exist and, in some cases, the data center customer pays directly for the cost of power, the Company may not be able to pass all of these increased costs on to customers, or the increase in power costs may impact additional sales of data center space.

The long sales cycle for data center services may materially affect the data center business and results of its operations.

A customer’s decision to lease cabinet space in one of the Company’s data centers and to purchase additional services typically involves a significant commitment of resources, significant contract negotiations regarding the service level commitments, and significant due diligence on the part of the customer regarding the adequacy of the Company’s facilities, including the adequacy of carrier connections. As a result, the sale of data center space has a long sales cycle. Furthermore, the Company may expend significant time and resources in pursuing a particular sale or customer that may not result in revenue. Delays in the length of the data center sales cycle may have a material adverse effect on the Technology Solutions segment and results of its operations.

The Company’s failure to meet performance standards under its agreements could result in customers terminating their relationships with the Company or customers being entitled to receive financial compensation, which could lead to reduced revenues and/or increased costs.

The Company’s agreements with its customers contain various requirements regarding performance and levels of service. If the Company fails to provide the levels of service or performance required by its agreements, customers may be able to receive service credits for their accounts and other financial compensation, and also may be able to terminate their relationship with the Company. In addition, any inability to meet service level

 

14


Table of Contents

 

commitments or other performance standards could reduce the confidence of customers and could consequently impair the Company’s ability to obtain and retain customers, which would adversely affect both the Company’s ability to generate revenues and operating results.

The regulation of the Company’s businesses by federal and state authorities may, among other things, place the Company at a competitive disadvantage, restrict its ability to price its products and services, and threaten its operating licenses.

Several of the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to regulatory oversight of varying degrees at both the state and federal levels, which may differ from the regulatory scrutiny faced by the Company’s competitors. A significant portion of CBT revenue is derived from pricing plans that require regulatory overview and approval. Different interpretations by regulatory bodies may result in adjustments to revenue in future periods. In recent years, these regulated pricing plans have required CBT to decrease or fix the rates it charges for some services while its competition has typically been able to set rates for its services with limited restriction. In the future, regulatory initiatives that would put CBT at a competitive disadvantage or mandate lower rates for its services could result in lower profitability and cash flow for the Company. In addition, different regulatory interpretations of existing regulations or guidelines may affect the Company’s revenues and expenses in future periods.

At the federal level, CBT is subject to the Telecommunications Act of 1996, including the rules subsequently adopted by the FCC to implement the 1996 Act, which has impacted CBT’s in-territory local exchange operations in the form of greater competition. At the state level, CBT conducts local exchange operations in portions of Ohio, Kentucky, and Indiana, and, consequently, is subject to regulation by the Public Utilities Commissions in those states. Various regulatory decisions or initiatives at the federal or state level may from time to time have a negative impact on CBT’s ability to compete in its markets.

CBW’s FCC licenses to provide wireless services are subject to renewal and revocation. Although the FCC has routinely renewed wireless licenses in the past, the Company cannot be assured that challenges will not be brought against those licenses in the future. Revocation or non-renewal of CBW’s licenses could result in a cessation of CBW’s operations and consequently lower operating results and cash flow for the Company.

From time to time, different regulatory agencies conduct audits to ensure that the Company is in compliance with the respective regulations. If found not to be in compliance, the Company could be subject to fines and penalties which could be material to the Company’s financial statements.

There are currently many regulatory actions under way and being contemplated by federal and state authorities regarding issues that could result in significant changes to the business conditions in the telecommunications industry. Assurances cannot be given that changes in current or future regulations adopted by the FCC or state regulators, or other legislative, administrative, or judicial initiatives relating to the telecommunications industry, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Future declines in the fair value of the Company’s wireless licenses could result in future impairment charges.

The market values of wireless licenses have varied dramatically over the last several years and may vary significantly in the future. In particular, valuation swings could occur if:

 

   

Consolidation in the wireless industry allows or requires carriers to sell significant portions of their wireless spectrum holdings;

 

   

A sudden large sale of spectrum by one or more wireless providers occurs; or

 

   

Market prices decline as a result of the sale prices in recent and upcoming FCC auctions.

In addition, the price of wireless licenses could decline as a result of the FCC’s pursuit of policies designed to increase the number of wireless licenses available in each of the Company’s markets. For example, the FCC auctioned an additional 90 MHz of spectrum in the 1700 MHz to 2100 MHz band in the Advanced Wireless Services spectrum auction in 2006 and, in early 2008, auctioned 62 MHz of 700 MHz wireless spectrum. If the market value of wireless licenses were to decline significantly, the value of the Company’s wireless licenses could be subject to non-cash impairment charges.

 

15

 


Table of Contents

 

The Company reviews potential impairments to indefinite-lived intangible assets, including wireless licenses and trademarks, annually and when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment condition may exist. A significant impairment loss, most likely resulting from reduced cash flow, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating income and on the carrying value of the wireless licenses on the balance sheet.

Failure to anticipate the needs for and introduce new products and services or to compete with new technologies may compromise the Company’s success in the telecommunications industry.

The Company’s success depends, in part, on being able to anticipate the needs of current and future business, carrier, and consumer customers. The Company seeks to meet these needs through new product introductions, service quality, and technological superiority. New products are not always available to the Company, as other competitors may have exclusive agreements for those new products, such as the iPhone™. New products and services are important to the Company’s success as its industry is technologically driven, such that new technologies can offer alternatives to the Company’s existing services. The development of new technologies and products could accelerate the Company’s loss of access lines and increase wireless customer churn, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s revenue, results of operations, and cash flows.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the financial markets and the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Terrorist attacks may negatively affect the Company’s operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that there will not be further terrorist attacks against the U.S. and U.S. businesses, or armed conflict involving the U.S. Further terrorist attacks or other acts of violence or war may directly impact the Company’s physical facilities or those of its customers and vendors. These events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the U.S. and world financial markets and economy. They could result in an economic recession in the U.S. or abroad. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

The Company could incur significant costs resulting from complying with, or potential violations of, environmental, health, and human safety laws.

The Company’s operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, health, and human safety, including those governing the management and disposal of, and exposure to, hazardous materials and the cleanup of contamination, and the emission of radio frequency. While the Company believes its operations are in substantial compliance with environmental, health, and human safety laws and regulations, as an owner or operator of property, and in connection with the current and historical use of hazardous materials and other operations at our sites, the Company could incur significant costs resulting from complying with or violations of such laws, the imposition of cleanup obligations, and third-party suits. For instance, a number of the Company’s sites formerly contained underground storage tanks for the storage of used oil and fuel for back-up generators and vehicles. In addition, a few sites currently contain underground fuel tanks for back-up generator use, and many of the Company’s sites have aboveground fuel tanks for similar purposes.

The Company generates a substantial portion of its revenue by serving a limited geographic area.

The Company generates a substantial portion of its revenue by serving customers in the Greater Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio areas. An economic downturn or natural disaster occurring in this limited operating territory could have a disproportionate effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows compared to similar companies of a national scope and similar companies operating in different geographic areas.

Third parties may claim that the Company is infringing upon their intellectual property, and the Company could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products.

Although the Company does not believe that any of its products or services infringe upon the valid intellectual property rights of third parties, the Company may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may cover some of its technology, products, or services. Any litigation growing out of third-party patents or

 

16


Table of Contents

 

other intellectual property claims could be costly and time-consuming and could divert the Company’s management and key personnel from its business operations. The complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. Resolution of claims of intellectual property infringement might also require the Company to enter into costly license agreements. Likewise, the Company may not be able to obtain license agreements on acceptable terms. The Company also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development and sale of certain of its products. Further, the Company often relies on licenses of third-party intellectual property useful for its businesses. The Company cannot ensure these licenses will be available in the future on favorable terms or at all.

Third parties may infringe the Company’s intellectual property, and the Company may expend significant resources enforcing its rights or suffer competitive injury.

The Company’s success depends in significant part on the competitive advantage it gains from its proprietary technology and other valuable intellectual property assets. The Company relies on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets protections, confidentiality provisions, and licensing arrangements to establish and protect its intellectual property rights. If the Company fails to successfully enforce its intellectual property rights, its competitive position could suffer, which could harm its operating results.

The Company may also be required to spend significant resources to monitor and police its intellectual property rights. The Company may not be able to detect third-party infringements and its competitive position may be harmed before the Company does so. In addition, competitors may design around the Company’s technology or develop competing technologies. Furthermore, some intellectual property rights are licensed to other companies, allowing them to compete with the Company using that intellectual property.

The loss of any of the senior management team or attrition among key sales associates could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company’s success will continue to depend to a significant extent on our senior management team and key sales associates. Senior management has specific knowledge relating to the Company and the industry that would be difficult to replace. The loss of key sales associates would hinder the Company’s ability to continue to benefit from long-standing relationships with customers. The Company cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to retain our current senior management team or key sales associates. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

If the Company fails to extend or renegotiate its collective bargaining agreements with its labor union when they expire, or if its unionized employees were to engage in a strike or other work stoppage, the Company’s business and operating results could be materially harmed.

The Company is a party to collective bargaining agreements with its labor union, which represents a significant number of its employees. Although the Company believes that its relations with its employees are satisfactory, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to successfully extend or renegotiate its collective bargaining agreements when they expire. If the Company fails to extend or renegotiate its collective bargaining agreements, if disputes with its union arise, or if its unionized workers engage in a strike or a work stoppage, the Company could experience a significant disruption of operations or incur higher ongoing labor costs, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the business. The Company’s collective bargaining agreement was renewed in February 2008 for three years and will expire in 2011.

The Company could be required to take additional measures for its shares to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

The Company’s common stock and preferred stock are currently listed on the NYSE. The NYSE has several quantitative and qualitative requirements with which listed companies must comply to maintain this listing, including an average $1.00 minimum closing price for common shares over a consecutive thirty day trading period. To remain in compliance with NYSE listing standards, the Company may be required to take additional measures, including those necessary to keep the closing stock price for its common shares above the specified minimum. If such measures are insufficient for the Company to remain in compliance with NYSE listing

 

17

 


Table of Contents

 

standards in the future, the Company’s common stock and preferred stock could be subject to notice, suspension and delisting procedures initiated by the NYSE. Suspension and delisting could reduce the liquidity and market price for those shares and negatively impact the Company’s ability to raise equity capital in the future by reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire the Company’s stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Cincinnati Bell Inc. and its subsidiaries own or maintain facilities in Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Michigan, and Illinois. Principal office locations are in Cincinnati, Ohio.

The property of the Company principally comprises telephone plant and equipment in its local telephone franchise area (i.e., Greater Cincinnati), and the infrastructure associated with its wireless business in the Greater Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio operating areas. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries maintains some investment in furniture and office equipment, computer equipment and associated operating system software, application system software, leasehold improvements, and other assets.

With regard to its local telephone operations, the Company owns substantially all of the central office switching stations and the land upon which they are situated. Some business and administrative offices are located in rented facilities, some of which are recorded as capital leases. With regard to its wireless operations, CBW both owns and leases the locations that house its switching and messaging equipment. CBW owns approximately half of the tower structures and leases almost all of the land upon which its towers reside. CBW leases space primarily from other wireless carriers or tower companies for the remaining tower sites and its ground leases are typically renewable at CBW’s option with predetermined rate escalations. In addition, CBW leases 24 Company-run retail locations. Technology Solutions operates ten data centers – four owned and six leased – in Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Michigan, and Illinois. The data centers provide 24-hour monitoring of the customer’s computer equipment in the data center, power, environmental controls, and high-speed, high bandwidth point-to-point optical network connections. CBTS also has a leased office located in Kentucky.

The Company’s gross investment in property, plant, and equipment was $3,007.4 million and $2,808.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and was divided among the operating segments as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007  

Wireline

   78.8 %   82.1 %

Wireless

   12.3 %   12.1 %

Technology Solutions

   8.8 %   5.7 %

Corporate

   0.1 %   0.1 %
            

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %
            

For additional information about the Company’s properties, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The information required by this Item is included in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Report.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of the Security Holders

None.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a) Market Information

The Company’s common shares (symbol: CBB) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The high and low daily closing prices during each quarter for the last two fiscal years are listed below:

 

            First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
   Fourth
Quarter

2008

  

High

   $4.52    $4.71    $4.38    $3.04
  

Low

   $3.75    $3.89    $2.98    $1.39

2007

  

High

   $5.04    $6.14    $5.95    $5.58
  

Low

   $4.26    $4.70    $4.41    $4.34

(b) Holders

As of February 1, 2009, there were 26,992 holders of record of the 227,881,466 outstanding common shares of the Company.

(c) Dividends

The Company does not currently intend to pay dividends on its common shares. Certain covenants in its various debt agreements limit its ability to pay dividends to its common shareowners. For additional information about the restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

(d) Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2008 regarding securities of the Company to be issued and remaining available for issuance under the equity compensation plans of the Company.

 

Plan Category

   Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding stock
options, awards,
warrants and
rights
    Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding stock
options, awards,
warrants and
rights
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
     (a)     (b)    (c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   25,378,970 (1)   $ 9.34    2,499,167

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   187,938 (2)       
                 

Total

   25,566,908     $ 9.34    2,499,167
                 

 

(1) Includes 22,769,572 outstanding stock options not yet exercised, 302,581 shares of time-based restricted stock, and 2,306,817 shares of performance-based awards, restrictions on which have not expired as of December 31, 2008. Awards were granted under various incentive plans approved by Cincinnati Bell Inc. shareholders. The number of performance-based awards assumes the maximum awards that can be earned if the performance conditions are achieved.
(2)

The shares to be issued relate to deferred compensation in the form of previously received special awards and annual awards to non-employee directors pursuant to the “Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors.” From 1997 through 2004, the directors received an annual award of phantom stock equivalent to a number of common shares. For years beginning after 2004, the annual award is the equivalent of 6,000 common shares. As a result of a plan amendment effective as of January 1, 2005, upon termination of Board

 

19

 


Table of Contents

 

 

service, non-employee directors are required to take distribution of all annual phantom stock awards in cash. Therefore, the number of actual shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the plan as of December 31, 2008 is approximately 21,000. This plan also provides that no awards are payable until such non-employee director completes at least five years of active service as a non-employee director, except if he or she dies while serving as a member of the Board of Directors.

(e) Stock Performance

The graph below shows the cumulative total shareholder return assuming the investment of $100 on December 31, 2003 (and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter) in each of (i) the Company’s common shares (ii) the S&P 500 ® Stock Index, and (iii) the S&P © Integrated Telecommunications Services Index.

LOGO

(f) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s purchases of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased
   Average Price Paid
per Share (or Unit)
   Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs*
   Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
(in millions) *

10/1/2008 – 10/31/2008

   2,523,550    $ 2.41    2,523,550    $ 76.4

11/1/2008 – 11/30/2008

   1,599,400      1.99    1,599,400      73.2

12/1/2008 – 12/31/2008

        n/a         73.2

 

* In February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of the Company’s outstanding common stock in an amount up to $150 million over the next two years.

 

20


Table of Contents

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The Selected Financial Data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this document.

 

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Operating Data

          

Revenue

   $ 1,403.0     $ 1,348.6     $ 1,270.1     $ 1,209.6     $ 1,207.1  

Cost of services and products, selling, general and administrative, depreciation and amortization expense

     1,078.7       1,026.4       955.5       908.0       896.7  

Restructuring, operating tax settlement, shareholder claim settlement and asset impairments (a)

     19.1       39.8       9.7       42.8       14.8  

Gain on sale of broadband assets (b)

                 (7.6 )           (3.7 )

Operating income

     305.2       282.4       312.5       258.8       299.3  

Minority interest income

                 (0.5 )     (11.0 )     (0.5 )

Interest expense (c)

     139.7       154.9       162.1       184.4       203.3  

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt (c)

     (14.1 )     0.7       0.1       99.8        

Net income (loss)

   $ 102.6     $ 73.2     $ 86.3     $ (64.5 )   $ 64.2  

Earnings (loss) per common share

          

Basic

   $ 0.39     $ 0.25     $ 0.31     $ (0.30 )   $ 0.22  

Diluted

   $ 0.38     $ 0.24     $ 0.30     $ (0.30 )   $ 0.21  

Dividends declared per common share

   $     $     $     $     $  

Weighted average common shares outstanding (millions)

          

Basic

     237.5       247.4       246.8       245.9       245.1  

Diluted

     242.7       256.8       253.3       245.9       250.5  

Financial Position

          

Property, plant and equipment, net (d)

   $ 1,044.3     $ 933.7     $ 818.8     $ 800.4     $ 857.7  

Total assets (e)

     2,086.7       2,019.6       2,013.8       1,863.3       1,958.7  

Total debt (c)

     1,960.7       2,009.7       2,073.2       2,084.7       2,141.2  

Total long-term obligations (f)

     2,472.2       2,369.6       2,486.5       2,295.3       2,246.6  

Minority interest

                       28.2       39.2  

Shareowners’ deficit

     (709.3 )     (667.6 )     (791.6 )     (737.7 )     (624.5 )

Other Data

          

Cash flow provided by operating activities

   $ 403.9     $ 308.8     $ 334.7     $ 322.3     $ 300.7  

Cash flow used in investing activities

     (250.5 )     (263.5 )     (260.0 )     (142.7 )     (124.3 )

Cash flow used in financing activities

     (172.8 )     (98.6 )     (21.0 )     (178.8 )     (177.5 )

Capital expenditures

     (230.9 )     (233.8 )     (151.3 )     (143.0 )     (133.9 )

 

(a) See Notes 1, 3, and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion related to 2008, 2007, and 2006.
(b) See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion related to 2006.
(c) See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion related to 2008, 2007, and 2006.
(d) See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion related to 2008 and 2007.
(e) See Notes 1, 4, 5, 6, and 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion related to 2008 and 2007.
(f) Total long-term obligations comprise long-term debt, less current portion, pension and postretirement benefit obligations, and other noncurrent liabilities.

 

21

 


Table of Contents

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” should be read in conjunction with the “Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 Safe Harbor Cautionary Statement,” “Risk Factors,” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Executive Summary

In 2008, in the face of extremely difficult economic conditions, the Company grew revenue by 4%, operating income by 8%, and operating cash flow by 31%. This growth was generated in the following product areas:

Technology Solutions

The Company increased its data center and managed services revenue by 45% to $97.7 million in 2008 compared to 2007, which was primarily generated through utilization and billing of 50,000 square feet of new data center capacity by the end of 2008. The Company has total data center capacity of 209,000 square feet, 88% utilized by customers, at December 31, 2008 compared to 144,000 square feet, 93% utilized, at December 31, 2007. Technology Solutions spent $77.8 million of capital expenditures in 2008, primarily to construct new data center space in the Greater Cincinnati area. Sales of telecom and IT equipment, a large portion of which are generated from data center customers, totaled $201.2 million during 2008, an 11% increase over 2007. The Company intends to continue to pursue additional customers and growth specific to its data center business and is prepared to commit additional resources, including capital expenditures and working capital, to support this growth.

Technology Solutions operating income totaled $18.1 million in 2008, equal to 2007. The income generated from the increased revenue noted above was offset by increased depreciation on more data center assets, increased incentive compensation to stimulate future growth, and additional headcount to support the growing operations.

Wireless

The Company increased wireless service revenue by 9% to $290.5 million in 2008 compared to 2007, primarily generated from an average of 11,000 more postpaid subscribers and a 5% increase in average monthly revenue per postpaid subscriber. A portion of the increase in revenue per postpaid subscriber is derived from increased data usage (e.g., text messaging, emails, and internet service). The Company earned $8.02 per month on average from postpaid subscribers for data service in 2008, compared to $6.21 in 2007. Contributing to the data revenue increase, the Company’s subscribers using “smart phones” (i.e., phones that provide robust keyboards and a rich internet experience for messaging and web browsing) increased by 59% at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007.

Primarily as a result of the wireless service revenue increases, Wireless segment operating income increased by $12.5 million to $46.8 million in 2008.

To satisfy increasing demand for voice minutes of use by customers as well as to provide enhanced data services, the Company completed the construction of a 3G network overlay. The Company spent approximately $16 million in 2008 and $11 million in 2007 to construct the 3G network overlay. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company launched 3G for commercial service.

Wireline

Wireline revenue decreased 2% to $803.6 million, as reductions in voice revenue due to ILEC access line loss more than offset growth in revenue from additional CLEC customers, data services, long distance and VoIP. The Company ended the year with 779,700 total access lines, a loss of 7% compared to 834,300 access lines at December 31, 2007. Access lines decreased by 8% in 2008 in its ILEC territory but was partially offset by an 8,900 increase in access lines in areas outside of the ILEC territory (i.e., suburbs north of Cincinnati and Dayton). Data revenue growth of 6% to $273.5 million was generated from additional DSL subscribers, which increased by 5% to 233,200 at December 31, 2008, and additional data transport revenue, primarily from business

 

22


Table of Contents

 

customers. Long distance and VoIP revenue increased by $19.0 million compared to 2007, of which $13.0 million resulted from the acquisition of eGIX in February 2008 for $18.1 million. eGIX is located in Carmel, Indiana and provides advanced data and voice services to businesses primarily in Indiana and Illinois.

The Company continued its cost restructuring in 2008. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company announced an early retirement program for its union employees, which followed an early retirement program for its management employees announced in the fourth quarter of 2007. These programs allow the Company to select the retirement dates for the employees electing retirement over the three-year period 2008-2010, and, along with involuntary severance programs, are intended to reduce the cost structure of the Company to levels commensurate with the expected revenue reductions in the Wireline segment. The Wireline segment incurred restructuring charges of $27.1 million in 2008 and $36.1 million in 2007 for these programs.

Wireline operating income increased by 4% in 2008 to $261.7 million, as the decreased net revenue described above was more than offset by a $10.2 million operating tax settlement, lower restructuring charges of $9.0 million and lower labor costs.

Debt reduction and share repurchase programs

The Company’s total indebtedness was $1,960.7 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $2,009.7 million at December 31, 2007. In 2008, the Company purchased and extinguished $108.1 million of corporate bonds at an average discount of 14%, which resulted in a gain on debt extinguishment of $14.1 million. Additionally, the Company repurchased 20.6 million shares, or 8% of outstanding shares at December 31, 2007, for $76.8 million. The Company expects to continue its debt and share buyback programs in 2009.

Results of Operations

Consolidated Overview

The financial results for 2008, 2007, and 2006 referred to in this discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

2008 Compared to 2007

Consolidated revenue totaled $1,403.0 million in 2008, an increase of $54.4 million compared to $1,348.6 million in 2007. The increase was primarily due to the following:

 

   

$56.9 million higher revenues in the Technology Solutions segment primarily due to increased data center and managed services revenue and telecom and IT equipment distribution revenue;

 

   

$21.6 million higher revenues in the Wireless segment primarily due to increased postpaid service revenue; and

 

   

$18.1 million lower revenues in the Wireline segment due to lower voice revenue and the effect of a $9.5 million one-time business customer project in 2007 offset by increased data, long distance and VoIP revenue.

Operating income for 2008 was $305.2 million, an increase of $22.8 million compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to the following:

 

   

$12.5 million increase in Wireless segment operating income primarily due to higher postpaid revenue;

 

   

$9.2 million increase in Wireline segment operating income due to lower labor costs, mainly pension and postretirement, lower restructuring costs and income from an operating tax settlement offset by a decline in revenue described above; and

 

   

$1.1 million decrease in Corporate expenses due to lower expense related to incentive and deferred compensation plans partially offset by higher expenses of $2.0 million related to a settlement of a patent lawsuit.

Interest expense decreased to $139.7 million for 2008 compared to $154.9 million in 2007. The decrease compared to last year is primarily attributable to lower debt balances due to the purchase and extinguishment of a portion of the Company’s corporate bonds and lower short-term interest rates.

 

23

 


Table of Contents

 

The gain on extinguishment of debt of $14.1 million for 2008 was due to the Company’s purchase and retirement of $108.1 million of the Company’s corporate bonds at an average discount of 14%. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Other expense, net for 2008 of $3.4 million primarily resulted from unrealized losses on interest rate swaps contracts entered into by the Company in both May and July of 2008. The Company did not designate these swaps as hedging instruments under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, which results in the change in fair value of these instruments being recognized in earnings during each period. Other income, net of $3.1 million for 2007 consisted primarily of a one-time dividend received from a cost investment and interest income.

Income tax expense increased from $56.7 million in 2007 to $73.6 million in 2008 primarily due to higher pretax income.

The Company has certain non-deductible expenses, including interest on securities originally issued to acquire its broadband business (the “Broadband Securities”) or securities that the Company has subsequently issued to refinance the Broadband Securities. In periods without tax law changes, the Company expects its effective tax rate to exceed statutory rates primarily due to the non-deductible expenses associated with the Broadband Securities. The Company used approximately $56 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to substantially defray payment of federal and state tax liabilities. As a result, the Company had cash income tax payments of only $2.0 million in 2008.

2007 Compared to 2006

Consolidated revenue totaled $1,348.6 million in 2007, an increase of $78.5 million compared to $1,270.1 million in 2006. The increase was primarily due to the following:

 

   

$41.7 million higher revenues in the Technology Solutions segment primarily due to increased data center and managed services revenue and telecom and IT equipment revenue; and

 

   

$32.5 million higher revenues in the Wireless segment primarily due to increased postpaid service revenue from additional subscribers.

Operating income for 2007 was $282.4 million, a decrease of $30.1 million compared to 2006. The decrease was primarily due to the following:

 

   

$39.3 million decrease in Wireline segment operating income primarily due to 2007 restructuring costs;

 

   

$14.1 million increase in Wireless segment operating income due to higher postpaid revenue partially offset by higher network costs, selling, general and administrative expenses, and depreciation; and

 

   

$7.2 million increase in Corporate expenses primarily related to income in 2006 from the expiration of certain warranties and guarantees, the sale of broadband fiber assets, and a bankruptcy claim receivable partially offset by the 2006 settlement of a shareholder litigation claim.

Interest expense decreased to $154.9 million for 2007 compared to $162.1 million in 2006. The decrease is primarily attributable to lower debt balances due to the repayment of portions of the Tranche B Term Loan and 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 partially offset by higher short-term interest rates.

Income tax expense of $56.7 million in 2007 was less than the $68.3 million expense in 2006 primarily due to lower pretax income. The Company used approximately $56 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to substantially defray payment of federal and state tax liabilities. As a result, the Company had cash income tax payments of only $6.6 million in 2007.

 

24


Table of Contents

 

Discussion of Operating Segment Results

Wireline

The Wireline segment primarily provides local voice telephone service, including enhanced custom calling features, and data services, including DSL, dial-up internet access, dedicated network access, Gig-E and ATM based data transport, to customers in southwestern Ohio, northern Kentucky, and southeastern Indiana. Cincinnati Bell Telephone LLC (“CBT”), which operates as the Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier (“ILEC”) in its operating territory of an approximate 25-mile radius of Cincinnati, Ohio, is the primary provider of these services. CBT’s network has full digital switching capability and can provide data transmission services to over 95% of its in-territory access lines via DSL.

Outside of its ILEC territory, the Wireline segment provides these services through Cincinnati Bell Extended Territories LLC (“CBET”), which operates as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) both in the communities north of CBT’s operating territory and in the greater Dayton market. CBET provides voice and data services for residential and business customers on its own network and by purchasing unbundled network elements from the ILEC. CBET provides service through UNE-L to its customer base in the Dayton, Ohio market. The Wireline segment links its Cincinnati and Dayton geographies through its SONET, which provides route diversity via two separate paths.

The Wireline segment also includes the operations of Cincinnati Bell Any Distance Inc. (“CBAD”), Cincinnati Bell Complete Protection Inc. (“CBCP”), the Company’s payphone business and its video business. CBAD provides long distance, audio conferencing, VoIP and new broadband services including private line and MPLS. CBCP provides security monitoring for consumers and businesses as well as related hardware.

In March 2007, CBET purchased a local telecommunications business, which offers voice, data and cable services, in Lebanon, Ohio, for $7.0 million.

In February 2008, CBAD purchased eGIX, a CLEC provider of voice and long distance services to business customers in Indiana and Illinois, for $18.1 million.

Capital expenditures for the Wireline segment totaled $102.1 million in 2008, and the Company expects to spend a similar amount in 2009.

 

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     $ Change
2008 vs.
2007
    % Change
2008 vs.
2007
   2006     $ Change
2007 vs.
2006
    % Change
2007 vs.
2006

Revenue:

               

Voice — local service

   $ 389.1     $ 432.4     $ (43.3 )   (10)%    $ 463.9     $ (31.5 )   (7)%

Data

     273.5       258.6       14.9     6%      238.2       20.4     9%

Long distance and VoIP

     98.3       79.3       19.0     24%      71.8       7.5     10%

Other

     42.7       51.4       (8.7 )   (17)%      36.5       14.9     41%
                                             

Total revenue

     803.6       821.7       (18.1 )   (2)%      810.4       11.3     1%
                                             

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Cost of services and products

     265.9       276.6       (10.7 )   (4)%      264.1       12.5     5%

Selling, general and administrative

     156.0       151.0       5.0     3%      145.5       5.5     4%

Depreciation

     100.7       105.2       (4.5 )   (4)%      106.2       (1.0 )   (1)%

Amortization

     1.2       0.3       0.9     n/m            0.3     n/m

Restructuring

     27.1       36.1       (9.0 )   n/m      2.8       33.3     n/m

Operating tax settlement

     (10.2 )           (10.2 )   n/m                n/m

Asset impairment

     1.2             1.2     n/m                n/m
                                             

Total operating costs and expenses

     541.9       569.2       (27.3 )   (5)%      518.6       50.6     10%
                                             

Operating income

   $ 261.7     $ 252.5     $ 9.2     4%    $ 291.8     $ (39.3 )   (13)%
                                             

Operating margin

     32.6 %     30.7 %     1.9 pts      36.0 %     (5.3) pts

Local access lines (in thousands)

     779.7       834.3       (54.6 )   (7)%      887.0       (52.7 )   (6)%

DSL subscribers (in thousands)

     233.2       221.5       11.7     5%      198.3       23.2     12%

Capital expenditures

   $ 102.1     $ 96.3     $ 5.8     6%    $ 92.5     $ 3.8     4%

 

25

 


Table of Contents

 

2008 Compared to 2007

Revenue

Voice local service revenue includes local service, value added services, switched access, and information services. Voice revenue decreased in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily as a result of a 7% decrease in access lines. Access lines within the segment’s ILEC territory decreased by 63,500, or 8%, from 772,000 at December 31, 2007 to 708,500 at December 31, 2008. The Company believes the access line loss resulted from several factors including customers electing to use wireless communication in lieu of the traditional local service, Company-initiated disconnections of customers with credit problems, and customers electing to use service from other providers. The Company has partially offset its access line loss in its ILEC territory by continuing to target voice services to residential and business customers in its CLEC territory. The Company had approximately 71,200 CLEC access lines at December 31, 2008, which is a 14% increase from December 31, 2007.

Data revenue consists of data transport, high-speed internet access (“DSL”), dial-up internet access, digital trunking, and Local Area Network (“LAN”) interconnection services. Data revenue increased $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period a year ago. The increase primarily resulted from higher data transport revenue and DSL revenue. Data transport revenues increased by $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period a year ago primarily due to increased usage by third party users. Data revenue also increased by an additional $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the prior year period primarily due to an increase in DSL subscribers of 11,700, bringing total DSL subscribers to 233,200 at December 31, 2008.

Long distance and VoIP revenue increased $19.0 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of eGIX, which generated revenue of $13.0 million during 2008. The remaining increase was primarily due to an increase in minutes of use for long distance, VoIP and new broadband services including private line and MPLS. The Company had 531,600 subscribed long distance access lines as of December 31, 2008 compared to 548,300 as of December 31, 2007. The decrease in subscribers was due to a 6% decline in residential lines, consistent with the access line loss, partially offset by a 3% increase in business subscribers.

Other revenue decreased $8.7 million from 2007 due to lower revenue on customer premise wiring projects, $9.5 million of which came from a large one-time business customer project in 2007.

Costs and expenses

Cost of services and products decreased by $10.7 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The decrease in cost of services and products was due to $7.5 million in lower benefit costs, mainly lower pension and postretirement costs from plan changes announced in the third quarter of 2007, a $9.0 million decrease from costs associated with a large one-time business customer premise wiring project in 2007, and $4.4 million in lower wages primarily related to the restructuring plan announced in the fourth quarter 2007 and the new union agreement signed in February 2008. These decreases were offset by an increase of $5.7 million in network costs to support the growth in long distance, VoIP, broadband services and CLEC revenues, and $5.8 million in costs due to the acquisition of eGIX.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.0 million in 2008 versus the prior year. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of eGIX, which had $6.2 million of costs, and an increase in commissions. These increases were partially offset by lower pension and postretirement costs due to plan changes announced in the third quarter of 2007.

Restructuring expenses for 2008 and 2007 were primarily related to the restructuring plans announced in the fourth quarter of 2007 and the first quarter of 2008 to reduce costs and increase operational efficiencies. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussions.

The operating tax settlement of $10.2 million resulted from the Company’s resolution of a contingent liability from prior years related to exposures on past regulatory filing positions.

The asset impairment charge of $1.2 million related to software that is no longer being used.

 

26


Table of Contents

 

2007 Compared to 2006

Revenue

Voice revenue decreased in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily as a result of a 6% decrease in access lines. Access lines within the segment’s ILEC territory decreased by 64,700, or 8%, from 836,700 at December 31, 2006 to 772,000 at December 31, 2007. The Company believes the access line loss resulted from several factors including customers electing to use wireless communication in lieu of the traditional local service, Company-initiated disconnections of customers with credit problems, and customers electing to use service from other providers. The Company has partially offset its access line loss in its ILEC territory by continuing to target voice services to residential and business customers in its CLEC territory. The Company had approximately 62,300 CLEC access lines at December 31, 2007, which is a 24% increase from December 31, 2006.

The increase in data revenue of $20.4 million in 2007 compared to 2006 is mainly due to higher DSL and data transport revenue. An increase in DSL subscribers contributed an additional $12.5 million of revenue in 2007 versus 2006. The number of DSL subscribers increased by 23,200 subscribers during 2007 to bring total subscribers to 221,500. Data transport revenues increased by $7.7 million for 2007 compared to 2006, primarily due to increased usage by CBW and third party users.

Long distance revenue increased $7.5 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase was primarily due to higher minutes of use for both long distance and audio conferencing, as well as increased revenue from the Company’s VoIP product, which the Company began offering in mid-2006. The Company had approximately 548,300 subscribed long distance access lines as of December 31, 2007 compared to 552,300 as of December 31, 2006. The decrease in subscribers was due to a 5% decline in residential lines, consistent with the access line loss, partially offset by a 10% increase in business subscribers.

Other revenue increased $14.9 million from 2006 due to increased revenue on customer premise wiring projects, $9.5 million of which came from a large one-time business customer project, and cable TV revenue due to the purchase of a local telecommunications business.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of services and products increased by $12.5 million in 2007 versus 2006. The increase was due to costs associated with a large one-time business customer premise wiring project of $9.0 million, higher network costs of $6.1 million related to higher CLEC interconnection charges due to increased subscribers and increased minutes of use for long distance, audio conferencing, and VoIP, higher facilities costs of $1.6 million and higher software development costs. The increases were partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease in pension and postretirement costs and a $3.9 million decrease in property and other operating taxes, primarily due to the phase out of Ohio personal property taxes.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.5 million compared to 2006 primarily due to an increase in payroll and employee-related expenses of $5.1 million and higher consulting expenses, partially related to the evaluation of marketing strategies for business customers. The Company is responding to competitive pressures by increasing its sales and marketing activities, particularly in the business markets.

Restructuring expenses for 2007 were primarily due to the restructuring plan announced in the fourth quarter of 2007 to reduce costs and increase operational efficiencies. Restructuring costs for 2006 primarily related to the outsourcing of certain supply chain functions. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussions.

 

27

 


Table of Contents

 

Wireless

The Wireless segment provides advanced digital, voice, and data communications services through the operation of a regional wireless network in the Company’s licensed service territory, which surrounds Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio and includes areas of northern Kentucky and southeastern Indiana. The segment offers service outside of its regional operating territory through roaming agreements with other wireless operators. The segment also sells wireless handset devices and related accessories to support its service business.

To satisfy increasing demand for existing voice minutes of use by customers as well as to provide enhanced data services such as streaming video, the Company constructed a 3G network overlay on its GSM network which was deployed on new AWS spectrum. The Company spent approximately $16 million in 2008 and $11 million in 2007 to construct the 3G network overlay. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company launched 3G for commercial service. Capital expenditures for the Wireless segment totaled $50.3 million in 2008, and the Company expects to spend a similar amount in 2009.

 

(dollars in millions,

except for operating metrics)

   2008     2007     $ Change
2008 vs.
2007
    % Change
2008 vs.
2007
   2006     $ Change
2007 vs.
2006
    % Change
2007 vs.
2006

Revenue:

               

Service

   $ 290.5     $ 267.5     $ 23.0     9%    $ 235.7     $ 31.8     13%

Equipment

     25.6       27.0       (1.4 )   (5)%      26.3       0.7     3%
                                             

Total revenue

     316.1       294.5       21.6     7%      262.0       32.5     12%
                                             

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Cost of services and products

     162.6       152.1       10.5     7%      146.1       6.0     4%

Selling, general and administrative

     70.7       68.2       2.5     4%      62.6       5.6     9%

Depreciation

     33.4       34.8       (1.4 )   (4)%      29.0       5.8     20%

Amortization

     2.1       3.0       (0.9 )   (30)%      4.1       (1.1 )   (27)%

Restructuring

     0.5       2.1       (1.6 )   n/m            2.1     n/m
                                             

Total operating costs and expenses

     269.3       260.2       9.1     3%      241.8       18.4     8%
                                             

Operating income

   $ 46.8     $ 34.3     $ 12.5     36%    $ 20.2     $ 14.1     70%
                                             

Operating margin

     14.8 %     11.6 %     3.2 pts      7.7 %     3.9 pts

Operating metrics

               

Postpaid ARPU*

   $ 48.69     $ 46.55     $ 2.14     5%    $ 46.51     $ 0.04     0%

Prepaid ARPU*

   $ 26.56     $ 23.97     $ 2.59     11%    $ 20.71     $ 3.26     16%

Postpaid subscribers (in thousands)

     403.7       400.4       3.3     1%      365.8       34.6     9%

Prepaid subscribers (in thousands)

     146.9       170.6       (23.7 )   (14)%      162.3       8.3     5%

Capital expenditures

   $ 50.3     $ 45.7     $ 4.6     10%    $ 47.4     $ (1.7 )   (4)%

 

* The Company has presented certain information regarding monthly average revenue per user ("ARPU") because the Company believes ARPU provides a useful measure of the operational performance of the wireless business. ARPU is calculated by dividing service revenue by the average subscriber base for the period.

2008 Compared to 2007

Revenue

Service revenue increased by $23.0 million during 2008 as compared to last year primarily due to the following:

 

   

Postpaid service revenue increased $20.3 million due to an increase in average subscribers and ARPU. Postpaid subscribers increased from 400,400 subscribers at December 31, 2007 to 403,700 at December 31, 2008. The average monthly churn increased to 2.1% for 2008 compared to 1.6% for 2007. The increase in churn is due to increased competition and Company-initiated disconnections of customers with credit problems. ARPU increased from $46.55 in 2007 to $48.69 in 2008. The ARPU increase includes a 29% increase in data ARPU; and

 

   

Prepaid service revenue increased $2.7 million compared to 2007 primarily due to an increase in ARPU of $2.59 partially offset by a lower number of subscribers. The number of prepaid subscribers at December 31, 2008 was 146,900, down from 170,600 prepaid subscribers at December 31, 2007. The Company has focused its marketing on higher usage rate plans, which has driven higher ARPU but led to the decrease in the number of prepaid subscribers.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

Equipment revenue for 2008 decreased slightly from $27.0 million in 2007 to $25.6 million in 2008 primarily due to lower handset revenue per unit and lower prepaid subscriber activations.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of services and products consists largely of network operation costs, interconnection expenses with other telecommunications providers, roaming expense (which is incurred for subscribers to use their handsets in the territories of other wireless service providers), and cost of handsets and accessories sold. These expenses increased $10.5 million during 2008 versus the prior year period. The increase was primarily attributable to a $9.7 million increase in network costs due to increased usage per subscriber and a $1.9 million increase in handset and subsidy costs, primarily due to Company initiatives to attract new customers and to retain existing customers. These increases were partially offset by lower operating taxes.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.5 million for 2008 compared to 2007, primarily due to an increase in bad debt expense.

The decrease in amortization expense from the prior year is due to the Company’s accelerated amortization methodology.

Restructuring expenses for 2008 and 2007 were primarily related to the restructuring plan announced in the fourth quarter of 2007 to reduce costs and increase operational efficiencies. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussions.

2007 Compared to 2006

Revenue

Service revenue increased by $31.8 million in 2007 as compared to 2006 primarily due to the following:

 

   

Postpaid service revenue increased $26.5 million primarily due to an increase in subscribers. Postpaid subscribers increased 9% from 365,800 subscribers at December 31, 2006 to 400,400 at December 31, 2007. The average monthly churn of 1.6% for 2007 was flat compared to 2006. The year-over-year postpaid subscriber growth is due to the introduction of more attractive rate plans and continuing network quality improvements; and

 

   

Prepaid service revenue increased $5.3 million compared to 2006 primarily due to the increase in ARPU of $3.26. The increase in ARPU was partially driven by a 33% increase in data revenue. As of December 31, 2007, prepaid subscribers totaled approximately 170,600 compared to 162,300 subscribers at December 31, 2006. The Company lost subscribers in the summer of 2006 due to increased competition, but has regained subscribers as well as increased ARPU with the introduction of more attractive rate plans.

Equipment revenue for 2007 increased $0.7 million as compared to 2006 primarily due to revenue increases per handset sale .

Costs and Expenses

The increase in costs of services and products of $6.0 million compared to 2006 primarily resulted from higher network costs of $7.7 million due to the higher number of subscribers offset by lower subsidies and handset costs of $2.2 million. The decrease in subsidies and handset costs resulted from high subsidies in 2006 caused by the migration from the Company’s legacy TDMA network to its new GSM network and a change in third party dealer compensation practice in the second quarter of 2006. As a result of this change, the Company now predominantly pays a commission, which is reported as a selling expense, rather than incurring a subsidy by selling handsets to dealers at a rate below retail price.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $5.6 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase was primarily due to higher commissions of $2.0 million resulting from the change in compensation practice for the third party commissions discussed above and higher activations, and increased retail store costs of $2.6 million.

 

29

 


Table of Contents

 

Depreciation expense increased $5.8 million for 2007 versus 2006. The increase was primarily due to the shortening of the useful lives of certain GSM assets as a result of the Company constructing its 3G network overlay, which the Company completed in 2008.

Decreased amortization expense resulted from the accelerated amortization methodology used, which causes a decrease in amortization in each subsequent year.

Restructuring expenses for 2007 were primarily due to the restructuring plan announced in the fourth quarter of 2007 to reduce costs and increase operational efficiencies. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Technology Solutions

The Technology Solutions segment provides business technology solutions through the Company’s subsidiaries, Cincinnati Bell Technology Solutions, Inc. (“CBTS”) and GramTel Inc. (“GramTel”), which was purchased on December 31, 2007. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

 

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     $ Change
2008 vs.
2007
    % Change
2008 vs.
2007
   2006     $ Change
2007 vs.
2006
   % Change
2007 vs.
2006

Revenue:

                

Telecom and IT equipment distribution

   $ 201.2     $ 180.8     $ 20.4     11%    $ 162.2     $ 18.6    11%

Data center and managed services

     97.7       67.6       30.1     45%      47.4       20.2    43%

Professional services

     16.3       9.9       6.4     65%      7.0       2.9    41%
                                            

Total revenue

     315.2       258.3       56.9     22%      216.6       41.7    19%
                                            

Operating costs and expenses:

                

Cost of services and products

     240.4       204.6       35.8     17%      175.2       29.4    17%

Selling, general and administrative

     39.7       27.2       12.5     46%      21.9       5.3    24%

Depreciation

     14.6       7.0       7.6     n/m      3.4       3.6    n/m

Amortization

     1.7       0.4       1.3     n/m      0.3       0.1    33%

Restructuring

     0.7       1.0       (0.3 )   n/m            1.0    n/m
                                            

Total operating costs and expenses

     297.1       240.2       56.9     24%      200.8       39.4    20%
                                            

Operating income

   $ 18.1     $ 18.1     $     0%    $ 15.8     $ 2.3    15%
                                            

Operating margin

     5.7 %     7.0 %     (1.3) pts      7.3 %      (0.3) pts

Raised floor (in square feet)

     209,000       144,000       65,000     45%      91,000       53,000    58%

Utilization rate

     88 %     93 %     (5) pts      91 %      2 pts

Capital expenditures

   $ 77.8     $ 91.8     $ (14.0 )   (15)%    $ 11.2     $ 80.6    n/m

2008 Compared to 2007

Revenue

Revenue from telecom and IT equipment distribution represents the sale, installation, and maintenance of major, branded IT and telephony equipment. Revenue from telecom and IT equipment distribution increased by $20.4 million in 2008 versus 2007 primarily as a result of increased equipment sales of $21.7 million partially offset by lower installation and maintenance services.

Data center and managed services revenue consists of recurring collocation rents from customers residing in the Company’s data centers, managed VoIP Solutions, and IT services that include network management, electronic data storage, disaster recovery and data security management. Revenue increased $30.1 million in 2008 as compared to 2007 primarily due to increased product penetration within managed services and increased billable data center space. Data center billed utilization at December 31, 2008 was 88% on approximately

 

30


Table of Contents

 

209,000 square feet of data center capacity compared to billed utilization of 93% on approximately 144,000 square feet of data center capacity at December 31, 2007. Substantially all of the Technology Solutions capital expenditures in 2008 were to build data center capacity. The Company intends to continue to pursue additional customers and growth in its data center business, and is prepared to commit additional resources, including capital expenditures and working capital, to support this growth.

Professional services revenue consists of long-term and short-term IT outsourcing and consulting engagements. Revenue for 2008 increased by $6.4 million compared to 2007. The Company has expanded its team of recruiting and hiring personnel in order to focus on selling these outsourcing and consulting engagements.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of services and products increased by $35.8 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The increase in 2008 primarily resulted from a $19.0 million increase in the cost of goods sold related to higher telecom and IT equipment distribution revenue, $12.8 million increase in payroll costs due to growth in data center and managed services revenue and professional services revenue, increased data center facilities costs and the acquisition of GramTel.

Selling, general and administrative increased by $12.5 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The increase in 2008 was primarily due to an $8.8 million increase in labor and employee related costs to support the growing operations of CBTS and the acquisition of GramTel and higher operating taxes, bad debt expense, and advertising costs.

The increase in depreciation expense for 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to capital expenditures associated with expanding data center capacity.

The increase in amortization expense resulted from the allocation of a portion of the purchase price to the customer relationship intangible asset associated with the GramTel acquisition in December 2007.

Restructuring expenses for 2008 and 2007 were primarily related to the restructuring plan announced in the fourth quarter of 2007 to reduce costs and increase operational efficiencies. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

2007 Compared to 2006

Revenue

Revenue from telecom and IT equipment distribution increased by $18.6 million in 2007 versus 2006 primarily as a result of increased equipment sales of $15.6 million and higher installation and maintenance services.

Data center and managed services revenue increased $20.2 million in 2007 as compared to 2006 primarily due to increased product penetration within managed services and increased billable data center space. Data center billed utilization at December 31, 2007 was 93% on 144,000 square feet of billable data center capacity, including 13,000 square feet due to the acquisition of GramTel, compared to a billed utilization rate of 91% on 91,000 square feet of billable data center capacity at December 31, 2006.

Professional services revenue increased by $2.9 million compared to 2006. Early in 2007, the Company expanded its team of recruiting and hiring personnel in order to focus on selling these outsourcing and consulting engagements.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of services and products increased by $29.4 million in 2007 versus 2006. The increase in 2007 primarily resulted from a $12.3 million increase in the cost of goods sold related to higher telecom and IT equipment distribution revenue, $13.7 million increase in payroll costs due to growth in data center and managed services revenue, and increased data center facilities costs.

 

31

 


Table of Contents

 

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 was primarily due to an increase in labor and employee related costs associated with increased headcount to support the growing operations.

The increase in depreciation expense for 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to capital expenditures associated with expanding data center capacity.

Restructuring expenses for 2007 were primarily due to the restructuring plan announced in the fourth quarter of 2007 to reduce costs and increase operational efficiencies. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

The Company’s Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources

Capital Investment, Resources and Liquidity

The Company’s primary sources of cash in 2009 will be cash generated by operations and borrowings from the revolving credit facility under which the Company had $151.4 million of availability at December 31, 2008. Cash flows from operations totaled $403.9 million in 2008. These 2008 cash flows from operations included payments totaling $21.5 million related to a prepayment from a customer for data center services and a $10.0 million refund for operating taxes that the Company does not expect to recur in 2009. Additionally, the Company expects interest payments will be reduced by approximately $14 million as compared to 2008 due to lower debt balances and interest rates, and has received $10.5 million in early 2009 related to the termination of certain interest rate swaps by the counterparty.

Uses of cash will include repayments and repurchases of debt and related interest, repurchases of common shares, dividends on preferred stock, and working capital. In February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of the Company’s outstanding common stock in an amount up to $150 million during the next two years. The Company repurchased $76.8 million of common stock in 2008, which leaves $73.2 million of common stock that can be repurchased under the stock buyback program. The Company believes the cash generated by operations and borrowings on its Corporate credit facility are sufficient to fund its primary uses of cash.

The Company also expects to make $288 million of estimated cash contributions to its qualified pension plans for the years 2009 to 2018, with approximately $6 million expected to be contributed in 2009. The Company’s estimated cash contributions are based on current legislation and current actuarial assumptions, which include consideration of the substantial plan investment losses incurred during 2008, but do not include consideration of the actions taken in February 2009 to reduce pension and postretirement benefits. See “Future Operating Trends” for further discussion of these actions. Any other changes in legislation or actuarial assumptions will also affect the estimated cash contribution required.

The Corporate credit facility financial covenants require that the Company maintain certain leverage, interest coverage, and fixed charge ratios. The facility also contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or liens, pay dividends, repurchase Company common stock, sell, transfer, lease, or dispose of assets, and make investments or merge with another company. If the Company were to violate any of its covenants and were unable to obtain a waiver, it would be considered a default. If the Company were in default under its credit facility, no additional borrowings under the credit facility would be available until the default was waived or cured. The Company believes it is in compliance and expects to remain in compliance with its Corporate credit facility covenants, and plans to refinance the revolving credit facility before it expires in February 2010.

Various issuances of the Company’s public debt, which include the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013, 8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (“8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes”), and the 7% Senior Notes due 2015 (“7% Senior Notes”), contain covenants that, among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or liens, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, sell, transfer, lease, or dispose of assets and make investments or merge with another company. Restricted payments include common stock dividends, repurchase of common stock, and certain other public debt repayments. The Company believes it has sufficient ability under its public debt indentures to make its intended restricted payments in 2009. The Company believes it is in compliance and expects to remain in compliance with its public debt indentures.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

Reasons for Debt and Accumulated Deficit

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $2.0 billion of outstanding indebtedness and an accumulated deficit of $3.4 billion. The Company incurred a significant amount of indebtedness and accumulated deficit from the purchase and operation of a broadband business over the period of 1999 to 2002, which caused outstanding indebtedness and accumulated deficit to reach their respective year-end peaks of $2.6 billion and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2002. This broadband business was sold in 2003.

Cash Flow

2008 Compared to 2007

Cash provided by operating activities in 2008 totaled $403.9 million, an increase of $95.1 million compared to the $308.8 million provided by operating activities in 2007. The increase was primarily due to lower payments for interest and operating taxes totaling approximately $60 million and an early pension contribution made in 2007 of approximately $20 million.

Cash flow utilized for investing activities decreased $13.0 million to $250.5 million during 2008 as compared to $263.5 million for 2007. In 2008, the Company paid $21.6 million related to the acquisitions of businesses, $18.1 million of which related to the purchase of eGIX. Cash flows utilized for investing activities in 2007 included payments of $23.6 million for the acquisition of a local telecommunications business and GramTel, a data center business in South Bend, Indiana. Capital expenditures were $2.9 million lower for 2008 versus 2007. In 2007, the Company deposited $4.4 million with the FCC to participate in the wireless spectrum auction in early 2008 and used $2.8 million of the deposit to purchase spectrum. The remainder of the deposit was returned in 2008.

Cash flow used in financing activities for 2008 was $172.8 million compared to $98.6 million during 2007. In 2008, the Company purchased and extinguished $108.1 million of 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes, 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 and 7% Senior Notes at an average discount of 14% and repurchased $76.8 million of the Company’s common stock as part of its two-year $150 million common stock repurchase plan. Borrowings under the Corporate credit facility increased $18.0 million during 2008. At December 31, 2008, $20 million of the revolver facility had initial maturities greater than 90 days and therefore is presented under “Issuance of long-term debt” in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows in accordance with the applicable accounting rules. During 2007, the Company repaid $184.0 million of the Tranche B Term Loan, utilizing $75.0 million from borrowings under the accounts receivables securitization facility and available cash. Also in 2007, the Company repaid $26.4 million of the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 and $5.0 million of 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes and borrowed $55.0 million on the Corporate credit facility. For both 2008 and 2007, the Company paid preferred stock dividends of $10.4 million.

2007 Compared to 2006

In 2007, cash provided by operating activities totaled $308.8 million, a decrease of $25.9 million compared to the $334.7 million provided by operating activities during 2006. The decrease was due to payments of $56.0 million for operating taxes and early pension contributions partially offset by a customer prepayment of $21.5 million for data center services and increased operating cash generated by the Wireless segment due to service revenue growth.

Cash flow utilized for investing activities increased $3.5 million to $263.5 million during 2007 as compared to $260.0 million for 2006. Capital expenditures were $233.8 million, an increase of $82.5 million compared to 2006, which resulted mostly from data center expansion. In addition to the increase in capital expenditures for

 

33

 


Table of Contents

 

data centers, the Company purchased a data center business in South Bend, Indiana in December 2007 for a purchase price of $20.3 million, of which $19.0 million was paid in cash in 2007. In the first quarter of 2007, the Company purchased a local telecommunications business and paid $4.6 million. Also, in late 2007 the Company deposited $4.4 million with the FCC for the opportunity to participate in the auction for the purchase of additional wireless spectrum. Cash flows from investing activities for 2006 include payments of $86.7 million for the acquisitions of ATI and the 19.9% minority interest in CBW, as well as $37.1 million for the purchase of wireless licenses in an FCC auction. Proceeds were received in 2006 for $4.7 million on the sale of broadband fiber assets and for $5.7 million on the sale of an investment.

Cash flow used in financing activities was $98.6 million in 2007 compared to $21.0 million during 2006. The increased use of cash flow for financing activities primarily relates to increased repayments of debt, net of debt issuances, in 2007. In 2006, the Company used a greater portion of its cash flows generated by operating activities to make the acquisitions discussed above and to increase its ending cash balance, which left decreased cash amounts available for 2006 debt payments.

Future Operating Trends

Wireline

The Company suffered an 8% loss of ILEC access lines in 2008 as some customers elected to use wireless communication in lieu of the traditional local service, elected to use service from other providers, or can no longer pay for phone service. The Company believes these same factors will continue to affect its operations in future years. Further, the economic issues facing consumers and businesses could further exacerbate credit-related disconnections that the Company has faced in the past. Credit-related disconnections represented 29% of total ILEC access line losses in 2008. The Company believes this percentage could increase in 2009.

In the past several years, the Company has partially offset the access line loss in its ILEC territory by continuing to target voice services to residential and business customers in its CLEC territory. The Company added 8,900 CLEC territory access lines in 2008 and 12,000 such lines in 2007. The Company believes these trends will continue into 2009.

The Company has also been successful at offsetting access line losses with additional data revenue. DSL subscribers have increased by 11,700 in 2008, 23,200 in 2007, and 35,800 in 2006. Although the Company is maintaining its market share, the rate of its DSL subscribers increase is declining as the Company’s operating territory is becoming saturated with customers that already have high-speed internet service. The Company believes its ability to affect this trend depends on its ability to increase market share.

Long distance and VoIP revenues will be impacted by several factors. As noted above, customers may disconnect local voice service for various reasons. In doing so, customers that have both the Company’s local voice and long distance service are likely to disconnect long distance service as well. Also, as noted above, some customers have disconnected wireline service in order to use service from other providers. These other providers are normally providing VoIP service, which the Company offers to business customers. The Company believes an increasing number of business customers that disconnect from local wireline voice service will become Company VoIP customers in the future.

Wireless

Wireless revenue increases in the future are likely to come from ARPU increases, as more customers begin using data services and smart phones. The Company’s data ARPU has increased from $5.10 in 2006 to $6.21 in 2007 to $8.02 in 2008. Particularly given the Company’s investment in its 3G network overlay, which provides a better, faster experience for data users, the Company expects data ARPU to increase in 2009.

Similar to DSL service, the Company’s operating territory is well-saturated with existing wireless cell phone users. Future subscriber increases are more likely to come from increasing market share, as opposed to acquiring a customer who has never had a cell phone. The Company’s competitors are well-funded, and increases in market share are difficult to attain. New products are not always available to the Company, as other competitors may have exclusive agreements for those new products.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

The Company has experienced a higher rate of bad debt expense in 2008 than in previous years. Bad debt expense increased by $2.6 million in Wireless, which the Company primarily attributes to the deterioration in the economy and a temporary change to its customer credit policy. The Company has tightened its credit policy, but expects the high bad debt trend to continue into 2009.

Technology Solutions

Revenue from data center and managed services increased by 45% in 2008, 43% in 2007, and 28% in 2006. Although the Company is adding approximately 70,000 square feet of new data center capacity in 2009 and is still experiencing strong demand for new data center space from its large business customers, it does not expect the same level of revenue percentage increase as noted in the past due to the slowing of the economy.

Revenue from equipment distribution increased by 11% in 2008, 11% in 2007, and 28% in 2006. These customer purchases generally represent large capital purchases for customers that are, to some extent, discretionary. That is, in periods of fiscal restraint, a customer may defer these capital purchases for IT and telephony equipment and, instead, use its existing, outdated equipment for a little longer. Given the economic uncertainties for 2009, the Company believes more of its customers will take this restrained view of capital purchases and, as such, the Company does not expect similar increases to equipment distribution revenue that it has experienced in the past.

Business and Consumer Customers

As noted previously under “Customers,” the Company’s revenue from consumer access line customers has decreased as a percentage of its total revenue, and revenue from other products, such as data center service for business customers, has increased. The Company expects these trends to continue. Because a large portion of the costs associated with the Company’s wireline voice service to consumers are fixed network costs, continued productivity improvements will be necessary and may likely be difficult to continue to achieve in order for the Company to reduce its costs at the same rate as the revenue losses associated with consumer access line loss. Conversely, the costs associated with the Company’s business growth products are largely variable in nature. For example, the construction of new data centers is required to continue business revenue growth for this product. The Company believes it has largely been successful in the past several years at maintaining revenue and profitability in the face of high margin consumer access line loss and lower margin business revenue growth, and it will need to continue to be innovative with new products for both consumers and business customers as well as achieve productivity gains for this success to continue in future years.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

Due to the current credit and financial market crisis, the Company’s pension plan assets have incurred investment losses of approximately 23% for the year ended December 31, 2008. As a result, the Company recorded an increase to its unfunded pension and postretirement obligations of $123 million, increased deferred tax assets by $45 million, and reduced equity by $78 million. The Company expects the decreased plan assets, caused primarily by the 2008 investment losses, will, in and of itself, cause an approximate $11 million increase to its pension and postretirement expenses in 2009.

In February 2009, the Company announced significant changes to its management pension and postretirement plans. The Company announced that it will freeze pension benefits for certain management employees below 50 years of age and provide a 10-year transition period for those employees over the age of 50 after which the pension benefit will be frozen. Additionally, the Company announced it will phase out the retiree healthcare plan for all management employees and certain retirees in 10 years. The Company expects that these changes will reduce the liability associated with its pension and postretirement plans by approximately $70 million, and will reduce 2009 pension and postretirement expense by $14 million, excluding the impact of a curtailment charge.

 

35

 


Table of Contents

 

Based on the expected $11 million increase to pension and postretirement expenses due to 2008 investment losses offset by $14 million of reductions for the February 2009 changes, the Company believes its 2009 pension and postretirement expenses will be slightly lower than 2008, excluding the impact of curtailment and special termination charges.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008:

 

       Payments Due by Period

(dollars in millions)

   Total    < 1 Year    1-3 Years    3-5 Years    Thereafter

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 1,883.7    $ 3.1    $ 127.2    $ 665.8    $ 1,087.6

Capital leases

     54.3      7.1      25.1      11.7      10.4

Interest payments on long-term debt and capital leases (2)

     920.3      110.7      240.9      224.2      344.5

Noncancelable operating lease obligations

     83.6      15.0      26.6      22.3      19.7

Purchase obligations (3)

     102.7      102.7               

Pension and postretirement benefits obligations (4)

     338.0      32.2      73.9      84.6      147.3

Other noncurrent liabilities (5)

     37.0      3.5      6.8      11.9      14.8

Acquisitions (6)

     3.7      0.9      0.3      0.2      2.3
                                  

Total

   $ 3,423.3    $ 275.2    $ 500.8    $ 1,020.7    $ 1,626.6

 

(1) Long-term debt excludes net unamortized premiums and the fair value adjustment associated with the Company’s interest rate swaps.
(2) Interest payments on long-term debt and capital leases include interest obligations on both fixed and variable rate debt, assuming no early payment of debt in future periods. The Company used the interest rate forward curve at December 31, 2008 to compute the amount of the contractual obligation for interest payments on variable rate debt and interest rate swaps.
(3) Purchase obligations primarily consist of amounts under open purchase orders.
(4) Included in pension and postretirement benefit obligations are payments for the Company’s postretirement benefits, qualified pension plans, non-qualified pension plan and other employee retirement agreements. Amount for 2009 includes $24 million of expected cash contributions for postretirement benefits. Although the Company currently expects to continue operating the plans past 2009, its contractual obligation related to postretirement benefits only extends through the end of 2009. Amounts for 2009 through 2018 include $288 million of estimated cash contributions to its qualified pension plans, with $6 million expected to be contributed in 2009. The Company’s expected qualified pension plan contributions are based on current legislation and current actuarial assumptions, which include consideration of the substantial plan investment losses incurred during 2008, but do not include consideration of the actions taken in February 2009 to reduce pension and postretirement benefits. See “Future Operating Trends” for further discussion of these actions. Any other changes in the legislation or actuarial assumptions will also affect the expected contribution amount.
(5) Includes contractual obligation payments primarily related to restructuring reserves, asset removal obligations, long-term disability obligations and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. Payment for unrecognized tax benefits is assumed to occur within three to five years.
(6) Acquisitions payments primarily relate to the Lebanon telecommunications company acquisition. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

The contractual obligations table is presented as of December 31, 2008. The amount of these obligations can be expected to change over time as new contracts are initiated and existing contracts are completed, terminated, or modified.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

Other

Labor Contract

On January 31, 2008, the Company and the Communication Workers of America (“CWA”) reached a tentative agreement on a new three-year labor contract. The new agreement, which covers approximately 1,200 members of the CWA locals 4400 and 4401, was ratified by the local CWA membership on February 27, 2008 and includes the following:

 

   

Retains the current call center work as local Cincinnati jobs, restructures base pay for the call center employees, and implements a sales commission plan for eligible call center employees;

 

   

Creates a new wage, benefit and working condition agreement for bargaining unit employees hired on or after February 1, 2008;

 

   

Provides a cumulative 4.5% wage increase over the three years of the contract;

 

   

Maintains current healthcare plan designs with modest premium increases over the life of the contract, reflective of healthcare inflation;

 

   

Improves dental coverage by increasing the amounts covered under the plan for restorative services;

 

   

Increases pay-related pension credits by 3%; and

 

   

Offers an early retirement option to eligible bargaining unit employees.

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

Vendor Concentration

In 1998, the Company entered into a ten-year contract with Convergys Corporation (“Convergys”), for billing, customer service, and other services. In 2004, the contract was extended to December 31, 2010. In 2008, the contract was further amended and the term was extended to December 31, 2013. The contract states that Convergys will be the primary provider of certain data processing, professional and consulting and technical support services for the Company within CBT’s operating territory. In return, the Company will be the exclusive provider of local telecommunications services to Convergys. The 2008 contract extension eliminated the Company’s minimum annual commitment beginning in 2009, which previously was $35 million reduced by 5% each year starting in 2006. The Company paid $32.1 million, $32.3 million and $34.3 million under the contract in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. On January 13, 2009, the Company entered into a Master Service Agreement extending to December 31, 2013, incorporating the aforementioned amendments and including, among other terms, increased service level commitment and reductions in certain rates commencing January 1, 2009.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various regulatory and tax proceedings, lawsuits, claims, and other matters. The Company believes adequate provision has been made for all such asserted and unasserted claims in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance.

Indemnifications Related to the Sale of Broadband Assets

The Company indemnified the buyer of the broadband assets against certain potential claims, but all indemnifications have expired except for those related to title and authorization. The title and authorization indemnification was capped at 100% of the purchase price of the broadband assets, approximately $71 million.

In order to determine the fair value of the indemnity obligations, the Company performed a probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis, utilizing the minimum and maximum potential claims and several scenarios within the range of possibilities. In 2006, the Company decreased the liability related to the indemnity

 

37

 


Table of Contents

 

obligations from $4.1 million to $1.2 million and recorded $2.9 million of income as a result of the expiration of certain warranties and guarantees. This income was included in “Gain on sale of broadband assets” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In 2008 and 2007, no representations or warranties expired.

Anthem Demutualization Claim

In November 2007, a class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Company and Wellpoint, Inc., formerly known as Anthem, Inc. The complaint alleged that the Company improperly received stock as a result of the demutualization of Anthem and that a class of insured persons should have received the stock instead. In February 2008, the Company filed a response in which it denied all liability and raised a number of defenses. In October 2008, the plaintiffs amended their complaint to narrow the scope of the purported class to persons covered by a fully insured Anthem policy between June 18 and November 2, 2001 and to include additional claims against Wellpoint Inc., but not the Company. In response, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The court has not yet ruled on the Company’s motion. In November 2008, the plaintiffs filed a motion to consolidate five similar cases against Wellpoint Inc. and other employers who received stock as a result of the demutualization, which motion the Company has opposed. In February 2009, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment on all claims asserted against it. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and intends to vigorously defend this action. The Company does not currently believe this claim will have a material effect on its financial condition, operations or cash flows.

Other

At December 31, 2006, regulatory tax liabilities, net of expected refunds, related to exposures on past filing positions totaled $18.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company settled these issues and as a result recorded $10.2 million of income, which is presented as an “Operating tax settlement” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Indemnifications

During the normal course of business, the Company makes certain indemnities, commitments, and guarantees under which it may be required to make payments in relation to certain transactions. These include (a) intellectual property indemnities to customers in connection with the use, sales, and/or license of products and services, (b) indemnities to customers in connection with losses incurred while performing services on their premises, (c) indemnities to vendors and service providers pertaining to claims based on negligence or willful misconduct of the Company (d) indemnities involving the representations and warranties in certain contracts and (e) outstanding letters of credit which totaled $25.6 million as of December 31, 2008. In addition, the Company has made contractual commitments to several employees providing for payments upon the occurrence of certain prescribed events. The majority of these indemnities, commitments, and guarantees do not provide for any limitation on the maximum potential for future payments that the Company could be obligated to make. Except for amounts recorded in relation to insured losses, the Company has not recorded a liability for these indemnities, commitments, and other guarantees in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, except as described in “ Indemnifications Related to the Sale of Broadband Assets” above.

Warrants

As part of the March 2003 issuance of the 16% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009 (“16% Notes”), the purchasers of the 16% Notes received 17.5 million common stock warrants, which expire in March 2013, to purchase one share of Cincinnati Bell common stock at $3.00 each. Of the total gross proceeds received for the 16% Notes, $47.5 million was allocated to the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This value less applicable issuance costs was recorded to “Additional paid-in capital” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. There were no exercises of warrants in 2008, 2007, or 2006.

 

38


Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Additionally, the Company’s senior management has discussed the critical accounting policies and estimates with the Audit and Finance Committee. The Company’s significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The discussion below addresses major judgments used in:

 

   

revenue recognition;

 

   

accounting for allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable;

 

   

reviewing the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets;

 

   

reviewing the carrying values of property, plant and equipment;

 

   

accounting for business combinations;

 

   

accounting for taxes;

 

   

accounting for pension and postretirement expenses; and

 

   

accounting for termination benefits.

Revenue Recognition — The Company adheres to sales recognition principles described in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” issued by the SEC. Under SAB No. 104, sales are recognized when there is persuasive evidence of a sale arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

Service revenue — The Company recognizes service revenue as services are provided. Revenue from local telephone, special access and data and internet product services, which are billed monthly prior to performance of service, and from prepaid wireless service, which is collected in advance, is not recognized upon billing or cash receipt but rather is deferred until the service is provided. Postpaid wireless, long distance, switched access and reciprocal compensation are billed monthly in arrears. The Company bills service revenue in regular monthly cycles, which are spread throughout the days of the month. As the last day of each billing cycle rarely coincides with the end of the Company’s reporting period for usage-based services such as postpaid wireless, long distance, and switched access, the Company must estimate service revenues earned but not yet billed. The Company bases its estimates upon historical usage and adjusts these estimates during the period in which the Company can determine actual usage, typically in the following reporting period.

Initial billings for Wireline service connection and activation are deferred and amortized into revenue on a straight-line basis over the average customer life. The associated connection and activation costs, to the extent of the upfront fees, are also deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the average customer life.

Data center and managed services consist primarily of recurring revenue streams from collocation, interconnection, and managed infrastructure services. These recurring revenue streams are billed monthly and recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Data center and managed services can also include revenues from non-recurring revenue streams such as installation revenues. Certain non-recurring installation fees, although generally paid in lump sum upon installation, are also deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Agreements with data center customers require certain levels of service or performance. Although the occurrence is rare, if the Company fails to meet these levels, customers may be able to receive service credits for their accounts. The Company records these credits against revenue when an event occurs that gives rise to such credits. In multi-year data center and managed services arrangements with increasing or decreasing monthly billings, revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis. Revenue for leased data center assets is also recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term.

Technology Solutions professional services, including product installations, are recognized as the service is provided. Technology Solutions also provides maintenance services on telephony equipment under one to four year contract terms. This revenue is accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)

 

39

 


Table of Contents

 

Technical Bulletin No. 90-1, “Accounting for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance Contracts,” and is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the underlying customer contract.

Products — The Company recognizes equipment revenue upon the completion of contractual obligations, such as shipment, delivery, installation, or customer acceptance. Wireless handset revenue and the related activation revenue are recognized when the products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as this is considered to be a separate earnings process from the sale of wireless services. Wireless equipment costs are also recognized upon handset sale and are in excess of the related handset and activation revenue.

The Company is a reseller of IT and telephony equipment and considers the criteria of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent,” when recording revenue, such as title transfer, risk of product loss, and collection risk. Based on this guidance, these equipment revenues and associated costs have generally been recorded on a gross basis, rather than recording the revenues net of the associated costs. The Company benefits from vendor rebate plans, particularly rebates on hardware sold by Technology Solutions. If the rebate is earned and the amount determinable based on the sale of the product, the Company recognizes the rebate as an offset to costs of products sold upon sale of the related equipment to the customer.

With respect to arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company follows the guidance in EITF 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” to determine whether more than one unit of accounting exists in an arrangement. To the extent that the deliverables are separable into multiple units of accounting, total consideration is allocated to the individual units of accounting based on their relative fair value, determined by the price of each deliverable when it is regularly sold on a stand-alone basis. Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting as delivered or as service is performed depending on the nature of the deliverable comprising the unit of accounting.

The Company often is contracted to install the IT equipment that it sells. The revenue recognition guidance in Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” is applied, which requires vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) in order to recognize the IT equipment separate from the installation. The Company has customers to which it sells IT equipment without the installation service, customers to which it provides installation services without the IT equipment, and also customers to which it provides both the IT equipment and the installation service. As such, the Company has VSOE that permits the separation of the IT equipment from the installation services. The Company recognizes the IT equipment revenue upon completion of its contractual obligations, generally upon delivery of the IT equipment to the customer, and recognizes installation service revenue upon completion of the installation.

Pricing of local voice services is generally subject to oversight by both state and federal regulatory commissions. Such regulation also covers services, competition, and other public policy issues. Various regulatory rulings and interpretations could result in increases or decreases to revenue in future periods.

Accounting for Allowances for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable — The Company established the allowances for uncollectible accounts using percentages of aged accounts receivable balances to reflect the historical average of credit losses as well as specific provisions for certain identifiable, potentially uncollectible balances. The Company believes its allowance for uncollectible accounts is adequate based on these methods, as the Company has not had unfavorable experience with its estimation methods. However, if one or more of the Company’s larger customers were to default on its accounts receivable obligations or if general economic conditions in the Company’s operating area further deteriorated, the Company could be exposed to potentially significant losses in excess of the provisions established. Substantially all of the Company’s outstanding accounts receivable balances are with entities located within its geographic operating areas. Regional and national telecommunications companies account for the remainder of the Company’s accounts receivable balances. The Company has one large customer with receivables that represent 10% of the Company’s outstanding accounts receivable balances.

Reviewing the Carrying Values of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets — Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested for impairment annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

With respect to goodwill, the Company estimates the fair value of the respective reporting unit based on expected future cash flows generated by the reporting unit discounted at the appropriate weighted average cost of capital. The estimated fair value of the respective reporting units was higher than its carrying values, and, as such, there was no indication of impairment in 2008.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of FCC licenses for spectrum and trademarks for the Wireless segment. The Company may renew the wireless licenses in a routine manner every ten years for a nominal fee, provided the Company continues to meet the service and geographic coverage provisions required by the FCC. The fair value of the licenses, aggregated by geographical area, was determined by using the “Greenfield” method, an income-based approach. The fair value of the trademarks was determined by using the relief-from-royalty method, which estimates the present value of royalty expense that could be avoided in the operating business as a result of owning the respective asset or technology. The fair values of the licenses and trademarks were higher than their respective carrying value, and, as such, there was no indication of impairment in 2008.

Changes in certain assumptions could have a significant impact on the impairment test for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. For example, a one percent change in the discount rate used to determine the fair value of the Wireless segment, which represents over 80% of the Company’s total goodwill and indefinite-lived assets, would result in a change in the fair value of this reporting unit by approximately $35 million.

Reviewing the Carrying Values of Property, Plant and Equipment — The Company’s provision for depreciation of its telephone plant is determined on a straight-line basis using the group depreciation method. Provision for depreciation of other property, other than leasehold improvements, is based on the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful life. Depreciation of leasehold improvements is based on a straight-line method over the lesser of the economic useful life or term of the lease, including option renewal periods if renewal of the lease is reasonably assured. Repairs and maintenance expense items are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company estimates the useful lives of plant and equipment in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The majority of the Wireline segment plant and equipment is depreciated using the group method, which develops a depreciation rate annually based on the average useful life of a specific group of assets rather than for each individual asset as would be utilized under the unit method. The estimated life of the group changes as the composition of the group of assets and their related lives change. Such estimated life of the group is based on historical experience with similar assets, as well as taking into account anticipated technological or other changes.

The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets, other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets discussed above, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. In assessing impairments, the Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” An impairment loss is recognized when the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset (or group of assets) and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

To satisfy increasing demand for existing voice minutes of use by customers as well as to provide enhanced data services such as streaming video, the Company constructed a 3G wireless network overlay to deploy on the AWS spectrum purchased in 2006. Due to this implementation, lives of certain GSM network assets were shortened, and depreciation has been accelerated based on the new useful life. The increase in depreciation due to this acceleration was approximately $1.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2006 and $5.2 million in 2007.

In 2008, Wireline segment recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million related to software that is no longer being used.

If technological changes were to occur more rapidly than anticipated, the useful lives assigned to these assets may need to be shortened, resulting in the recognition of increased depreciation expense in future periods. Likewise, if the anticipated technological or other changes occur more slowly than expected, the life of the group could be extended based on the life assigned to new assets added to the group. This could result in a reduction of depreciation expense in future periods. Competition from new or more cost effective technologies could affect

 

41

 


Table of Contents

 

the Company’s ability to generate cash flow from its network-based services. This competition could ultimately result in an impairment of certain of the Company’s tangible or intangible assets. This could have a substantial impact on the operating results of the Company. A one-year decrease or increase in the useful life of these assets would increase or decrease annual depreciation expense by approximately $20 million.

Accounting for Business Combinations — In accounting for business combinations, the Company applies the accounting requirements of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” which requires the recording of net assets of acquired businesses at fair value. In developing estimates of fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities, the Company analyzes a variety of factors including market data, estimated future cash flows of the acquired operations, industry growth rates, current replacement cost for fixed assets, and market rate assumptions for contractual obligations. Such a valuation requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to the intangible assets.

Changes to the assumptions the Company used to estimate fair value could impact the recorded amounts for acquired assets and liabilities, including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill. Significant changes to these balances could have a material impact on the Company’s future reported results.

Accounting for Taxes

Income Taxes

The income tax provision consists of an amount for taxes currently payable and an amount for tax consequences deferred to future periods. The Company’s previous tax filings are subject to normal reviews by regulatory agencies until the related statute of limitations expires.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $563.0 million in net deferred income taxes, which includes approximately $1.3 billion of federal tax net operating loss carryforwards, with a deferred tax asset value of approximately $439.1 million. The federal tax loss carryforwards are available to the Company to offset taxable income in current and future periods. The majority of the remaining tax loss carryforwards will expire between 2017 and 2023 and are not currently limited under U.S. tax laws. The ultimate realization of the deferred income tax assets depends upon the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income during the periods in which basis differences and other deductions become deductible and prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. Based on current income levels and anticipated future reversal of existing temporary differences, the Company expects to utilize its federal net operating loss carryforwards within their expiration periods.

In addition to the federal tax net operating loss carryforwards, the Company has state and local net operating loss carryforwards with a deferred tax asset value of approximately $66.0 million, alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately $12.2 million, and deferred tax temporary differences and other tax attributes of approximately $118.6 million. A valuation allowance of $72.9 million is provided at December 31, 2008 against certain state and local net operating losses and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize the assets within the statutory expiration period.

The Company determines the effective tax rate by dividing income tax expense by income before taxes as reported in its Consolidated Statement of Operations. For reporting periods prior to the end of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company records income tax expense based upon an estimated annual effective tax rate. This rate is computed using the statutory tax rate and an estimate of annual net income adjusted for an estimate of non-deductible expenses.

The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” (“FIN 48”) on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $5.1 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 accumulated deficit balance. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had a $15.6 million and a $14.8 million liability recorded for unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $15.3 million at December 31, 2008. The Company does not currently anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly over the next year.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and local jurisdictions. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local

 

42


Table of Contents

 

examinations for years before 2004. In 2007, the Internal Revenue Service commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for 2004 to 2006. The IRS has completed its examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax years while 2006 is still under audit.

The Company recognizes accrued penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense. Accrued interest and penalties are insignificant at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

Refer to Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Company’s income taxes.

Operating Taxes

The Company incurs certain operating taxes that are reported as expenses in operating income, such as property, sales, use and gross receipts taxes. These taxes are not included in income tax expense because the amounts to be paid are not dependent on the level of income generated by the Company. The Company also records expense against operating income for the establishment of liabilities related to certain operating tax audit exposures. These liabilities are established based on the Company’s assessment of the probability of payment. Upon resolution of an audit, any remaining liability not paid is released and increases operating income. The Company recognized an expense of $1.5 million in 2008, and income of $2.4 million in 2007 and $1.8 million in 2006 upon resolution of operating tax audits, net of new liabilities established.

The Company incurs federal regulatory taxes on certain revenue producing transactions. The Company is permitted to recover certain of these taxes by billing the customer; however, collections cannot exceed the amount due to the federal regulatory agency. These federal regulatory taxes are presented in sales and cost of services on a gross basis because, while the Company is required to pay the tax, it is not required to collect the tax from customers and, in fact, does not collect the tax from customers in certain instances. The amount recorded as revenue for 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $16.6 million, $17.3 million, and $15.3 million, respectively. Excluding an operating tax settlement gain of $10.2 million in 2008, the amount expensed for 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $17.0 million, $18.2 million, and $20.0 million, respectively. The Company records all other taxes collected from customers on a net basis.

At December 31, 2006, regulatory tax liabilities, net of expected refunds, related to exposures on past filing positions totaled $18.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company settled these issues and as a result recorded $10.2 million of income, which is presented as an “Operating tax settlement” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Accounting for Pension and Postretirement Expenses In accounting for pension and postretirement expenses, the Company applies the accounting requirements of SFAS No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” SFAS No. 158 requires the Company to recognize the funded status of its defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans on the consolidated balance sheet and recognize as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs that arise during the period, but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost.

The Company sponsors three noncontributory defined benefit pension plans: one for eligible management employees, one for non-management employees, and one supplemental, nonqualified, unfunded plan for certain senior executives. The Company also provides health care and group life insurance benefits for eligible retirees. The Company’s measurement date for its pension and postretirement obligations is as of December 31 st of each year. When changes to the plans occur during interim periods, the Company reviews the changes and determines if a remeasurement is necessary.

In August 2007, the Company announced changes to its pension and postretirement plans that reduce medical benefit payments by fixing the annual Company contribution for certain eligible retirees and that reduce life insurance benefits paid from these plans. Based on these changes, the Company determined that a remeasurement of its pension and postretirement obligations was necessary. The Company remeasured its pension and postretirement obligations in August 2007 using revised assumptions, including modified benefit payment assumptions reflecting the changes and a discount rate of 6.25%. These changes reduced the Company’s pension

 

43

 


Table of Contents

 

and postretirement obligations by approximately $74 million, reduced deferred tax assets for the related tax effect by $27 million, and increased equity by $47 million.

As a result of the new union labor agreement and curtailment charge in the first quarter of 2008, the Company remeasured its union pension and postretirement obligations using revised assumptions, including modified retiree benefit payment assumptions and a discount rate of 6.4%. As a result of the remeasurement, the Company’s pension and postretirement obligations were reduced by approximately $17 million, deferred tax assets were reduced for the related tax effect by $6 million, and equity was increased by $11 million.

As a result of the 2007 – 2008 restructuring plan, the Company determined curtailment charges were required due to the significant decrease in the expected future service years. In 2008, the curtailment charge for the union pension plan and union postretirement plan consisted of an increase in the benefit obligation of $2.2 million and $12.5 million, and the acceleration of unrecognized prior service cost of $0.9 million and a benefit of $0.1 million, respectively. In 2007, the curtailment charge for the management pension plan and management postretirement plan consisted of an increase in the benefit obligation of $1.9 million and $4.3 million, and the acceleration of an unrecognized prior service cost and transition obligation of a benefit of $1.0 million and cost of $1.2 million, respectively. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to the 2007 – 2008 restructuring plan.

Also related to the 2007-2008 restructuring plan, the Company incurred special termination benefit charges of $8.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 due to 105 management employees accepting these benefits. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company incurred an additional $22.1 million related to 284 union employees accepting special termination benefits. The Company also recorded an additional $4.9 million of special termination benefits during 2008 related to remaining special termination benefits being amortized over the future service period for both the management and union employees. The Company will also amortize the remaining $2 million of special termination benefits in 2009. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to the 2007 – 2008 restructuring plan.

Due to the current credit and financial market crisis, the Company’s pension plan assets have incurred investment losses of approximately 23% for the year ended December 31, 2008. As a result, the Company recorded an increase to its unfunded pension and postretirement obligations of $123 million, increased deferred tax assets by $45 million, and reduced equity by $78 million. The Company expects the decreased plan assets, caused primarily by the 2008 investment losses, will, in and of itself, cause an approximate $11 million increase to its pension and postretirement expenses in 2009. See “Future Operating Trends” for further discussion of pension and postretirement benefits expense in 2009.

The key assumptions used to account for the plans are disclosed in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The actuarial assumptions attempt to anticipate future events and are used in calculating the expenses and liabilities related to these plans. The most significant of these numerous assumptions, which are reviewed annually, include the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and health care cost trend rates.

Discount rate

A discount rate is used to measure the present value of the benefit obligations. The Company determines the discount rate for each plan individually. In determining the selection of a discount rate, the Company estimates the timing and expected future benefit payment, and applies a yield curve developed to reflect yields available on high-quality bonds. Based on the analysis, the discount rate was set at 6.25%, 6.20%, and 5.75% for all of the plans as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Expected rate of return

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, developed using the building block approach, is based on the the mix of investments held directly by the plans, which is generally 60% equities and 40% bonds, and the current view of expected future returns, which is influenced by historical averages. The required use of an expected versus actual long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension expense or income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however,

 

44


Table of Contents

 

the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns. To the extent the Company changed its estimate of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, there would be an impact on pension expense or income and the associated net liability or asset. The Company uses an assumed long-term rate of return of 8.25% for the Company’s pension and postretirement trusts. Actual asset returns for the pension trusts, which represent over 90% of invested assets, were a loss of 23% in 2008 and gains of 7% in 2007 and 13% in 2006. In its pension calculations, the Company utilizes the market-related value of plan assets, which is a calculated asset value that recognizes changes in asset fair values in a systematic and consistent manner. Differences between actual and expected returns are recognized in the market-related value of plan assets over five years.

Health care cost trend

The Company’s health care cost trend rate is developed on historical cost data, the near-term outlook, and an assessment of likely long-term trends. The health care cost trend rate used to measure the postretirement health benefit obligation at December 31, 2008 was 9% and is assumed to decrease gradually to 4.5% by the year 2014.

The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to the changing market and economic conditions and other changes. Revisions to and variations from these estimates would impact assets, liabilities, equity, cash flow, costs of services and products, and selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following table represents the sensitivity of changes in certain assumptions related to the Company’s pension and postretirement plans:

 

(dollars in millions)

  % Point
Change
    Pension Benefits     Postretirement and Other
Benefits
 
    Increase/
(Decrease) in
Obligation
    Increase/
(Decrease) in
Expense
    Increase/
(Decrease) in
Obligation
    Increase/
(Decrease) in
Expense
 

Discount rate

  +/-0.5 %   $ 16.2/(16.2 )   $ 0.2/(0.2 )   $ 12.7/(11.8 )   $ 0.3/(0.3 )

Expected return on assets

  +/-0.5 %     n/a     $ 2.1/(2.1 )     n/a     $ 0.1/(0.1 )

Health care cost trend rate

  +/-1.0 %     n/a       n/a     $ 14.4/(12.8 )   $ 1.1/(0.9 )

At December 31, 2008, the Company had unrecognized actuarial net losses of $189.8 million for the pension plans and $86.3 million for the postretirement and other benefit plans. The unrecognized net losses have been primarily generated by changes in previous years related to discount rates, asset return differences and actual health care costs. Because gains and losses reflect refinements in estimates as well as real changes in economic values and because some gains in one period may be offset by losses in another or vice versa, the Company is not required to recognize these gains and losses in the period that they occur. Instead, if the gains and losses exceed a 10% corridor defined in the accounting literature, the Company amortizes the excess over the average remaining service period of active employees (approximately 15 years on average) expected to receive benefits under the plan.

Accounting for Termination Benefits The Company has written severance plans covering both its management and union employees and, as such, accrues probable and estimable employee separation liabilities in accordance with SFAS No. 112, “Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 5 and 43.” These liabilities are based on the Company’s historical experience of severance, historical costs associated with severance, and management’s expectation of future severance. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has $8.0 million of employee separation liabilities related to the 2007 – 2008 restructuring plan. This represents severance costs for employees over the next five years that are primarily related to the Company’s need to downsize its Wireline operations to conform to the decreased access lines being served by the Company.

When employee terminations occur, the Company considers the guidance in SFAS No. 88, “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits.” The Company offered and, by December 31, 2007, 105 management employees accepted special termination benefits totaling $12 million, of which the Company determined $8.2 million had been earned through December 31, 2007. In February 2008, the Company reached agreement with its union workforce on a new three-year labor agreement. As part of this agreement, the Company offered and, by March 31, 2008, 284 union

 

45

 


Table of Contents

 

employees accepted special termination benefits totaling $25 million, of which the Company determined $22.1 million had been earned through March 31, 2008. Remaining special termination benefits for both the union and management employees are subject to future service requirements as determined by the Company. The Company amortized $4.9 million of the remaining termination benefits in 2008 with the remaining $2 million to be amortized in 2009.

The Company also considers whether employee terminations give rise to a pension and postretirement curtailment charge under SFAS No. 88. The Company’s policy is that terminations in a calendar year involving 10% or more of the plan’s expected future service years result in a curtailment of the pension or postretirement plan. Terminations from the 2007-2008 restructuring plan resulted in curtailments for both the management and union pension and postretirement plans totaling a charge of $21.9 million.

See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on the Company’s restructuring plans.

Regulatory Matters and Competitive Trends

Federal — The Telecommunications Act of 1996 was enacted with the goal of establishing a pro-competitive, deregulatory framework to promote competition and investment in advanced telecommunications facilities and services to all Americans. Since 1996, federal regulators have considered a multitude of proceedings ostensibly aimed at fulfilling the goals of the Act, and this process is continuing through numerous proceedings currently before the FCC and the federal courts. Although the Act called for a deregulatory framework, the FCC’s approach has been to maintain significant regulatory restraints on the traditional incumbent local exchange carriers while opening up opportunities for new competitive entrants and new services with minimal regulation such as broadband services and VoIP providers. While Cincinnati Bell has expanded beyond its incumbent local exchange operations by offering wireless, long distance, broadband service, internet access and out-of-territory competitive local exchange services, a significant portion of its revenue is still derived from its traditional local exchange services. The financial impact of the various federal proceedings will depend on many factors including the extent of competition in our market and the timing and outcome of the FCC’s decisions and any appeals from those decisions.

Intercarrier Compensation

Current rules specify different means of compensating carriers for the use of their networks depending on the type of traffic and technology used by the carriers. The FCC has opened a proceeding to consider various plans that have been proposed for revising the disparate intercarrier compensation system into a unified regime that treats all traffic in a uniform manner. The outcome of this proceeding could have significant impacts on all carriers and will probably be phased-in over a five to ten year period. This proceeding impacts the switched access and end-user components of CBT’s revenue.

Special Access

In early 2005, the FCC opened a proceeding to review the current special access pricing rules. Under the existing rules, CBT’s special access services are subject to price cap regulation with no earnings cap. This ongoing proceeding reexamines the entire special access pricing structure, including whether or not to reinstate an earnings cap. In 2007, the FCC invited interested parties to update the record.

 

46


Table of Contents

 

VoIP

In 2004, the FCC declared that VoIP services are interstate services and purported to preempt state regulation. Since then, the FCC has considered several petitions asking it to rule on whether and under what circumstances voice services utilizing Internet Protocol (IP) are subject to access charges. It has ruled that peer-to-peer internet voice services that do not use the public switched telephone network (“PSTN”) are not subject to access charges. Separately, it has ruled that services that originate and terminate on the PSTN but employ “IP” in the middle are subject to access charges. The FCC is still considering other VoIP petitions, including one that seeks to exempt from access charges calls that originate using VoIP, but terminate on the PSTN. In addition, the FCC is considering a broader rulemaking proceeding to determine the regulatory status of IP-enabled services generally. The FCC has expanded 911, universal service funding, and local number portability requirements to interconnected VoIP providers.

Universal Service

The federal Universal Service Fund is currently funded via an assessment on all telecommunications carriers’ and interconnected VoIP providers’ interstate end-user revenue. The FCC is currently considering alternatives to this method of funding. Some of the alternatives being considered include switching to an assessment based on telephone numbers and connections. Any such alteration could result in a change in the manner in which carriers recover their contributions from end users.

Broadband Internet Access

In an order adopted in 2005, the FCC provided wireline carriers the option of offering broadband internet access as a non-regulated information service (comparable treatment to cable modem internet access) or as a regulated telecommunications service. In 2007 CBT elected the non-regulated information service designation for its broadband internet access service. In 2007, the FCC ruled that wireless broadband service is also a non-regulated information service on the same regulatory footing as other broadband services, such as cable modem service and wireline DSL service.

FCC Safeguards to Protect Customer Proprietary Network Information (“CPNI”)

On April 2, 2007, the FCC released an order implementing new CPNI rules designed to prevent pretexting to gain access to customer information. The new rules, which became effective in December 2007, require carriers to implement security protections limiting the manner in which certain customer information may be released and requiring notice to customers regarding certain types of changes to their account and CPNI breaches. Carriers must file an annual certification with the FCC that they are compliant with the rules, including a summary of actions taken in response to customer complaints.

State —Because CBT generates the majority of its revenue from the operation of its public switched telephone network, its financial results follow no particular seasonal pattern. CBT does derive a significant portion of its revenue from pricing plans that are subject to regulatory overview and approval. In both Ohio and Kentucky, CBT operates under alternative regulation plans in which CBT is subject to restrictions on its ability to increase the price of basic local service and related services. In return, CBT is not subject to an earnings cap or recapture in Ohio, as it would if regulated under a traditional regulatory plan based upon a targeted rate of return. CBT has operated under alternative regulation plans since 1994 during which price increases and enhanced flexibility for a limited number of services have partially offset the effect of fixed pricing for basic local service and reduced pricing for other, primarily wholesale services.

In June 2004, CBT adopted a new alternative regulation plan in Ohio, which, although similar to its previous plan, gives CBT the option to remain in the alternative regulation plan indefinitely. Statutory changes enacted by the Ohio General Assembly in August 2005 gave the PUCO the authority to provide ILECs with pricing flexibility for basic local rates upon a showing that consumers have sufficient competitive alternatives

 

47

 


Table of Contents

 

(House Bill 218). Since that time, the Company applied for and received authority from the PUCO to increase its rates for basic local exchange service in half of its Ohio exchanges. CBT implemented rate increases for basic local exchange service in its two large exchanges beginning in January 2007.

Ohio Cable Franchise

Ohio statewide video service authorization legislation was introduced on March 15, 2007 and signed by the Governor on May 9, 2007. This legislation allows the Company to apply for one statewide video franchise agreement rather than negotiating individual agreements with all local entities in Ohio. The Act holds no build-out requirements for the Company, allows for no on-going additional fees above the federally authorized 5% and holds PEG requirements to a minimum. On October 31, 2007, CBET applied for statewide video service authorization which was granted in December 2007. CBET is now authorized to provide service in our self-described territory with only 10-day notification to the municipality and other providers. The authorization can be amended to include additional territory upon notification to the state. Individual franchise agreements are required in Kentucky and the Company initiated discussions with local jurisdictions in March 2008. Four agreements were reached in 2008, and others are pending approval by the remaining local jurisdictions.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets,” was issued in December 2008 . It expands the disclosures required by SFAS No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , ” to discuss the assumptions and risks used to compute the fair value of each category of plan assets. FSP No. 132(R)-1 becomes effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. Early adoption is permitted. As this statement relates only to disclosure, it will not have a financial impact on the Company.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. EITF 08-3, “Accounting by Lessees for Maintenance Deposits.” This issue applies to deposits made by a lessee to the lessor that are refunded to the lessee only to the extent that the lessee performs specified maintenance on the leased asset. The lessee should expense or capitalize maintenance costs according to its maintenance accounting policy when maintenance of the leased asset is performed. When a lessee determines that it is less than probable that an amount on deposit will be returned, the lessee should recognize that amount as an additional expense. FSP No. EITF 08-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and for interim periods within those years. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” FSP EITF 03-6-1 concludes that unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities, and thus, should be included in the two-class method of computing earnings per share. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. Retrospective application to all periods presented is required and early application is prohibited. The Company expects the impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”),” was issued in May 2008. SFAS No. 162 reorganizes the GAAP hierarchy to provide a consistent framework for determining the accounting principles that should be used when preparing U.S. GAAP financial statements. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The adoption of SFAS No. 162 is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.

FSP No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets,” was issued in April 2008. It amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FSP No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” was issued in March 2008. SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for

 

48


Table of Contents

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. As this statement relates only to disclosure, it will not have a financial impact on the Company.

SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations,” was issued in December 2007. SFAS No. 141(R) requires that, upon initially obtaining control, an acquirer will recognize 100% of the fair values of acquired assets, including goodwill, and assumed liabilities, with only limited exceptions, even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of its target. Additionally, contingent consideration arrangements will be presented at fair value at the acquisition date and included on that basis in the purchase price consideration and transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. SFAS No. 141(R) also modifies the recognition for preacquisition contingencies, such as environmental or legal issues, restructuring plans and acquired research and development value in purchase accounting. SFAS No. 141(R) amends SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” to require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable because of a business combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for the first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company will apply this standard to business combinations that occur after December 31, 2008.

SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51,” was issued in December 2007. SFAS No. 160 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under SFAS No. 160, noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries, and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. SFAS No. 160 will be effective for the first fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. SFAS No. 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassifying noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” was issued in September 2006. The objective of the Statement is to define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to financial instruments as of January 1, 2008. Refer to Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. As permitted by FSP 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” implementation of SFAS No. 157 to non-financial assets and liabilities has been deferred until interim and annual periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

 

49

 


Table of Contents

 

Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 Safe Harbor Cautionary Statement

This Form 10-K contains “forward-looking” statements, as defined in federal securities laws including the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which are based on Cincinnati Bell Inc.’s current expectations, estimates and projections. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about the beliefs, expectations and future plans and strategies of the Company, are forward-looking statements. These include any statements regarding:

 

   

future revenue, operating income, profit percentages, income tax refunds, realization of deferred tax assets, earnings per share or other results of operations;

 

   

the continuation of historical trends;

 

   

the sufficiency of cash balances and cash generated from operating and financing activities for future liquidity and capital resource needs;

 

   

the effect of legal and regulatory developments; and

 

   

the economy in general or the future of the communications services industries.

Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. The following important factors could cause or contribute to actual results being materially different from those described or implied by such forward-looking statements including, but not limited to:

 

   

changing market conditions and growth rates within the telecommunications industry or generally within the overall economy;

 

   

changes in competition in markets in which the Company operates;

 

   

pressures on the pricing of the Company’s products and services;

 

   

advances in telecommunications technology;

 

   

the ability to generate sufficient cash flow to fund the Company’s business plan and maintain its networks;

 

   

the ability to refinance the Company’s indebtedness when required on commercially reasonable terms;

 

   

changes in the telecommunications regulatory environment;

 

   

changes in the demand for the services and products of the Company;

 

   

the demand for particular products and services within the overall mix of products sold, as the Company’s products and services have varying profit margins;

 

   

the Company’s ability to introduce new service and product offerings in a timely and cost effective basis;

 

   

work stoppages caused by labor disputes;

 

   

restrictions imposed under various credit facilities and debt instruments;

 

   

the Company’s ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees; and the Company’s ability to access capital markets and the successful execution of restructuring initiatives.

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

50


Table of Contents

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company’s objective in managing its exposure to interest rate changes is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings, cash flows, and the fair market value of certain assets and liabilities, while maintaining low overall borrowing costs.

Because the Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate fluctuations, primarily in the form of variable rate borrowings from its credit facility and changes in current rates compared to that of its fixed rate debt, the Company sometimes employs derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to these fluctuations and its total interest expense over time. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes or enter into transactions for speculative purposes.

Interest rate swap agreements, a particular type of derivative financial instrument, involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between the Company and its counterparties in the transactions and do not represent an actual exchange of the notional amounts between the parties. Because the notional amounts are not exchanged, the notional amounts of these agreements are not indicative of the Company’s exposure resulting from these derivatives. The amounts to be exchanged between the parties are primarily the net result of the fixed and variable rate percentages to be charged on the swap’s notional amount.

In 2004 and 2005, the Company entered into a series of fixed-to-variable long-term interest rate swaps (“long-term interest rate swaps”) with total notional amounts of $450 million that qualify for fair value hedge accounting. Fair value hedges offset changes in the fair value of underlying assets and liabilities. The long-term interest rate swaps at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are recorded at their fair value, and the carrying values of the underlying liabilities hedged (the 7% Senior Notes and 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes) are adjusted by the same corresponding value in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The fair value of the long-term interest rate swaps was an asset of $22.4 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. A hypothetical 10% change in market interest rates at December 31, 2008 and 2007 would change the fair value of the long-term interest rate swap contracts by approximately $3 million and $12 million, respectively. In December 2008, three counterparties exercised their right to call $200 million notional amount of long-term interest rate swaps for the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes. A derivative asset of $8.4 million for the called swaps is included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on the December 31, 2008 Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the $14.0 million derivative asset on the remaining long-term swaps is included in “Other noncurrent assets.” In January 2009, two additional counterparties exercised their right to call $50 million notional of long-term interest rate swaps for the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes for total call proceeds of $2.1 million. In January and February 2009, the Company received $10.5 million of call premiums related to the terminated swaps.

In both May and July 2008, the Company entered into six-month interest rate swap contracts with notional amounts totaling $450 million each, which effectively fixed the floating interest rates for the second half of 2008 and the first half of 2009 on the long-term interest rate swaps. The Company did not designate these swaps as hedging instruments under SFAS No.133, which results in the change in the fair value of these instruments being recognized in earnings during each period. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of these interest rate swaps was a liability of $3.6 million with the corresponding value included in “Other expense (income), net” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

51

 


Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the face amounts, maturity dates, and average interest rates for the fixed and variable-rate debt, excluding capital leases, net unamortized premiums, and the fair value adjustment related to the long-term interest rate swaps, held by the Company at December 31, 2008:

 

(dollars in millions)

   2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total     Fair Value

Fixed-rate debt:

   $ 1.0     $ 0.2                 $ 439.9     $ 1,087.6     $ 1,528.7     $ 1,218.1

Average interest rate on fixed-rate debt

     4.3 %     4.3 %                 7.3 %     7.6 %     7.5 %    

Variable-rate debt:

   $ 2.1     $ 75.1     $ 51.9     $ 225.9                 $ 355.0     $ 305.3

Average interest rate on variable-rate debt (1)

     5.0 %     4.8 %     5.0 %     4.6 %                 4.7 %    

 

(1) Based on average rate in effect during 2008.

At December 31, 2007, the carrying value and fair value of fixed-rate debt was $1,635.8 million and $1,583.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the carrying value and fair value of variable-rate debt was $341.0 million and $335.1 million, respectively.

Including the impact of the $250 million notional amounts of long-term interest rate swaps that were not called in December 2008, approximately 70% of the Company’s indebtedness was based on fixed interest rates at December 31, 2008. Including the impact of the $450 million notional amounts of long-term interest rate swaps, approximately 60% of the Company’s indebtedness was based on fixed interest rates at December 31, 2007.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements    Page

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

   54

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   55

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   57

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   58

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   59

Consolidated Statements of Shareowners’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   60

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   61

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

For each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008:

  

II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   114

Financial statement schedules other than those listed above have been omitted because the required information is contained in the financial statements and notes thereto, or because such schedules are not required or applicable.

 

53

 


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Cincinnati Bell Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a — 15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control system is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework . Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included herein.

February 26, 2009

 

/s/ John F. Cassidy

John F. Cassidy
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Gary J. Wojtaszek

Gary J. Wojtaszek
Chief Financial Officer

 

54


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareowners of Cincinnati Bell Inc.

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Cincinnati Bell Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule and included an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s adoption of FASB Statement No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R), effective December 31, 2006, and the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , effective January 1, 2007.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

February 26, 2009

 

55

 


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareowners of Cincinnati Bell Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cincinnati Bell Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareowners’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule (Schedule II). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cincinnati Bell Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R), effective December 31, 2006. As discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , effective January 1, 2007 .

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

February 26, 2009

 

56


Table of Contents

 

Cincinnati Bell Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Revenue

      

Services

   $ 1,195.6     $ 1,155.4     $ 1,100.2  

Products

     207.4       193.2       169.9  
                        

Total revenue

     1,403.0       1,348.6       1,270.1  
                        

Costs and expenses

      

Cost of services, excluding items below

     425.4       408.5       384.8  

Cost of products sold, excluding items below

     214.4       201.2       183.5  

Selling, general and administrative

     285.0       265.9       244.2  

Depreciation

     149.0       147.1       138.6  

Amortization

     4.9       3.7       4.4  

Shareholder claim settlement

                 6.3  

Restructuring charges

     28.1       39.8       3.4  

Operating tax settlement

     (10.2 )            

Asset impairment

     1.2              

Gain on sale of broadband assets

                 (7.6 )
                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     1,097.8       1,066.2       957.6  
                        

Operating income

     305.2       282.4       312.5  

Interest expense

     139.7       154.9       162.1  

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     (14.1 )     0.7       0.1  

Other expense (income), net

     3.4       (3.1 )     (4.3 )
                        

Income before income taxes

     176.2       129.9       154.6  

Income tax expense

     73.6       56.7       68.3  
                        

Net income

     102.6       73.2       86.3  

Preferred stock dividends

     10.4       10.4       10.4  
                        

Net income applicable to common shareowners

   $ 92.2     $ 62.8     $ 75.9  
                        
                          

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.39     $ 0.25     $ 0.31  
                        

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.38     $ 0.24     $ 0.30  
                        
                          

Weighted average common shares outstanding (millions)

      

Basic

     237.5       247.4       246.8  

Diluted

     242.7       256.8       253.3  
                          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

57

 


Table of Contents

 

Cincinnati Bell Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Millions of Dollars, Except Share Amounts)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2008     2007  
Assets     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6.7     $ 26.1  

Receivables, less allowances of $18.0 and $17.1

     164.9       176.5  

Inventory, materials and supplies

     28.9       31.2  

Deferred income taxes, net

     96.8       72.8  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     23.8       11.1  
                

Total current assets

     321.1       317.7  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,044.3       933.7  

Goodwill

     71.8       62.4  

Intangible assets, net

     126.0       121.2  

Deferred income taxes, net

     466.2       523.4  

Other noncurrent assets

     57.3       61.2  
                

Total assets

   $ 2,086.7     $ 2,019.6  
                
Liabilities and Shareowners' Deficit     

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 10.2     $ 7.8  

Accounts payable

     110.8       105.5  

Unearned revenue and customer deposits

     44.5       47.4  

Accrued taxes

     17.7       15.2  

Accrued interest

     45.9       49.4  

Accrued payroll and benefits

     49.7       44.8  

Other current liabilities

     45.0       47.5  
                

Total current liabilities

     323.8       317.6  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,950.5       2,001.9  

Pension and postretirement benefit obligations

     434.6       291.7  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     87.1       76.0  
                

Total liabilities

     2,796.0       2,687.2  
                

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareowners' deficit

    

Preferred stock, 2,357,299 shares authorized; 155,250 (3,105,000 depositary shares) of 6  3 / 4 % Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007; liquidation preference $1,000 per share ($50 per depositary share)

     129.4       129.4  

Common shares, $.01 par value; 480,000,000 shares authorized; 228,496,896 and 256,652,787 shares issued; 227,881,835 and 248,357,332 outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007

     2.3       2.6  

Additional paid-in capital

     2,695.3       2,922.7  

Accumulated deficit

     (3,356.5 )     (3,459.1 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (177.1 )     (115.9 )

Common shares in treasury, at cost:
615,061 and 8,295,455 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007

     (2.7 )     (147.3 )
                

Total shareowners' deficit

     (709.3 )     (667.6 )
                

Total liabilities and shareowners' deficit

   $ 2,086.7     $ 2,019.6  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

Cincinnati Bell Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Millions of Dollars)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 102.6     $ 73.2     $ 86.3  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Depreciation

     149.0       147.1       138.6  

Amortization

     4.9       3.7       4.4  

Gain on sale of broadband assets

                 (7.6 )

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     (14.1 )     0.7       0.1  

Provision for loss on receivables

     19.7       15.2       14.0  

Noncash interest expense

     5.0       5.0       4.9  

Deferred income tax expense, including valuation allowance change

     67.7       51.7       62.4  

Pension and other postretirement expense in excess of payments

     61.4       19.2       28.1  

Stock-based compensation

     5.6       6.1       2.5  

Other, net

     1.3       (2.1 )     (5.1 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions

      

Increase in receivables

     (7.4 )     (27.8 )     (15.0 )

Increase in inventory, materials, supplies, prepaids and other current assets

           (7.3 )     (6.2 )

Increase in accounts payable

     15.8       19.8       4.1  

Increase (decrease) in accrued and other current liabilities

     (16.4 )     (28.7 )     23.3  

Decrease (increase) in other noncurrent assets

     1.2       (0.7 )     0.5  

Increase (decrease) in other noncurrent liabilities

     7.6       33.7       (0.6 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     403.9       308.8       334.7  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Capital expenditures

     (230.9 )     (233.8 )     (151.3 )

Acquisitions of businesses and remaining minority interest in CBW

     (21.6 )     (23.6 )     (86.7 )

Return of deposit and (purchase/deposit) of wireless licenses

     1.6       (4.4 )     (37.1 )

Proceeds from sale of investment

                 5.7  

Proceeds from sale of broadband assets

                 4.7  

Other, net

     0.4       (1.7 )     4.7  
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (250.5 )     (263.5 )     (260.0 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Issuance of long-term debt

     23.0       75.6        

Net change in credit facility with initial maturities less than 90 days

     (2.0 )     55.0        

Repayment of debt

     (105.7 )     (219.1 )     (13.3 )

Debt issuance costs and consent fees

     (0.3 )     (1.3 )      

Issuance of common shares — exercise of stock options

     0.3       2.5       1.9  

Preferred stock dividends

     (10.4 )     (10.4 )     (10.4 )

Common stock repurchase

     (76.8 )            

Other

     (0.9 )     (0.9 )     0.8  
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (172.8 )     (98.6 )     (21.0 )
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (19.4 )     (53.3 )     53.7  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     26.1       79.4       25.7  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 6.7     $ 26.1     $ 79.4  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

59

 


Table of Contents

 

Cincinnati Bell Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in Millions)

 

    6  3 / 4 % Cumulative
Convertible
Preferred Shares
  Common Shares     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury Shares     Total  
    Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount    

Balance at December 31, 2005

  3.1   $ 129.4   255.0     $ 2.6     $ 2,929.9     $ (3,604.5 )   $ (49.6 )   (7.9 )   $ (145.5 )   $ (737.7 )
                         

Adjustment to opening accumulated deficit, net of taxes of $5.2

                          (9.0 )                     (9.0 )
                         

Net income

                          86.3                       86.3  

Additional minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes of ($1.4)

                                2.2                 2.2  
                         

Comprehensive income

                      88.5  

Shares issued (purchased) under employee plans and other

        0.7             2.1                 (0.3 )     (1.3 )     0.8  

Stock-based compensation

                    2.5                             2.5  

Dividends on preferred stock

                    (10.4 )                           (10.4 )

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158, net of taxes of $73.3

                                (127.1 )               (127.1 )

Other

                    0.8                             0.8  
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

  3.1     129.4   255.7       2.6       2,924.9       (3,527.2 )     (174.5 )   (8.2 )     (146.8 )     (791.6 )
                         

Adjustment to opening accumulated deficit to initially apply FIN No. 48

                          (5.1 )                     (5.1 )
                         

Net income

                          73.2                       73.2  

Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of taxes of ($7.0)

                                12.2                 12.2  

Remeasurement of pension and postretirement liabilities and other, net of taxes of ($27.1)

                                46.4                 46.4  
                         

Comprehensive income

                      131.8  

Shares issued (purchased) under employee plans and other

        1.0             2.1                 (0.1 )     (0.5 )     1.6  

Stock-based compensation

                    6.1                             6.1  

Dividends on preferred stock

                    (10.4 )                           (10.4 )
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2007

  3.1     129.4   256.7       2.6       2,922.7       (3,459.1 )     (115.9 )   (8.3 )     (147.3 )     (667.6 )
                         
                   

Net income

                          102.6                       102.6  

Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of taxes of ($3.6)

                                6.3                 6.3  

Remeasurement of pension and postretirement liabilities and other, net of taxes of $39.8

                                (67.5 )               (67.5 )
                         

Comprehensive income

                      41.4  

Shares issued under employee plans

        0.5             0.3                             0.3  

Shares purchased under employee plans and other

        (0.3 )           (1.2 )               (0.1 )     (0.6 )     (1.8 )

Stock-based compensation

                    5.6                             5.6  

Repurchase of shares

                                    (20.6 )     (76.8 )     (76.8 )

Retirement of shares

        (28.4 )     (0.3 )     (221.7 )               28.4       222.0        

Dividends on preferred stock

                    (10.4 )                           (10.4 )
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

  3.1   $ 129.4   228.5     $ 2.3     $ 2,695.3     $ (3,356.5 )   $ (177.1 )   (0.6 )   $ (2.7 )   $ (709.3 )
                                                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business — Cincinnati Bell Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”) provides diversified telecommunications services through businesses in three segments: Wireline, Wireless, and Technology Solutions. See Note 14 for information on the Company’s reportable segments.

The Company generates a large portion of its revenue by serving customers in the Greater Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio areas. An economic downturn or natural disaster occurring in this limited operating territory could have a disproportionate effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows compared to similar companies of a national scope and similar companies operating in different geographic areas.

Additionally, since approximately 35% of the Company’s workforce is party to collective bargaining agreements, which expire in 2011, a dispute or failed renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreements could have a material adverse effect on the business.

Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the consolidated accounts of Cincinnati Bell Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries over which it exercises control. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates — Preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents — Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Accounts Receivables — Accounts receivables consist principally of trade receivables from customers and are generally unsecured and due within 30 days. The Company has one large customer with receivables that represent 10% of the Company’s outstanding accounts receivable balances. Unbilled receivables arise from services rendered but not yet billed. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, unbilled receivables totaled $27.7 million and $28.9 million, respectively. Expected credit losses related to trade receivables are recorded as an allowance for uncollectible accounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company establishes the allowances for uncollectible accounts using percentages of aged accounts receivable balances to reflect the historical average of credit losses as well as specific provisions for certain identifiable, potentially uncollectible balances. When internal collection efforts on accounts have been exhausted, the accounts are written off by reducing the allowance for uncollectible accounts.

Inventory, Materials and Supplies — Inventory, materials and supplies consists of wireless handsets, wireline network components, various telephony and IT equipment to be sold to customers, maintenance inventories, and other materials and supplies, which are carried at the lower of average cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment is stated at original cost and presented net of accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Most of the Wireline network property, plant and equipment used to generate its voice and data revenue is depreciated using the group method, which develops a depreciation rate annually based on the average useful life of a specific group of assets rather than for each individual asset as would be utilized under the unit method. The estimated life of the group changes as the composition of the group of assets and their related lives change. Provision for depreciation of other property, plant and equipment, other than leasehold improvements, is based on the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful life. Depreciation of leasehold improvements is based on a straight-line method over the lesser of the economic useful life or the term of the lease, including option renewal periods if renewal of the lease is reasonably assured.

 

61

 


Table of Contents

 

Additions and improvements, including interest and certain labor costs incurred during the construction period, are capitalized, while expenditures that do not enhance the asset or extend its useful life are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Capitalized interest for 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $3.1 million, $3.6 million, and $1.0 million, respectively.

The Company records the fair value of a legal liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period it is incurred. The removal cost is initially capitalized and depreciated over the remaining life of the underlying asset. The associated liability is accreted to its present value each period. Once the obligation is ultimately settled, any difference between the final cost and the recorded liability is recognized as income or loss on disposition.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets — Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and recorded in connection with business acquisitions. Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) licenses for wireless spectrum and trademarks of the Wireless segment. The Company may renew the wireless licenses in a routine manner every ten years for a nominal fee, provided the Company continues to meet the service and geographic coverage provisions required by the FCC.

Goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested for impairment annually, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test for goodwill involves comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit based on discounted future cash flows to the unit’s carrying value. The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangibles consists of comparing the estimated fair value of the intangible asset, aggregated by geographical area in the case of the FCC licenses, to its carrying value. For each intangible tested, the carrying values were lower than the estimated fair values, and no impairment charges were recorded in 2008, 2007, and 2006.

Long-Lived Assets, Other than Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangibles — The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets, other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets discussed above, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset (or group of assets) and its eventual disposition are less than the carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.

In 2008, the Wireline segment recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million related to software that is no longer being used.

Investments — The Company has certain investments that do not have readily determinable fair market values. Investments over which the Company exercises significant influence are recorded under the equity method. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no equity method investments. Investments in which the Company owns less than 20% and cannot exercise significant influence over the investee operations are recorded at cost. The carrying value of these investments was approximately $2.2 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and was included in “Other noncurrent assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Investments are reviewed annually for impairment. If the carrying value of the investment exceeds its estimated fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The Company estimates fair value using external information and discounted cash flow analyses. In 2007, the Company received a one-time dividend of $1.9 million from a cost investment. During 2006, the Company sold a cost investment and recorded a gain of $3.2 million. These gains are included in “Other expense (income), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Revenue Recognition — The Company adheres to sales recognition principles described in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” issued by the SEC. Under SAB No. 104, sales are recognized when there is persuasive evidence of a sale arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

Service revenue — The Company recognizes service revenue as services are provided. Revenue from local telephone, special access and data and internet product services, which are billed monthly prior to performance of service, and from prepaid wireless service, which is collected in advance, is not recognized upon billing or cash receipt but rather is deferred until the service is provided. Postpaid wireless, long distance, switched access and reciprocal compensation are billed monthly in arrears. The Company bills service revenue in regular monthly

 

62


Table of Contents

 

cycles, which are spread throughout the days of the month. As the last day of each billing cycle rarely coincides with the end of the Company’s reporting period for usage-based services such as postpaid wireless, long distance, and switched access, the Company must estimate service revenues earned but not yet billed. The Company bases its estimates upon historical usage and adjusts these estimates during the period in which the Company can determine actual usage, typically in the following reporting period.

Initial billings for Wireline service connection and activation are deferred and amortized into revenue on a straight-line basis over the average customer life. The associated connection and activation costs, to the extent of the upfront fees, are also deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the average customer life.

Data center and managed services consist primarily of recurring revenue streams from collocation, interconnection, and managed infrastructure services. These recurring revenue streams are billed monthly and recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Data center and managed services can also include revenues from non-recurring revenue streams such as installation revenues. Certain non-recurring installation fees, although generally paid in lump sum upon installation, are also deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Agreements with data center customers require certain levels of service or performance. Although the occurrence is rare, if the Company fails to meet these levels, customers may be able to receive service credits for their accounts. The Company records these credits against revenue when an event occurs that gives rise to such credits. In multi-year data center and managed services arrangements with increasing or decreasing monthly billings, revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis. Revenue for leased data center assets is also recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term.

Technology Solutions professional services, including product installations, are recognized as the service is provided. Technology Solutions also provides maintenance services on telephony equipment under one to four year contract terms. This revenue is accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Technical Bulletin No. 90-1, “Accounting for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance Contracts,” and is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the underlying customer contract.

Products — The Company recognizes equipment revenue upon the completion of contractual obligations, such as shipment, delivery, installation, or customer acceptance, as appropriate. Wireless handset revenue and the related activation revenue are recognized when the products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as this is considered to be a separate earnings process from the sale of wireless services. Wireless equipment costs are also recognized upon handset sale, and are in excess of the related handset and activation revenue.

The Company is a reseller of IT and telephony equipment and considers the criteria of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent,” when recording revenue, such as title transfer, risk of product loss, and collection risk. Based on this guidance, these equipment revenues and associated costs have generally been recorded on a gross basis, rather than recording the revenues net of the associated costs. The Company benefits from vendor rebate plans, particularly rebates on hardware sold by Technology Solutions. If the rebate is earned and the amount is determinable based on the sale of the product, the Company recognizes the rebate as an offset to costs of products sold upon sale of the related equipment to the customer.

With respect to arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company follows the guidance in EITF 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” to determine whether more than one unit of accounting exists in an arrangement. To the extent that the deliverables are separable into multiple units of accounting, total consideration is allocated to the individual units of accounting based on their relative fair value, determined by the price of each deliverable when it is regularly sold on a stand-alone basis. Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting as delivered or as service is performed depending on the nature of the deliverable comprising the unit of accounting.

The Company often is contracted to install the IT equipment that it sells. The revenue recognition guidance in Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” is applied, which requires vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) in order to recognize the IT equipment separate from the installation. The Company has customers to which it sells IT equipment without the installation service, customers to which it provides installation services without the IT equipment, and also customers to which it provides both the IT equipment and the installation services. As such, the Company has VSOE that permits the separation of the IT

 

63

 


Table of Contents

 

equipment from the installation services. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of the IT equipment upon completion of its contractual obligations, generally upon delivery of the IT equipment to the customer, and recognizes installation service revenue upon completion of the installation.

Pricing of local voice services is generally subject to oversight by both state and federal regulatory commissions. Such regulation also covers services, competition, and other public policy issues. Various regulatory rulings and interpretations could result in increases or decreases to revenue in future periods.

Advertising — Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and amounted to $25.1 million, $26.4 million, and $25.9 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Legal Expenses — Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Income and Operating Taxes — The income tax provision consists of an amount for taxes currently payable and an amount for tax consequences deferred to future periods. Deferred investment tax credits are being amortized as a reduction of the provision for income taxes over the estimated useful lives of the related property, plant and equipment. At December 31, 2008, the Company has $563.0 million of deferred income taxes, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The ultimate realization of the deferred income tax assets depends upon the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income during the periods in which basis differences and other deductions become deductible and prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. The Company’s previous tax filings are subject to normal reviews by regulatory agencies until the related statute of limitations expires.

The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” (“FIN 48”) on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $5.1 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 accumulated deficit balance. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had a $15.6 million and $14.8 million liability recorded for unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $15.3 million at December 31, 2008. The Company does not currently anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly over the next year. Refer to Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to income taxes.

The Company incurs certain operating taxes that are reported as expenses in operating income, such as property, sales, use, and gross receipts taxes. These taxes are not included in income tax expense because the amounts to be paid are not dependent on the level of income generated by the Company. The Company also records expense against operating income for the establishment of liabilities related to certain operating tax audit exposures. These liabilities are established based on the Company’s assessment of the probability of payment. Upon resolution of an audit, any remaining liability not paid is released and increases operating income.

The Company incurs federal regulatory taxes on certain revenue producing transactions. The Company is permitted to recover certain of these taxes by billing the customer; however, collections cannot exceed the amount due to the federal regulatory agency. These federal regulatory taxes are presented in sales and cost of services on a gross basis because, while the Company is required to pay the tax, it is not required to collect the tax from customers and, in fact, does not collect the tax from customers in certain instances. The amount recorded as revenue for 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $16.6 million, $17.3 million, and $15.3 million, respectively. Excluding an operating tax settlement gain of $10.2 million in 2008, the amount expensed for 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $17.0 million, $18.2 million, and $20.0 million, respectively. The Company records all other taxes collected from customers on a net basis.

At December 31, 2006, regulatory tax liabilities, net of expected refunds, related to exposures on past filing positions totaled $18.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company settled these issues and as a result recorded $10.2 million of income, which is presented as an “Operating tax settlement” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

64


Table of Contents

 

Stock-Based Compensation — In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” the Company values all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, at fair value on the date of grant and expenses this amount over the applicable vesting period. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective application method.

The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using assumptions such as volatility, risk-free interest rate, holding period and dividends. The fair value of stock awards is based on the Company’s share price on the date of grant. For all share-based payments, an assumption is also made for the estimated forfeiture rate based on the historical behavior of employees. The forfeiture rate reduces the total fair value of the awards to be recognized as compensation expense. The Company’s policy for graded vesting awards is to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Refer to Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to stock-based compensation.

Employee Benefit Plans As more fully described in Note 9, the Company maintains qualified and unqualified defined benefit pension plans, and also provides postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits for eligible employees. Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158 and recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans as either an asset or liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheets and recognizes changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur as a component of comprehensive income. Pension and postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits earned during the year and interest on the projected benefit obligations are accrued and recognized currently in net periodic benefit cost. Prior service costs and credits resulting from changes in plan benefits are amortized over the average remaining service period of the employees expected to receive the benefits. Net gains or losses resulting from differences between actuarial experience and assumptions or from changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized as a component of annual net periodic benefit cost. Unrecognized actuarial gains or losses that exceed 10% of the projected benefit obligation are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service life of active employees (approximately 15 years on average).

Termination Benefits — The Company has written severance plans covering both its management and union employees and, as such, accrues probable and estimable employee separation liabilities in accordance with SFAS No. 112, “Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits, an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 5 and 43.” These liabilities are based on the Company’s historical experience of severance, historical costs associated with severance, and management’s expectation of future severance.

The Company accrues for special termination benefits upon acceptance by an employee of any voluntary termination offer in accordance with SFAS No. 88, “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits.” Also, the Company considers whether employee terminations give rise to a pension and postretirement curtailment charge under SFAS No. 88 and SFAS No. 106. The Company’s policy is that terminations in a calendar year involving 10% or more of the plan’s expected future service years will result in a curtailment of the pension or postretirement plan.

See Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s restructuring plans.

Derivative Financial Instruments — The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate fluctuations on its indebtedness. The Company employs derivative financial instruments to manage its balance of fixed rate and variable rate indebtedness. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Interest rate swap agreements, a particular type of derivative financial instrument, involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments and do not represent an actual exchange of the notional amounts between the parties. The Company has long-term interest rate swaps that qualify as fair value hedges and are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Fair value hedges offset changes in the fair value of underlying assets and liabilities.

The Company also has short term interest rate swap contracts which are not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS No. 133. As a result, the change in the fair value of these instruments is recognized in earnings during each period in “Other expense (income), net” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

65

 


Table of Contents

 

To the extent an interest swap contract is terminated that was designated as a fair value hedge, the realized gain or loss on the terminated swap contract is amortized to “Interest expense” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the remaining term of the underlying hedged item.

Treasury shares — The repurchase of common shares is recorded at purchase cost as treasury shares. The Company’s policy is to retire, either formally or constructively, treasury shares that the Company anticipates will not be reissued. Upon retirement, the amount of the treasury shares average purchase price that exceeds par value is recorded as a reduction to “Additional paid-in capital” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets,” was issued in December 2008 . It expands the disclosures required by SFAS No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , ” to discuss the assumptions and risks used to compute the fair value of each category of plan assets. FSP No. 132(R)-1 becomes effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. Early adoption is permitted. As this statement relates only to disclosure, it will not have a financial impact on the Company.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. EITF 08-3, “Accounting by Lessees for Maintenance Deposits.” This issue applies to deposits made by a lessee to the lessor that are refunded to the lessee only to the extent that the lessee performs specified maintenance on the leased asset. The lessee should expense or capitalize maintenance costs according to its maintenance accounting policy when maintenance of the leased asset is performed. When a lessee determines that it is less than probable that an amount on deposit will be returned, the lessee should recognize that amount as an additional expense. FSP No. EITF 08-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and for interim periods within those years. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” FSP EITF 03-6-1 concludes that unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities, and thus, should be included in the two-class method of computing earnings per share. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. Retrospective application to all periods presented is required and early application is prohibited. The Company expects the impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”),” was issued in May 2008. SFAS No. 162 reorganizes the GAAP hierarchy to provide a consistent framework for determining the accounting principles that should be used when preparing U.S. GAAP financial statements. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The adoption of SFAS No. 162 is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.

FSP No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets,” was issued in April 2008. It amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FSP No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” was issued in March 2008. SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial

 

66


Table of Contents

 

performance and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. As this statement relates only to disclosure, it will not have a financial impact on the Company.

SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations,” was issued in December 2007. SFAS No. 141(R) requires that, upon initially obtaining control, an acquirer will recognize 100% of the fair values of acquired assets, including goodwill, and assumed liabilities, with only limited exceptions, even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of its target. Additionally, contingent consideration arrangements will be presented at fair value at the acquisition date and included on that basis in the purchase price consideration and transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. SFAS No. 141(R) also modifies the recognition for preacquisition contingencies, such as environmental or legal issues, restructuring plans and acquired research and development value in purchase accounting. SFAS No. 141(R) amends SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” to require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable because of a business combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for the first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company will apply this standard to business combinations that occur after December 31, 2008.

SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51,” was issued in December 2007. SFAS No. 160 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under SFAS No. 160, noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries, and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. SFAS No. 160 will be effective for the first fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. SFAS No. 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassifying noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” was issued in September 2006. The objective of the Statement is to define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to financial instruments as of January 1, 2008. Refer to Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. As permitted by FSP 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” implementation of SFAS No. 157 to non-financial assets and liabilities has been deferred until interim and annual periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company expects the impact of this statement to be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

 

67

 


Table of Contents

 

2. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that would occur if common stock equivalents were exercised, but only to the extent that they are considered dilutive to the Company’s diluted EPS. The following table is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

(in millions, except per share amounts)

   2008    2007    2006

Numerator:

        

Net income

   $ 102.6    $ 73.2    $ 86.3

Preferred stock dividends

     10.4      10.4      10.4
                    

Numerator for basic and diluted EPS

   $ 92.2    $ 62.8    $ 75.9
                    

Denominator:

        

Denominator for basic EPS — weighted average common shares outstanding

     237.5      247.4      246.8

Warrants

     3.4      7.1      5.1

Stock-based compensation arrangements

     1.8      2.3      1.4
                    

Denominator for diluted EPS

     242.7      256.8      253.3
                    

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.39    $ 0.25    $ 0.31
                    

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.38    $ 0.24    $ 0.30
                    

Potentially issuable common shares excluded from denominator for diluted EPS due to anti-dilutive effect

     42.0      36.5      37.7
                    

3. Restructuring Charges

2007 – 2008 Restructuring

 

Restructuring charges (dollars in millions)

   Initial
charge
   Balance
December 31,
2007
   Income     Utilization     Balance
December 31,
2008

Employee separation obligations

   $ 22.9    $ 22.9    $ (14.2 )   $ (0.7 )   $ 8.0

In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company announced a restructuring plan to reduce costs and increase operational efficiencies. As a result, the Company incurred a restructuring charge of $37.5 million in 2007 and $28.3 million in 2008, composed of the following:

 

   

Employee separation obligations — In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company determined a need to reduce its headcount over the next five years to conform its Wireline operations to the decreased access lines being served by the Company. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded severance liabilities of $22.9 million, based on the Company’s probable and estimable liabilities under its written severance plans, to reduce headcount to planned levels. As of December 31, 2007, the number of employees included in the severance liability excluded management retirements to occur as a result of the special termination pension and postretirement benefits accepted as of December 31, 2007. The number of employees included in the severance liability was not reduced for the union retirements to occur as a result of the special termination benefits agreed to in 2008 as this agreement did not occur until after December 31, 2007. However, as a result of 284 union employees accepting special termination benefits in 2008, the number of employees included in the severance liability was reduced in 2008. As a result, the Company decreased the severance liability by $14.2 million but increased the accrual for special termination benefits as discussed below.

 

   

Special termination benefits — The Company offered and, by December 31, 2007, 105 management employees accepted special termination benefits totaling $12 million. The Company determined that $8.2 million of these benefits had been earned through December 31, 2007 under SFAS No. 88, and this amount was therefore accrued as of December 31, 2007. In February 2008, the Company reached

 

68


Table of Contents

 

 

agreement with its union workforce on a new three-year labor agreement. As part of this agreement, the Company offered and, by March 31, 2008, 284 union employees accepted special termination benefits totaling $25 million. The Company determined that $22.1 million of these benefits had been earned through March 31, 2008, and this amount was therefore accrued as of March 31, 2008. Remaining special termination benefits for both union and management employees are subject to future service requirements as determined by the Company and will be amortized to expense over the future service period. The Company amortized $4.9 million of these remaining special termination benefit amounts in 2008 with the remaining $2 million to be amortized in 2009.

 

   

Pension and postretirement curtailment charges — Management terminations contemplated above represented 10% of plan service years for the management pension plan and 15% of plan service years for the management postretirement plan, resulting in a pension and postretirement plan curtailment charge of $6.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2007. Union terminations contemplated above represented approximately 11% of the plan service years for both the pension and postretirement plans, resulting in a curtailment charge of $15.5 million for the pension and postretirement plans in 2008.

For further discussion related to the special termination benefits and curtailment charges discussed above, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The restructuring expense in 2008 was associated with the Wireline segment for $27.1 million, Wireless for $0.5 million, and Technology Solutions for $0.7 million. The restructuring expense in 2007 was associated with the Wireline segment for $34.0 million, Wireless for $2.1 million, Technology Solutions for $1.0 million, and Corporate for $0.4 million. At December 31, 2008, $1.5 million of the reserve related to employee separation was included in “Other current liabilities,” and $6.5 million was included in “Other noncurrent liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2007, $4.5 million of the reserve related to employee separation was included in “Other current liabilities,” and $18.4 million was included in “Other noncurrent liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The special termination benefits and curtailment charges are included in “Pension and postretirement benefit obligations” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

In the first quarter of 2007, the Company incurred employee separation expense of $2.4 million related to the outsourcing of certain accounting functions and the reduction in workforce of various other administrative functions. All of the expense was associated with the Wireline segment. At December 31, 2007, $0.4 million of the reserve was included in “Other current liabilities,” and $0.1 million was included in “Other noncurrent liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The following table illustrates the activity in this reserve through December 31, 2008:

 

Type of costs (dollars in millions)

   Initial
Charge
   Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2007
   Expense    Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2008

Employee separation obligations

   $ 2.4    $ (1.9 )   $ 0.5    $ 0.1    $ (0.6 )   $

 

69

 


Table of Contents

 

2006 Restructuring

In September 2006, the Company incurred employee separation expense of $3.0 million related to the outsourcing of certain supply chain functions to improve operating efficiencies. Substantially all of the expense was associated with the Wireline segment. At December 31, 2007, the reserve balance of $0.4 million was included in “Other current liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following table illustrates the activity in this reserve through December 31, 2008:

 

Type of costs
(dollars in millions)

  Initial
Charge
  Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2006
  Income     Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2007
  Income     Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2008

Employee separation obligations

  $ 3.0   $ (1.1 )   $ 1.9   $ (0.3 )   $ (1.2 )   $ 0.4   $ (0.1 )   $ (0.3 )   $

2001 Restructuring

In 2001, the Company adopted a restructuring plan which included initiatives to consolidate data centers, reduce the Company’s expense structure, exit the network construction business, eliminate other non-strategic operations and merge the digital subscriber line (“DSL”) and certain dial-up internet operations into the Company’s other operations. Impairment charges of $148.1 million and restructuring costs of $84.2 million were recorded in 2001 related to these initiatives. The cumulative restructuring charges incurred through December 31, 2008 for this plan total $94.8 million, composed of $72.0 million related to lease and other contract terminations, $22.4 million for employee separations, and $0.4 million for other exit costs. The Company completed the plan prior to 2003, except for certain lease obligations, which are expected to continue through 2015. Including amounts incurred to date, lease and other contract termination amounts are expected to total approximately $72.8 million.

The following table illustrates the activity in this reserve from December 31, 2005 through December 31, 2008:

 

Type of costs (dollars in millions)

   Balance
December 31,
2005
   Expense    Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2006

Terminate contractual obligations

   $ 8.2    $ 0.6    $ (1.6 )   $ 7.2

 

Type of costs (dollars in millions)

   Balance
December 31,
2006
   Expense    Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2007
   Income     Utilizations     Balance
December 31,
2008

Terminate contractual obligations

   $ 7.2    $ 0.3    $ (1.3 )   $ 6.2    $ (0.2 )   $ (0.9 )   $ 5.1

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of the restructuring reserve balance was included in “Other current liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, $4.1 million and $4.9 million, respectively, of the restructuring reserve balance was included in “Other noncurrent liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,     Depreciable
Lives (Years)

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007    

Land and rights-of-way

   $ 10.1     $ 5.8     20-Indefinite

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     391.9       272.2     2-40

Network equipment

     2,399.2       2,338.4     2-50

Office software, furniture, fixtures and vehicles

     118.3       113.6     3-14

Construction in process

     87.9       78.5     n/a
                  

Gross value

     3,007.4       2,808.5    

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,963.1 )     (1,874.8 )  
                  

Net book value

   $ 1,044.3     $ 933.7    
                  

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year classifications.

Gross property, plant and equipment includes $66.4 million and $38.3 million of assets accounted for as capital leases, primarily related to data center equipment and facilities, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These assets are primarily included in the captions “Building and leasehold improvements,” “Network equipment,” and “Office software, furniture, fixtures and vehicles.” The Company currently has four data center facilities that are capital leases with an option to extend the initial lease term and, for two of the facilities, the Company has the option to purchase the buildings. Amortization of capital leases is included in “Depreciation” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Approximately 81%, 82%, and 83% of “Depreciation,” as presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, was associated with the cost of providing services and products.

To satisfy increasing demand for existing voice minutes of use by customers as well as to provide enhanced data services such as streaming video, the Company completed construction in 2008 of a 3G overlay to its wireless network. As a result, lives of certain GSM network assets were shortened in the fourth quarter of 2006 and depreciation was accelerated based on the new useful life. The increase in depreciation due to this acceleration was approximately $1.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2006 and $5.2 million in 2007.

5. Acquisitions of Businesses and Wireless Licenses

CenturyTel

In June 2008, the Company purchased the Dayton, Ohio operations of CenturyTel for a purchase price of $1.5 million, which was primarily allocated to property, plant and equipment. The purchase includes access lines to small and medium-size customers and fiber network throughout the Dayton metro area. The Company funded the purchase with its available cash. The financial results have been included in the Wireline segment and were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

eGIX Inc.

In February 2008, the Company purchased eGIX Inc. (“eGIX”), a competitive local exchange carrier provider of voice and long distance services to business customers in Indiana and Illinois, for $18.1 million and contingent consideration up to $5.2 million. The Company funded the purchase with its Corporate credit facility. The purchase price was primarily allocated to goodwill for $9.7 million, customer relationship intangible assets for $5.5 million, and property, plant and equipment for $5.0 million. The Company anticipates both the goodwill and intangible assets to be fully deductible for tax purposes. The financial results have been included in the Wireline segment and were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

GramTel USA, Inc.

On December 31, 2007, the Company purchased GramTel USA, Inc. (“GramTel”), a data center business in South Bend, Indiana, for a purchase price of $20.3 million. The Company funded the purchase with its Corporate

 

71

 


Table of Contents

 

credit facility. The purchase price was primarily allocated to customer relationship intangible assets for $9.9 million, property, plant and equipment for $7.2 million, and goodwill for $6.7 million. The Company anticipates both the goodwill and intangible assets to be fully deductible for tax purposes. The financial results are included in the Technology Solutions segment and were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Local Telecommunication Business

In March 2007, the Company purchased a local telecommunication business (“Lebanon”), which offers voice, data and cable TV services, in Lebanon, Ohio for a purchase price of $7.0 million, of which $4.6 million was paid in March 2007. The Company funded the purchase with its available cash. The purchase price was primarily allocated to property, plant and equipment for $4.4 million, customer relationship intangible assets for $1.5 million, and goodwill for $2.1 million. The financial results have been included in the Wireline segment and were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Acquisition of Remaining Interest in Cincinnati Bell Wireless LLC

In February 2006, the Company purchased the remaining 19.9% membership interest in Cincinnati Bell Wireless LLC (“CBW”). As a result, the Company paid purchase consideration of $83.0 million in cash and incurred transaction expenses of $0.2 million. CBW is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company funded the purchase with its Corporate credit facility and available cash.

The transaction was accounted for as a step acquisition using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” The Company applied the purchase price against the minority interest and then allocated the remainder to identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired. The purchase price allocation was based upon the estimated fair values as of February 2006 of the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. Estimated fair value was compared to the book value already recorded, and 19.9% of the excess of estimated fair value over book value was allocated to the respective tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. The excess purchase price over the minority interest and fair value ascribed to the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities was recorded as goodwill. The Company anticipates both the goodwill and intangible assets to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

This acquisition has no effect on the Company’s operating income, which historically has included 100% of CBW’s operating income. However, for periods after the acquisition date, the 19.9% minority interest in the net income (loss) of CBW was eliminated.

Automated Telecom Inc.

In May 2006, the Company purchased Automated Telecom Inc. (“ATI”), based in Louisville, Kentucky, for a purchase price of $3.5 million to expand its geographical presence in order to better serve its customers located outside of the greater Cincinnati area. ATI is a reseller of, and maintenance provider for, telephony equipment. The purchase price was primarily allocated to customer relationship intangible assets, deferred tax liabilities, and goodwill. The financial results of ATI are included in the Technology Solutions segment and were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Wireless Licenses

In late 2007, the Company deposited $4.4 million with the FCC for the opportunity to participate in the auction for the purchase of additional wireless spectrum. In early 2008, the Company purchased wireless spectrum for $2.8 million and the remainder of the deposit was returned to the Company. The wireless spectrum asset is included in “Intangible assets, net” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In 2006, the Company purchased 20 MHz of advanced wireless spectrum for the Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio regions and 10 MHz for the Indianapolis, Indiana region in the FCC Advanced Wireless Services spectrum auction for $37.1 million, which is included in “Intangible assets, net” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. To satisfy increasing demand for existing voice minutes of use by customers as well as to provide enhanced data services such as streaming video, the Company built a 3G wireless network overlay in its Cincinnati and Dayton regions to deploy on the newly purchased AWS spectrum. The 3G wireless network overlay became operational in the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

72


Table of Contents

 

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, goodwill totaled $71.8 million and $62.4 million, respectively. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, are as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Wireless    Wireline    Technology
Solutions
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2006

   $ 50.3    $ 0.8    $ 2.2     $ 53.3  

Acquired during the year

          2.1      7.0       9.1  
                              

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 50.3    $ 2.9    $ 9.2     $ 62.4  

Acquired during the year

          9.7            9.7  

Purchase price allocation adjustment

               (0.3 )     (0.3 )
                              

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 50.3    $ 12.6    $ 8.9     $ 71.8  
                              

Intangible Assets

Summarized below are the carrying values for the major classes of intangible assets:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Weighted
Average
Life in
Years
   December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
      Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

             

Customer relationships

             

Wireline

   10    $ 7.0    $ (1.5 )   $ 1.5    $ (0.3 )

Wireless

   8      14.2      (8.4 )     14.2      (6.4 )

Technology Solutions

   7      11.9      (2.3 )     11.0      (0.7 )
                                 
      $ 33.1    $ (12.2 )   $ 26.7    $ (7.4 )

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

             

Wireless — FCC licenses

   n/a    $ 98.9    $     $ 95.7    $  

Wireless — Trademarks

   n/a      6.2            6.2       

The increase in customer relationships at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007 was primarily attributable to the acquisition of eGIX during 2008. See Note 5 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. The increase in FCC licenses was due to the purchase of additional wireless spectrum as discussed in Note 5 above and capitalization of interest during the construction of the 3G wireless network overlay.

Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $4.9 million in 2008, $3.7 million in 2007, and $4.4 million in 2006. The following table presents estimated amortization expense for 2009 through 2013:

 

(dollars in millions)

2009

   $ 4.1

2010

     3.7

2011

     3.2

2012

     2.7

2013

     2.4

 

73

 


Table of Contents

 

7. Debt

Debt is comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,

(dollars in millions)

   2008    2007

Current portion of long-term debt:

     

Credit facility, Tranche B Term Loan

   $ 2.1    $ 4.0

Capital lease obligations and other debt

     8.1      3.8
             

Current portion of long-term debt

     10.2      7.8
             

Long-term debt, less current portion:

     

Credit facility, revolver

     73.0      55.0

Credit facility, Tranche B Term Loan

     204.9      207.0

7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013

     439.9      470.5

8 3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014*

     572.7      637.4

7% Senior Notes due 2015*

     257.2      250.6

7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023

     50.0      50.0

Receivables Facility

     75.0      75.0

Various Cincinnati Bell Telephone notes

     230.0      230.0

Capital lease obligations and other debt

     47.5      25.8
             
     1,950.2      2,001.3

Net unamortized premiums

     0.3      0.6
             

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,950.5      2,001.9
             

Total debt

   $ 1,960.7    $ 2,009.7
             

 

* The face amount of these notes has been adjusted for the fair value of interest rate swaps classified as fair value derivatives at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Corporate Credit Facilities

In February 2005, Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“CBI”), the parent company, entered into a corporate credit facility (“Corporate credit facility”) which has a $250.0 million revolving line of credit and terminates in February 2010. The Corporate credit facility is funded by 15 different financial institutions, with no financial institution having more than 10% of the total facility. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, at the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to (i) LIBOR plus the applicable margin or (ii) the base rate plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on certain Company financial ratios and ranges between 1.25% and 2.25% for LIBOR rate advances, and 0.25% and 1.25% for base rate advances. Base rate is the higher of the bank prime rate or the federal funds rate plus one-half percent.

In August 2005, the Company amended the Corporate credit facility to include a $400 million term loan (“Tranche B Term Loan”). The proceeds from the Tranche B Term Loan and additional borrowings under the Corporate credit facility were used to retire the 16% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009 (“16% Notes”) for $447.8 million. The Tranche B Term Loan bears interest at a per annum rate equal to, at the Company’s option, LIBOR plus 1.50% or the base rate plus 0.50%. The original maturity schedule for the Tranche B Term Loan was quarterly principal payments of $1.0 million beginning December 31, 2005 through September 30, 2011, and then in four quarterly installments of $94.0 million ending on August 31, 2012. In 2007, the Company repaid $184.0 million of the Tranche B Term Loan, using proceeds of $75.0 million from borrowings under the Receivables Facility described below and the remainder from available cash. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million in 2007 for the repayment of the Tranche B Term Loan. The balance on the Tranche B Term Loan was $207.0 million at December 31, 2008 and $211.0 million at December 31, 2007.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $73.0 million outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility, and had outstanding letters of credit totaling $25.6 million, leaving $151.4 million in additional borrowing availability under its Corporate credit facility. Outstanding letters of credit at December 31, 2008

 

74


Table of Contents

 

include one issued for the benefit of a data center customer. This permits the customer to draw on the letter of credit if the Company is not able to perform its data center contractual obligations due to bankruptcy. The Company agreed to issue the letter of credit because the customer prepaid for data center services.

Voluntary prepayments of the Corporate credit facility and voluntary reductions of the unutilized portion of the revolving line of credit are permitted at any time at no cost to the Company. The average interest rate charged on borrowings under the Corporate credit facility was 5.0%, 6.9%, and 6.6% in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The Company recorded interest expense of $14.6 million, $18.8 million, and $27.9 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

The Company pays commitment fees to the lenders on a quarterly basis related to the Corporate credit facility at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the unused amount of borrowings on the revolving line of credit. Additionally, the Company pays letter of credit fees ranging between 1.25% and 2.25% of the outstanding letters of credit based on certain Company financial ratios. These commitment fees were $1.4 million, $1.3 million, and $1.2 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

The Company and all its future or existing subsidiaries (other than Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company LLC (“CBT”), Cincinnati Bell Extended Territories LLC (“CBET”), Cincinnati Bell Funding LLC (“CBF”), and certain immaterial subsidiaries) guarantee borrowings of Cincinnati Bell Inc. under the Corporate credit facility. Each of the Company’s current subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the Corporate credit facility is also a guarantor of the 7% Senior Notes due 2015, 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013, and 8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, with certain immaterial exceptions. Refer to Notes 16 and 17 for supplemental guarantor information. The Company’s obligations under the Corporate credit facility are also collateralized by perfected first priority pledges and security interests in the following:

 

   

substantially all of the equity interests of the Company’s subsidiaries (other than subsidiaries of CBT, CBF, and certain immaterial subsidiaries); and

 

   

certain personal property and intellectual property of the Company and its subsidiaries (other than that of CBT, CBET, CBF, and certain immaterial subsidiaries) with a total carrying value of approximately $600 million at December 31, 2008.

The Corporate credit facility financial covenants require that the Company maintain certain leverage, interest coverage and fixed charge ratios. The facilities also contain certain covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or liens, pay dividends, repurchase Company common stock, sell, transfer, lease, or dispose of assets and make investments or merge with another company. If the Company were to violate any of its covenants and unable to obtain a waiver, it would be considered a default. If the Company were in default under the Corporate credit facility, no additional borrowings under this facility would be available until the default was waived or cured. The credit facilities provide for customary events of default, including a cross-default provision for failure to make any payment when due or permitted acceleration due to a default, both in respect to any other existing debt instrument having an aggregate principal amount that exceeds $35 million. The Company believes it is in compliance with its Corporate credit facility covenants.

Various issuances of the Company’s public debt, which include the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013, the 8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, and the 7% Senior Notes due 2015, contain covenants that, among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or liens, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, sell, transfer, lease, or dispose of assets and make investments or merge with another company. Restricted payments include common stock dividends, repurchase of common stock, and certain public debt repayments. The Company believes it has sufficient ability under its public debt indentures to make its intended restricted payments in 2009. The Company believes it is in compliance with its public debt indentures as of the date of this filing.

7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013

In July 2003, the Company issued $500 million of 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013. Net proceeds, after deducting fees and expenses, totaled $488.8 million and were used to prepay term credit facilities and permanently reduce commitments under the Company’s then-existing revolving credit facility. Interest on the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year,

 

75

 


Table of Contents

 

commencing on January 15, 2004. The 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 are unsecured senior obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s existing and future senior debt and rank senior to all existing and future subordinated debt. Each of the Company’s current and future subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the Corporate credit facility is also a guarantor of the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 on an unsecured basis with certain immaterial exceptions. The indenture governing the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 contains covenants including but not limited to the following: limitations on dividends to shareowners and other restricted payments; dividend and other payment restrictions affecting the Company’s subsidiaries such that the subsidiaries are not permitted to enter into an agreement that would limit their ability to make dividend payments to the parent; issuance of indebtedness; asset dispositions; transactions with affiliates; liens; investments; issuances and sales of capital stock of subsidiaries; and redemption of debt that is junior in right of payment. The indenture governing 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 provides for customary events of default, including a cross-default provision for failure for both non-payment at final maturity or acceleration due to a default of any other existing debt instrument that exceeds $20 million. The Company may redeem the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 for a redemption price of 103.625%, 102.417%, 101.208%, and 100.000% after July 15, 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded interest expense of $33.8 million in 2008, $35.3 million in 2007, and $36.2 million in 2006 related to these senior notes.

In 2008 and 2007, the Company purchased and extinguished $30.6 million and $26.4 million, respectively, of 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 and recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of $5.3 million in 2008 and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million in 2007.

8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

In November 2003, the Company issued $540 million of 8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (“8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes”). The net proceeds, after deducting fees and expenses, totaled $528.2 million and were used to purchase all of the Company’s then outstanding Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2009.

In February 2005, the Company issued an additional $100 million of 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes pursuant to the existing indenture. Net proceeds from this issuance together with those of the 7% Senior Notes due 2015 and amounts under the Corporate credit facility were used to repay and terminate the prior credit facility. All of the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes constitute a single class of security with the same terms and are fixed rate bonds to maturity.

Interest on the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15, commencing on July 15, 2004. The 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations, ranking junior to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company. The 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes rank equally with all of the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all future subordinated debt. The 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by each of the Company’s current subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the Corporate credit facility, with certain immaterial exceptions. The indenture governing the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes contains covenants including but not limited to the following: limitations on dividends to shareowners and other restricted payments; dividend and other payment restrictions affecting the Company’s subsidiaries such that the subsidiaries are not permitted to enter into an agreement that would limit their ability to make dividend payments to the parent; issuance of indebtedness; asset dispositions; transactions with affiliates; liens; investments; issuances and sales of capital stock of subsidiaries; and redemption of debt that is junior in right of payment. The indenture governing the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes provides for customary events of default, including a cross-default provision for both nonpayment at final maturity or acceleration due to a default of any other existing debt instrument that exceeds $20 million. The Company may redeem the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes for a redemption price of 104.188%, 102.792%, 101.396%, and 100.000% after January 15, 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively. The Company incurred interest expense of $49.6 million in 2008 and $53.6 million in both 2007 and 2006.

During 2008 and 2007, the Company purchased and extinguished $75.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes and recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of $8.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents

 

7% Senior Notes due 2015

In February 2005, the Company sold $250 million of 7% Senior Notes due 2015 (“7% Senior Notes”). Net proceeds from this issuance together with those of other concurrently issued bonds and amounts under the Corporate credit facility were used to repay and terminate the prior credit facility. The 7% Senior Notes are fixed rate bonds to maturity.

Interest on the 7% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2005. The 7% Senior Notes are unsecured senior obligations ranking equally with all existing and future senior debt and ranking senior to all existing senior subordinated indebtedness, including senior subordinated notes, and subordinated indebtedness. Each of the Company’s current and future subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the Corporate credit facility is also a guarantor of the 7% Senior Notes on an unsecured senior basis, with certain immaterial exceptions. The indenture governing the 7% Senior Notes contains covenants including but not limited to the following: limitations on dividends to shareowners and other restricted payments; dividend and other payment restrictions affecting the Company’s subsidiaries such that the subsidiaries are not permitted to enter into an agreement that would limit their ability to make dividend payments to the parent; issuance of indebtedness; asset dispositions; transactions with affiliates; liens; investments; issuances and sales of capital stock of subsidiaries; and redemption of debt that is junior in right of payment. The indenture governing the 7% Senior Notes provides for customary events of default, including a cross-default provision for both nonpayment at final maturity or acceleration due to a default of any other existing debt instrument that exceeds $20 million.

The Company may redeem the 7% Senior Notes for a redemption price of 103.500%, 102.333%, 101.167%, and 100.000% after February 15, 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively. At any time prior to February 15, 2010, the Company may redeem all or part of the 7% Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal, plus (2) the greater of (a) 1% of the face value of the 7% Senior Notes to be redeemed, or (b) the excess over the principal amount of the sum of the present values of (i) 103.5% of the face value of the 7% Senior Notes, and (ii) interest payments due from the date of redemption through February 15, 2010, in each case discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis at the applicable U.S. Treasury rates plus one-half percent, plus (3) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. The Company incurred interest expense related to these notes of $17.5 million in each of 2008, 2007, and 2006.

In 2008, the Company purchased and extinguished $2.5 million of 7% Senior Notes and recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of $0.7 million.

7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023

In July 1993, the Company issued $50 million of 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023. The indenture related to these 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 does not subject the Company to restrictive financial covenants, but it does contain a covenant providing that if the Company incurs certain liens on its property or assets, the Company must secure the outstanding 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 equally and ratably with the indebtedness or obligations secured by such liens. The 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 are collateralized on a basis consistent with the Corporate credit facility. Interest on the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15. The Company may not redeem the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 prior to maturity. The indenture governing the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 provides for customary events of default, including a cross-default provision for failure to make any payment when due or permitted acceleration due to a default of any other existing debt instrument that exceeds $20 million. The Company recorded $3.6 million of interest expense related to these notes in each of 2008, 2007, and 2006.

Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility

In March 2007, the Company and certain subsidiaries entered into an accounts receivable securitization facility (“Receivables Facility”), which permits borrowings of up to $80 million, depending on the level of eligible receivables and other factors. The Receivables Facility has a term of five years, expiring in March 2012. Under the Receivables Facility, CBT, CBET, CBW, Cincinnati Bell Any Distance Inc., and Cincinnati Bell Complete Protection Inc. sell their respective trade receivables on a continuous basis to CBF, a wholly-owned limited liability company. In turn, CBF grants, without recourse, a senior undivided interest in the pooled

 

77

 


Table of Contents

 

receivables to commercial paper conduits in exchange for cash while maintaining a subordinated undivided interest, in the form of over-collateralization, in the pooled receivables. The Company has agreed to continue servicing the receivables for CBF at market rates; accordingly, no servicing asset or liability has been recorded.

Although CBF is a wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary of the Company, CBF is legally separate from the Company and each of the Company’s other subsidiaries. Upon and after the sale or contribution of the accounts receivable to CBF, such accounts receivable are legally assets of CBF, and as such are not available to creditors of other subsidiaries or the parent company. For the purposes of consolidated financial reporting, the Receivables Facility is accounted for as a secured financing. Because CBF has the ability to prepay the receivables facility at any time by making a cash payment and effectively repurchasing the receivables transferred pursuant to the facility, the transfers do not qualify for “sale” treatment on a consolidated basis under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement 125.” Based on $122.6 million of eligible receivables at December 31, 2008, the Company’s borrowing limit under the Receivables Facility was $79.0 million, of which the Company had borrowed $75.0 million. Interest on the receivables facility is based on the federal funds rate plus one-half percent and was $3.0 million in 2008 and $3.4 million in 2007. The average interest rate on the Receivables Facility was 3.9% in 2008 and 5.9% in 2007.

Cincinnati Bell Telephone Notes

CBT issued $80 million in unsecured notes that are guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Cincinnati Bell Inc. but not the subsidiaries of Cincinnati Bell Inc. These notes have original maturities of up to 30 years with a final maturity date occurring in 2023. The fixed interest rates on these notes range from 7.18% to 7.27%. CBT also issued $150 million in aggregate principal of 6.30% unsecured senior notes due 2028, which is guaranteed on a subordinated basis by the Company. All of these notes may be redeemed at any time, subject to proper notice and redemption price.

The indenture governing these notes provides for customary events of default, including a cross-default provision for failure to make any payment when due or permitted acceleration due to a default of any other existing debt instrument of Cincinnati Bell Inc. or CBT that exceeds $20 million. The Company incurred interest expense related to these notes of $15.2 million in each of 2008, 2007, and 2006.

Capital Lease Obligations

The Company leases facilities and equipment used in its operations, some of which are required to be capitalized in accordance with SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases.” SFAS No. 13 requires the capitalization of leases meeting certain criteria, with the related asset being recorded in property, plant and equipment and an offsetting amount recorded as a liability discounted to the present value. The Company had $54.3 million and $29.4 million in total indebtedness relating to capitalized leases, of which $47.2 million and $25.8 million was long-term debt, at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The underlying leased assets generally secure the capital lease obligations. For 2008, 2007, and 2006, the Company recorded $3.1 million, $2.0 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, of interest expense related to capital lease obligations.

 

78


Table of Contents

 

Debt Maturity Schedule

The following table summarizes the Company’s annual principal maturities of debt and capital leases for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2008, and thereafter:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Debt    Capital
Leases
   Total
Debt

Year ended December 31,

        

2009

   $ 3.1    $ 7.1    $ 10.2

2010

     75.3      11.6      86.9

2011

     51.9      13.5      65.4

2012

     225.9      5.3      231.2

2013

     439.9      6.4      446.3

Thereafter

     1,087.6      10.4      1,098.0
                    
     1,883.7      54.3      1,938.0

Fair value adjustment — interest rate swaps

     22.4           22.4

Net unamortized premiums

     0.3           0.3
                    

Total debt

   $ 1,906.4    $ 54.3    $ 1,960.7
                    

Total capital lease payments including interest are expected to be $10.9 million for 2009, $14.8 million for 2010, $15.8 million for 2011, $6.8 million for 2012, $7.5 million for 2013, and $13.3 million thereafter.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are costs incurred in connection with obtaining long-term financing. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis as interest expense over the terms of the related debt agreements. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, deferred financing costs totaled $22.5 million and $28.9 million, respectively. The related amortization, included in “Interest expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, totaled $5.1 million in 2008, $5.2 million in 2007, and $5.1 million in 2006. Additionally, in 2008, the Company wrote-off deferred financing costs of $1.6 million related to the purchase and extinguishment of the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013, 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes, and 7% Senior Notes. In 2007, the Company wrote-off deferred financing costs of $1.2 million related to the repayment of the Tranche B Term loan, and the purchase and extinguishment of the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 and the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes. In 2006, the Company wrote-off deferred financing costs of $0.1 million related to the $3.1 million purchase and retirement of the 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013. The write-offs of deferred financing costs were included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt.” The Company paid $0.3 million in 2008 and $1.3 million in 2007 for debt issuance costs related to the Receivables Facility.

8. Financial Instruments and Fair Value

The carrying amounts of debt, excluding capital leases and net unamortized premiums, at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $1,906.1 million and $1,979.7 million, respectively. The estimated fair values at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $1,523 million and $1,919 million, respectively. These fair values were estimated based on the year-end closing market prices of the Company’s debt and of similar liabilities.

SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” was issued in September 2006. The objective of the Statement is to define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to financial instruments as of January 1, 2008. As permitted by FSP No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” implementation of SFAS No. 157 to non-financial assets and liabilities has been deferred until interim and annual periods beginning after November 15, 2008.

SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1 – Observable inputs for identical instruments such as quoted market prices;

 

79

 


Table of Contents

 

Level 2 – Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs); and

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s determination of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including the Company’s own data.

At December 31, 2008, the fair value, and its placement in the fair value hierarchy, of the Company’s financial instruments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

       December 31,     

(dollars in millions)

   2008    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3

Interest rate swap assets

   $ 22.6    $    $ 22.6    $

Interest rate swap liabilities

     3.8           3.8     

Money market funds

     3.1      3.1          

SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” was issued in February 2007. The Statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The objective is to provide entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. The Company did not elect the fair value measurement option for any of its financial assets or liabilities.

The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate fluctuations on its indebtedness. The Company attempts to maintain an optimal balance of fixed rate and variable rate indebtedness in order to attain low overall borrowing costs while mitigating exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The Company employs derivative financial instruments to manage its balance of fixed rate and variable rate indebtedness. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

In 2004 and 2005, the Company entered into a series of fixed-to-variable long-term interest rate swaps with total notional amounts of $450 million that qualify for fair value hedge accounting (“long-term interest rate swaps”). Fair value hedges offset changes in the fair value of underlying assets and liabilities. The long-term interest rate swaps at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are recorded at their fair value, and the carrying values of the underlying liabilities hedged (the 7% Senior Notes and 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes) are adjusted by the same corresponding value in accordance with SFAS No. 133. The fair value of these instruments is based on estimates using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The fair value of the long-term interest rate swaps was an asset of $22.4 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Realized gains and losses from the long-term interest rate swaps are recognized as an adjustment to interest expense in each period. The Company incurred a gain on the long-term interest rate swaps of $5.5 million in 2008 and realized losses of $2.8 million and $1.3 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In December 2008, three counterparties exercised their right to call $200 million of the notional amount of long-term interest rate swaps for the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes. A derivative asset of $8.4 million for the called swaps is included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on the December 31, 2008 Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the $14.0 million derivative asset on the remaining long-term interest rate swaps is included in “Other noncurrent assets.” In January 2009, two additional counterparties exercised their right to call $50 million notional amount of long-term interest rate swaps for the 8  3 / 8 % Subordinated Notes for total call proceeds of $2.1 million. In January and February 2009, the Company received $10.5 million of call premiums related to the terminated swaps.

In both May and July 2008, the Company entered into six-month interest rate swap contracts with notional amounts totaling $450 million each, which effectively fixed the floating interest rates for the second half of 2008 and the first half of 2009 on the long-term interest rate swaps. The Company did not designate these swaps as hedging instruments under SFAS No. 133, which results in the change in the fair value of these instruments being

 

80


Table of Contents

 

recognized in earnings during each period. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of these interest rate swaps was a liability of $3.6 million with the corresponding value included in “Other expense (income), net” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company is exposed to credit risk on its interest rate swaps in the event of non-performance by counterparties. The Company has entered into agreements that limit its credit exposure to the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements. The Company does not require collateral from its counterparties.

9. Employee Benefit Plans and Postretirement Benefits

Savings Plans

The Company sponsors several defined contribution plans covering substantially all employees. The Company’s contributions to the plans are based on matching a portion of the employee contributions. Company and employee contributions are invested in various investment funds at the direction of the employee. Company contributions to the defined contribution plans were $6.0 million, $5.4 million, and $4.8 million for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Pension Plans

The Company sponsors three noncontributory defined benefit pension plans: one for eligible management employees, one for non-management employees, and one supplemental, nonqualified, unfunded plan for certain senior executives. The management pension plan is a cash balance plan in which the pension benefit is determined by a combination of compensation-based credits and annual guaranteed interest credits. The non-management pension plan is also a cash balance plan in which the combination of service and job-classification-based credits and annual interest credits determine the pension benefit. Benefits for the supplemental plan are based on eligible pay, adjusted for age and service upon retirement. The Company funds both the management and non-management plans in an irrevocable trust through contributions, which are determined using the aggregate cost method. The Company uses the traditional unit credit cost method for determining pension cost for financial reporting purposes.

Postretirement Health and Life Insurance Plans

The Company also provides health care and group life insurance benefits for eligible retirees. The Company funds health care benefits and other group life insurance benefits using Voluntary Employee Benefit Association (“VEBA”) trusts. It is the Company’s practice to fund amounts as deemed appropriate from time to time. Contributions are subject to IRS limitations developed using the aggregate cost method.

The actuarial expense calculation for the Company’s postretirement health plan is based on numerous assumptions, estimates, and judgments including health care cost trend rates and cost sharing with retirees.

Significant Events

In August 2007, the Company announced changes to its pension and postretirement plans that reduce medical benefit payments by fixing the annual Company contribution for certain eligible retirees and that reduce life insurance benefits paid from these plans. Based on these changes, the Company determined that a remeasurement of its pension and postretirement obligations was necessary. The Company remeasured its pension and postretirement obligations in August 2007 using revised assumptions, including modified benefit payment assumptions reflecting the changes and a discount rate of 6.25%. These changes reduced the Company’s pension and postretirement obligations by approximately $74 million, reduced deferred tax assets for the related tax effect by $27 million, and increased equity by $47 million.

As a result of the new union labor agreement and curtailment charge in the first quarter of 2008, the Company remeasured its union pension and postretirement obligations using revised assumptions, including modified retiree benefit payment assumptions and a discount rate of 6.4%. As a result of the remeasurement, the Company’s pension and postretirement obligations were reduced by approximately $17 million, deferred tax assets were reduced for the related tax effect by $6 million, and equity was increased by $11 million.

 

81

 


Table of Contents

 

As a result of the 2007-2008 restructuring plan, the Company determined curtailment charges were required due to the significant decrease in the expected future service years. In 2008, the curtailment charge for the union pension plan and union postretirement plan consisted of an increase in the benefit obligation of $2.2 million and $12.5 million, and the acceleration of unrecognized prior service cost of $0.9 million and a benefit of $0.1 million, respectively. In 2007, the curtailment charge for the management pension plan and management postretirement plan consisted of an increase in the benefit obligation of $1.9 million and $4.3 million, and the acceleration of an unrecognized prior service cost and transition obligation of a benefit of $1.0 million and a cost of $1.2 million, respectively. See Note 3 for further discussion.

Also related to the 2007-2008 restructuring plan, the Company incurred special termination benefit charges of $8.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 due to 105 management employees accepting these benefits. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company incurred an additional $22.1 million related to 284 union employees accepting special termination benefits. The Company also recorded an additional $4.9 million of special termination benefits during 2008 related to remaining special termination benefits being amortized over the future service period for both the management and union employees. The Company will also amortize the remaining $2 million of special termination benefits in 2009. See Note 3 for further discussion.

Due to the credit and financial market crisis, the Company’s pension plan assets incurred investment losses of approximately 23% for the year ended December 31, 2008. As a result, the Company recorded an increase to its unfunded pension and postretirement obligations of $123 million, increased deferred tax assets by $45 million, and reduced equity by $78 million.

Subsequent Event

In February 2009, the Company announced significant changes to its management pension and postretirement plans. The Company announced that it will freeze pension benefits for certain management employees below 50 years of age and provide a 10-year transition period for those employees over the age of 50 after which the pension benefit will be frozen. Additionally, the Company announced it will phase out the retiree healthcare plan for all management employees and certain retirees in 10 years.

Components of Net Periodic Cost

The following information relates to all Company noncontributory defined benefit pension plans, postretirement health care, and life insurance benefit plans. Approximately 9% in 2008 and 2007, and 10% in 2006 of these costs were capitalized to property, plant and equipment related to network construction in the Wireline segment. Pension and postretirement benefit costs for these plans were comprised of:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement and
Other Benefits
 

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  

Service cost

   $ 9.0     $ 8.3     $ 8.8     $ 1.8     $ 3.4     $ 3.5  

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     28.8       28.0       27.7       18.3       20.1       19.9  

Expected return on plan assets

     (34.8 )     (34.6 )     (34.9 )     (1.9 )     (3.6 )     (4.8 )

Amortization of:

            

Transition obligation

                       2.0       4.1       4.2  

Prior service cost

     0.4       2.2       3.4       0.4       5.4       7.7  

Actuarial loss

     2.8       3.6       3.9       3.5       3.7       4.8  

Special termination benefit

     26.2       8.1             0.8       0.1        

Curtailment charge

     3.1       0.9             12.4       5.5        
                                                

Benefit costs

   $ 35.5     $ 16.5     $ 8.9     $ 37.3     $ 38.7     $ 35.3  
                                                

 

82


Table of Contents

 

Funded Status

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the plans’ funded status follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Pension Benefits     Postretirement and
Other Benefits
 
   2008     2007     2008     2007  

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation at January 1,

   $ 475.2     $ 501.9     $ 311.7     $ 359.0  

Service cost

     9.0       8.3       1.8       3.4  

Interest cost

     28.8       28.0       18.3       20.1  

Amendments

     0.1       (21.0 )     (27.2 )     (53.4 )

Actuarial loss (gain)

     (6.9 )     (7.8 )     2.6       2.6  

Benefits paid

     (60.9 )     (44.2 )     (24.8 )     (26.7 )

Special termination benefits

     26.2       8.1       0.8       0.1  

Curtailment

     2.2       1.9       12.5       4.3  

Retiree drug subsidy received

                 1.1       0.6  

Other

                 1.2       1.7  
                                

Benefit obligation at December 31,

   $ 473.7     $ 475.2     $ 298.0     $ 311.7  
                                

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at January 1,

   $ 455.2     $ 443.7     $ 34.1     $ 46.4  

Actual return on plan assets

     (96.1 )     29.2       (6.0 )     2.9  

Employer contribution

     2.3       26.5       9.8       10.9  

Retiree drug subsidy received

                 1.1       0.6  

Benefits paid

     (60.9 )     (44.2 )     (24.8 )     (26.7 )
                                

Fair value of plan assets at December 31,

   $ 300.5     $ 455.2     $ 14.2     $ 34.1  
                                

Unfunded status

   $ (173.2 )   $ (20.0 )   $ (283.8 )   $ (277.6 )
                                

The amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement and
Other Benefits
 
     December 31,     December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2008     2007  

Other noncurrent assets

   $     $ 2.9     $     $  

Accrued payroll and benefits (current liability)

     (1.9 )     (1.9 )     (24.0 )     (11.0 )

Pension and postretirement benefit obligations (non-current liability)

     (171.3 )     (21.0 )     (259.8 )     (266.6 )

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s accumulated benefit obligation related to its pension plans was $473.7 million and $475.2 million, respectively.

Amounts recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the following:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement and
Other Benefits
 
     December 31,     December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2008     2007  

Transition obligation

   $     $     $ (5.7 )   $ (18.1 )

Prior service benefit (cost)

     1.2             0.8       (16.2 )

Actuarial loss

     (189.8 )     (68.6 )     (86.3 )     (79.5 )
                                
     (188.6 )     (68.6 )     (91.2 )     (113.8 )

Income tax effect

     69.2       25.0       33.5       41.5  
                                
   $ (119.4 )   $ (43.6 )   $ (57.7 )   $ (72.3 )
                                

 

83

 


Table of Contents

 

Amounts recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” on the Consolidated Statements of Shareowners’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2008, are shown below:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Pension
Benefits
    Postretirement
and Other
Benefits
 

Transition obligation:

    

Reclassification adjustments

   $     $ 2.0  

Actuarial gain arising during the period

           10.4  
    

Prior service cost recognized:

    

Reclassification adjustments

     1.3       0.3  

Actuarial gain (loss) arising during the period

     (0.1 )     16.7  
    

Actuarial loss recognized:

    

Reclassification adjustments

     2.8       3.5  

Actuarial loss arising during the period

     (124.0 )     (10.3 )

The following amounts currently included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” are expected to be recognized in 2009 as a component of net periodic pension and postretirement cost:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Pension
Benefits
   Postretirement
and Other
Benefits
 

Transition obligation

   $    $ 1.4  

Prior service cost (benefit)

     1.7      (0.2 )

Actuarial loss

     5.3      3.8  

Plan Assets and Investment Policies and Strategies

The primary investment objective for the trusts holding the assets of the pension and postretirement plans is preservation of capital with a reasonable amount of long-term growth and income without undue exposure to risk. This is provided by a balanced strategy using fixed income and equity securities.

The pension plans’ assets consist of the following:

 

     Target
Allocation

2009
    Percentage of Plan
Assets at December 31,
 
           2008             2007      

Plan assets:

      

Fixed income securities

   20 - 38 %   29.0 %   30.2 %

Equity securities

   55 - 65 %   60.6 %   59.0 %

Real estate

   8 - 12 %   10.4 %   10.8 %
              

Total

     100.0 %   100.0 %
              

The postretirement and other plans’ assets consist of the following:

 

     Health Care     Group Life Insurance  
     Percentage of Plan
Assets at December 31,
    Target
Allocation

2009
    Percentage of Plan
Assets
at December 31,
 
         2008             2007               2008             2007      

Plan assets:

          

Fixed income securities

   67.2 %   39.9 %   35 - 45 %   50.9 %   39.5 %

Equity securities

   32.8 %   60.1 %   55 - 65 %   49.1 %   60.5 %
                          

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %     100.0 %   100.0 %
                          

 

84


Table of Contents

 

The health care plan assets of $2.2 million at December 31, 2008 will be paid out by the end of the first quarter of 2009; therefore, there is no long-term expected target allocation for these assets. The Company expects to make cash payments of approximately $24 million related to its postretirement health plans in 2009.

Given the extreme market disruptions occurring in the financial markets in the fourth quarter of 2008, the investment allocation for the group life plan assets is not within the range of the target allocation at December 31, 2008. However, rebalancing the investments has begun, and will continue during 2009, both through normal liquidations as well as periodic asset reallocation.

Company contributions to its qualified pension plans were $24.1 million in 2007, while no contributions were required in 2008 and 2006. Company contributions to its non-qualified pension plan were $2.3 million, $2.4 million, and $2.5 million for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“the Act”) was enacted on August 17, 2006. Most of its provisions became effective in 2008. The Act significantly changes the funding requirements for single-employer defined benefit pension plans. The funding requirements are now largely based on a plan’s calculated funded status, with faster amortization of any shortfalls or surpluses. Based on current assumptions, the Company believes it will pay an estimated $288 million to fund its qualified pension plans during the period 2009 to 2018, of which $6 million is expected to be paid in 2009. Contributions to non-qualified pension plans in 2009 are expected to be approximately $2 million.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid over the next ten years from the Company and the assets of the Company’s pension plans and postretirement health plans:

 

(dollars in millions)

   Pension
Benefits
   Postretirement
and Other
Benefits
   Medicare
Subsidy
Receipts

2009

   $ 77.9    $ 27.2    $ 0.8

2010

     38.4      28.9      0.8

2011

     39.7      29.6      0.8

2012

     39.3      29.2      0.7

2013

     39.0      28.8      0.7

Years 2014-2018

     193.1      127.9      3.0

Assumptions

The following are the weighted average assumptions used in accounting for the pension and postretirement benefit cost:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement and
Other Benefits
 
     2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  

Discount rate

   6.28 %   5.95 %   5.50 %   6.28 %   5.95 %   5.50 %

Expected long-term rate of return on pension and
health and life plan assets

   8.25 %   8.25 %   8.25 %   8.25 %   8.25 %   8.25 %

Future compensation growth rate

   4.10 %   4.10 %   4.10 %   4.10 %   4.10 %   4.10 %

The following are the weighted average assumptions used in accounting for and measuring the pension and postretirement benefit obligation:

 

         Pension Benefits         Postretirement and
Other Benefits
 
     December 31,     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2008     2007  

Discount rate

   6.25 %   6.20 %   6.25 %   6.20 %

Future compensation growth rate

   4.10 %   4.10 %   4.10 %   4.10 %

 

85

 


Table of Contents

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, developed using the building block approach, is based on the mix of investments held directly by the plans and the current view of expected future returns, which is influenced by historical averages.

Changes in actual asset return experience and discount rate assumptions can impact the Company’s operating results, financial position and cash flows.

The assumed health care cost trend rate used to measure the postretirement health benefit obligation at December 31, 2008, was 9% and is assumed to decrease gradually to 4.5% by the year 2014. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effect on the postretirement benefit costs and obligation:

 

(dollars in millions)

   1% Increase    1% Decrease  

2008 service and interest costs

   $ 1.1    $ (0.9 )

Postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2008

     14.4      (12.8 )

10. Shareowners’ Deficit

Common Shares

The par value of the Company’s common shares is $0.01 per share. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, common shares outstanding were 227.9 million and 248.4 million, respectively. In February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of the Company’s outstanding common stock in an amount up to $150.0 million over the next two years. In 2008, the Company repurchased 20.6 million of common shares for $76.8 million. In 2008, the Company retired both the common shares repurchased during the year along with 7.8 million shares repurchased under the Company’s 1999 share repurchase program at a cost of $145.1 million. Remaining treasury shares total 0.6 million and 8.3 million shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and included shares that were repurchased under the Company’s 1999 share repurchase program and shares purchased for certain management deferred compensation arrangements for a total cost of $2.7 million and $147.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Preferred Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 1,357,299 voting preferred shares without par value and 1,000,000 nonvoting preferred shares without par value. The Company issued 155,250 voting shares of 6  3 / 4 % cumulative convertible preferred stock at stated value. These shares were subsequently deposited into a trust in which the underlying 155,250 shares are equivalent to 3,105,000 depositary shares. Shares of this preferred stock can be converted at any time at the option of the holder into common stock of the Company at a conversion rate of 1.44 shares of Company common stock per depositary share of 6  3 / 4 % convertible preferred stock. Annual dividends of $10.4 million on the outstanding 6  3 / 4 % convertible preferred stock are payable quarterly in arrears in cash, or in common stock in certain circumstances if cash payment is not legally permitted. The liquidation preference on the 6  3 / 4 % preferred stock is $1,000 per share (or $50 per depositary share). The Company paid $10.4 million in dividends in 2008, 2007, and 2006.

Warrants

As part of the March 2003 issuance of the 16% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009 (“16% Notes”), the purchasers of the 16% Notes received 17.5 million common stock warrants, which expire in March 2013, to purchase one share of Cincinnati Bell common stock at $3.00 each. Of the total gross proceeds received for the 16% Notes, $47.5 million was allocated to the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This value less applicable issuance costs was recorded to “Additional paid-in capital” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. There were no exercises of warrants in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s shareowners’ deficit includes an accumulated other comprehensive loss that is comprised of pension and postretirement unrecognized prior service cost, transition obligation and unrecognized actuarial losses, net of taxes, of $177.1 million and $115.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Refer to Note 9 for further discussion.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

Operating Leases

The Company leases certain circuits, facilities, and equipment used in its operations. Operating lease expense was $20.8 million, $21.1 million, and $22.9 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Operating leases include tower site leases that provide for renewal options with fixed rent escalations beyond the initial lease term.

At December 31, 2008, future minimum lease payments required under operating leases, excluding certain leases which are recorded as a restructuring liability (refer to Note 3), having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

    

2009

   $ 15.0

2010

     13.7

2011

     12.9

2012

     11.5

2013

     10.8

Thereafter

     19.7
      

Total

   $ 83.6
      

As of December 31, 2008, the Company is the lessor on building lease contracts and collocation tower rentals on which it will receive rental income of approximately $8 million in 2009, $8 million in 2010, $8 million in 2011, $7 million in 2012, $6 million in 2013, and $6 million thereafter. These amounts exclude certain subleases which are recorded as an offset against data center lease restructuring liabilities (refer to Note 3).

Vendor Concentration

In 1998, the Company entered into a ten-year contract with Convergys Corporation (“Convergys”), for billing, customer service, and other services. In 2004, the contract was extended to December 31, 2010. In 2008, the contract was further amended and the term was extended to December 31, 2013. The contract states that Convergys will be the primary provider of certain data processing, professional and consulting and technical support services for the Company within CBT’s operating territory. In return, the Company will be the exclusive provider of local telecommunications services to Convergys. The 2008 contract extension eliminated the Company’s minimum annual commitment beginning in 2009, which previously was $35 million reduced by 5% each year starting in 2006. The Company paid $32.1 million, $32.3, million and $34.3 million under the contract in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. On January 13, 2009, the Company entered into a Master Service Agreement extending to December 31, 2013, incorporating the aforementioned amendments and including, among other terms, increased service level commitment and reductions in certain rates commencing January 1, 2009.

 

87

 


Table of Contents

 

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various regulatory and tax proceedings, lawsuits, claims, and other matters. The Company believes adequate provision has been made for all such asserted and unasserted claims in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance.

Indemnifications Related to the Sale of Broadband Assets

The Company indemnified the buyer of the broadband assets against certain potential claims, but all indemnifications have expired except for those related to title and authorization. The title and authorization indemnification was capped at 100% of the purchase price of the broadband assets, approximately $71 million.

In order to determine the fair value of the indemnity obligations, the Company performed a probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis, utilizing the minimum and maximum potential claims and several scenarios within the range of possibilities. In 2006, the Company decreased the liability related to the indemnity obligations from $4.1 million to $1.2 million and recorded $2.9 million of income as a result of the expiration of certain warranties and guarantees. This income was included in “Gain on sale of broadband assets” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In 2008 and 2007, no representations or warranties expired.

Anthem Demutualization Claim

In November 2007, a class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Company and Wellpoint, Inc., formerly known as Anthem, Inc. The complaint alleged that the Company improperly received stock as a result of the demutualization of Anthem and that a class of insured persons should have received the stock instead. In February 2008, the Company filed a response in which it denied all liability and raised a number of defenses. In October 2008, the plaintiffs amended their complaint to narrow the scope of the purported class to persons covered by a fully insured Anthem policy between June 18 and November 2, 2001 and to include additional claims against Wellpoint Inc., but not the Company. In response, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The court has not yet ruled on the Company’s motion. In November 2008, the plaintiffs filed a motion to consolidate five similar cases against Wellpoint, Inc. and other employers who received stock as a result of the demutualization, which motion the Company has opposed. In February 2009, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment on all claims asserted against it. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and intends to vigorously defend this action. The Company does not currently believe this claim will have a material effect on its financial condition, operations or cash flows.

Other

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” which provides interpretive guidance on how registrants should quantify financial statement misstatements. The Company adopted SAB No. 108 in 2006. The Company recorded a net adjustment of $9.0 million to the 2006 opening accumulated deficit balance, comprised of $14.2 million in regulatory tax liabilities, net of expected refunds, offset by the income tax effects of $5.2 million.

At December 31, 2006, regulatory tax liabilities, net of expected refunds, related to exposures on past filing positions totaled $18.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company settled these issues and as a result recorded $10.2 million of income, which is presented as an “Operating tax settlement” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

88


Table of Contents

 

12. Income Taxes

Income tax expense consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 3.5     $ 3.0     $ 2.6  

State and local

     2.8       2.4       3.7  
                        

Total current

     6.3       5.4       6.3  

Investment tax credits

     (0.4 )     (0.4 )     (0.4 )

Deferred:

      

Federal

     64.7       48.7       50.1  

State and local

     70.1       13.7       45.5  
                        

Total deferred

     134.8       62.4       95.6  

Valuation allowance

     (67.1 )     (10.7 )     (33.2 )
                        

Total

   $ 73.6     $ 56.7     $ 68.3  
                        

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate with the effective tax rate for each year:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  

U.S. federal statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax

   3.3     4.5     11.6  

Change in valuation allowance, net of federal income tax

   (24.7 )   (5.3 )   (14.0 )

State law changes

           8.7  

Expiring state net operating loss

   24.1          

Nondeductible interest expense

   3.7     6.5     5.4  

Other differences, net

   0.4     3.0     (2.5 )
                  

Effective rate

   41.8 %   43.7 %   44.2 %
                  

Income tax recognized by the Company in the income statement, other comprehensive income, and retained earnings consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Income tax provision (benefit) related to:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 73.6     $ 56.7     $ 68.3  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (36.2 )     34.1       (71.9 )

Excess tax benefits or stock option exercises

     0.4       (0.5 )     (0.7 )

Effect of SAB 108

                 (5.2 )

Implementation of FIN 48

           5.1        

 

89

 


Table of Contents

 

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 505.1     $ 626.9  

Pension and postretirement benefits

     178.9       119.7  

Other

     67.7       63.3  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     751.7       809.9  

Valuation allowance

     (72.9 )     (140.0 )
                

Total deferred income tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     678.8       669.9  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property, plant and equipment

     108.8       65.9  

Federal deferred liability on state deferred tax assets

     6.6       7.0  

Other

     0.4       0.8  
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     115.8       73.7  
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 563.0     $ 596.2  
                

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $1.3 billion of federal operating loss tax carryforwards, with a deferred tax asset value of approximately $439.1 million, and approximately $66.0 million in deferred tax assets related to state and local operating loss tax carryforwards. The majority of the remaining tax loss carryforwards will generally expire between 2017 and 2023. U.S. tax laws limit the annual utilization of tax loss carryforwards of acquired entities. These limitations should not materially impact the utilization of the tax carryforwards.

The ultimate realization of the deferred income tax assets depends upon the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income during the periods in which basis differences and other deductions become deductible, and prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards. Due to its historical and future projected earnings, the Company believes it will utilize future federal deductions and available net operating loss carryforwards prior to their expiration. The Company also concluded that it was more likely than not that certain state tax loss carryforwards would not be realized based upon the analysis described above and therefore provided a valuation allowance. The reduction in valuation allowance in 2008 relates primarily to the write off of Ohio net operating loss carryforwards, which were fully reserved, pursuant to the elimination of the Ohio corporate income tax during 2008.

The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” (“FIN 48”) on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $5.1 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 accumulated deficit balance. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $14.5 million at December 31, 2007 and $15.3 million at December 31, 2008. The Company does not currently anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly over the next year. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)

    

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 14.7

Changes for tax positions for prior years

     0.1
      

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 14.8

Changes for tax positions for the current year

     0.8
      

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 15.6
      

 

90


Table of Contents

 

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and local jurisdictions. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local examinations for years before 2004. In 2007, the Internal Revenue Service commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for 2004 to 2006. The IRS has completed its examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax years while 2006 is still under audit.

The Company recognizes accrued penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense. Accrued interest and penalties are insignificant at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

13. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company generally grants performance-based awards, time-based restricted shares, and stock options. The Company’s practice has been to make its annual grant of stock options and time-based restricted awards in December and annual performance-based awards in the first quarter. In addition, the Company has also historically granted a smaller number of stock-based awards at various times during the year for new employees, promotions and performance achievements. The numbers of shares authorized and available for grant under these plans were 28.0 million and 2.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.

Performance-Based Restricted Awards

Awards granted generally vest over three to four years and upon the achievement of certain performance-based objectives. Under SFAS No. 123(R), performance-based awards are expensed based on their grant date fair value if it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. The following table provides a summary of the Company’s outstanding performance-based restricted shares:

 

     2008    2007    2006

(in thousands)

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share

Non-vested as of January 1,

     2,932     $ 4.75      1,668     $ 4.30      1,214     $ 4.30

Granted*

     1,438       3.98      1,896       5.01      820       4.29

Vested

     (550 )     4.51      (444 )     4.29      (360 )     4.30

Forfeited

     (1,513 )     4.95      (188 )     4.52      (6 )     4.30
                                

Non-vested at December 31,

     2,307     $ 4.20      2,932     $ 4.75      1,668     $ 4.30
                                

(in millions)

                                

Compensation expense for the year

   $ 3.1        $ 4.5        $ 2.2    

Tax benefit related to compensation expense

   $ (1.2 )      $ (1.7 )      $ (0.9 )  

Grant date fair value of shares vested

   $ 2.5        $ 1.9        $ 1.5    

 

* Assumes the maximum number of awards that can be earned if the performance conditions are achieved.

As of December 31, 2008, unrecognized compensation expense related to performance-based awards was $0.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of one year.

 

91

 


Table of Contents

 

Time-Based Restricted Awards

The grant date fair value of time-based restricted shares generally vest and are expensed in one-third increments over a period of three years. The following table provides a summary of the Company’s outstanding time-based restricted shares:

 

     2008    2007    2006

(in thousands)

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share

Non-vested as of January 1,

     375     $ 4.87      253     $ 4.74      157     $ 5.29

Granted

     60       4.69      280       4.94      253       4.74

Vested

     (97 )     4.85      (144 )     4.78      (153 )     5.30

Forfeited

     (35 )     5.03      (14 )     4.74      (4 )     4.60
                                

Non-vested at December 31,

     303     $ 4.82      375     $ 4.87      253     $ 4.74
                                

(in millions)

                                

Compensation expense for the year

   $ 0.7        $ 0.7        $ 0.1    

Tax benefit related to compensation expense

   $ (0.3 )      $ (0.3 )      $    

Grant date fair value of shares vested

   $ 0.5        $ 0.7        $ 0.8    

As of December 31, 2008, unrecognized compensation expense related to these shares was $1.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of two years.

Stock Option Awards

Generally, stock options have ten-year terms and vesting terms of three years.

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s outstanding stock option awards:

 

     2008    2007    2006

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Prices Per
Share
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Prices Per
Share
   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Prices Per
Share

Options outstanding at January 1,

     20,625     $ 10.76      21,153     $ 10.89      22,828     $ 11.28

Granted

     3,699       2.20      1,135       4.92      1,260       4.61

Exercised

     (85 )     3.86      (632 )     3.96      (535 )     3.56

Forfeited

                (178 )     4.50      (4 )     4.00

Expired

     (1,469 )     11.58      (853 )     12.74      (2,396 )     12.96
                                            

Options outstanding at December 31,

     22,770     $ 9.34      20,625     $ 10.76      21,153     $ 10.89
                                            

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31,

     22,597     $ 9.40      20,625     $ 10.76      21,153     $ 10.89
                                            

Options exercisable at December 31,

     17,999     $ 11.07      18,881     $ 11.31      19,974     $ 11.26
                                            

(in millions)

                                

Compensation expense for the year

   $ 1.8        $ 0.9        $ 0.2    

Tax benefit related to compensation expense

   $ (0.7 )      $ (0.4 )      $ (0.1 )  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $        $ 1.0        $ 0.5    

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 1.1        $ 0.7        $ 0.1    

 

92


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2008 (shares in thousands):

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

   Shares    Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices
Per Share
   Shares    Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices
Per Share

$1.67 to $3.70

   5,991    $ 2.69    3,201    $ 3.57

$3.71 to $4.91

   4,783      4.32    2,802      4.30

$5.05 to $9.65

   5,446      6.99    5,446      6.99

$15.95 to $22.84

   5,012      18.21    5,012      18.21

$23.12 to $38.19

   1,538      30.19    1,538      30.19
                       

Total

   22,770    $ 9.34    17,999    $ 11.07
                       

As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value for stock options outstanding was approximately $0.7 million and for stock options exercisable was insignificant. The weighted-average remaining contractual life for stock options outstanding and exercisable stock options is approximately five years and four years, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, there was $3.4 million of unrecognized stock compensation expense related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately two years.

The fair values at the date of grant were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Expected volatility

     34.7 %     29.6 %     29.7 %

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0 %     3.6 %     4.5 %

Expected holding period — years

     5       5       5  

Expected dividends

     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %

Weighted-average grant date fair value

   $ 0.74     $ 1.61     $ 1.57  

The expected volatility assumption used in the Black-Scholes pricing model was based on historical volatility. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected holding period was estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees and adjusted for abnormal activity. Expected dividends are based on the Company’s history of paying dividends, as well as restrictions in place under the Company’s debt covenants.

 

93

 


Table of Contents

 

14. Business Segment Information

The Company operates in three segments: Wireline, Wireless and Technology Solutions, as described below. The Company’s segments are strategic business units that offer distinct products and services and are aligned with its internal management structure and reporting.

The Wireline segment provides local voice, data, long-distance, and other services. Local voice services include local telephone service, switched access, information services such as directory assistance, and value-added services such as caller identification, voicemail, call waiting, call return and text messaging. Data services include DSL and dial-up internet access, dedicated network access, and Gigabit Ethernet (“Gig-E”) and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (“ATM”) based data transport. Long distance services include long distance, audio conferencing, VoIP services, private line, and multi protocol label switching. Other services mainly consist of security monitoring services and surveillance hardware, public payphones, cable television, DirecTV commissioning, inside wire installation for business enterprises, and billing, clearinghouse and other ancillary services primarily for inter-exchange (long distance) carriers. These services are primarily provided to customers in southwestern Ohio, northern Kentucky, and southeastern Indiana. In February 2008, eGIX, a CLEC provider of voice and long distance services primarily to business customers in Indiana and Illinois, was purchased for $18.1 million. In March 2007, a local telecommunication business that offers voice, data, and cable TV services in Lebanon, Ohio was purchased for $7.0 million. Wireline operating income includes restructuring charges of $27.1 million in 2008, $36.1 million in 2007, and $2.8 million in 2006, as described in Note 3. Wireline operating income also includes an operating tax settlement gain of $10.2 million and an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million in 2008.

The Wireless segment provides advanced, digital wireless voice and data communications services and sales of related handset equipment to customers in the Greater Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio operating areas. This segment consists of the operations of the CBW subsidiary. Wireless operating income includes restructuring charges of $0.5 million in 2008 and $2.1 million in 2007, as described in Note 3.

Technology Solutions provides a range of fully managed and outsourced IT and telecommunications services and offers solutions that combine data center collocation services along with the sale, installation, and maintenance of major branded IT and telephony equipment. In May 2006, this segment purchased ATI for a purchase price of $3.5 million. ATI is based in Louisville, Kentucky and is a reseller of, and maintenance provider for, telephony equipment. On December 31, 2007, GramTel, which provides data center services to small and medium-size companies and is based in South Bend, Indiana, was purchased for $20.3 million. Technology Solutions operating income includes restructuring charges of $0.7 million in 2008 and $1.0 million in 2007, as described in Note 3.

Corporate operating income for 2008 includes costs associated with the settlement of a patent lawsuit totaling $2.0 million and a gain on restructuring of $0.2 million. Corporate operating income for 2007 includes restructuring costs of $0.4 million. Corporate operating income in 2006 included a charge of $6.3 million related to the settlement of the Company’s shareholder litigation, income from the sale of a bankruptcy claim receivable for $3.6 million, a $4.7 million gain on sale of broadband fiber assets, and $2.9 million of income from the expiration of certain warranties and guarantees. The gains associated with the sale of broadband assets and the expiration of warranties and guarantees are included in “Gain on sale of broadband assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

94


Table of Contents

 

Certain corporate administrative expenses have been allocated to segments based upon the nature of the expense and the relative size of the segment. Intercompany transactions between segments have been eliminated. The Company’s business segment information is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Revenue

      

Wireline

   $ 803.6     $ 821.7     $ 810.4  

Wireless

     316.1       294.5       262.0  

Technology Solutions

     315.2       258.3       216.6  

Intersegment

     (31.9 )     (25.9 )     (18.9 )
                        

Total revenue

   $ 1,403.0     $ 1,348.6     $ 1,270.1  
                        

Intersegment revenue

      

Wireline

   $ 25.4     $ 21.8     $ 14.2  

Wireless

     3.2       2.6       2.8  

Technology Solutions

     3.3       1.5       1.9  
                        

Total intersegment revenue

   $ 31.9     $ 25.9     $ 18.9  
                        

Operating income

      

Wireline

   $ 261.7     $ 252.5     $ 291.8  

Wireless

     46.8       34.3       20.2  

Technology Solutions

     18.1       18.1       15.8  

Corporate

     (21.4 )     (22.5 )     (15.3 )
                        

Total operating income

   $ 305.2     $ 282.4     $ 312.5  
                        

Expenditures for long-lived assets

      

Wireline

   $ 122.5     $ 100.9     $ 92.5  

Wireless

     48.7       50.1       167.7  

Technology Solutions

     79.0       110.8       14.7  

Corporate

     0.7             0.2  
                        

Total expenditure for long-lived assets

   $ 250.9     $ 261.8     $ 275.1  
                        

Depreciation and amortization

      

Wireline

   $ 101.9     $ 105.5     $ 106.2  

Wireless

     35.5       37.8       33.1  

Technology Solutions

     16.3       7.4       3.7  

Corporate

     0.2       0.1        
                        

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 153.9     $ 150.8     $ 143.0  
                        

Assets (at December 31, 2008 and 2007)

      

Wireline

   $ 694.3     $ 684.5    

Wireless

     377.2       369.3    

Technology Solutions

     328.8       243.2    

Corporate and eliminations

     686.4       722.6    
                  

Total assets

   $ 2,086.7     $ 2,019.6    
                  

 

95

 


Table of Contents

 

Details of the Company’s service and product revenues are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

(dollars in millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Service revenue

        

Wireline

   $ 766.4    $ 782.6    $ 785.1

Wireless

     287.5      265.1      233.1

Managed and data center services

     97.7      67.6      47.4

Telephony installation and maintenance

     24.5      26.2      23.7

Other

     19.5      13.9      10.9
                    

Total service revenue

   $ 1,195.6    $ 1,155.4    $ 1,100.2
                    

Product revenue

        

Handsets and accessories

   $ 25.4    $ 26.8    $ 26.1

IT, telephony and other equipment

     182.0      166.4      143.8
                    

Total product revenue

   $ 207.4    $ 193.2    $ 169.9
                    

The reconciliation of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to expenditures for long-lived assets is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007    2006

Per Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:

       

Capital expenditures

   $ 230.9     $ 233.8    $ 151.3

Acquisitions of businesses and remaining minority interest in CBW

     21.6       23.6      86.7

Purchase (refund of deposit) of wireless licenses

     (1.6 )     4.4      37.1
                     

Total expenditure for long-lived assets

   $ 250.9     $ 261.8    $ 275.1
                     

15. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

     Year ended December 31,

(dollars in millions)

   2008     2007    2006

Capitalized interest expense

   $ 3.1     $ 3.6    $ 1.0

Cash paid for:

       

Interest

     145.0       156.5      153.7

Income taxes, net of refunds

     2.0       6.6      6.6

Noncash investing and financing activities:

       

Increase in assets and liabilities due to capital lease transactions

     28.1       9.0      5.2

Noncash operating and investing activities:

       

Increase (decrease) in accrual for capital expenditures

     (11.3 )     9.7      0.3

16. Supplemental Guarantor Information — Cincinnati Bell Telephone Notes

CBT, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CBI, the parent company, has $230 million in notes outstanding that are guaranteed by CBI and no other subsidiaries of CBI. The guarantee is full and unconditional. CBI’s subsidiaries generate substantially all of its income and cash flow and generally distribute or advance the funds necessary to meet CBI’s debt service obligations. Separately, in connection with a fifteen year contract for 25,000 square feet of data center space between Cincinnati Bell Technology Solutions (“CBTS”) and a data center customer, CBI has guaranteed the performance obligations of CBTS in relation to providing the data center space and managed services under that long-term contract. In addition, CBI has also guaranteed capital leases, mainly for CBTS, totaling $26.8 million.

 

96


Table of Contents

 

The following information sets forth the Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 of (1) CBI, the parent company, as the guarantor, (2) CBT, as the issuer, and (3) the non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis:

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  

(dollars in millions)

   Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT    Other
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations     Total  

Revenue

   $     $ 716.7    $ 736.4     $ (50.1 )   $ 1,403.0  

Operating costs and expenses

     20.8       480.6      646.5       (50.1 )     1,097.8  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

     (20.8 )     236.1      89.9             305.2  

Interest expense

     119.6       14.8      25.2       (19.9 )     139.7  

Other expense (income)

     (30.9 )     7.1      (6.8 )     19.9       (10.7 )
                                       

Income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes

     (109.5 )     214.2      71.5             176.2  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (32.7 )     79.3      27.0             73.6  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

     179.4                  (179.4 )      
                                       

Net income

     102.6       134.9      44.5       (179.4 )     102.6  

Preferred stock dividends

     10.4                        10.4  
                                       

Net income applicable to common shareowners

   $ 92.2     $ 134.9    $ 44.5     $ (179.4 )   $ 92.2  
                                       

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2007  
       Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT    Other
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations     Total  

Revenue

   $     $ 752.6    $ 638.8     $ (42.8 )   $ 1,348.6  

Operating costs and expenses

     23.7       526.3      559.0       (42.8 )     1,066.2  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

     (23.7 )     226.3      79.8             282.4  

Interest expense

     137.8       14.9      30.0       (27.8 )     154.9  

Other expense (income)

     (31.7 )     5.8      (4.3 )     27.8       (2.4 )
                                       

Income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes

     (129.8 )     205.6      54.1             129.9  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (37.2 )     73.2      20.7             56.7  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

     165.8                  (165.8 )      
                                       

Net income

     73.2       132.4      33.4       (165.8 )     73.2  

Preferred stock dividends

     10.4                        10.4  
                                       

Net income applicable to common shareowners

   $ 62.8     $ 132.4    $ 33.4     $ (165.8 )   $ 62.8  
                                       

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006  
     Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT    Other
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations     Total  

Revenue

   $     $ 747.3    $ 557.6     $ (34.8 )   $ 1,270.1  

Operating costs and expenses

     22.0       481.3      489.1       (34.8 )     957.6  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

     (22.0 )     266.0      68.5             312.5  

Interest expense

     146.1       15.1      32.6       (31.7 )     162.1  

Other expense (income)

     (32.5 )     0.3      (3.7 )     31.7       (4.2 )
                                       

Income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes

     (135.6 )     250.6      39.6             154.6  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (35.8 )     89.8      14.3             68.3  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

     186.1                  (186.1 )      
                                       

Net income

     86.3       160.8      25.3       (186.1 )     86.3  

Preferred stock dividends

     10.4                        10.4  
                                       

Net income applicable to common shareowners

   $ 75.9     $ 160.8    $ 25.3     $ (186.1 )   $ 75.9  
                                       

 

97

 


Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

 

     As of December 31, 2008  

(dollars in millions)

   Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT    Other
(Non-guarantors)
   Eliminations     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4.5     $ 1.8    $ 0.4    $     $ 6.7  

Receivables, net

     3.2            161.7            164.9  

Other current assets

     27.7       25.3      97.1      (0.6 )     149.5  
                                      

Total current assets

     35.4       27.1      259.2      (0.6 )     321.1  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     0.6       594.7      449.0            1,044.3  

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

           3.0      194.8            197.8  

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     1,041.8                 (1,041.8 )      

Other noncurrent assets

     358.4       13.9      214.2      (63.0 )     523.5  
                                      

Total assets

   $ 1,436.2     $ 638.7    $ 1,117.2    $ (1,105.4 )   $ 2,086.7  
                                      

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 2.1     $ 0.7    $ 7.4    $     $ 10.2  

Accounts payable

     0.1       37.8      72.9            110.8  

Other current liabilities

     99.6       54.9      48.3            202.8  
                                      

Total current liabilities

     101.8       93.4      128.6            323.8  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,598.4       235.0      117.1            1,950.5  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     445.3       46.5      93.5      (63.6 )     521.7  

Intercompany payables

           22.5      447.9      (470.4 )      
                                      

Total liabilities

     2,145.5       397.4      787.1      (534.0 )     2,796.0  

Shareowners' equity (deficit)

     (709.3 )     241.3      330.1      (571.4 )     (709.3 )
                                      

Total liabilities and shareowners' equity (deficit)

   $ 1,436.2     $ 638.7    $ 1,117.2    $ (1,105.4 )   $ 2,086.7  
                                      

 

     As of December 31, 2007  
     Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT    Other
(Non-guarantors)
   Eliminations     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23.6     $ 1.9    $ 0.6    $     $ 26.1  

Receivables, net

     0.1            176.4            176.5  

Other current assets

     14.9       28.5      90.0      (18.3 )     115.1  
                                      

Total current assets

     38.6       30.4      267.0      (18.3 )     317.7  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     0.3       590.1      343.3            933.7  

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

           3.4      180.2            183.6  

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     1,036.4                 (1,036.4 )      

Other noncurrent assets

     319.8       16.0      279.9      (31.1 )     584.6  
                                      

Total assets

   $ 1,395.1     $ 639.9    $ 1,070.4    $ (1,085.8 )   $ 2,019.6  
                                      

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 4.0     $ 0.6    $ 3.2    $     $ 7.8  

Accounts payable

           40.7      64.8            105.5  

Other current liabilities

     90.8       65.1      48.4            204.3  
                                      

Total current liabilities

     94.8       106.4      116.4            317.6  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,671.4       235.6      94.9            2,001.9  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     296.5       61.2      59.4      (49.4 )     367.7  

Intercompany payables

           14.2      472.0      (486.2 )      
                                      

Total liabilities

     2,062.7       417.4      742.7      (535.6 )     2,687.2  

Shareowners' equity (deficit)

     (667.6 )     222.5      327.7      (550.2 )     (667.6 )
                                      

Total liabilities and shareowners' equity (deficit)

   $ 1,395.1     $ 639.9    $ 1,070.4    $ (1,085.8 )   $ 2,019.6  
                                      

 

98


Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  

(dollars in millions)

   Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT     Other
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations    Total  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (27.8 )   $ 208.1     $ 223.6     $    $ 403.9  
                                       

Capital expenditures

     (0.6 )     (97.5 )     (132.8 )          (230.9 )

Acquisition of businesses and wireless licenses

           (2.3 )     (17.7 )          (20.0 )

Other investing activities

     0.1       0.7       (0.4 )          0.4  
                                       

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (0.5 )     (99.1 )     (150.9 )          (250.5 )
                                       

Funding between Parent and subsidiaries, net

     175.6       (108.5 )     (67.1 )           

Issuance of long-term debt

     20.0             3.0            23.0  

Net change in credit facility with initial maturities less than 90 days

     (2.0 )                      (2.0 )

Repayment of debt

     (96.6 )     (0.6 )     (8.5 )          (105.7 )

Common stock repurchase

     (76.8 )                      (76.8 )

Other financing activities

     (11.0 )           (0.3 )          (11.3 )
                                       

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     9.2       (109.1 )     (72.9 )          (172.8 )
                                       

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (19.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )          (19.4 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     23.6       1.9       0.6            26.1  
                                       

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4.5     $ 1.8     $ 0.4     $    $ 6.7  
                                       
     Year Ended December 31, 2007  
     Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT     Other
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations    Total  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (58.4 )   $ 279.0     $ 88.2     $    $ 308.8  
                                       

Capital expenditures

           (94.3 )     (139.5 )          (233.8 )

Acquisition of businesses and wireless licenses

           (4.6 )     (23.4 )          (28.0 )

Other investing activities

     (1.2 )     1.0       (1.5 )          (1.7 )
                                       

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (1.2 )     (97.9 )     (164.4 )          (263.5 )
                                       

Funding between Parent and subsidiaries, net

     176.0       (179.8 )     3.8             

Issuance of long-term debt

                 75.6            75.6  

Increase in Corporate credit facility, net

     55.0                        55.0  

Repayment of debt

     (214.9 )     (0.9 )     (3.3 )          (219.1 )

Other financing activities

     (8.8 )           (1.3 )          (10.1 )
                                       

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     7.3       (180.7 )     74.8            (98.6 )
                                       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (52.3 )     0.4       (1.4 )          (53.3 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     75.9       1.5       2.0            79.4  
                                       

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23.6     $ 1.9     $ 0.6     $    $ 26.1  
                                       

 

99

 


Table of Contents

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2006  

(dollars in millions)

  Parent
(Guarantor)
    CBT     Other
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations   Total  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (59.6 )   $ 254.3     $ 140.0     $   $ 334.7  
                                     

Capital expenditures

          (89.0 )     (62.3 )         (151.3 )

Acquisition of businesses and wireless licenses

                (123.8 )         (123.8 )

Other investing activities

          2.0       13.1           15.1  
                                     

Cash flows used in investing activities

          (87.0 )     (173.0 )         (260.0 )
                                     

Funding between Parent and subsidiaries, net

    127.6       (165.7 )     38.1            

Repayment of debt

    (7.2 )     (2.5 )     (3.6 )         (13.3 )

Other financing activities

    (8.8 )     1.1                 (7.7 )
                                     

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

    111.6       (167.1 )     34.5           (21.0 )
                           

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

    52.0       0.2       1.5           53.7  

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

    23.9       1.3       0.5           25.7  
                                     

Ending cash and cash equivalents

  $ 75.9     $ 1.5     $ 2.0     $   $ 79.4  
                                     

17. Supplemental Guarantor Information — 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes Due 2013, 7% Senior Notes Due 2015, and 8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014

The Company’s 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013, 7% Senior Notes due 2015, and 8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 are guaranteed by the following subsidiaries: Cincinnati Bell Entertainment Inc. (f/k/a ZoomTown.com Inc.), Cincinnati Bell Complete Protection Inc., Cincinnati Bell Any Distance Inc., Cincinnati Bell Telecommunication Services LLC, Cincinnati Bell Wireless Company, Cincinnati Bell Wireless LLC, GramTel Inc. (f/k/a BCSIVA Inc.), BRCOM Inc., CBTS, and IXC Internet Services Inc. CBI owns directly or indirectly 100% of each guarantor and each guarantee is full and unconditional and joint and several. CBI’s subsidiaries generate substantially all of its income and cash flow and generally distribute or advance the funds necessary to meet CBI’s debt service obligations. Separately, in connection with a fifteen year contract for 25,000 square feet of data center space between CBTS and a data center customer, CBI has guaranteed the performance obligations of CBTS in relation to providing the data center space and managed services under that long-term contract. In addition, CBI has also guaranteed capital leases, mainly for CBTS, totaling $26.8 million.

The following information sets forth the Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 of (1) CBI, the parent company, as the issuer, (2) the guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, and (3) the non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis:

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2008  

(dollars in millions)

  Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors     Non-guarantors   Eliminations     Total  

Revenue

  $     $ 789.7     $ 663.4   $ (50.1 )   $ 1,403.0  

Operating costs and expenses

    20.8       711.2       415.9     (50.1 )     1,097.8  
                                     

Operating income (loss)

    (20.8 )     78.5       247.5           305.2  

Interest expense

    119.6       20.2       19.8     (19.9 )     139.7  

Other expense (income)

    (30.9 )     (1.0 )     1.3     19.9       (10.7 )
                                     

Income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes

    (109.5 )     59.3       226.4           176.2  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (32.7 )     22.5       83.8           73.6  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

    179.4                 (179.4 )      
                                     

Net income

    102.6       36.8       142.6     (179.4 )     102.6  

Preferred stock dividends

    10.4                       10.4  
                                     

Net income applicable to common shareowners

  $ 92.2     $ 36.8     $ 142.6   $ (179.4 )   $ 92.2  
                                     

 

100


Table of Contents

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2007  

(dollars in millions)

   Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors     Non-guarantors     Eliminations     Total  

Revenue

   $     $ 700.4     $ 691.0     $ (42.8 )   $ 1,348.6  

Operating costs and expenses

     23.7       632.6       452.7       (42.8 )     1,066.2  
                                        

Operating income (loss)

     (23.7 )     67.8       238.3             282.4  

Interest expense

     137.8       25.3       19.6       (27.8 )     154.9  

Other expense (income)

     (31.7 )     1.3       0.2       27.8       (2.4 )
                                        

Income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes

     (129.8 )     41.2       218.5             129.9  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (37.2 )     16.2       77.7             56.7  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

     165.8                   (165.8 )      
                                        

Net income

     73.2       25.0       140.8       (165.8 )     73.2  

Preferred stock dividends

     10.4                         10.4  
                                        

Net income applicable to common shareowners

   $ 62.8     $ 25.0     $ 140.8     $ (165.8 )   $ 62.8  
                                        
     Year Ended December 31, 2006  
     Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors     Non-guarantors     Eliminations     Total  

Revenue

   $     $ 607.9     $ 697.0     $ (34.8 )   $ 1,270.1  

Operating costs and expenses

     22.0       541.5       428.9       (34.8 )     957.6  
                                        

Operating income (loss)

     (22.0 )     66.4       268.1             312.5  

Interest expense

     146.1       32.9       14.8       (31.7 )     162.1  

Other income

     (32.5 )     (3.1 )     (0.3 )     31.7       (4.2 )
                                        

Income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes

     (135.6 )     36.6       253.6             154.6  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (35.8 )     15.0       89.1             68.3  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax

     186.1                   (186.1 )      
                                        

Net income (loss)

     86.3       21.6       164.5       (186.1 )     86.3  

Preferred stock dividends

     10.4                         10.4  
                                        

Net income applicable to common shareowners

   $ 75.9     $ 21.6     $ 164.5     $ (186.1 )   $ 75.9  
                                        

 

101

 


Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

 

     As of December 31, 2008  

(dollars in millions)

   Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors    Non-guarantors    Eliminations     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4.5     $ 0.4    $ 1.8    $     $ 6.7  

Receivables, net

     3.2       55.2      106.5            164.9  

Other current assets

     27.7       92.2      30.2      (0.6 )     149.5  
                                      

Total current assets

     35.4       147.8      138.5      (0.6 )     321.1  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     0.6       449.0      594.7            1,044.3  

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

           194.8      3.0            197.8  

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     1,041.8                 (1,041.8 )      

Other noncurrent assets

     358.4       215.5      12.6      (63.0 )     523.5  
                                      

Total assets

   $ 1,436.2     $ 1,007.1    $ 748.8    $ (1,105.4 )   $ 2,086.7  
                                      

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 2.1     $ 7.4    $ 0.7    $     $ 10.2  

Accounts payable

     0.1       81.9      28.8            110.8  

Other current liabilities

     99.6       50.4      52.8            202.8  
                                      

Total current liabilities

     101.8       139.7      82.3            323.8  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,598.4       42.1      310.0            1,950.5  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     445.3       94.1      45.9      (63.6 )     521.7  

Intercompany payables

           429.1      41.3      (470.4 )      
                                      

Total liabilities

     2,145.5       705.0      479.5      (534.0 )     2,796.0  

Shareowners' equity (deficit)

     (709.3 )     302.1      269.3      (571.4 )     (709.3 )
                                      

Total liabilities and shareowners' equity (deficit)

   $ 1,436.2     $ 1,007.1    $ 748.8    $ (1,105.4 )   $ 2,086.7  
                                      
     As of December 31, 2007  
     Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors    Non-guarantors    Eliminations     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23.6     $ 0.8    $ 1.7    $     $ 26.1  

Receivables, net

     0.1       61.3      115.1            176.5  

Other current assets

     14.9       87.1      31.4      (18.3 )     115.1  
                                      

Total current assets

     38.6       149.2      148.2      (18.3 )     317.7  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     0.3       345.2      588.2            933.7  

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

           180.2      3.4            183.6  

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     1,036.4       26.8           (1,063.2 )      

Other noncurrent assets

     319.8       278.8      17.1      (31.1 )     584.6  
                                      

Total assets

   $ 1,395.1     $ 980.2    $ 756.9    $ (1,112.6 )   $ 2,019.6  
                                      

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 4.0     $ 3.2    $ 0.6    $     $ 7.8  

Accounts payable

           98.7      6.8            105.5  

Other current liabilities

     90.8       51.2      62.3            204.3  
                                      

Total current liabilities

     94.8       153.1      69.7            317.6  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,671.4       19.9      310.6            2,001.9  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     296.5       66.6      54.0      (49.4 )     367.7  

Intercompany payables

           430.2      82.8      (513.0 )      
                                      

Total liabilities

     2,062.7       669.8      517.1      (562.4 )     2,687.2  

Shareowners' equity (deficit)

     (667.6 )     310.4      239.8      (550.2 )     (667.6 )
                                      

Total liabilities and shareowners' equity (deficit)

   $ 1,395.1     $ 980.2    $ 756.9    $ (1,112.6 )   $ 2,019.6  
                                      

 

102


Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  

(dollars in millions)

   Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors     Non-guarantors     Eliminations    Total  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (27.8 )   $ 195.4     $ 236.3     $ —      $ 403.9  
                                       

Capital expenditures

     (0.6 )     (132.8 )     (97.5 )          (230.9 )

Acquisition of businesses and wireless licenses

           (17.7 )     (2.3 )          (20.0 )

Other investing activities

     0.1       (0.4 )     0.7            0.4  
                                       

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (0.5 )     (150.9 )     (99.1 )          (250.5 )
                                       

Funding between Parent and subsidiaries, net

     175.6       (39.4 )     (136.2 )           

Issuance of long-term debt

     20.0             3.0            23.0  

Net change in credit facility with initial maturities less than 90 days

     (2.0 )                      (2.0 )

Repayment of debt

     (96.6 )     (5.5 )     (3.6 )          (105.7 )

Common stock repurchase

     (76.8 )                      (76.8 )

Other financing activities

     (11.0 )           (0.3 )          (11.3 )
                                       

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     9.2       (44.9 )     (137.1 )          (172.8 )
                                       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (19.1 )     (0.4 )     0.1            (19.4 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     23.6       0.8       1.7            26.1  
                                       

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4.5     $ 0.4     $ 1.8     $    $ 6.7  
                                       
     Year Ended December 31, 2007  
     Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors     Non-guarantors     Eliminations    Total  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (58.4 )   $ 224.3     $ 142.9     $    $ 308.8  
                                       

Capital expenditures

           (143.0 )     (90.8 )          (233.8 )

Acquisition of businesses and wireless licenses

           (23.4 )     (4.6 )          (28.0 )

Other investing activities

     (1.2 )     (1.5 )     1.0            (1.7 )
                                       

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (1.2 )     (167.9 )     (94.4 )          (263.5 )
                                       

Funding between Parent and subsidiaries, net

     176.0       (54.9 )     (121.1 )           

Issuance of long-term debt

           0.6       75.0            75.6  

Increase in Corporate credit facility, net

     55.0                        55.0  

Repayment of debt

     (214.9 )     (3.3 )     (0.9 )          (219.1 )

Other financing activities

     (8.8 )           (1.3 )          (10.1 )
                                       

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     7.3       (57.6 )     (48.3 )          (98.6 )
                                       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (52.3 )     (1.2 )     0.2            (53.3 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     75.9       2.0       1.5            79.4  
                                       

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23.6     $ 0.8     $ 1.7     $    $ 26.1  
                                       

 

103

 


Table of Contents

\

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006  

(dollars in millions)

   Parent
(Issuer)
    Guarantors     Non-guarantors     Eliminations    Total  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (59.6 )   $ 158.0     $ 236.3     $    $ 334.7  
                                       

Capital expenditures

           (63.5 )     (87.8 )          (151.3 )

Acquisition of businesses and wireless licenses

           (123.8 )                (123.8 )

Other investing activities

           11.9       3.2            15.1  
                                       

Cash flows used in investing activities

           (175.4 )     (84.6 )          (260.0 )
                                       

Funding between Parent and subsidiaries, net

     127.6       22.5       (150.1 )           

Repayment of debt

     (7.2 )     (3.6 )     (2.5 )          (13.3 )

Other financing activities

     (8.8 )           1.1            (7.7 )
                                       

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     111.6       18.9       (151.5 )          (21.0 )
                                       

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     52.0       1.5       0.2            53.7  

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     23.9       0.5       1.3            25.7  
                                       

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 75.9     $ 2.0     $ 1.5     $    $ 79.4  
                                       

18. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

     2008

(dollars in millions, except per common share amounts)

   First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
   Fourth
Quarter
    Total

Revenue

   $ 348.5    $ 351.2    $ 346.5    $ 356.8     $ 1,403.0

Operating income

     57.1      79.9      79.8      88.4       305.2

Net income

     12.9      25.6      26.6      37.5       102.6

Basic earnings per common share

     0.04      0.10      0.10      0.15       0.39

Diluted earnings per common share

     0.04      0.09      0.10      0.15       0.38
     2007

(dollars in millions, except per common share amounts)

   First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
   Fourth
Quarter
    Total

Revenue

   $ 315.3    $ 329.1    $ 344.3    $ 359.9     $ 1,348.6

Operating income

     77.9      81.1      82.6      40.8       282.4

Net income

     22.6      24.2      25.7      0.7       73.2

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

     0.08      0.09      0.09      (0.01 )     0.25

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

     0.08      0.08      0.09      (0.01 )     0.24

The effects of assumed common share conversions are determined independently for each respective quarter and year and may not be dilutive during every period due to variations in operating results. Therefore, the sum of quarterly per share results will not necessarily equal the per share results for the full year.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

No reportable information under this item.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

The term “disclosure controls and procedures” (defined in SEC Rule 13a-15(e)) refers to the controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within required time periods. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Cincinnati Bell Inc.’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2008 (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on that evaluation, Cincinnati Bell Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, such controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information the Company is required to disclose in reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(c) Changes in internal control over financial reporting.

The term “internal control over financial reporting” (defined in SEC Rule 13a-15(f)) refers to the process of a company that is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Cincinnati Bell Inc.’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have evaluated any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2008, and they have concluded that there was not any change to Cincinnati Bell Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of 2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Cincinnati Bell Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

No reportable information under this item.

 

105

 


Table of Contents

 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 401, Item 405, Item 406 and 407 (c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K regarding directors of Cincinnati Bell Inc. can be found in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer is filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K and posted on the Company’s website at http://www.cincinnatibell.com . Within the time period required by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), the Company will post on its website any amendment to the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and any waiver of such code relating to such senior executive officers of the Company.

In addition to the certifications of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in May 2008 the Company’s Chief Executive Officer submitted to the NYSE the certification regarding compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards required by Section 303 A.12 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

Executive Officers of the Registrant:

The names, ages and positions of the executive officers of the Company are as follows:

 

Name

    

Age

         

Title

John F. Cassidy (a)

     54         President and Chief Executive Officer

Brian A. Ross

     51         Chief Operating Officer

Gary J. Wojtaszek

     42         Chief Financial Officer

Jeffery D. Coleman

     45         Vice President, Internal Controls

Christopher J. Wilson

     43         Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary

Brian G. Keating

     55         Vice President, Human Resources and Administration

Kurt A. Freyberger

     42         Vice President and Controller

 

(a) Member of the Board of Directors

Officers are elected annually but are removable at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

JOHN F. CASSIDY, President and Chief Executive Officer since July 2003; Director of the Company since September 2002; President and Chief Operating Officer of Cincinnati Bell Telephone since May 2001; President of Cincinnati Bell Wireless since 1997; Senior Vice President, National Sales & Distribution of Rogers Cantel in Canada from 1992-1996; Vice President, Sales and Marketing, Ericsson Mobile Communications from 1990-1992; Vice President, Sales and Marketing, General Electric Company from 1988-1990.

BRIAN A. ROSS , Chief Operating Officer of the Company since August 2008; Chief Financial Officer of the Company from 2004 to July 2008; Senior Vice President of Finance and Accounting of the Company in 2003; Vice President of Finance and Accounting of the Company’s Cincinnati-based operating subsidiaries from 2001-2003; Vice President of Finance and Accounting of Cincinnati Bell Wireless from 1999-2001.

GARY J. WOJTASZEK , Chief Financial Officer of the Company since August 2008; Senior Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Accounting Officer of Laureate Education Corporation from 2006 to 2008; Vice President of Finance and principal accounting officer of Agere Systems, Inc. from 2001 to 2006.

JEFFERY D. COLEMAN , Vice President of Internal Controls of the Company since August 2005; Director of Internal Audit of Convergys Corporation from 2000-2005; Regional General Auditor of H.J. Heinz, 1995-2000.

CHRISTOPHER J. WILSON , Vice President and General Counsel of the Company since August 2003; Associate General Counsel and Assistant Corporate Secretary for the Company’s Cincinnati-based operating subsidiaries from 1999-2003.

 

106


Table of Contents

 

BRIAN G. KEATING , Vice President, Human Resources and Administration of the Company since August 2003; Vice President, Human Resources and Administration of the Cincinnati Operations, 2000-2003; Director of Labor Relations, Staffing and Safety of the Company, 1988-2000.

KURT A. FREYBERGER, Vice President and Controller of the Company since March 2005; Assistant Corporate Controller of Chiquita Brands International, Inc. from 2000 to March 2005; various financial reporting roles at Chiquita from 1996-2000.

I tems 11 and 12. Executive Compensation and Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by these items can be found in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by these items can be found in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by these items can be found in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting and incorporated herein by reference.

 

107

 


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statement Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is included on page 114. All other schedules are not required under the related instructions or are not applicable.

Exhibits

Exhibits identified in parenthesis below, on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), are incorporated herein by reference as exhibits hereto.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

(3)(a)   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Cincinnati Bell Inc. (Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report April 25, 2008, File No. 1-8519).
(3)(b)   Amended and Restated Regulations of Cincinnati Bell (Exhibit 3.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report April 25, 2008, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(i)   Indenture dated July 1, 1993, between Cincinnati Bell Inc., Issuer, and The Bank of New York, Trustee, in connection with $50,000,000 of Cincinnati Bell Inc. 7  1 / 4 % Notes Due June 15, 2023 (Exhibit 4-A to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of report July 12, 1993, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(ii)(1)   Indenture dated as of October 27, 1993, among Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, as Issuer, Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Exhibit 4-A to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 27, 1993, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(ii)(2)   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 31, 2004 to the Indenture dated October 27, 1993 by and among Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, as Issuer, Cincinnati Bell Inc. as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Exhibit 4(c)(ii)(2) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(ii)(3)   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 10, 2005 to the Indenture dated October 27, 1993 by and among Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, as Issuer, Cincinnati Bell Inc. as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Exhibit 4(c)(ii)(3) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(iii)(1)   Indenture dated as of November 30, 1998 among Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, as Issuer, Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (Exhibit 4-A to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 30, 1998, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(iii)(2)   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 10, 2005 to the Indenture dated November 30, 1998 among Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, as Issuer, Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Guarantor, and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (Exhibit 4(c)(iii)(2) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(iii)(3)   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 10, 2005 to the Indenture dated November 30, 1998 among Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company, as Issuer, Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Guarantor, and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (Exhibit (4)(c)(iii)(3) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(iv)   Warrant Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003, by and among Broadwing Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers (Exhibit (4)(c)(vii) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(vi)   Equity Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003 by and between Broadwing Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers (Exhibit (4)(c)(ix) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-8519).

 

108


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

(4)(c)(vi)(1)   Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003 by and among Broadwing Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Exhibit (4)(c)(x)(1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-8519).
(4(c)(vi)(2)   First Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003 by and among Broadwing Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Exhibit (4)(c)(x)(2) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(vi)(3)   Second Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2004 by and among Broadwing Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Exhibit (4)(c)(x)(3) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(vi)(4)   Third Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated April 30, 2004, by and among Cincinnati Bell Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Exhibit 4(c)(viii)(4) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(vi)(5)   Fourth Amendment to Purchase Agreement, dated January 31, 2005, by and among Cincinnati Bell Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners II Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Exhibit 4(c)(viii)(5) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(vi)(6)   Note Repurchase Agreement, dated August 5, 2005, by and among Cincinnati Bell Inc., GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., and any other affiliate purchasers of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report August 8, 2005, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(vii)(1)   Indenture dated as of July 11, 2003, by and among Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, and the Bank of New York, as Trustee, in connection with Cincinnati Bell 7  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2013 (Exhibit (4)(c)(xi) on Form S-4 dated July 17, 2003, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(vii)(2)   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 28, 2005 to the Indenture dated as of July 11, 2003, by and among Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2005, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(viii)   Indenture dated as of November 19, 2003, by and among Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, in connection with Cincinnati Bell 8  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(c)(xiii) to Registration Statement No. 333-110940).
(4)(c)(ix)   Indenture dated as of February 16, 2005, by and among Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantor parties thereto, and the Bank of New York, as Trustee in connection with Cincinnati Bell 7% Senior Notes due 2015 (Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 23, 2005, File No. 1-8519).
(4)(c)(x)   No other instrument which defines the rights of holders of long term debt of the registrant is filed herewith pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A). Pursuant to this regulation, the registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.
(10)(i)(A)   Credit Agreement dated as of February 16, 2005 as Amended and Restated as of August 31, 2005 among Cincinnati Bell Inc. as Borrower, the Guarantor parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, PNC Bank, National Association, as Swingline Lender, and Lenders party thereto (Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 1, 2005, File No. 1-8519).

 

109

 


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

(10)(i)(B)(1)   Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25th, 2007, among Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Borrower, certain subsidiaries as Guarantors thereto, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Swingline Lender and L/C Issuer (Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(i)(B)(2)   Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2008, among Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Borrower, certain subsidiaries as Guarantors thereto, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Swingline Lender and Lender (Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report August 12, 2008, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(i)(C)(1)   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2007, among Cincinnati Bell Funding LLC as Purchaser, Cincinnati Bell Inc. as Servicer and sole member of Cincinnati Bell Funding LLC, and various Cincinnati Bell subsidiaries as Sellers (Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 29, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(i)(C)(2)   Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2007, among Cincinnati Bell Funding LLC, as Seller, Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Servicer, various Purchasers and Purchaser Agents, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator. (Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 29, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(i)(C)(2.1)   First Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 18, 2008, to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2007, among Cincinnati Bell Funding LLC, as Seller, Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Servicer, the Purchasers and Purchaser Agents and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator for each Purchaser Group (Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report March 26, 2008, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(i)(C)(2.2)   Second Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 20, 2008, to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2007, among Cincinnati Bell Funding LLC, as Seller, Cincinnati Bell Inc., as Servicer, the Purchasers and Purchaser Agents and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator for each Purchaser Group (Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report March 26, 2008, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(ii)(A)   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2007 among Cincinnati Bell Any Distance Inc. as Buyer, eGIX, Inc. and eGIX Network Services, Inc as Sellers, and the Seller’s respective subsidiaries and principal shareholders (Exhibit (10)(ii)(A) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(ii)(B)   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2007, among GramTel USA, Inc. as Seller, BCSIVA Inc. as Buyer, and Jordan Industries, Inc. (Exhibit (10)(ii)(B) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(1)*   Short Term Incentive Plan of Cincinnati Bell Inc., as amended and restated effective July 24, 2000 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(1) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(1.1)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan effective as of May 27, 2003 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(1.1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(1.2)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan effective as of January 1, 2009.
(10)(iii)(A)(2)*+   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2005.

 

110


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

(10)(iii)(A)(2.1)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors effective as of January 1, 2006 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A) (2.3) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(3)*+   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Pension Program, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005.
(10)(iii)(A)(4)*+   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005.
(10)(iii)(A)(5)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective July 24, 2000 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(1) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(5.1)*  

Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Inc. 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan effective as of

January 1, 2001 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(5.1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).

(10)(iii)(A)(5.2)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Inc. 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan effective as of May 27, 2003 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(5.2) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(6)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as revised and restated effective January 1, 2001 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(6) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(6.1)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors effective as of May 27, 2003 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(6.1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(7)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(14) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for 1989, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(8)*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 2009 between Cincinnati Bell Inc. and Brian G. Keating.
(10)(iii)(A)(9)*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 2009, between Cincinnati Bell Inc. and John F. Cassidy.
(10)(iii)(A)(10)*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 2009 between Cincinnati Bell Inc. and Christopher J. Wilson.
(10)(iii)(A)(12)*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 2009 between Cincinnati Bell Inc. and Gary J. Wojtaszek.
(10)(iii)(A)(13)*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 2009 between Cincinnati Bell Inc. and Brian A. Ross.
(10)(iii)(A)(14)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (Appendix A to the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed March 14, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(15)*  

Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Appendix B to the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 14, 2007,

File No. 1-8519).

(10)(iii)(A)(16)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Performance Unit Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17)*   Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan Restated effective as of January 1, 1997 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.1)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2002 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.1) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).

 

111

 


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

(10)(iii)(A)(17.2)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of May 27, 2003 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.2) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.3)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 1997 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.3) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.4)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of December 4, 2003 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.4) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.5)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of August 19, 2004 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.5) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.6)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of June 1, 2005 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.6) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.7)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of March 28, 2005 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.7) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.8)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2006 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.8) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.9)*   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2007 (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.9) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(17.10)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 1997.
(10)(iii)(A)(17.11)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 1997.
(10)(iii)(A)(17.12)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2002.
(10)(iii)(A)(17.13)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2005.
(10)(iii)(A)(17.14)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2008.
(10)(iii)(A)(17.15)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2008.
(10)(iii)(A)(17.16)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2008.
(10)(iii)(A)(17.17)*+   Amendment to Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2009.
(10)(iii)(A)(18)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Form of Stock Option Agreement (1997 Employee Plan) (Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report December 3, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(19)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Form of Cincinnati Bell Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Agreement (1997 Employee Plan) (Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report December 3, 2004, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(20)*   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Form of Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) (Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K, date of Report December 4, 2003, File No. 1-8519).
(10)(iii)(A)(21)*+   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement (2007 Long Term Incentive Plan).
(10)(iii)(A)(22)*+   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Form of Stock Option Agreement (2007 Long Term Incentive Plan).
(10)(iii)(A)(23)*+   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Form of Cincinnati Bell Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Agreement (2007 Long Term Incentive Plan).
(10)(iii)(A)(24)*+   Cincinnati Bell Inc. Form of 2008-2010 Performance Share Agreement (2007 Long Term Incentive Plan).
(14)   Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, as adopted pursuant to Section 406 of Regulation S-K (Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(15) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-8519).

 

112


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

(21)+   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
(23)+   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
(24)+   Powers of Attorney.
(31.1)+   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(31.2)+   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(32.1)+   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(32.2)+   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

+ Filed herewith.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of the Instructions to Form 10-K.

The Company’s reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K, proxy and other information are available free of charge at the following website: http://www.cincinnatibell.com . Upon request, the Company will furnish a copy of the Proxy Statement to its security holders without charge, portions of which are incorporated herein by reference. The Company will furnish any other exhibit at cost.

 

113

 


Table of Contents

 

Schedule II

CINCINNATI BELL INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(dollars in millions)

 

     Beginning
of Period
   Charge (Benefit)
to Expenses
    To (from) Other
Accounts
   Deductions    End of
Period

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

             

Year 2008

   $ 17.1    $ 19.7     $  —    $ 18.8    $ 18.0

Year 2007

   $ 15.2    $ 15.2     $    $ 13.3    $ 17.1

Year 2006

   $ 14.3    $ 14.0     $    $ 13.1    $ 15.2

Deferred Tax

             

Valuation Allowance

             

Year 2008

   $ 140.0    $ (67.1 )   $    $    $ 72.9

Year 2007

   $ 150.7    $ (10.7 )   $    $    $ 140.0

Year 2006

   $ 183.9    $ (33.2 )   $    $    $ 150.7

 

114


Table of Contents

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    CINCINNATI BELL INC.
February 26, 2009    

By

 

 

/s/ Gary J. Wojtaszek

      Gary J. Wojtaszek
      Chief Financial Officer
   

By

 

 

/s/ Kurt A. Freyberger

      Kurt A. Freyberger
      Chief Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John F. Cassidy

John F. Cassidy

   President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director   February 26, 2009

PHILLIP R. COX*

Phillip R. Cox

   Chairman of the Board and Director   February 26, 2009

BRUCE L. BYRNES*

Bruce L. Byrnes

   Director   February 26, 2009

JAKKI L. HAUSSLER*

Jakki L. Haussler

   Director   February 26, 2009

MARK LAZARUS*

Mark Lazarus

   Director   February 26, 2009

ROBERT W. MAHONEY*

Robert W. Mahoney

   Director   February 26, 2009

CRAIG F. MAIER*

Craig F. Maier

   Director   February 26, 2009

DANIEL J. MEYER*

Daniel J. Meyer

   Director   February 26, 2009

ALEX SHUMATE*

Alex Shumate

   Director   February 26, 2009

LYNN A. WENTWORTH*

Lynn A. Wentworth

   Director   February 26, 2009

 

115

 


Table of Contents

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

JOHN M. ZRNO*

John M. Zrno

   Director   February 26, 2009

 

*By:  

/s/ John. F. Cassidy

    February 26, 2009
  John F. Cassidy    
 

as attorney-in-fact and on his behalf

as Principal Executive Officer, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

116

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(1.2)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL INC. SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2009, in the following respects.

 

  1. Subsection 4.1 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows.

4.1 Any award granted under the Plan to a Participant shall be made with respect to a specific calendar year (the award’s “Award Year”) and shall, if certain performance goals that are made applicable to the award by the Committee are met, provide for the payment to the Participant of a lump sum cash amount by the 15th day of the third month of the next following calendar year. No more than one award may be granted to a Participant under the Plan with respect to any calendar year. Also, the grant of any award to a Participant under the Plan with respect to any calendar year shall not entitle the Participant to an award for any subsequent calendar year.

 

  2. The text of Section 6 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows.

The Committee may, in its discretion, permit Participants to elect to defer the payment otherwise required under any award granted under the Plan in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish. Any such deferral will not be made under the Plan, but, rather, will be made under the Cincinnati Bell Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and will be subject to the terms and conditions of such plan.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING CHANGES TO THE PLAN, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Wilson

Title:  

V.P. General Counsel & Secretary

Date:  

 

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(2)

CINCINNATI BELL INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

(As amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005)

1. Introduction to Plan .

1.1 Name and Sponsor of Plan . The name of this Plan is the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, and its sponsor is CBI.

1.2 Purpose of Plan . The purpose of the Plan is to provide deferred compensation for the Outside Directors of CBI.

1.3 Effective Amendment Date of Plan and Effect of Plan On Prior Deferrals .

(a) Deferred Compensation Subject To Following Terms of This Document . In order to conform the Plan to the requirements of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, this document amends and restates the Plan effective as of the Effective Amendment Date (January 1, 2005). The provisions of sections 2 through 9 hereof apply to but only to:

(1) amounts that are attributable to compensation that is deferred under section 3 hereof on or after the Effective Amendment Date;

(2) amounts that are attributable to compensation that was deferred under the provisions of the Prior Plan prior to the Effective Amendment Date but was not earned and vested (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-6(a)(2) of the Treasury Regulations) prior to the Effective Amendment Date; and

(3) amounts that are attributable to compensation that was deferred under the provisions of the Prior Plan prior to the Effective Amendment Date and was earned and vested (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-6(a)(2) of the Treasury Regulations) prior to the Effective Amendment Date, but only if the provisions of the Prior Plan that apply to any such compensation are materially modified (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-6(a)(4) of the Treasury Regulations). This document does not by itself materially modify such provisions.

(b) Effective Date of Following Terms of This Document When Applied To Pre-Effective Amendment Date Deferred Compensation . Any amounts described in paragraph (a)(2) and (3) of this subsection 1.3 shall, beginning as of the Effective Amendment Date, be subject to the terms of sections 2 through 9 hereof as if this document had been in effect at the time that such amounts were originally deferred under the provisions of the Prior Plan.

(c) Incorporation of Terms of Prior Plan . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) and (3) of this subsection 1.3, all rules (including rules as to assumed investments and distributions) that relate to amounts deferred under the Prior Plan, adjusted by assumed earnings and losses thereon as determined under the provisions of the Prior Plan, shall be governed solely by the terms of the Prior Plan (which terms are incorporated herein by reference).

2. General Definitions . For all purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

1


2.1 “Account” means, with respect to any Participant, the bookkeeping account maintained for the Participant under the terms of this Plan and to which amounts are credited or otherwise allocated under section 4 hereof in order to help determine the Participant’s benefits under the Plan.

2.2 “Beneficiary” means, with respect to any Participant, the person or entity designated by the Participant, on forms furnished and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to receive any benefit payable under the Plan after the Participant’s death. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary or if, for any reason, such designation is not effective, his or her “Beneficiary” shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse or, if none, his or her estate.

2.3 “Board” means the Board of Directors of CBI.

2.4 “CBI” means Cincinnati Bell Inc. (and, except for purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, any legal successor to Cincinnati Bell Inc. that results from a merger or similar transaction).

2.5 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this subsection 2.5. All of such events shall be determined under and, even if not so indicated in the following paragraphs of this subsection 2.5, shall be subject to all of the terms of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

(a) A change in the ownership of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the ownership of CBI occurs when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires outstanding voting securities of CBI that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of CBI.

(b) A change in the effective control of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the effective control of CBI occurs either:

(1) when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of CBI possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of CBI; or

(2) when a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.

(c) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of CBI occurs when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the

 

2


date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from CBI that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of CBI immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

2.6 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it may thereafter be amended. A reference to a specific section of the Code shall be deemed to be a reference both (i) to the provisions of such section as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded (by future legislation) and (ii) to the provisions of any section of the Treasury Regulations that is issued under such section.

2.7 “Committee” means the committee appointed to administer the Plan under the provisions of subsection 6.1 hereof.

2.8 “Common Shares” means common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of CBI.

2.9 “Credited Service” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, his or her active service as an Outside Director, including service as an Outside Director prior to the Effective Amendment Date. One year of Credited Service shall be given for each twelve full months of active service as an Outside Director, whether or not consecutive. A fraction of a year of Credited Service shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole year.

2.10 “Effective Amendment Date” means January 1, 2005.

2.11 “Other Fee” shall mean, with respect to any Outside Director, any fee for the Outside Director established by the Board for attending Board or committee meetings or for serving as a chair of a Board committee, but shall not include a Retainer or expense reimbursements. An Other Fee payable for any meeting is earned on the date of the meeting (if the Outside Director attends such meeting). An Other Fee payable for serving as a chair of a Board committee is earned by the Outside Director on a quarterly basis (regardless of whether or not the Board fixes such fee for an annual period or refers to it as an annual fee), with such fee payable for any quarter being earned on the first day of such quarter (if the Outside Director serves as a chair of a Board committee on such day).

2.12 “Outside Director” shall mean any member of the Board who is not an employee of CBI (or any other member of CBI’s controlled group, as such term is defined in section 9.4(c) hereof), but shall not include any person serving as Director Emeritus.

2.13 “Participant” means a person who as an Outside Director has any amounts credited to an Account established for him or her under this Plan. Such person shall remain a Participant until the amounts allocated to his or her Account have been fully paid and/or forfeited, as the case may be.

2.14 “Plan” means the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors. This document amends and restates the Plan effective as of the Effective Amendment Date to the extent indicated by subsection 1.3 hereof.

2.15 “Prior Plan” means the versions of the Plan that were in effect before the Effective Amendment Date.

 

3


2.16 “Retainer” shall mean, with respect to any Outside Director, the annual fee for serving as an Outside Director that is established by the Board, but shall not include meeting fees, fees for serving as a chair of a Board committee, or expense reimbursements. A Retainer is earned by an Outside Director on a quarterly basis (regardless of whether or not the Board fixes the Retainer for an annual period or refers to it as an annual retainer), with the Retainer payable for any quarter being earned on the first day of such quarter (if the Outside Director is a member of the Board on such day).

2.17 “Tax Year” means, with respect to any Outside Director, the Outside Director’s taxable year for federal income tax purposes. Unless CBI or the Committee is notified otherwise by the Outside Director, CBI and the Committee may assume for purposes of this Plan that an Outside Director’s Tax Year is a calendar year.

2.18 “Treasury Regulations” means all final regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Code, as such regulations exist as of the date on which this document is executed on its final page by an officer or representative of CBI and as they are subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded. A reference to a specific section or paragraph of the Treasury Regulations shall be deemed to be a reference to the provisions of such section or paragraph as it exists as of the date on which this document is executed on its final page by an officer or representative of CBI and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded.

3. Deferral Elections .

3.1 Election of Deferrals of Retainer and Other Fees .

(a) Initial Deferral Election .

(1) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, an Outside Director may elect for any Tax Year (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “subject Tax Year”), by completing a deferral form or forms and filing such form or forms with the Committee but not in any event after the last day of the immediately preceding Tax Year (or, if the subject Tax Year is the Tax Year in which he or she first becomes an Outside Director, not in any event beyond 30 days after the date on which he or she first becomes an Outside Director), to defer the receipt of any whole percent (up to 100%) of his or her Retainer and/or Other Fees that are earned by him or her in the subject Tax Year (and also, if the subject Tax Year is the Tax Year in which he or she first becomes an Outside Director, that are earned by him or her after his or her deferral election is filed with the Committee).

(2) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, an Outside Director may change, or terminate and thereby void, any deferral election that he or she has made for the subject Tax Year under the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (a), by completing an appropriate form and filing such form with the Committee, up to but not after the latest day by which he or she could still make a deferral election for the subject Tax Year under the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (a) (and provided that, if the subject Tax Year is the Tax Year in which he or she first becomes an Outside Director, prior to his or her initial deferral election being used to defer the receipt of any Retainer or Other Fees of the Outside Director).

 

4


3.2 Special Pre-March 15, 2005 Deferral Election Right . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of Q&A-21 of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, the requirements of subsection 3.1 hereof relating to the timing of deferral elections shall not be applicable to any election that is made by an Outside Director on or before March 15, 2005 to defer the receipt of any Retainer or Other Fees that both are subject to the terms of this Plan under the provisions of subsection 1.3 hereof and relates to services performed by the Outside Director on or before December 31, 2005, provided that (i) the Retainer or Other Fees to which the deferral election relates has not or had not been paid or become payable by the time of the election and (ii) the election to defer is or was made in accordance with the terms of the Plan or the Prior Plan that at the time of the election were then in effect.

4. Maintenance and Valuation of Account .

4.1 Account . An Account shall be established for each Participant in accordance with the following paragraphs of this subsection 4.1 to reflect the amounts of (i) his or her Retainer and/or Other Fees that are to be credited to such Account under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.1, (ii) all other credits to be made to such Account under the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this subsection 4.1, and (iii) the assumed investment of such amounts. The Committee shall create subaccounts under any Participant’s Account to the extent needed administratively ( e.g. , to account for different distribution rules that apply to different portions of the Participant’s Account). For purposes of this Plan, the net investment returns and losses of the assumed investment of any credits made to a Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be “attributable” to the portion of such Account that reflects such credits.

(a) Crediting To Account of Deferred Retainer or Other Fees . Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, any amount of Retainer or Other Fees deferred by a Participant under the Plan pursuant to the provisions of section 3 hereof shall be credited to the Account of the Participant as of the day on which such deferred amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.

(b) Crediting To Account of Automatic Annual Credit .

(1) As of the first business day of 2005, there shall be credited to the Account of each person who is an Outside Director on such day an amount equal to the value on such day of 6,000 Common Shares.

(2) In its discretion but subject to the other terms of this Plan, the Board may, as of any business day that occurs in 2006 or any subsequent calendar year (each such day referred to in this subparagraph (2) as a “credit day”), credit to the Account of each person who is an Outside Director on such credit day an amount equal to the value on such credit day of a number of Common Shares that is set by the Board. The Board shall exercise its discretion in crediting amounts to the Accounts of Outside Directors pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence with the intent that such credited amounts, together with other compensation that is either paid in the form of Common Shares or has its value determined in relation to the value of Common Shares (such credited amounts and such other compensation referred to in this sentence as “equity-based compensation”) and taking into account the fair market value of a Common Share when crediting or providing any such equity-based compensation, provide equity-based compensation for the Outside Directors that each applicable year is approximately equal to the median level of the value of equity-based compensation provided by a group of comparable peer group companies to their non-employee directors.

 

5


(c) Special Automatic Pre-Effective Amendment Date Credits . To the extent but only to the extent that any of the Account credits described in the following subparagraphs of this paragraph (c) reflect amounts identified in subsection 1.3(a)(2) and (3) hereof, such following described Account credits shall be subject to the provisions of sections 2 through 9 of this document. Otherwise, the Account credits described in the following subparagraphs of this paragraph (c) shall not be subject to the provisions of sections 2 through 9 of this document but instead shall, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 1.3(c) hereof, only be subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(1) If the Participant was participating in the Prior Plan immediately prior to December 31, 1996, the balance then credited to the Participant’s account under the Prior Plan, adjusted by assumed earnings and losses thereon allocated to the Participant’s account under the Prior Plan from December 31, 1996 to the Effective Amendment Date, shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Effective Amendment Date.

(2) If the Participant was participating in the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (for purposes of this subparagraph (2), the “Retirement Plan”) on July 1, 1996, an amount equal to the present value of the Participant’s accrued benefit under the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 1996 (as determined by the Board), adjusted by assumed earnings and losses thereon allocated to the Participant’s account under the Prior Plan from December 31, 1996 to the Effective Amendment Date, shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Effective Amendment Date. For purposes of this subparagraph (2), each Participant who was an Outside Director on July 1, 1996 shall be deemed to have been participating in the Retirement Plan on that date.

(3) If the Participant was an Outside Director on January 4, 1999, an amount equal to the value on such date of the number of Common Shares that are produced by dividing $100,000 (or, in the event the Participant was the Chairman of the Board on January 4, 1999, $200,000) by the product of 0.88 and the average of the high and low sale prices on the New York Stock Exchange of a Common Share for January 4, 1999, adjusted by assumed earnings and losses thereon allocated to the Participant’s account under the Prior Plan from January 4, 1999 to the Effective Amendment Date, shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Effective Amendment Date.

(4) If the Participant was a participant in the Prior Plan on December 31, 1998, an amount equal to the value on December 31, 1998 of a number of common shares of Convergys Corporation that is the same number as the number of Common Shares which were assumed to be held in his or her Prior Plan account on such date, adjusted by assumed earnings and losses thereon allocated to the Participant’s account under the Prior Plan from December 31, 1998 to the Effective Amendment Date, shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Effective Amendment Date.

(5) If the Participant was an Outside Director on the first business day of any calendar year that began on or after January 1, 2000 and ended prior to the Effective Amendment Date, an amount equal to the value on such day of 1,500 Common Shares, adjusted by assumed earnings and losses thereon allocated to the Participant’s account under the Prior Plan from such day to the Effective Amendment Date, shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Effective Amendment Date.

 

6


(d) Assumed Investment of Account . Any amounts credited to the Account of a Participant under paragraphs (a), (b), and/or (c) of this subsection 4.1 shall be assumed to have been invested in certain investments, and adjusted by reason of such assumed investments, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 4.2 hereof.

4.2 Assumed Investments .

(a) General Rules on Assumed Investments . At all times on and after the Effective Amendment Date:

(1) any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account under the provisions of subsection 4.1(a) hereof and/or the provisions of subsection 4.1(c)(1) hereof shall be assumed to be invested in the investments designated or deemed to be designated by the Participant on a form provided by and filed with the Committee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 4.2;

(2) any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account under the provisions of subsection 4.1(b) hereof and/or the provisions of subsection 4.1(c)(2), (3), and (5) hereof shall be assumed to be invested exclusively in Common Shares; and

(3) any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account under the provisions of subsection 4.1(c)(4) hereof shall be assumed to be invested exclusively in common shares of Convergys Corporation (or exclusively in Common Shares if an election to that effect was made by the applicable Participant between February 1, 1999 and February 12, 1999 under the terms of the Prior Plan).

(b) Committee-Designated Assumed Investment Rules . If and to the extent that any portion of a Participant’s Account is to be assumed to be invested in the investments designated or deemed to be designated by the Participant on a form provided by and filed with the Committee (under the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this subsection 4.2), then the following subparagraphs of this paragraph (b) shall apply to such assumed investments.

(1) The Committee shall designate in notices or other documents provided to Participants a limited number of “assumed investments” for purposes of the Plan. Such assumed investments will generally be (but will not be required to be) limited to mutual funds or similar types of investments but may and generally will include an assumed investment in Common Shares. Some or all of the assumed investments designated for the Plan may be changed by the Committee to other assumed investments, effective as of any date, in which case prior written notice of such change shall be provided by the Committee to all Participants.

(2) The credits to any Participant’s Account referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this subsection 4.2 shall be assumed to have been invested among such assumed investments, and in such proportions, as is elected in a writing filed by the Participant with the Committee, except that any investment direction of the Participant is subject to such reasonable administrative rules concerning such assumed investment directions as are adopted or used by the Committee.

 

7


(3) The Participant must elect, on or before the first date a credit referred to in the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this subsection 4.2 is made to his or her Account, the assumed investments in which such Account credits are to be initially assumed to be invested and the proportions of each credit initially assumed to be invested in each designated assumed investment. Otherwise, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that such Account credits will not be assumed to be invested in any investment until he or she makes an investment election under the provisions of this paragraph (b) (or, if the Committee in its discretion so decides, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that such Account credits will be assumed to be initially invested in an investment or investments chosen by the Committee).

(4) Further, the Participant may request a change in the assumed investments of the portion of his or her Account attributable to the credits referred to in the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this subsection 4.2, and the proportions of his or her new Account credits referred to in such provisions, assumed to be invested in each designated investment to other assumed investments and/or proportions effective as of any January 1, or as of any other date as the Committee may provide in its discretion, upon written notice to the Committee prior to such date (or such earlier date as may be established by the Committee).

(c) Adjustment of Account for Assumed Investment Returns and Losses . The amounts credited to any Participant’s Account shall be adjusted as of each December 31, and as of such other dates as the Committee may provide in its discretion, to reflect the assumed investment returns or losses (since the last prior adjustment in the Account) that are attributable to the assumed investments in which his or her Account is deemed to be invested.

4.3 Nonvested Portions of Account .

(a) Vesting Conditions on Portions of Account . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the right to receive payments with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account that is attributable to the credits made to such Account under the provisions of subsection 4.1(b), (c)(2), (c)(4), or (c)(5) hereof shall be conditioned on the Participant either completing at least five years of Credited Service or dying while a member of the Board. Until and unless the Participant satisfies such condition, the amounts allocated to any portion of such Account that is subject to such condition shall be considered to be “nonvested.”

(b) Effect of Nonvested Status of Portion of Account . Any portion of the Account of a Participant that is at any time nonvested under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.3 shall not in any event, even when the provisions of section 5 hereof would otherwise permit a distribution of such Account portion at such time and notwithstanding any provision of section 5 hereof which may be read to the contrary, be able to be distributed to the Participant or any other party claiming through the Participant until such Account portion is no longer nonvested (and any distribution of such Account portion otherwise called for under section 5 hereof shall to the extent necessary be deferred until, and shall be made as of, the date such portion is no longer nonvested).

(1) Consistent with the rule set forth in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b) and notwithstanding any other provision of section 5 hereof, any reference in any provision of section 5 hereof to the amounts allocated to a portion of the Account of a Participant at any time shall be deemed not to include the amounts allocated to any part of such Account portion that is then nonvested and such part shall be treated as if it were a separate class of Account until it is no longer nonvested.

 

8


(2) Further, if a Participant separates from service with CBI (other than by reason of his or her death) when any portion of the Account established for him or her is nonvested, he or she shall never be entitled to receive the amounts allocated to such Account portion and such amounts shall be forfeited on the date he or she so separates from service with CBI.

4.4 Valuation .

(a) Valuation of Account . The balance of the Account of a Participant shall be determined periodically (under procedures adopted by the Committee) to reflect all amounts credited to the Account under the foregoing provisions of this section 4 since the latest preceding date on which the Account balance was determined, any gains and losses in the value of the Account’s assumed investments since the latest date on which the Account balance was determined, and any payments or forfeitures since the latest preceding date on which the Account balance was determined.

(b) Account Statements . As soon as practical following the end of each calendar year, each Participant (or, in the event of his or her death, his or her Beneficiary) shall be furnished a statement as of December 31 of such calendar year showing the balance of the Participant’s Account, the total increases and reductions made in the balance of such Account during such calendar year, and, if amounts allocated to such Account are assumed to have been invested in securities, a description of such securities including the number of shares assumed to have been purchased by the amounts allocated to such Account.

4.5 Common Shares Adjustment Rules . To the extent a Participant’s Account is assumed to have been invested in Common Shares, the following provisions of this subsection 4.5 shall apply.

(a) Cash Dividends . Whenever any cash dividends are paid with respect to Common Shares, additional amounts shall be allocated to the Participant’s Account as of the dividend payment date. The additional amount to be allocated to the Account shall be determined by multiplying the per share cash dividend paid with respect to the Common Shares on the dividend payment date by the number of assumed Common Shares allocated to the Account on the day preceding the dividend payment date. Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, such additional amount allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be assumed to have been invested in additional Common Shares on the day on which such dividends are paid.

(b) Changes in Common Shares . If there is any change in Common Shares through the declaration of a stock dividend or a stock split, through a recapitalization resulting in a stock split, or through a combination or a change in shares, the number of shares assumed to have been allocated to each Account shall be appropriately adjusted.

4.6 Fair Market Value of Common Shares . Whenever Common Shares are to be valued for purposes of the Plan as of any date (such as a date on which a credit based on such shares is made to a Participant’s Account or a date on which distribution of such shares is to be

 

9


made by CBI), the value of each such share shall be: (i) when such date occurs prior to January 1, 2007, the average of the high and low price per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the latest business day preceding the subject date for which the valuation is being made; or (ii) when such date occurs on or after January 1, 2007, the closing price of a Common Share on the New York Stock Exchange on the latest date preceding the subject date on which Common Shares were traded on such exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Common Shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange on the subject date, then the fair market value of a Common Share on the subject date shall be determined by the Committee in good faith pursuant to methods and procedures established by the Committee.

4.7 Convergys Shares Adjustment Rules . To the extent a Participant’s Account is assumed to have been invested in common shares of Convergys Corporation, the provisions of subsections 4.5 and 4.6 hereof shall apply but as if each reference in such subsections to Common Shares were instead a reference to common shares of Convergys Corporation.

4.8 Deduction of Payments or Forfeitures from Account and Cancellation of Account .

(a) Deduction of Payments and Forfeitures From Account . Any payment, including an annual installment payment, or forfeiture of any portion of a Participant’s Account under the provisions of the Plan shall be charged, as of the date such payment or forfeiture is deemed to be made under the other provisions of this Plan, to such Account portion (or, in other words, deducted from the amounts then allocated to such Account portion). Except as is otherwise provided under administrative policies adopted by the Committee, any such payment or forfeiture shall be charged among all of the types of assumed investments applicable to such Account portion, on a pro rata basis.

(b) Cancellation of Account . Further, the Account of a Participant shall be cancelled, and the amount then allocated to such Account shall be reduced to zero, on the date as of which the entire amount allocated to the Account at such time is deemed to be paid to the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary under this Plan) and/or forfeited under the other provisions of the Plan.

4.9 Account Balance . For purposes of the Plan, the amounts allocated to the Account of a Participant ( i.e. , the balance of such Account) at any specific time shall be deemed to be the net sum of amounts credited, charged, or otherwise allocated to such Account at such time under the other provisions of the Plan.

5. Distributions .

5.1 General Distribution Rules . Subject to the following provisions of this section 5 and the other provisions of the Plan, this subsection 5.1 concerns the rules for payment of amounts allocated to the Account of a Participant that normally will apply (except for the special rules described in the following subsections of this section 5).

(a) Initial Distribution Elections . Subject to the following provisions of this section 5 and to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, the Participant may, in any deferral form filed with the Committee and by which he or she elects to defer the receipt of any portion of his or her Retainer and/or his or her Other Fees, make the elections described in

 

10


subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (a) with respect to the payment of all amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that are attributable to the credits made to his or her Account by reason of such deferral election. In addition and subject to the following provisions of this section 5 and to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, the Participant may also, in any form filed with the Committee no later than the date he or she has a legally binding right (determined without regard to any vesting conditions that apply) to any compensation reflected by any of the credits made to his or her Account under subsection 4.1(b) hereof or subsection 4.1(c) hereof, make the elections described in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (a) with respect to the payment of all amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that are attributable to such credits. For purposes of the following provisions of this subsection 5.1, the amounts to which any election that is made pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences shall be referred to as the “subject deferred amounts.”

(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this subsection 5.1 and to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, the Participant may elect that the date as which the subject deferred amounts shall commence to be paid (for purposes of this subsection 5.1, the subject deferred amounts’ “commencement date”) shall be any one of the following dates (except to the extent any of the following dates are not permitted as the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date under administrative rules of the Committee):

(A) the first business day of the first calendar year that begins after the date on which the Participant separates from service with CBI;

(B) the date on which the Participant separates from service with CBI;

(C) any fixed date (that can be ascertained at the time of such election) specified by the Participant in such election which is no earlier than the sixth annual anniversary of the first day of the calendar year in which the subject deferred amounts are credited to the Participant’s Account;

(D) the earlier of, or the later of, the dates described in clauses (A) and (C) of this subparagraph (1); or

(E) the earlier of, or the later of, the dates described in clauses (B) and (C) of this subparagraph (1).

In the event the Participant fails in the applicable form to make any such election as to the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date, then he or she shall be deemed to have elected that such commencement date shall be the date described in clause (A) of this subparagraph (1).

(2) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, the Participant may also elect to receive the subject deferred amounts in one lump sum payment made as of the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date or in substantially equal annual payments over two to ten years. If the Participant elects to receive the subject deferred amounts in annual installments of two or more payments, then (i) the date as of which the first annual installment payment is to be made shall be the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date and (ii) the date as of which any annual installment payment other than the first annual installment payment is to be made shall be an annual anniversary of such commencement date.

 

11


In the event the Participant fails in the applicable deferral form to make any election as to the period over which the subject deferred amounts are to be paid, then he or she shall be deemed to have elected that such amounts shall be paid to the Participant in one lump sum payment (made as of the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date).

(b) Subsequent Distribution Elections . The Participant may, by filing an appropriate form with the Committee not less than twelve months before the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date that has previously been elected or deemed to be elected and that would otherwise apply (for purposes of this paragraph (b), the subject deferred amounts’ “initial commencement date”), elect to change either or both of the initial elections he or she has made or has been deemed to have made under paragraph (a) of this subsection 5.1 (with respect to the commencement date of the payments and the period over which payments will be made) that apply to the subject deferred amounts, provided that:

(1) any such new election shall not become effective until at least twelve months elapse from the filing of such election with the Committee (and thus will be ineffective should the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date occur prior to the expiration of such twelve month period);

(2) any such new election would comply with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 5.1 other than for the time as of which such election is made; and

(3) any such new election must provide for a new commencement date for the subject deferred amounts that is at least five years after the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date. (If the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date is the earlier or later of two dates ( i.e. , a date described in paragraph (a)(1)(D) or (E) of this subsection 5.1) but the Participant’s election made under the provisions of this paragraph (b) only relates to a change in the payment of the subject deferred amounts should such payment begin as of one of such dates, then the condition provided under this subparagraph (3) shall be applied as if the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date was only the date to which the Participant’s election made under the provisions of this paragraph (b) relates.)

(c) Latest Possible Commencement Date . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this subsection 5.1, in no event shall the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date be later than (and in no event shall the Participant’s election as to such commencement date be permitted to provide that such commencement date be later than):

(1) when the Participant separates from service with CBI prior to attaining age 55, the first business day of the first calendar year that begins after the date on which the Participant so separates from service with CBI; or

(2) when the Participant separates from service with CBI after attaining age 55, the later of the first business day of the first calendar year that begins after the date on which the Participant so separates from service with CBI or the first business day of the first calendar year which begins after the Participant’s 65th birthday.

5.2 Special Pre-December 31, 2008 Distribution Election Right . Notwithstanding any of the provisions of subsection 5.1 hereof, CBI may, in its discretion and pursuant to and in accordance with certain transition relief contained in guidance that is cited in Section XII.A of

 

12


the preamble to Sections 1.409A-1 through 1.409A-6 of the Treasury Regulations and as such relief was extended in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2007-86, and by adopting and distributing written forms, notices, or other written documents, permit any Participant to make, at any time prior to December 31, 2008 and by filing with the Committee a writing or form approved or prepared by the Committee, a new election as to the commencement date of the payments and/or the period over which payments will be made that will apply to any portion of the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account prior to the date of such election (for purposes of this subsection 5.2, the Participant’s “previously allocated amounts”) and have such new election treated for all purposes of this Plan as if such new election had been initially made on a timely basis in accordance with the provisions of subsection 5.1 hereof.

(a) Conditions on Pre-December 31, 2008 Distribution Election . Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) in no event shall any election made under the provisions of this subsection 5.2 be given any effect under the Plan unless the Participant actually makes such new election on or before December 31, 2008; and (ii) for any such election that is made on or after January 1, 2006, any election made under the provisions of this subsection 5.2 shall not be given any effect under the Plan to the extent that it attempts to apply to any portion of the Participant’s previously allocated amounts that would otherwise be paid during the same calendar year as the calendar year in which the election is made or attempts to cause any portion of the Participant’s previously allocated amounts to be paid during the same calendar year as the calendar year in which the election is made.

(b) Incorporation of Pre-December 31, 2008 Distribution Election Forms . Any written forms, notices, or other written documents adopted and distributed by CBI under the terms of this subsection 5.2 shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Plan and an amendment to this Plan.

5.3 Special In-Service Distribution for Unforeseeable Emergency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Participant may, by filing an appropriate form with the Committee, elect to have any portion of the amounts then allocated to his or her Account under the Plan distributed to him or her as of any date (for purposes of this subsection 5.3, the “payment date”) that occurs after such election is filed with the Committee because of an unforeseeable emergency, even if the payment date precedes the date as of which such portion of his or her Account would otherwise be paid under the foregoing provisions of this section 5. A Participant may also, by filing an appropriate form with the Committee, elect, because of an unforeseeable emergency, to cancel and void in its entirety any election that he or she has in effect under the provisions of section 3 hereof to defer the receipt of Retainer and/or Other Fees that have not yet as of the payment date become payable and free of any substantial risk of forfeiture, and any such election shall be considered a request for a distribution for purposes of this subsection 5.3 that is made on the first date any such compensation has become payable and free of any substantial risk of forfeiture.

(a) Conditions For Approval of Hardship Distribution Request . Any distribution requested under this subsection 5.3 because of an unforeseeable emergency shall be granted by the Committee if, and only if, the Committee determines that the requested hardship distribution meets all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this subsection 5.3.

 

13


(b) Hardship Reason Requirements for Distribution . Any distribution which is requested by a Participant under this subsection 5.3 because of an unforeseeable emergency must be requested by the Participant and certified by him or her to be on account of the Participant’s severe financial hardship resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The need to pay for the funeral expenses of a spouse or dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) of the Participant may also constitute an unforeseeable emergency for purposes of this subsection 5.3. Written documentation of the reason for requesting the distribution shall be required. Whether a distribution is requested on account of an unforeseeable emergency shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of all facts and circumstances. In no event shall an unforeseeable emergency for purposes of this subsection 5.3 be deemed to exist for any reason that would not constitute an unforeseeable emergency under the provisions of Section 1.409A-3(i)(3) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c) Financial Need Requirements for Distribution . Any distribution which is requested by a Participant under this subsection 5.3 because of an unforeseeable emergency must also be necessary to satisfy the need for the distribution. A distribution shall be deemed necessary to satisfy such need if, and only if, the conditions set forth in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (c), and any other conditions imposed by the Committee in its discretion, are met.

(1) The Participant certifies and provides written evidence that the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the financial need of the Participant which has caused the Participant to request the distribution (taking into account, if applicable, any additional compensation that will become payable to the Participant by his or her canceling deferral elections under this Plan in accordance with the second sentence of this subsection 5.3). The amount of financial need of the Participant may include an amount permitted by the Committee to cover federal, state, local, or foreign taxes which can reasonably be anticipated to result to the Participant from the distribution.

(2) The Participant certifies and provides written evidence (including, when applicable, a financial statement) that he or she cannot relieve his or her need for the distribution through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, or by cessation of deferrals under this Plan and other deferred compensation plans of CBI (and the other members of CBI’s controlled group, as such term is defined in subsection 9.4(c) hereof). For purposes hereof, the Participant’s assets are deemed to include those assets of the Participant’s spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to the Participant.

5.4 Death .

(a) Death Before Payments Otherwise Begin . If a Participant dies before the date as of which any amounts allocated to his or her Account have begun to be paid under the other provisions of this section 5 (whether such death occurs before or on or after the Participant’s separation from service with CBI), then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, CBI shall (i) make to the Participant’s Beneficiary any payments of the amounts allocated

 

14


to the Participant’s Account that during the period beginning on the date of the Participant’s death and ending on the first business day of the first calendar year that begins after the date of the Participant’s death would have been paid to the Participant under the other provisions of this section 5 had he or she not died (but had he or she still separated from service with CBI on the date of his or her death if he or she had not previously done so) and at the same times and on the same schedule that would have applied had the Participant not died (but had he or she still separated from service with CBI on the date of his or her death if he or she had not previously done so), and (ii) shall pay to the Beneficiary any still remaining amounts then allocated to the Participant’s Account in one lump sum as of the first business day of the first calendar year that begins after the date of the Participant’s death.

(b) Death After Payments Begin . If a Participant dies on or after the date as of which any amounts allocated to his or her Account have begun to be paid under the other provisions of this section 5, then CBI shall make to the Participant’s Beneficiary all payments of the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that would have been paid to the Participant after his or her death under the other provisions of this section 5 had he or she not died (and at the same times and on the same schedule that would have applied had the Participant not died).

5.5 Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a Change in Control occurs, the amounts allocated to each Participant’s Account shall be paid to him or her (or, if appropriate, the Participant’s Beneficiary) in one lump sum as of the day next following the date on which such Change in Control occurs; except that any Participant may, at the same time he or she makes a distribution election under and in accordance with subsection 5.1 or 5.2 hereof as to any portion of his or her Account, elect that the provisions of this subsection 5.5 shall not apply to such Account portion (in which case the distribution of such Account portion shall be made solely pursuant to the other terms of the Plan and without regard to this subsection 5.5).

5.6 Cash or Share Form of Payment . Subject to the other provisions of this subsection 5.6, any payment made under the Plan to a Participant (or a Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be made in cash to the extent it is attributable to amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that are assumed to be invested other than in Common Shares. Further, subject to the other provisions of this subsection 5.6, any payment made under the Plan to a Participant (or a Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be made in Common Shares to the extent it is attributable to amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that are assumed to be invested in Common Shares (except that such payment shall be made in cash, and not Common Shares, to the extent it is either (i) attributable to amounts credited to the Participant’s Account pursuant to subsection 4.1(b) hereof or subsection 4.1(c)(5) hereof or (ii) attributable to amounts credited to the Participant’s Accounts that are assumed to be invested in a fractional, and not a whole, Common Share).

(a) Determination of Portion of Account Invested in Common Shares . For purposes of this subsection 5.6, except as is otherwise provided under administrative policies adopted by the Committee, the portion of any payment made under the Plan to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) that is attributable to amounts credited to the Participant’s Account that are assumed to be invested in Common Shares and required to be paid in Common Shares under the foregoing provisions of this subsection 5.6 shall be deemed to be equal to the product obtained by multiplying the amount described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (a) by the amount described in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph (a).

 

15


(1) The amount applicable to this subparagraph (1) equals the value of the entire amount of the payment (with such value determined on the date, or on a date that is set by the Committee and is a reasonable number of days prior to the date, on which the payment is made).

(2) The amount applicable to this subparagraph (2) equals a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the value (on the date, or on a date that is set by the Committee and is a reasonable number of days prior to the date, on which the payment is made and determined without regard to the payment) of the amounts then allocated to the Participant’s Account that are then both assumed to be invested in a whole number of Common Shares and to which the payment is charged and (ii) the denominator of which is the value (on the date, or on a date that is set by the Committee and is a reasonable number of days prior to the date, on which the payment is made and determined without regard to the payment) of the entire amount that is then allocated to the Participant’s Account.

(b) Reimbursement of Sale Costs . Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this subsection 5.6, in connection with the payment of Common Shares to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary), CBI shall reimburse the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) for all reasonable commission or similar costs he or she incurs in selling all or a part of such shares within the two week period (or such longer or shorter period that is set by the Committee) that begins on the date he or she receives such shares (or, if later, the date on which all material impediments of federal securities laws to his or her sale of such shares has ended), provided proper evidence of the amount of such commission or similar costs and of his or her payment of them is furnished by the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) to the Committee.

(c) Alternative Procedures To Avoid Sale Costs . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 5.6, in lieu of the reimbursements required under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 5.6 the Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish, and notify the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) of, procedures that, through arrangements it develops itself with one or more brokers or through other means, reasonably permit the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) the ability to sell such Common Shares that he or she receives, within the two week period (or such longer or shorter period that is set by the Committee) that begins on the date he or she receives such shares (or, if later, the date on which all material impediments of federal securities laws to his or her sale of such shares has ended), without incurring any commission or similar costs with respect to the sale of such shares, provided he or she follows the procedures established by the Committee for this purpose.

5.7 Distributions for Payment of Taxes . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, CBI shall have the right (without notice to or approval by a Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person) to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable by CBI to or on account of the Participant, or from any payment otherwise then being made by CBI to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Plan, an amount which CBI determines is sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local, and foreign tax withholding requirements that may apply with respect to such benefit payment made under the Plan. To the extent such tax withholding requirements are satisfied from any payment otherwise then being made by CBI to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Plan, the amount so withheld shall be deemed a distribution to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or such other person, as the case may be.

 

16


5.8 Administrative Period To Make Payments . The other provisions of this section 5 provide that any payment that is made under the Plan shall occur “as of” a specific date and sometimes refer to such a date as a “commencement date” or a “payment date.” However, in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.409A-3(d) of the Treasury Regulations and in order to permit a reasonable administrative period for CBI to make payments required under the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of this section 5 or any other provision of the Plan, any payment that is made under the Plan to or with respect to a Participant shall be deemed to have been made as of the specific date as of which it is to be paid under the other provisions of the Plan as long as it is made on such date or a later date within the same Tax Year of the Participant (or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such specified date).

5.9 CBI To Make Payment . Any payment to be made with respect to a Participant’s Account shall be the liability of and, subject to the provisions of subsection 7.2 hereof, paid by CBI.

5.10 Facility of Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any person who is under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage the person’s financial affairs may be paid to the legal representative of such person or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and any such payment shall be deemed to be payment for such person’s account and shall be a complete discharge of all liability of CBI with respect to the amount so paid.

 

6. Administration of Plan .

6.1 Administrator of Plan . CBI shall be the administrator of the Plan. However, the Plan shall be administered on behalf of CBI by the Committee. The Committee shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board, unless and until the Board appoints a different committee to administer the Plan.

6.2 Powers of Committee . The Committee, in connection with administering the Plan, is authorized to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan and is given complete discretionary authority to determine any person’s eligibility for benefits under the Plan, to construe the terms of the Plan, and to decide any other matters pertaining to the Plan’s administration. The Committee in its discretion may establish claims and appeal procedures by which a Participant or Beneficiary may make a claim as to the failure of the Plan to pay or provide a benefit, as to the amount of Plan benefit paid, or as to any other matter involving the Plan and appeal any denial of such claim. The Committee shall determine any question arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan, which determination shall be binding and conclusive on all persons (subject only to any claims and appeal procedures that are established by the Committee in its discretion). The Committee may correct errors, however arising, and, as far as possible, adjust any benefit payments accordingly.

6.3 Actions of Committee .

(a) Manner of Acting as Committee . The Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office, and any such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may by such majority action authorize any one or more of its members or any agent of it to execute any document or documents or to take any other action, including the exercise of discretion, on behalf of the Committee.

 

17


(b) Appointment of Agents . The Committee may appoint or employ such counsel, auditors, physicians, clerical help, actuaries, and/or any other agents as in the Committee’s judgment may seem reasonable or necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, and any agent it so employs may carry out any of the responsibilities of the Committee that are delegated to him or her with the same effect as if the Committee had acted directly. The Committee may provide for the allocation of responsibilities for the operation of the Plan.

(c) Conflict of Interest of Committee Member . Any member of the Committee who is also a Participant in the Plan shall not participate in any meeting, discussion, or action of the Committee that specifically concerns his or her own situation.

6.4 Compensation of Committee and Payment of Administrative Expenses . The members of the Committee shall not receive any extra or special compensation for serving as the administrative committee with respect to the Plan and, except as required by law, no bond or other security need be required of them in such capacity in any jurisdiction. All expenses of the administration of the Plan shall be paid by CBI.

6.5 Limits on Liability . CBI shall hold each member of the Committee harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, and liabilities arising from any act or omission of the member under or relating to the Plan, other than any expenses or liabilities resulting from the member’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights to which the members of the Committee may be entitled as a matter of law.

7. Funding Obligation .

7.1 General Rule for Source of Benefits . Except as is otherwise provided herein, all payments of any benefit provided under the Plan to or on account of a Participant shall be made from the general assets of CBI. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, neither the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, nor any other person claiming through the Participant shall have any right or claim to any payment of the benefit to be provided pursuant to the Plan which in any manner whatsoever is superior to or different from the right or claim of a general and unsecured creditor of CBI.

7.2 “Rabbi” Trust . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 7.1 hereof, CBI may, in its sole and absolute discretion, establish a trust (for purposes of this subsection 7.2, the “Trust”) to which contributions may be made by CBI in order to fund CBI’s obligations under the Plan. If, and only if, CBI exercises its discretion to establish a Trust, the following paragraphs of this subsection 7.2 shall apply (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan).

(a) Grantor Trust Requirement . The Trust shall be a “grantor” trust under the Code, in that CBI shall be treated as the grantor of the Trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code.

(b) Creditors Rights Under Trust When CBI Insolvent . The Trust shall be subject to the claims of CBI’s creditors in the event of CBI’s insolvency. For purposes hereof,

 

18


CBI shall be considered “insolvent” if either (i) CBI is unable to pay its debts as they become due or (ii) CBI is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(c) Contributions To Trust . Except as may otherwise be required by the terms of the Trust itself, CBI may make contributions to the Trust for the purposes of meeting its obligations under the Plan at any time, and in such amounts, as CBI determines in its discretion.

(d) Payments From Trust . Any payment otherwise required to be made by CBI under the Plan shall be made by the Trust instead of CBI in the event that CBI fails to make such payment directly and the Trust then has sufficient assets to make such payment, provided that CBI is not then insolvent. If CBI becomes insolvent, however, then all assets of the Trust shall be held for the benefit of CBI’s creditors and payments from the Trust shall cease or not begin, as the case may be.

(e) Remaining Liability of CBI . Unless and except to the extent any payment required to be made pursuant to the Plan by CBI is made by the Trust, the obligation to make such payment remains exclusively that of CBI.

(f) Terms of Trust Incorporated . The terms of the Trust are hereby incorporated by reference into the Plan. To the extent the terms of the Plan conflict with the terms of the Trust, the terms of the Trust shall control.

8. Amendment and Termination of Plan .

8.1 Right and Procedure to Terminate Plan . CBI reserves the right to terminate the Plan in its entirety.

(a) Procedure To Terminate Plan . The procedure for CBI to terminate the Plan in its entirety is as follows. In order to completely terminate the Plan, the Board shall adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to terminate the Plan. Such resolutions shall set forth therein the effective date of the Plan’s termination.

(b) Effect of Termination of Plan . In the event the Board adopts resolutions completely terminating the Plan, no further benefits may be paid after the effective date of the Plan’s termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan’s termination shall not affect the payment (in accordance with the provisions of the Plan) of the Plan’s benefits attributable to compensation the deferral of which (i) has already been elected by a Participant or otherwise required under the terms of this Plan, and (ii) cannot still be voided by the Participant’s election or otherwise under the terms of Sections 1.409A-1 through 1.409A-6 of the Treasury Regulations, by the later of the effective date of the Plan’s termination or the date such resolutions terminating the Plan are adopted.

8.2 Amendment of Plan . Subject to the other provisions of this subsection 8.2, CBI may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time in any respect; provided that no such amendment shall decrease the benefits attributable to compensation the deferral of which (i) has already been elected by a Participant or otherwise required under the terms of this Plan, and (ii)

 

19


cannot still be voided by the Participant’s election or otherwise under the terms of Sections 1.409A-1 through 1.409A-6 of the Treasury Regulations, by the later of the effective date of the amendment or the date the amendment is adopted.

(a) Procedure To Amend Plan . Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 8.2, in order to amend the Plan, the Board shall adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to amend the Plan. Such resolutions shall either (i) set forth the express terms of the Plan amendment or (ii) simply set forth the nature of the amendment and direct an officer of CBI to have prepared and to sign on behalf of CBI the formal amendment to the Plan. In the latter case, such officer shall have prepared and shall sign on behalf of CBI an amendment to the Plan which is in accordance with such resolutions.

(b) Alternative Procedure To Amend Plan . In addition to the procedure for amending the Plan set forth in paragraph (a) of this subsection 8.2, the Board may also adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to delegate to any officer of CBI or to the Committee the authority to amend the Plan.

(1) Such resolutions may either grant the officer or the Committee broad authority to amend the Plan in any manner the officer or the Committee deems necessary or advisable or may limit the scope of amendments he, she, or it may adopt, such as by limiting such amendments to matters related to the administration of the Plan. In the event of any such delegation to amend the Plan, the officer or the Committee to whom or which authority is delegated shall amend the Plan by having prepared and signed on behalf of CBI an amendment to the Plan which is within the scope of amendments which he, she, or it has authority to adopt.

(2) Also, any such delegation to amend the Plan may be terminated at any time by later resolutions adopted by the Board.

(3) Finally, in the event of any such delegation to amend the Plan, and even while such delegation remains in effect, the Board shall continue to retain its own right to amend the Plan pursuant to the procedure set forth in paragraph (b) of this subsection 8.2.

9. Miscellaneous .

9.1 Delegation . Except as is otherwise provided in sections 6 and 8 hereof, any matter or thing to be done by CBI shall be done by its Board, except that, from time to time, the Board by resolution may delegate to any person or committee certain of its rights and duties hereunder. Any such delegation shall be valid and binding on all persons, and the person or committee to whom or which authority is delegated shall have full power to act in all matters so delegated until the authority expires by its terms or is revoked by the Board, as the case may be.

9.2 Non-Alienation of Benefits .

(a) General Non-Alienation Rule . Except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant or Beneficiary may alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made by CBI

 

20


hereunder, which payments and the right to receive them are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable. In the event of any attempt to alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made by CBI hereunder, CBI shall have no further obligation to make any payments otherwise required of it hereunder (except to the extent required by applicable law).

(b) Exception for Domestic Relations Orders . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 9.2, any benefit payment otherwise due to a Participant under the Plan shall be made to a person other than the Participant to the extent necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)).

9.3 No Spousal Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any spouse or former spouse of a Participant any right to benefits under the Plan of the types described in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 (relating to qualified preretirement survivor annuities and qualified joint and survivor annuities).

9.4 Separation From Service . For all purposes of the Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have separated from service with CBI on the date both he or she has ceased to be an Outside Director and the contract (or, if applicable, contracts) under which all of his or her services for CBI’s controlled group are performed has expired, provided that the expiration of such contract (or, if applicable, contracts) constitutes a good faith and complete termination of the Participant’s contractual relationship with CBI’s controlled group. In this regard, an expiration of such contract (or, if applicable, contracts) does not constitute a good faith and complete termination of the Participant’s contractual relationship with CBI’s controlled group if CBI’s controlled group anticipates a renewal of the contractual relationship or the Participant becoming an employee of any member of CBI’s controlled group. The following subsections of this subsection 9.4 shall apply in determining when a Participant has incurred a separation from service with CBI’s controlled group.

(a) Effect of Participant Becoming Employee . If the Participant would otherwise have been deemed to have separated from service with CBI under the foregoing provisions of this subsection 9.4 except for the fact that he or she becomes an employee of any member of CBI’s controlled group, then he or she shall be deemed to have separated from service with CBI only when he or she is deemed to have separated from service in accordance with the provisions of subsection 9.4 of the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of January 1, 2005 (for purposes of this subsection 9.4, the “EDCP”), a deferred compensation plan for certain employees of members of CBI’s controlled group that is sponsored by CBI and the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

(b) Specified Employees . In addition, if the Participant would otherwise have been deemed to have separated from service with CBI under the foregoing provisions of this section 9.4 except for the fact that he or she becomes an employee of any member of CBI’s controlled group, and if the Participant is a specified employee on the date he or she is deemed to have separated from service in accordance with the provisions of subsection 9.4 of the EDCP, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the date as of which the payment of the Participant’s Account shall commence under the provisions of subsection 5.1 hereof shall to the extent necessary be deferred until at least the date immediately following the date which is six months after the date he or she so separates from service under the provisions of subsection 9.4

 

21


of the EDCP. For purposes of this subsection 9.4, the Participant shall be deemed to be a “specified employee” on the date he or she is deemed to have separated from service in accordance with the provisions of subsection 9.4 of the EDCP if, and only if, he or she would be deemed a specified employee on such date under the provisions of subsection 5.1(d) of the EDCP.

(c) Controlled Group Definition . For purposes of this subsection 9.4 and the other provisions of the Plan, “CBI’s controlled group” means, collectively, (i) CBI and (ii) each other corporation or other organization that is deemed to be a single employer with CBI under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes CBI or under common control with CBI), provided that such Code sections will be applied and interpreted by substituting “at least 50 percent” for each reference to “at least 80 percent” that is contained in Code Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) and in Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations.

9.5 No Effect On Employment as Board Member . The Plan is not a contract of employment as a member of the Board, and the terms of employment of any Participant as a Board member shall not be affected in any way by the Plan except as specifically provided in the Plan. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any Participant for a continuation of employment as a member of the Board or in any other capacity, nor shall it interfere with the right of CBI to remove any CBI director and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant in the Plan. Each Participant (and any Beneficiary of or other person claiming through the Participant) who may have or claim any right under the Plan shall be bound by the terms of the Plan.

9.6 Applicable Law . The Plan shall be governed by any applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by applicable federal law, the laws of the State of Ohio.

9.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

9.8 Headings . Headings used throughout the Plan are for convenience only and shall not be given legal significance.

9.9 Counterparts . The Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one thereof.

9.10 Application of Code Section 409A . The Plan is intended to satisfy and comply with all of the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. The provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent.

 

22


IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PLAN DOCUMENT, Cincinnati Bell Inc., the sponsor of the Plan, has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan document, to be effective as of January 1, 2005.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By  

/s/ Christopher J. Wilson

Title  

V.P. General Counsel & Secretary

Date  

 

 

23

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(3)

CINCINNATI BELL INC.

PENSION PROGRAM

(As amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005)

1. Introduction to Plan .

1.1 Name and Sponsor of Plan . The name of this Plan is the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Pension Program, and its sponsor is CBI.

1.2 Purpose of Plan . The purpose of the Plan is to provide supplemental retirement and death benefits for a select group of managers of the Company.

1.3 Effective Amendment Date of Plan .

(a) Application of This Document . The Plan reflected herein is effective as of the Effective Amendment Date (January 1, 2005). The Plan replaces, and amends and restates, the Prior Plan (the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Pension Program as it was in effect prior to the Effective Amendment Date) with respect to any person who is or becomes a Senior Manager (as defined in subsection 2.17 below) on or after the Effective Amendment Date. For any such Senior Manager, any reference in this document to the Plan shall be deemed to include a reference to the Prior Plan, and any reference in this document to actions taken under or with respect to the Plan shall be deemed to include a reference to actions taken under or with respect to the Prior Plan, to the extent the context requires.

(b) Prior Plan Participants . Any person who is entitled to a benefit under the Prior Plan but never is a Senior Manager on or after the Effective Amendment Date shall be entitled to receive the benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Prior Plan in accordance with the terms of the Prior Plan but shall not be entitled to any benefit under the terms of the Plan reflected herein.

2. General Definitions . For all purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

2.1 “Beneficiary” means, with respect to any Participant, the person or entity designated by the Participant, on forms furnished and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to receive any benefit payable under the Plan after the Participant’s death. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary or if, for any reason, such designation is not effective, his or her “Beneficiary” shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse or, if none, his or her estate.

2.2 “Board” means the Board of Directors of CBI.

2.3 “CBI” means Cincinnati Bell Inc. (and, except for purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, any legal successor to Cincinnati Bell Inc. that results from a merger or similar transaction).

2.4 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this subsection 2.4. All of such events shall be determined under and, even if not so indicated in the following paragraphs of this subsection 2.4, shall be subject to all of the terms of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

1


(a) A change in the ownership of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the ownership of CBI occurs when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires outstanding voting securities of CBI that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of CBI.

(b) A change in the effective control of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the effective control of CBI occurs either:

(1) when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of CBI possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of CBI; or

(2) when a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.

(c) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of CBI occurs when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from CBI that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of CBI immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

2.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it may thereafter be amended. A reference to a specific section of the Code shall be deemed to be a reference both (i) to the provisions of such section as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded (by future legislation) and (ii) to the provisions of any section of the Treasury Regulations that is issued under such Code section.

2.6 “Committee” means the committee appointed to administer the Plan under the provisions of subsection 5.1 hereof.

2.7 “Company” means all of the Employers considered collectively.

2.8 “Date of Separation” means, with respect to any Participant, the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Company.

2.9 “Effective Amendment Date” means January 1, 2005.

 

2


2.10 “Employee” means any person who is a common law employee of the Company ( i.e. , a person whose work procedures are subject to control by the Company) and is treated as an employee on an employee payroll of the Company.

2.11 “Employer” means each of: (i) CBI; and (ii) each other corporation or other organization that is deemed to be a single employer with CBI under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes CBI or under common control with CBI).

2.12 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it may thereafter be amended. A reference to a specific section of ERISA shall be deemed to be a reference both (i) to the provisions of such section as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded (by future legislation) and (ii) to the provisions of any government regulation that is issued under such section as of the Effective Amendment Date or as of a later date.

2.13 “Participant” means, with respect to any date, any person who (i) is on such date or has previously been a Senior Manager and (ii) is on such date either entitled to accrue benefits under the Plan or entitled (determined without regard to the provisions of subsection 4.10 hereof) to have a benefit paid under the Plan to or with respect to him or her.

2.14 “Pension Plan” means the Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan, as such plan exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it may thereafter be amended, and including both the part of such plan that is intended to qualify as a tax-favored plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and the part of such plan that is not intended to qualify as a tax-favored plan under Section 401(a) of the Code but instead is subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Pension Plan is a defined benefit pension plan that is sponsored by CBI.

2.15 “Plan” means the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Pension Program. This document amends and restates the Plan effective as of the Effective Amendment Date to the extent indicated by subsection 1.3 hereof.

2.16 “Prior Plan” means the versions of the Plan that were in effect before the Effective Amendment Date.

2.17 “Senior Manager” means, on any date that occurs on or after the Effective Amendment Date, a person who on such date is an Employee, who has previously been designated as a participant in the Plan by action of the Board or the Committee (adopted either prior to the Effective Amendment Date or on or after such date) in accordance with the provisions of section 3 below, and who has not previously been removed as a participant in the Plan by action of the Board or the Committee adopted in accordance with the provisions of section 3 below.

2.18 “Treasury Regulations” means all final regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Code, as such regulations exist as of the date on which this document is executed on its final page by an officer or representative of CBI and as they are subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded. A reference to a specific section or paragraph of the Treasury Regulations shall be deemed to be a reference to the provisions of such section or paragraph as it exists as of the date on which this document is executed on its final page by an officer or representative of CBI and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded.

 

3


2.19 “Years of Service” means, with respect to any Senior Manager, the Senior Manager’s full years of service as an Employee, computed on the basis that twelve full months of service (whether or not consecutive) constitutes one full year of service.

3. Eligible Employees .

3.1 Designation of Senior Managers Eligible To Participate in Plan . Either the Board or the Committee, by action taken under its policies and procedures, may at any time on or after the Effective Amendment Date designate any Employee who it determines is (or may at any time prior to the Effective Amendment Date have designated any Employee who it determined was) (i) a senior manager of the Company key to the success of the Company, and (ii) part of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of ERISA), as a participant in the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, such a designation shall be effective on the date such action is or was taken by the Board or the Committee (as the case may be) or such later date that is or was set by the Board or the Committee in such action. Any person who on or after the Effective Amendment Date is an Employee and who has previously been designated as a senior manager for purposes of the Plan under the foregoing provisions of this subsection 3.1 is referred to in the Plan as a Senior Manager (unless and until he or she is designated not to be a senior manager for purposes of the Plan under the provisions of subsection 3.2 hereof).

3.2 Removal of Senior Managers as Participants in Plan . In addition, either the Board or the Committee, by action taken under its policies and procedures, may at any time on or after the Effective Amendment Date designate that any Senior Manager shall no longer be considered a Senior Manager for purposes of the Plan and shall no longer participate in the Plan (other than to the extent he or she may participate in the Plan for the purpose of receiving benefits he or she accrued while he or she was designated as a senior manager eligible to participate in the Plan) should it determine that such Employee (i) is no longer (or will shortly no longer be) a senior manager of the Company key to the success of the Company or (ii) is no longer (or will shortly no longer be) part of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of ERISA). For purposes of the Plan, such a designation shall be effective on the date such action is taken by the Board or the Committee (as the case may be) or such later date that is set by the Board or the Committee in such action.

4. Benefits .

4.1 Basic Benefit Formula and Rights . Subject to the other provisions of this section 4, if a Participant separates from service with the Company after both attaining age 55 and completing at least ten Years of Service, he or she shall be entitled to receive a monthly benefit, commencing as of the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation and payable for his or her life, that has a monthly amount equal to the result obtained (not less than zero) by subtracting (i) the sum of his or her Pension Plan Benefit and Social Security Benefit from (ii) 50% of his or her Average Monthly Compensation; provided, however, that if no Change in Control has occurred before the Participant’s Date of Separation and if the sum of the Participant’s years of age and Years of Service (determined as

 

4


of his or her Date of Separation) total less than 75, the monthly amount of such benefit shall be reduced by 2.5% for each year by which such sum of his or her years of age and Years of Service total less than 75.

(a) Average Monthly Compensation . For purposes of this subsection 4.1, a Participant’s “Average Monthly Compensation” shall be the average obtained by dividing (i) his or her base salary and annual bonuses from the Company that he or she earns for the 36-month period (which falls within the 60-month period ending on the Participant’s Date of Separation) which produces the highest dollar result by (ii) 36. Any annual bonus based on the results of certain factors measured over a performance period shall be deemed to have been earned on the last day of such performance period. A Participant’s base salary and annual bonuses shall include (i) base salary and annual bonus amounts deferred by the Participant pursuant to any deferred compensation plan or agreement, 401(k) plan, or cafeteria plan of the Company and (ii) base salary and bonus amounts paid in the form of securities or other property which are not immediately included in the Participant’s income for federal income tax purposes.

(b) Pension Plan Benefit . For purposes of this subsection 4.1, a Participant’s “Pension Plan Benefit” means the benefits (if any) which the Participant is entitled to receive under the Pension Plan, if such benefits were expressed as a monthly benefit commencing as of the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation and payable for his or her life (as determined by the Committee in accordance with the terms of the Pension Plan, including any terms under the Pension Plan that apply actuarial assumptions to express such benefits in the form of such monthly benefit). If a Participant has received or is entitled to receive a benefit from the Company which, in the opinion of the Committee, is intended to supplement or be in lieu of a benefit under the Pension Plan, the value of such other benefit (as determined by the Committee) shall also be deemed to be a benefit under the Pension Plan.

(c) Social Security Benefit . For purposes of this subsection 4.1, a Participant’s “Social Security Benefit” means: (i) when the Participant has attained his or her social security retirement age on his or her Date of Separation, the unreduced primary monthly benefit to which he or she would be entitled on the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation, on proper application, under the federal Social Security Act in effect on his or her Date of Separation; or (ii) when the Participant has not attained his or her social security retirement age on his or her Date of Separation, a monthly benefit commencing on the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation and payable for his or her life and which is actuarially equivalent (as determined by the Committee in accordance with the actuarial assumptions that are used under the Pension Plan as of the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation to determine the actuarial equivalence of two different annuity benefits) to the unreduced primary monthly benefit to which he or she would be entitled upon attaining his or her social security retirement age, on proper application, under the federal Social Security Act as in effect on his or her Date of Separation, assuming that he or she did not receive any compensation at all after such date.

(1) For purposes of this paragraph (c), a Participant’s “social security retirement age” means the age used as the Participant’s retirement age under Section 216(1) of the federal Social Security Act.

 

5


(2) Also for purposes of this paragraph (c), the Social Security Benefit of a Participant shall not be adjusted to reflect reductions because the Participant disqualifies himself or herself by earnings or otherwise to receive the full amount of such benefit.

4.2 Senior Manager’s Election of Alternative Benefit Form .

(a) Election of Alternative Benefit Form . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 4.1 hereof, any Participant may elect, by a written form filed with the Committee at any time before the benefit to which he or she becomes entitled under subsection 4.1 hereof begins to be paid pursuant to the provisions of subsection 4.1 hereof and subject to the consent of the Committee and such additional administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, to receive the benefit to which he or she may become entitled under subsection 4.1 hereof (in lieu of the monthly benefit payable for the life of the Participant that is described in such subsection 4.1) in either (i) a joint and survivor annuity form of benefit or (ii) a life and 15 year period certain annuity form of benefit.

(1) For purposes of this paragraph (a): (i) a “joint and survivor annuity form of benefit” means a monthly benefit commencing as of the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation and payable for the life of the Participant and continuing after his or her death to a Beneficiary designated by the Participant (in his or her election of this form of benefit) for the Beneficiary’s life at 50%, 75%, or 100% (as the Participant designates in his or her election of this form of benefit) of the monthly amount payable under the benefit during the life of the Participant (provided that such Beneficiary survives the Participant); and (ii) a “life and 15 year period certain annuity form of benefit” means a monthly benefit commencing as of the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation and payable for the longer of the life of the Participant or for 180 monthly payments, with any payments required to be made under this form of benefit after the Participant’s death (when the Participant’s death occurs before 180 monthly payments have been made under the monthly benefit) being paid to a Beneficiary designated by the Participant (in his or her election of this form of benefit).

(2) If any optional monthly annuity form of benefit described in this paragraph (a) (either a joint and survivor annuity form of benefit or a life and 15 year period certain annuity form of benefit) is elected by a Participant, the monthly amount of such optional monthly annuity form of benefit shall be an amount that makes such optional monthly annuity form of benefit actuarially equivalent to the form of benefit otherwise payable to the Participant under the provisions of subsection 4.1 hereof. Such actuarial equivalence shall be based on the combination of the applicable mortality assumption and the applicable interest rate. Both of such terms are defined in the following provisions of this subparagraph (2).

(A) The “applicable mortality assumption” means an appropriate mortality assumption determined under the mortality table published by the Internal Revenue Service under Code Section 417(e)(3) for the calendar year in which occurs the date as of which the applicable benefit begins to be paid. In accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, (i) the applicable mortality assumption for any applicable Plan benefit with a commencement date that occurs in 2008 (but no later calendar year) shall be determined under the 2008 Applicable Mortality Table as published by the Internal Revenue Service in the appendix to Revenue Ruling 2007-67 and (ii) the applicable mortality assumption for any applicable Plan benefit with a commencement date that occurs in a calendar year later than 2008

 

6


shall be determined under the applicable mortality table published (in a revenue ruling, notice, or other written form) by the Internal Revenue Service under Code Section 417(e)(3) for such later calendar year.

(B) The “applicable interest rate” means the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates (as such terms are defined in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)) applied under rules similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) for the latest calendar month that ends prior to the date as of which the applicable benefit begins to be paid and as such rate is published (in a revenue ruling, notice, or other written form) by the Internal Revenue Service under Code Section 417(e)(3) for such month.

(b) Special Lump Sum Benefit Form When Separation From Service Occurs Within Two Years after Change in Control . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 4.1 hereof and paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.2, a Participant shall receive the benefit to which he or she may become entitled under subsection 4.1 hereof in the form of a lump sum payment that is made as of the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s Date of Separation (in lieu of any other form of benefit otherwise provided under subsection 4.1 hereof or paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.2) in the event (and only in the event) the Participant’s Date of Separation occurs within two years after the date of a Change in Control. Any such lump sum benefit shall be actuarially equivalent (as determined by the combination of the applicable mortality assumption and the applicable interest rate, as such terms are defined in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.2) to the form of benefit otherwise payable to the Participant under the provisions of subsection 4.1 hereof.

4.3 Specified Employees .

(a) Special Payment Rule for Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any other provision of subsections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof, if a Participant is a Specified Employee on the Participant’s Date of Separation, the date as of which any benefit payable to a Participant under subsection 4.1 or 4.2 hereof shall commence shall, instead of such commencement date being the first day next following the Participant’s Date of Separation, be the date immediately following the date on which six months have elapsed after the Participant’s Date of Separation.

(b) Determination of Specified Employees . For purposes of the provisions of this subsection 4.3, a Participant shall be deemed to be a “Specified Employee” on each and any day that occurs during any twelve month period that begins on an April 1 and ends on the next following March 31 (for purposes of this subsection 4.3, the “subject period”) if, and only if, (i) on any day that occurs in the twelve month period (for purposes of this subsection 4.3, the “identification period”) that ends on the latest Identification Date that precedes the start of the subject period any corporation or organization that is then an Employer or Affiliate has stock which is publicly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Section 1.897-1(m) of the Treasury Regulations) or otherwise and (ii) he or she meets either the criteria set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (b) or the criteria set forth in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph (b):

(1) He or she both (i) is an officer of any Employer or Affiliate on any day that occurs in the identification period and (ii) he or she receives during the identification period an aggregate amount of Compensation from the Employers and the Affiliates greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i) of the Code). For this purpose and in accordance

 

7


with the terms of Code Section 416(i) and the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 416 of the Code, no more than 50 employees (or, if less, the greater of three employees or 10% of the employees) of all of the Employers and the Affiliates shall be treated as officers; or

(2) He or she either: (i) is a 5% or more owner of any Employer or Affiliate on any day that occurs in the identification period; or (ii) both is a 1% or more owner of any Employer or Affiliate on any day that occurs in the identification period and receives during the identification period an aggregate amount of Compensation from the Employers and the Affiliates greater than $150,000. For purposes of this subparagraph (2), a Participant is considered to own 5% or 1%, as the case may be, of any Employer or Affiliate if he or she owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318, except that subparagraph (C) of Code Section 318(a)(2) shall be applied by substituting “5%” for “50%”) at least 5% or 1%, as the case may be, of either the outstanding stock or the voting power of all stock of the Employer or Affiliate (or, if the Employer or Affiliate is not a corporation, at least 5% or 1%, as the case may be, of the capital or profits interest in the Employer or Affiliate).

(c) Definitions of Terms Used in Specified Employee Determinations . For purposes of this subsection 4.3, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth.

(1) “Affiliate” means: (i) any member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, which includes an Employer; and (ii) each other entity required to be aggregated with an Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code.

(2) “Identification Date” means December 31. In this regard, CBI has elected that December 31 serve as the identification date for purposes of determining Specified Employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.409A-1(i) of the Treasury Regulations.

(3) “Compensation” means, with respect to a Participant and for any identification period, the sum of:

(A) the Participant’s wages (within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code) and all other compensation paid during such period to the person by the Employers and the Affiliates (in the course of their trades or businesses) and for which they are required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Section 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), or 6052 of the Code ( e.g. , compensation reported in Box 1 on a Form W-2), determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed; and

(B) any amounts which are not treated as the Participant’s Compensation for such identification period under clause (A) of this subparagraph (3) solely because such amounts are considered contributions that are made by an Employer or Affiliate on behalf of the Participant and are not includable in the Participant’s income for federal income tax purposes by reason of Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), and/or 132(f)(4) of the Code or any other types of deferred compensation or contributions described in Code Section 414(s)(2) or Section 1.414(s)-1(c)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

8


4.4 Death Benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and in lieu of any other benefit applicable to the Participant under the foregoing provisions of this section 4, if a Participant who has completed five or more Years of Service dies while an Employee (or if a Participant who is otherwise entitled to receive a benefit under the foregoing subsections of this section 4 dies before the date as of which such Plan benefit commences to be paid to him or her under the other provisions of the Plan), then his or her Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a death benefit. Such death benefit shall (i) commence as of the first day of the first calendar month that begins after the Participant’s death, (ii) be payable in the form of a monthly benefit that is payable for such Beneficiary’s life, and (iii) have a monthly amount equal to the amount that makes such benefit actuarially equivalent (as determined by the combination of the applicable mortality assumption and the applicable interest rate, as such terms are defined in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of paragraph (a) of subsection 4.2 hereof) to the monthly benefit which was payable to the Participant under subsection 4.1 hereof (or would have been payable to the Participant under subsection 4.1 hereof if such subsection did not require the Participant to have both attained age 55 and completed at least ten Years of Service in order to be entitled to a benefit under that subsection).

4.5 Annuity and Installment Payments After Initial Payment . Any monthly payment under an annuity benefit provided under the Plan with respect to a Participant that is made after the first payment of such benefit shall be made on a monthly anniversary of the first payment of such benefit. Similarly, any annual payment under an installment benefit provided under the Plan with respect to a Participant that is made after the first payment of such benefit shall be made on an annual anniversary of the first payment of such benefit.

4.6 Distributions for Payment of Taxes .

(a) Distribution for FICA and Related Income Taxes . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have the right (without notice to or approval by a Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person) to pay the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “FICA”) tax imposed under Code Sections 3101, 3121(a), and 3121(v)(2) on compensation deferred under the Plan with respect to the Participant (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “FICA amount”), plus (i) any income tax at source on wages imposed under Code Section 3401 or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA amount and (ii) any additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding Code Section 3401 wages and taxes, from any benefit accrued under the Plan with respect to the Participant (or from any amounts otherwise payable by the Company to or on account of the Participant).

(1) However, the total payment that is taken under the provisions of this paragraph (a) from any benefit accrued under the Plan for the Participant must not exceed the aggregate of the FICA amount and the income tax withholding related to the FICA amount.

(2) To the extent a payment made in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (a) is satisfied from any benefit accrued under the Plan for the Participant, then such benefit will immediately be reduced by the actuarial equivalent of such payment (as determined by the combination of the applicable mortality assumption and the applicable interest rate, as such terms are defined in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of paragraph (a) of subsection 4.2 hereof and as if such payment was a benefit payment under the Plan).

 

9


(b) Distributions for Benefit Payment Tax Withholding Requirements . Also notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have the right (without notice to or approval by a Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person) to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable by the Company to or on account of the Participant, or from any payment otherwise then being made by the Company to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Plan, an amount which the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local, and foreign tax withholding requirements that may apply with respect to such benefit payment made under the Plan. To the extent such tax withholding requirements are satisfied from any payment otherwise then being made by the Company to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Plan, the amount so withheld shall be deemed a distribution to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or such other person, as the case may be.

4.7 Administrative Period To Make Payment . The other provisions of this section 4 provide that any payment that is made under the Plan to or with respect to a Participant shall occur “as of” a specific date and sometimes refer to such a date as a “commencement date.” However, in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.409A-3(d) of the Treasury Regulations and in order to permit a reasonable administrative period for the Company to make payments required under the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of this section 4 or any other provision of the Plan, any payment that is made under the Plan to or with respect to a Participant shall be deemed to have been made as of the specific date as of which it is to be paid under the other provisions of the Plan as long as it is made on such date or a later date within the same tax year of the Participant (or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such specified date).

4.8 Employer To Make Payment . Unless the Committee otherwise provides, any payment with respect to a Participant’s benefit under this Plan shall be the liability of and, subject to the provisions of subsection 6.2 hereof, made by the Employer which last employs the Participant as a Senior Manager prior to the payment.

4.9 Facility of Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any person who is under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage the person’s financial affairs may be paid to the legal representative of such person or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and any such payment shall be deemed to be payment for such person’s account and shall be a complete discharge of all liability of the applicable Employer with respect to the amount so paid.

4.10 Special Forfeiture Provisions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, forfeit any benefit or part of a benefit that is or has been accrued by a Participant under the other provisions of this section 4 (and which benefit has not yet been paid), in which case such benefit or part of a benefit shall not be payable under this Plan, if the Committee reasonably determines that any of the following events has occurred:

(a) Discharge for Cause . The Participant is discharged by an Employer for cause. For purposes of the Plan, “cause” means a Participant’s (i) material breach of any provision of any written employment or other agreement with an Employer, (ii) embezzlement or any act of theft or misappropriation of the property of an Employer, (iii) dishonesty, fraud, or malicious action which is materially detrimental to an Employer or to other employees or

 

10


agents of an Employer, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v) insubordination, material disregard of his or her duties to an Employer, or repeated failure to follow material policies or rules of an Employer;

(b) Prior Misconduct . The Participant had while employed by an Employer engaged in conduct that was not then known by the Employer but could and reasonably would have resulted in the Participant being discharged for cause had the Employer then known of such conduct; or

(c) Competition with Employer . The Participant, without the express written consent of the Board or the Committee, at any time is employed by, becomes associated with, renders service to, or owns an interest in any business that is competitive with any Employer or with any business in which an Employer has a substantial interest (other than as a shareholder with a nonsubstantial interest in such business).

4.11 No Other Benefits Under Plan . Except as otherwise is specifically provided in this section 4, no Participant, or any person claiming by or through him or her, shall be entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan.

5. Administration of Plan .

5.1 Administrator of Plan . CBI shall be the administrator of the Plan. However, the Plan shall be administered on behalf of CBI by the Committee. The Committee shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board, unless and until the Board appoints a different committee to administer the Plan.

5.2 Powers of Committee . The Committee, in connection with administering the Plan, is authorized to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan and is given complete discretionary authority to determine any person’s eligibility for benefits under the Plan, to construe the terms of the Plan, and to decide any other matters pertaining to the Plan’s administration. The Committee shall determine any question arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan, which determination shall be binding and conclusive on all persons (subject only to the claims procedure provisions of subsection 5.6 below). The Committee may correct errors, however arising, and, as far as possible, adjust any benefit payments accordingly.

5.3 Actions of Committee .

(a) Manner of Acting as Committee . The Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office, and any such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may by such majority action appoint subcommittees and may authorize any one or more of its members or any agent of it to execute any document or documents or to take any other action, including the exercise of discretion, on behalf of the Committee.

(b) Appointment of Agents . The Committee may appoint or employ such counsel, auditors, physicians, clerical help, actuaries, and/or any other agents as in the Committee’s judgment may seem reasonable or necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, and any agent it so employs may carry out any of the responsibilities of the Committee that are delegated to him or her with the same effect as if the Committee had acted directly. The Committee may provide for the allocation of responsibilities for the operation of the Plan.

 

11


(c) Conflict of Interest of Committee Member . Any member of the Committee who is also a Participant in the Plan shall not participate in any meeting, discussion, or action of the Committee that specifically concerns his or her own situation.

5.4 Compensation of Committee and Payment of Administrative Expenses . The members of the Committee shall not receive any extra or special compensation for serving as the administrative committee with respect to the Plan and, except as required by law, no bond or other security need be required of them in such capacity in any jurisdiction. All expenses of the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

5.5 Limits on Liability . The Company shall hold each member of the Committee harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, and liabilities arising from any act or omission of the member under or relating to the Plan, other than any expenses or liabilities resulting from the member’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights to which the members of the Committee may be entitled as a matter of law.

5.6 Claims Procedures .

(a) Initial Claim . If a Participant, a Participant’s Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through a Participant has a dispute as to the failure of the Plan to pay or provide a benefit, as to the amount of Plan benefit paid, or as to any other matter involving the Plan, the person may file a claim for the benefit or relief believed by the person to be due. Such claim must be provided by written notice to the Committee. The Committee shall decide any claims made pursuant to this subsection 5.6.

(b) Rules If Initial Claim Is Denied . If a claim made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 5.6 is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall generally furnish notice of the denial in writing to the claimant within 90 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 45 days) after receipt of the claim by the Committee; except that if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the period in which the Committee is to furnish the claimant written notice of the denial shall be extended for up to an additional 90 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 30 days), and the Committee shall provide the claimant within the initial 90-day (or 45-day) period a written notice indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the final decision.

(c) Final Denial Notice . If a claim made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 5.6 is denied, in whole or in part, the final notice of denial shall be written in a manner designed to be understood by the claimant and set forth (i) the specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to appeal such denial of his or her claim, including the time limits applicable to making a request for an appeal and, in the event the claim is one for benefits under the Plan, a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on appeal.

 

12


(d) Appeal of Denied Claim . Any claimant who has a claim denied under the foregoing paragraphs of this subsection 5.6 may appeal the denied claim to the Committee. Such an appeal must, in order to be considered, be filed by written notice to the Committee within 60 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 180 days) of the receipt by the claimant of a written notice of the denial of his or her initial claim.

(1) If any appeal is filed in accordance with such rules, the claimant (i) shall be given, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim and (ii) shall be provided the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim.

(2) A formal hearing may be allowed in its discretion by the Committee but is not required.

(e) Appeal Process . Upon any appeal of a denied claim, the Committee shall provide a full and fair review of the subject claim, taking into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant (without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination of the claim), and generally decide the appeal within 60 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 45 days) after the filing of the appeal; except that if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the period in which the appeal is to be decided may be extended for up to an additional 60 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 45 days) and the Committee shall provide the claimant written notice of the extension prior to the end of the initial period. However, if the decision on the appeal is extended due to the claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide the appeal, the period for making the decision on the appeal shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information.

(f) Appeal Decision Notice If Appeal Is Denied . If an appeal of a denied claim is denied, the decision on appeal shall (i) be set forth in a writing designed to be understood by the claimant, (ii) specify the reasons for the decision and references to pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based, and (iii) contain statements that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim and, in the event the appeal involves a claim for benefits under the Plan, of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. The decision on appeal shall generally be furnished to the claimant by the Committee within the applicable appeal period that is described above.

(g) Miscellaneous Claims Procedure Rules . If a Participant’s disability is material to an applicable claim appeal, then, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall appoint other persons who are not either members of the Committee or subordinates of any such members to conduct the appeal (and any reference to the Committee in the foregoing paragraphs of this subsection 5.6 that deal with such appeal shall be read to refer to such other appointed persons). Also, a claimant may appoint a representative to act on his or her behalf in making or pursuing a claim or an appeal of a claim. In addition, the Committee may prescribe additional rules which are consistent with the other provisions of this subsection 5.6 in order to carry out the claim procedures of this Plan.

 

13


6. Funding Obligation .

6.1 General Rule for Source of Benefits . Except as is otherwise provided herein, all payments of any benefit provided under the Plan to or on account of a Participant shall be made from the general assets of the Employer which last employed the Participant as a Senior Manager. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, neither the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, nor any other person claiming through the Participant shall have any right or claim to any payment of the benefit to be provided pursuant to the Plan which in any manner whatsoever is superior to or different from the right or claim of a general and unsecured creditor of such Employer.

6.2 “Rabbi” Trust . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 6.1 hereof, CBI may, in its sole and absolute discretion, establish a trust (for purposes of this subsection 6.2, the “Trust”) to which contributions may be made by an Employer in order to fund the Employer’s obligations under the Plan. If, and only if, CBI exercises its discretion to establish a Trust, the following paragraphs of this subsection 6.2 shall apply (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan).

(a) Grantor Trust Requirement . The part of the Trust attributable to any Employer’s contributions to the Trust (for purposes of this subsection 6.2, such Employer’s “Trust account”) shall be a “grantor” trust under the Code, in that such Employer shall be treated as the grantor of such Employer’s Trust account within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code.

(b) Creditors Rights Under Trust When Employer Insolvent . Any Employer’s Trust account shall be subject to the claims of such Employer’s creditors in the event of such Employer’s insolvency. For purposes hereof, an Employer shall be considered “insolvent” if either (i) such Employer is unable to pay its debts as they become due or (ii) such Employer is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(c) Contributions To Trust . Except as may otherwise be required by the terms of the Trust itself or by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (c), an Employer may make contributions to its Trust account for the purposes of meeting its obligations under the Plan at any time, and in such amounts, as such Employer determines in its discretion.

(1) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (c), in the event of a Change in Control (except when such Change in Control is part of a change in an Employer’s financial health within the meaning of Section 409A(b)(2) of the Code), the Company shall, within five business days after the Change in Control, contribute such amounts as are necessary to cause the full present value of all benefits that are accrued under the Plan as of the date of the Change in Control to be fully funded under the Trust.

(2) For purposes of the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (c), the full present value of all benefits that are accrued under the Plan as of the date of the Change in Control shall be determined based on the following assumptions: (i) the date of

 

14


retirement for each Participant shall be considered to be the later of the date on which such Participant shall both have attained at least age 55 and have completed at least 10 Years of Service or the date of the Change in Control; (ii) each Participant who is married on the date of the Change in Control shall be assumed to select the benefit form described in subsection 4.2(a)(2) hereof, with his or her spouse as his or her Beneficiary for purposes of such benefit form; and (iii) the interest and mortality assumptions shall be the same as those used for funding the Pension Plan for its plan year in which the Change in Control occurs (or, if such assumptions are not yet established, the analogous assumptions used for the Pension Plan’s immediately preceding plan year).

(d) Payments From Trust . Any payment otherwise required to be made by an Employer under the Plan shall be made by such Employer’s Trust account instead of such Employer in the event that such Employer fails to make such payment directly and such Employer’s Trust account then has sufficient assets to make such payment, provided that such Employer is not then insolvent. If such Employer becomes insolvent, however, then all assets of such Employer’s Trust account shall be held for the benefit of such Employer’s creditors and payments from such Employer’s Trust account shall cease or not begin, as the case may be.

(e) Remaining Liability of Employer . Unless and except to the extent any payment required to be made pursuant to the Plan by an Employer is made by such Employer’s Trust account, the obligation to make such payment remains exclusively that of such Employer.

(f) Terms of Trust Incorporated . The terms of the Trust are hereby incorporated by reference into the Plan. To the extent the terms of the Plan conflict with the terms of the Trust, the terms of the Trust shall control.

7. Amendment and Termination of Plan .

7.1 Right and Procedure to Terminate Plan . CBI reserves the right to terminate the Plan in its entirety.

(a) Procedure To Terminate Plan . The procedure for CBI to terminate the Plan in its entirety is as follows. In order to completely terminate the Plan, the Board shall adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to terminate the Plan. Such resolutions shall set forth therein the effective date of the Plan’s termination.

(b) Effect of Termination of Plan . In the event the Board adopts resolutions completely terminating the Plan, no further benefits may be paid after the effective date of the Plan’s termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan’s termination shall not affect the payment (in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the provisions of subsection 4.10 hereof) of each Participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan as determined as of the later of the effective date of the Plan’s termination or the date such resolutions terminating the Plan are adopted. For purposes of this subsection 7.1 and the provisions of subsection 7.2 hereof, a Participant’s “accrued benefit under the Plan” means, as of any date, the Plan benefit that would have applied under the Plan to the Participant if he or she had permanently ceased to be an Employee no later than such date.

 

15


7.2 Amendment of Plan . Subject to the other provisions of this subsection 7.2, CBI may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time in any respect; provided that no such amendment shall affect the payment (in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the provisions of subsection 4.10 hereof) of each Participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan (as defined in subsection 7.1(b) hereof) as determined as of the later of the effective date of the amendment or the date such amendment is adopted.

(a) Procedure To Amend Plan . Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 7.2, in order to amend the Plan, the Board shall adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to amend the Plan. Such resolutions shall either (i) set forth the express terms of the Plan amendment or (ii) simply set forth the nature of the amendment and direct an officer of CBI to have prepared and to sign on behalf of CBI the formal amendment to the Plan. In the latter case, such officer shall have prepared and shall sign on behalf of CBI an amendment to the Plan which is in accordance with such resolutions.

(b) Alternative Procedure To Amend Plan . In addition to the procedure for amending the Plan set forth in paragraph (a) of this subsection 7.2, the Board may also adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to delegate to any officer of CBI or to the Committee the authority to amend the Plan.

(1) Such resolutions may either grant the officer or the Committee broad authority to amend the Plan in any manner the officer or the Committee deems necessary or advisable or may limit the scope of amendments he, she, or it may adopt, such as by limiting such amendments to matters related to the administration of the Plan. In the event of any such delegation to amend the Plan, the officer or the Committee to whom or which authority is delegated shall amend the Plan by having prepared and signed on behalf of CBI an amendment to the Plan which is within the scope of amendments which he, she, or it has authority to adopt.

(2) Also, any such delegation to amend the Plan may be terminated at any time by later resolutions adopted by the Board.

(3) Finally, in the event of any such delegation to amend the Plan, and even while such delegation remains in effect, the Board shall continue to retain its own right to amend the Plan pursuant to the procedure set forth in paragraph (b) of this subsection 8.2.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Delegation . Except as is otherwise provided in sections 5 and 7 hereof, any matter or thing to be done by CBI shall be done by its Board, except that, from time to time, the Board by resolution may delegate to any person or committee certain of its rights and duties hereunder. Any such delegation shall be valid and binding on all persons, and the person or committee to whom or which authority is delegated shall have full power to act in all matters so delegated until the authority expires by its terms or is revoked by the Board, as the case may be.

 

16


8.2 Non-Alienation of Benefits .

(a) General Non-Alienation Rule . Except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant or Beneficiary may alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made hereunder, which payments and the right to receive them are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable. In the event of any attempt to alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made hereunder, the Company shall have no further obligation to make any payments otherwise required of it hereunder (except to the extent required by applicable law).

(b) Exception for Domestic Relations Orders . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 8.2, any benefit payment otherwise due to a Participant under the Plan shall be made to a person other than the Participant to the extent necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B).

8.3 No Spousal Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any spouse or former spouse of a Participant any right to benefits under the Plan of the types described in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 (relating to qualified preretirement survivor annuities and qualified joint and survivor annuities).

8.4 Separation From Service . For all purposes of the Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have separated from service with the Company on the date he or she dies, retires, or otherwise has a separation from service with the Company’s controlled group. The following subsections of this subsection 8.4 shall apply in determining when a Participant has incurred a separation from service with the Company’s controlled group.

(a) Effect of Leave of Service . The Participant’s service with the Company’s controlled group shall be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence where there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Company’s controlled group (but not beyond the later of the date on which the leave has lasted for six months or the date on which the Participant no longer retains a right of reemployment with the Company’s controlled group under an applicable statute or by contract).

(b) Determination of Separation From Service . For purposes of the Plan, a separation from service of the Participant with the Company’s controlled group as of any date shall be determined to have occurred when, under all facts and circumstances, either (i) no further services will be performed by the Participant for the Company’s controlled group after such date or (ii) the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform for the Company’s controlled group after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) by the Participant for the Company’s controlled group over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of the Participant’s service for the Company’s controlled group if such period has been less than 36 months).

(c) Controlled Group Definition . For purposes of this subsection 8.4, the “Company’s controlled group” means, collectively, (i) each Employer and (ii) each other

 

17


corporation or other organization that is deemed to be a single employer with an Employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes an Employer or under common control with an Employer), provided that such Code sections will be applied and interpreted by substituting “at least 50 percent” for each reference to “at least 80 percent” that is contained in Code Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) and in Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations.

8.5 No Effect On Employment . The Plan is not a contract of employment, and the terms of employment of any Participant shall not be affected in any way by the Plan except as specifically provided in the Plan. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any Participant for a continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any Employee and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant in the Plan. Each Participant (and any Beneficiary of or other person claiming through the Participant) who may have or claim any right under the Plan shall be bound by the terms of the Plan.

8.6 Applicable Law . The Plan shall be governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by applicable federal law, the laws of the State of Ohio.

8.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

8.8 Headings . Headings used throughout the Plan are for convenience only and shall not be given legal significance.

8.9 Counterparts . The Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one thereof.

8.10 Application of Code Section 409A . The Plan is intended to satisfy and comply with all of the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. The provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PLAN DOCUMENT, Cincinnati Bell Inc., the sponsor of the Plan, has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan document, to be effective as of January 1, 2005.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By  

/s/ Christopher J. Wilson

Title  

V.P. General Counsel & Secretary

Date  

 

 

18

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(4)

CINCINNATI BELL INC.

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(As amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005)

1. Introduction to Plan .

1.1 Name and Sponsor of Plan . The name of this Plan is the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, and its sponsor is CBI.

1.2 Purpose of Plan . The purpose of the Plan is to provide deferred compensation for a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Company (within the meaning of title I of ERISA).

1.3 Effective Amendment Date of Plan and Effect of Plan On Prior Deferrals .

(a) Deferred Compensation Subject To Following Terms of This Document . In order to conform the Plan to the requirements of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, this document amends and restates the Plan effective as of the Effective Amendment Date (January 1, 2005). The provisions of sections 2 through 9 hereof apply to but only to:

(1) amounts that are attributable to compensation that is deferred under section 3 hereof on or after the Effective Amendment Date;

(2) amounts that are attributable to compensation that was deferred under the provisions of the Prior Plan prior to the Effective Amendment Date but was not earned and vested (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-6(a)(2) of the Treasury Regulations) prior to the Effective Amendment Date; and

(3) amounts that are attributable to compensation that was deferred under the provisions of the Prior Plan prior to the Effective Amendment Date and was earned and vested (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-6(a)(2) of the Treasury Regulations) prior to the Effective Amendment Date, but only if the provisions of the Prior Plan that apply to any such compensation are materially modified (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-6(a)(4) of the Treasury Regulations). This document does not by itself materially modify such provisions.

(b) Effective Date of Following Terms of This Document When Applied To Pre-Effective Amendment Date Deferred Compensation . Any amounts described in paragraph (a)(2) and (3) of this subsection 1.3 shall, beginning as of the Effective Amendment Date, be subject to the terms of sections 2 through 9 hereof as if this document had been in effect at the time that such amounts were originally deferred under the provisions of the Prior Plan.

(c) Incorporation of Terms of Prior Plan . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) and (3) of this subsection 1.3, all rules (including rules as to assumed investments and distributions) that relate to amounts deferred under the Prior Plan, adjusted by assumed earnings and losses thereon as determined under the provisions of the Prior Plan, shall be governed solely by the terms of the Prior Plan (which terms are incorporated herein by reference).

 

1


2. General Definitions . For all purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

2.1 “Account” means, with respect to any Participant, the bookkeeping account maintained for the Participant under the terms of this Plan and to which amounts are credited or otherwise allocated under section 4 hereof in order to help determine the Participant’s benefits under the Plan.

2.2 “Beneficiary” means, with respect to any Participant, the person or entity designated by the Participant, on forms furnished and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to receive any benefit payable under the Plan after the Participant’s death. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary or if, for any reason, such designation is not effective, his or her “Beneficiary” shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse or, if none, his or her estate.

2.3 “Board” means the Board of Directors of CBI.

2.4 “CBI” means Cincinnati Bell Inc. (and, except for purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, any legal successor to Cincinnati Bell Inc. that results from a merger or similar transaction).

2.5 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the events described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this subsection 2.5. All of such events shall be determined under and, even if not so indicated in the following paragraphs of this subsection 2.5, shall be subject to all of the terms of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

(a) A change in the ownership of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the ownership of CBI occurs when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires outstanding voting securities of CBI that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of CBI.

(b) A change in the effective control of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the effective control of CBI occurs either:

(1) when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of CBI possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of CBI; or

(2) when a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.

(c) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of CBI (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) of the Treasury Regulations). In very general

 

2


terms, Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) of the Treasury Regulations provides that a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of CBI occurs when a person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from CBI that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of CBI immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

2.6 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it may thereafter be amended. A reference to a specific section of the Code shall be deemed to be a reference both (i) to the provisions of such section as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded (by future legislation) and (ii) to the provisions of any section of the Treasury Regulations that is issued under such section.

2.7 “Committee” means the committee appointed to administer the Plan under the provisions of subsection 6.1 hereof.

2.8 “Common Shares” means common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of CBI.

2.9 “Company” means all of the Employers considered collectively.

2.10 “Effective Amendment Date” means January 1, 2005.

2.11 “Employee” means any person who is a common law employee of the Company ( i.e. , a person whose work procedures are subject to control by the Company) and is treated as an employee on an employee payroll of the Company.

2.12 “Employer” means each of: (i) CBI; and (ii) each other corporation or other organization that is deemed to be a single employer with CBI under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes CBI or under common control with CBI).

2.13 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it may thereafter be amended. A reference to a specific section of ERISA shall be deemed to be a reference both (i) to the provisions of such section as it exists as of the Effective Amendment Date and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded (by future legislation) and (ii) to the provisions of any government regulation that is issued under such section as of the Effective Amendment Date or as of a later date.

2.14 “Key Employee” means, as of any date, an Employee (i) whose annual rate of base pay and targeted bonus in effect at the start of the calendar year in which such date occurs (or, if such date occurs in the same calendar year in which the Employee’s first day of employment with the Company falls, an Employee whose annual rate of base pay and targeted bonus in effect on his or her first day of employment by the Company) exceed the Tax-Qualified Plan Annual Compensation Limit that applies to such calendar year and (ii) to whom participation in the Plan has been offered by any Employer on or prior to such date.

 

3


2.15 “Participant” means a person who as a Key Employee elects or elected to defer any amounts under this Plan. Such person shall remain a Participant until the amounts allocated to his or her Account have been fully paid and/or forfeited, as the case may be.

2.16 “Performance-Based Compensation” means, with respect to any Key Employee, any compensation provided by an Employer to the Key Employee (i) where the amount of, or entitlement to, the compensation is contingent on the satisfaction of preestablished organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least twelve months in which the Key Employee performs services for the Company and (ii) which constitutes “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of, and in accordance with the rules of, Section 1.409A-1(e) of the Treasury Regulations.

2.17 “Plan” means the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. This document amends and restates the Plan effective as of the Effective Amendment Date to the extent indicated by subsection 1.3 hereof.

2.18 “Prior Plan” means the versions of the Plan that were in effect before the Effective Amendment Date.

2.19 “Tax-Qualified Plan Annual Compensation Limit” means, with respect to any calendar year, the annual compensation limit that, for any plans that are subject to Code Section 401(a), applies for plan years beginning in such calendar year under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (as such limit is adjusted for such plan years under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code).

2.20 “Tax Year” means, with respect to any Key Employee, the Key Employee’s taxable year for federal income tax purposes. Unless the Company or the Committee is notified otherwise by the Key Employee, the Company and the Committee may assume for purposes of this Plan that a Key Employee’s Tax Year is a calendar year.

2.21 “Treasury Regulations” means all final regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Code, as such regulations exist as of the date on which this document is executed on its final page by an officer or representative of CBI and as they are subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded. A reference to a specific section or paragraph of the Treasury Regulations shall be deemed to be a reference to the provisions of such section or paragraph as it exists as of the date on which this document is executed on its final page by an officer or representative of CBI and as it is subsequently amended, renumbered, or superseded.

3. Deferral Elections and Company Match .

3.1 Election of Deferrals of Basic Salary and Cash Awards .

(a) Initial Deferral Election .

(1) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, a Key Employee may elect for any Tax Year (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “subject Tax Year”), by completing a deferral form or forms and filing such form or forms with the Committee but not in any event after the last day of the immediately preceding Tax Year (or, if the subject Tax Year is the Tax Year in which he or she first becomes a Key Employee, not in any event beyond 30 days after the date on which he or she or she first becomes a Key Employee), to defer the receipt of:

(A) any whole percent or whole dollar amount (but not a percent or amount that is in excess of 75%, or such larger percentage as may be prescribed by the Committee) of his or her Basic Salary that is earned by him or her in the subject Tax Year or in the portion of the subject Tax Year that is designated by him or her in his or her deferral election (and also, if the subject Tax Year is the Tax Year in which he or she first becomes a Key Employee, that is earned by him or her after his or her deferral election is filed with the Committee); and/or

 

4


(B) any whole percent (up to 100%) or any whole dollar amount (not less than $1,000) of his or her Cash Awards that are earned by him or her in the subject Tax Year or in the portion of the subject Tax Year that is designated by him or her in his or her deferral election (and also, if the subject Tax Year is the Tax Year in which he or she first becomes a Key Employee, that are earned by him or her after his or her deferral election is filed with the Committee).

(2) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, a Key Employee may change, or terminate and thereby void, any deferral election that he or she has made for the subject Tax Year under the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (a), by completing an appropriate form and filing such form with the Committee, up to but not after the latest day by which he or she could still make a deferral election for the subject Tax Year under the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (a) (and provided that, if the subject Tax Year is the Tax Year in which he or she first becomes a Key Employee, prior to his or her initial deferral election being used to defer the receipt of any Basic Salary or Cash Awards of the Key Employee).

(b) Basic Salary and Cash Award Definitions . For purposes of the Plan and with respect to any Key Employee: (i) “Basic Salary” means the basic salary (not including awards, bonuses, or any other remuneration not treated by the Company as part of the Key Employee’s base rate of salary) payable to the Key Employee by the Company; and (ii) a “Cash Award” means an award or bonus payable in cash to the Key Employee by the Company, but not including any cash award that constitutes Performance-Based Compensation or that is issued under CBI’s 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan, 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, or Short Term Incentive Plan.

3.2 Election of Deferrals of Performance-Based Awards .

(a) Initial Deferral Election .

(1) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, a Key Employee may elect to defer the receipt of any part of a Performance-Based Award granted to him or her, by completing a deferral form and filing such form with the Committee while the Key Employee is still a Key Employee and at least six months before the end of the performance period that relates to the portion of such award that is being deferred, provided that in no event may such election be made after the amount of compensation attributable to such award has become both substantially certain to be paid and readily ascertainable.

 

5


(2) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, a Key Employee may terminate and thereby void any deferral election that he or she has made with respect to a Performance-Based Award under the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (a), by completing an appropriate form and filing such form with the Committee, up to but at least six months before the end of the performance period that relates to the portion of such award that is being deferred.

(b) Special Deferral Election Rule for Performance-Based Restricted Common Share Award .

(1) When a Participant’s Performance-Based Award is a restricted stock award, an election made by the Participant to surrender to CBI any of the restricted Common Shares subject to such award (on a deferral form that is filed with the Committee while the Key Employee is still a Key Employee and at least six months before the end of the performance period that relates to such surrendered restricted Common Shares) shall be deemed to be an election to defer the receipt of such part of the award for all purposes of this subsection 3.2 and the other provisions of the Plan.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (b) or any other provision of the Plan, a Key Employee may not elect to defer the receipt of any part of a Performance-Based Award that is a restricted stock award (pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (b) or otherwise) when such award is granted to the Key Employee after December 31, 2005.

(3) For purposes of the Plan and with respect to any Key Employee, a “restricted stock award” means an award under which Common Shares are issued to the Key Employee by the Company pursuant to an agreement that restricts the right of the Key Employee to dispose of such shares (and that makes such shares forfeitable) until and unless certain conditions are met. In this regard, a Performance-Based Award that constitutes the right of a Key Employee to receive a number of Common Shares (or a cash payment based on the value of a number of Common Shares) in the future if and when certain conditions are met shall not be considered under this Plan as a restricted stock award and thus is not affected by the provisions of this paragraph (b).

(c) Conditions on Validity of Deferral Election . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any election that a Key Employee makes under the foregoing provisions of this subsection 3.2 to defer the receipt of any part of a Performance-Based Award shall be deemed to be void and of no effect in the event and when the Key Employee forfeits any right to receive such Performance-Based Award part ( e.g. , if and when the Participant fails to satisfy the conditions necessary to ever become entitled to receive such Performance-Based Award part or if and when the performance criteria applicable to such Performance-Based Award part are not satisfied) and in such case no amounts attributable to such Performance-Based Award part shall be credited to the Account of the Key Employee under the Plan.

(d) Performance-Based Award Definition . For purposes of the Plan and with respect to any Key Employee, a “Performance-Based Award” means an award or bonus granted to the Key Employee by an Employer (including any performance unit award or performance share award granted under CBI’s 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan or 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan and any award granted under CBI’s Short Term Incentive Plan and

 

6


regardless of whether or not any such award is otherwise payable in cash or Common Shares) that constitutes Performance-Based Compensation, provided that the Key Employee performs services for the Company continuously from a date no later than the date upon which the performance criteria applicable to such award are established through the date upon which the Key Employee makes an initial deferral election with respect to any part of such award under paragraph (a) or (b) of this subsection 3.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (d), in no event shall stock option or stock appreciation right awards (or restricted stock awards granted after December 31, 2005), including those granted under CBI’s 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan or 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, be considered Performance-Based Awards under this Plan.

3.3 Special Pre-March 15, 2005 Deferral Election Right . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of Q&A-21 of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, the requirements of subsections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof relating to the timing of deferral elections shall not be applicable to any election that is made by a Key Employee on or before March 15, 2005 to defer the receipt of any compensation that both is subject to the terms of this Plan under the provisions of subsection 1.3 hereof and relates to services performed by the Key Employee on or before December 31, 2005, provided that (i) the compensation to which the deferral election relates has not or had not been paid or become payable by the time of the election and (ii) the election to defer is or was made in accordance with the terms of the Plan or the Prior Plan that at the time of the election were then in effect.

3.4 Company Match .

(a) Right To Company Match . As of each day (for purposes of this subsection 3.4, a “Deferral Date”) on which Basic Salary or Cash Award deferrals are credited under subsection 4.1(a) hereof to the Account of a Key Employee, there shall also be credited, to such Account under subsection 4.1(d) hereof, an amount computed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 3.4 (which amount shall be referred to in the Plan as a “Company match”).

(b) Amount of Company Match . The Company match to be credited to a Key Employee’s Account on any Deferral Date shall be the lesser of:

(1) 66-  2 / 3 % (or such lesser percentage as may be prescribed by the Committee) of the Key Employee’s Basic Salary and Cash Awards deferred under this Plan on the Deferral Date; or

(2) 4% (or such lesser percentage as may be prescribed by the Committee) of the sum of (i) the Key Employee’s Basic Salary and Cash Awards deferred under this Plan on the Deferral Date plus (ii) the portion, if any, of the Key Employee’s Basic Salary and Cash Awards that are payable on the Deferral Date but are not deferred under this Plan and that, combined with the Key Employee’s aggregate Basic Salary and Cash Awards that were payable in the portion of the calendar year in which the Deferral Date falls that occurs prior to such date but were not deferred under this Plan, exceeds the Tax-Qualified Plan Annual Compensation Limit that applies to such calendar year.

 

7


4. Maintenance and Valuation of Accounts .

4.1 Accounts . An Account shall be established for each Participant in accordance with the following paragraphs of this subsection 4.1 to reflect the amounts of (i) his or her Basic Salary, Cash Awards, Performance-Based Awards, and Company matches that are to be credited to such Account under the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and/or (d) of this subsection 4.1 and (ii) the assumed investment of such amounts. The Committee shall create subaccounts under any Participant’s Account to the extent needed administratively ( e.g. , to account for different distribution rules that apply to different portions of the Participant’s Account). For purposes of this Plan, the net investment returns and losses of the assumed investment of any credits made to a Participant’s Account, or any Company match that relates to any deferred Basic Salary or Cash Award credits made to the Participant’s Account, shall be deemed to be “attributable” to the portion of such Account that reflects such credits.

(a) Crediting To Account of Basic Salary or Cash Award . Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, any amount of Basic Salary or a Cash Award deferred by a Participant under the Plan pursuant to the provisions of section 3.1 hereof shall be credited to the Account of the Participant as of the day on which such deferred amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.

(b) Crediting To Account of Performance-Based Award . Subject to such rules as the Committee may prescribe, any part of a Performance-Based Award deferred by a Participant under the Plan under the provisions of subsection 3.2 hereof shall be credited to the Account of the Participant as of the latest of (i) the day on which the performance period applicable to such award part ends, (ii) the first day on which the Participant has no substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(d) of the Treasury Regulations) with respect to such Performance-Based Award part and the amount of such part has become readily ascertainable, or (iii) the first day on which any portion of such Performance-Based Award part would otherwise (but for the deferral election) have been paid to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (except that this clause (iii) shall not apply to any Performance-Based Award part that constitutes a restricted stock award granted prior to January 1, 2006).

(c) Determination of Common Share Value Credited To Account . When any part of a Performance-Based Award that is deferred by a Participant under the Plan and credited to the Account of the Participant is otherwise payable in Common Shares (or represents a restricted stock award granted prior to January 1, 2006), the amount credited to the Account as of the day determined under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 4.1 shall equal the fair market value (determined as of such day) of the number of Common Shares that would otherwise be paid to the Participant (or that would otherwise have their restrictions lapse under such award part).

(d) Crediting To Account of Company Match . Subject to such rules as the Committee may prescribe, any amount of a Company match applicable to a Participant under the provisions of section 3.4 hereof shall be credited to the Account of the Participant as of the day on which the deferred Basic Salary or Cash Award to which the Company match relates would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.

(e) Assumed Investment of Account . Any amounts credited to the Account of a Participant under paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and/or (d) of this subsection 4.1 shall be assumed

 

8


to have been invested in the investments designated or deemed to be designated by the Participant on a form provided by and filed with the Committee, and adjusted by reason of such assumed investments, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 4.2 hereof.

4.2 Assumed Investments . The Committee shall designate in notices or other documents provided to Participants a limited number of “assumed investments” for purposes of the Plan. Such assumed investments will generally be (but will not be required to be) limited to mutual funds or similar types of investments but may and generally will include an assumed investment in Common Shares. Some or all of the assumed investments designated for the Plan may be changed by the Committee to other assumed investments, effective as of any date, in which case prior written notice of such change shall be provided by the Committee to all Participants.

(a) General Rules on Participant Designations of Assumed Investments . The credits to any Participant’s Account made in accordance with subsection 4.1 hereof shall be assumed to have been invested among such assumed investments, and in such proportions, as is elected in a writing filed by the Participant with the Committee, except that any investment direction of the Participant is subject to such reasonable administrative rules concerning such assumed investment directions as are adopted or used by the Committee.

(b) Initial Assumed Investment Election . The Participant must elect on or before the first date a credit is made to the Account established for him or her under the provisions of subsection 4.1 hereof the assumed investments in which his or her Account credits are to be initially assumed to be invested and the proportions of each credit initially assumed to be invested in each designated assumed investment. Otherwise, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that his or her Account credits will not be assumed to be invested in any investment until he or she makes an investment election under the provisions of this subsection 4.2 (or, if the Committee in its discretion so decides, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that his or her Account credits will be assumed to be initially invested in an investment or investments chosen by the Committee).

(c) Change in Assumed Investment Election . Further, the Participant may request a change in the assumed investments of his or her Account and the proportions of his or her new Account credits assumed to be invested in each designated investment to other assumed investments and/or proportions effective as of any January 1, or as of any other date as the Committee may provide in its discretion, upon written notice to the Committee prior to such date (or such earlier date as may be established by the Committee).

(d) Adjustment of Account for Assumed Investment Returns and Losses . The amounts credited to any Participant’s Account shall be adjusted as of each December 31, and as of such other dates as the Committee may provide in its discretion, to reflect the assumed investment returns or losses (since the last prior adjustment in the Account) that are attributable to the assumed investments in which his or her Account is deemed to be invested.

(e) Special Assumed Investment Rule for Restricted Common Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, when any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account reflect any part of a deferred Performance-Based Award that is a restricted stock award granted prior to January 1, 2006, the Participant shall be deemed to have designated such credits to be assumed to be invested solely in Common Shares from the day such amounts are credited to the Account until the day that is six months after the day the Participant satisfied all of the conditions necessary to become entitled to receive such award part.

 

9


4.3 Nonvested Company Match Amounts .

(a) Vesting Conditions on Company Match . In its discretion, the Committee may, by notice to a Participant on or prior to the date on which a Company match is credited to the Account of the Participant, condition the right to receive payments with respect to all or a portion of the part of such Account that reflects such Company match on the Participant’s completing a minimum period of service with the Company. If the Committee does so, then, until the Participant satisfies such condition, the amounts allocated to the part of such Account that is subject to such condition shall be considered to be “nonvested.”

(b) Effect of Nonvested Status of Company Match . Any portion of the Account of a Participant that is at any time nonvested under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 4.3 shall not in any event, even when the provisions of section 5 hereof would otherwise permit a distribution of such Account portion at such time and notwithstanding any provision of section 5 hereof which may be read to the contrary, be able to be distributed to the Participant or any other party claiming through the Participant until such Account portion is no longer nonvested (and any distribution of such Account portion otherwise called for under section 5 hereof shall to the extent necessary be deferred until, and shall be made as of, the date such portion is no longer nonvested).

(1) Consistent with the rule set forth in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b) and notwithstanding any other provision of section 5 hereof, any reference in any provision of section 5 hereof to the amounts allocated to a portion of the Account of a Participant at any time shall be deemed not to include the amounts allocated to any part of such Account portion that is then nonvested and such part shall be treated as if it were a separate class of Account until it is no longer nonvested.

(2) Further, if a Participant separates from service with the Company (other than by reason of his or her death) when any portion of the Account established for him or her is nonvested, he or she shall never be entitled to receive the amounts allocated to such Account portion and such amounts shall be forfeited on the date he or she so separates from service with the Company.

4.4 Valuation .

(a) Valuation of Account . The balance of the Account of a Participant shall be determined periodically (under procedures adopted by the Committee) to reflect all amounts credited to the Account under the foregoing provisions of this section 4 since the latest preceding date on which the Account balance was determined, any gains and losses in the value of the Account’s assumed investments since the latest date on which the Account balance was determined, and any payments or forfeitures since the latest preceding date on which the Account balance was determined.

(b) Account Statements . As soon as practical following the end of each calendar year, each Participant (or, in the event of his or her death, his or her Beneficiary) shall be furnished a statement as of December 31 of such calendar year showing the balance of the

 

10


Participant’s Account, the total increases and reductions made in the balance of such Account during such calendar year, and, if amounts allocated to such Account are assumed to have been invested in securities, a description of such securities including the number of shares assumed to have been purchased by the amounts allocated to such Account.

4.5 Common Shares Adjustment Rules . To the extent a Participant’s Account is assumed to have been invested in Common Shares, the following provisions of this subsection 4.5 shall apply.

(a) Cash Dividends . Whenever any cash dividends are paid with respect to Common Shares, additional amounts shall be allocated to the Participant’s Account as of the dividend payment date. The additional amount to be allocated to the Account shall be determined by multiplying the per share cash dividend paid with respect to the Common Shares on the dividend payment date by the number of assumed Common Shares allocated to the Account on the day preceding the dividend payment date. Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, such additional amount allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be assumed to have been invested in additional Common Shares on the day on which such dividends are paid.

(b) Changes in Common Shares . If there is any change in Common Shares through the declaration of a stock dividend or a stock split, through a recapitalization resulting in a stock split, or through a combination or a change in shares, the number of shares assumed to have been allocated to each Account shall be appropriately adjusted.

4.6 Fair Market Value of Common Shares . Whenever Common Shares are to be valued for purposes of the Plan as of any date (such as a date on which distribution of such shares is to be made by the Company), the value of each such share shall be: (i) when such date occurs prior to January 1, 2007, the average of the high and low price per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the latest business day preceding the subject date for which the valuation is being made; or (ii) when such date occurs on or after January 1, 2007, the closing price of a Common Share on the New York Stock Exchange on the latest date preceding the subject date on which Common Shares were traded on such exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Common Shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange on the subject date, then the fair market value of a Common Share on the subject date shall be determined by the Committee in good faith pursuant to methods and procedures established by the Committee.

4.7 Convergys Shares . Effective on or about December 31, 1998, CBI distributed to its shareholders one common share of Convergys Corporation (for purposes of this subsection 4.7, a “Convergys share”) for each Common Share owned by its shareholders on the record date of such distribution. Upon such distribution, any Participant who had an account under the Prior Plan had such account credited for assumed investment purposes with one Convergys share for each Common Share then assumed to be held under such account. The following paragraphs of this subsection 4.7 shall apply to each such Participant.

(a) Right To Switch Assumed Investment From Convergys Shares . The Participant has had under the terms of the Prior Plan prior to the Effective Amendment Date and, unless and except to the extent his or her Prior Plan account’s assumed investment in Convergys shares was changed prior to the Effective Amendment Date, shall continue to have on and after such date the option of retaining such assumed Convergys shares investment for his or her

 

11


Account or converting all or a portion of such assumed investment into any other assumed investments available under the Plan (in accordance with the provisions of subsection 4.2 hereof); except that any Convergys share credited for assumed investment purposes to his or her Account by reason of a restricted stock award granted prior to January 1, 2006 shall be subject to the same restrictions (including restrictions on switching to other assumed investments) as apply under such restricted stock award.

(b) Convergys Shares Adjustment Rules . In addition, to the extent a Participant’s Account is assumed to have been invested in Convergys shares, the provisions of subsections 4.5 and 4.6 hereof shall apply but as if each reference in such subsections to Common Shares were instead a reference to Convergys shares.

4.8 Deduction of Payments or Forfeitures from Account and Cancellation of Account .

(a) Deduction of Payments and Forfeitures From Account . Any payment, including an annual installment payment, or forfeiture of any portion of a Participant’s Account under the provisions of the Plan shall be charged, as of the date such payment or forfeiture is deemed to be made under the other provisions of this Plan, to such Account portion (or, in other words, deducted from the amounts then allocated to such Account portion). Except as is otherwise provided under administrative policies adopted by the Committee, any such payment or forfeiture shall be charged among all of the types of assumed investments applicable to such Account portion, on a pro rata basis.

(b) Cancellation of Account . Further, the Account of a Participant shall be cancelled, and the amount then allocated to such Account shall be reduced to zero, on the date as of which the entire amount allocated to the Account at such time is deemed to be paid to the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary under this Plan) and/or forfeited under the other provisions of the Plan.

4.9 Account Balance . For purposes of the Plan, the amounts allocated to the Account of a Participant ( i.e. , the balance of such Account) at any specific time shall be deemed to be the net sum of amounts credited, charged, or otherwise allocated to such Account at such time under the other provisions of the Plan.

5. Distributions .

5.1 General Distribution Rules . Subject to the following provisions of this section 5 and the other provisions of the Plan, this subsection 5.1 concerns the rules for payment of amounts allocated to the Account of a Participant that normally will apply (except for the special rules described in the following subsections of this section 5).

(a) Initial Distribution Elections . Subject to the following provisions of this section 5 and to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, the Participant may, in any deferral form filed with the Committee and by which he or she elects to defer the receipt of any portion of his or her Basic Salary, his or her Cash Awards, and/or his or her Performance-Based Awards, make the elections described in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (a) with respect to the payment of all amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that are attributable to the credits made to his or her Account by reason of such deferral election (for purposes of this subsection 5.1, the “subject deferred amounts”).

 

12


(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this subsection 5.1 and to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, the Participant may elect that the date as which the subject deferred amounts shall commence to be paid (for purposes of this subsection 5.1, the subject deferred amounts’ “commencement date”) shall be any one of the following dates (except to the extent any of the following dates are not permitted as the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date under administrative rules of the Committee):

(A) the March 1 of the first calendar year that begins after the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Company (or, if the Participant is, on the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Company, a Specified Employee, the later of such March 1 or the date immediately following the date which is six months after the date he or she so separates from service with the Company);

(B) any fixed date (that can be ascertained at the time of such election) specified by the Participant in such election which is no earlier than the sixth annual anniversary of the first day of the calendar year for which the Participant’s Account is established; or

(C) the earlier of, or the later of, the dates described in clauses (A) and (B) of this subparagraph (1).

In the event the Participant fails in the applicable deferral form to make any such election as to the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date, then he or she shall be deemed to have elected that such commencement date shall be the date described in clause (A) of this subparagraph (1).

(2) Subject to such administrative rules as the Committee may prescribe, the Participant may also elect to receive the subject deferred amounts in one lump sum payment made as of the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date or in substantially equal annual payments over two to ten years, provided that such election shall not be accepted if the Committee determines that such election is likely to result (when combined with the payment elections made in any earlier-filed deferral elections) in less than $5,000 to be paid from the Participant’s Account in any one calendar year.

(A) If the Participant elects to receive the subject deferred amounts in annual installments of two or more payments, then (i) the date as of which the first annual installment payment is to be made shall be the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date and (ii) the date as of which any annual installment payment other than the first annual installment payment is to be made shall be an annual anniversary of such commencement date.

(B) In the event the Participant fails in the applicable deferral form to make any election as to the period over which the subject deferred amounts are to be paid, then he or she shall be deemed to have elected that such amounts shall be paid to the Participant in two annual installments, with the first installment being made as of the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date.

 

13


(b) Subsequent Distribution Elections . The Participant may, by filing an appropriate form with the Committee not less than twelve months before the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date that has previously been elected or deemed to be elected and that would otherwise apply (for purposes of this paragraph (b), the subject deferred amounts’ “initial commencement date”), elect to change either or both of the initial elections he or she has made or has been deemed to have made under paragraph (a) of this subsection 5.1 (with respect to the commencement date of the payments and the period over which payments will be made) that apply to the subject deferred amounts, provided that:

(1) any such new election shall not become effective until at least twelve months elapse from the filing of such election with the Committee (and thus will be ineffective should the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date occur prior to the expiration of such twelve month period);

(2) any such new election would comply with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 5.1 other than for the time as of which such election is made; and

(3) any such new election must provide for a new commencement date for the subject deferred amounts that is at least five years after the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date. (If the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date is the earlier or later of two dates ( i.e. , a date described in paragraph (a)(1)(C) of this subsection 5.1) but the Participant’s election made under the provisions of this paragraph (b) only relates to a change in the payment of the subject deferred amounts should such payment begin as of one of such dates, then the condition provided under this subparagraph (3) shall be applied as if the subject deferred amounts’ initial commencement date was only the date to which the Participant’s election made under the provisions of this paragraph (b) relates.)

(c) Latest Possible Commencement Date . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this subsection 5.1, in no event shall the subject deferred amounts’ commencement date be later than (and in no event shall the Participant’s election as to such commencement date be permitted to provide that such commencement date be later than):

(1) when the Participant separates from service with the Company prior to attaining age 55, the March 1 of the first calendar year that begins after the date on which the Participant so separates from service with the Company (or, if the Participant is, on the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Company, a Specified Employee, the later of such March 1 or the date immediately following the date which is six months after the date he or she so separates from service with the Company); or

(2) when the Participant separates from service with the Company after attaining age 55, the later of the March 1 of the first calendar year that begins after the date on which the Participant so separates from service with the Company (or, if the Participant is, on the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Company, a Specified Employee, the later of such March 1 or the date immediately following the date which is six months after the date he or she so separates from service with the Company) or the March 1 of the first calendar year which begins after the Participant’s 65th birthday.

(d) Determination of Specified Employees . For purposes of the provisions of this subsection 5.1 and all other provisions of the Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to be a

 

14


“Specified Employee” on each and any day that occurs during any twelve month period that begins on an April 1 and ends on the next following March 31 (for purposes of this paragraph (d), the “subject period”) if, and only if, (i) on any day that occurs in the twelve month period (for purposes of this paragraph (d), the “identification period”) that ends on the latest Identification Date that precedes the start of the subject period any corporation or organization that is then an Employer or Affiliate has stock which is publicly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Section 1.897-1(m) of the Treasury Regulations) or otherwise and (ii) the Participant meets either the criteria set forth in subparagraph (1) this paragraph (d) or the criteria set forth in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph (d):

(1) He or she both (i) is an officer of any Employer or Affiliate on any day that occurs in the identification period and (ii) he or she receives during the identification period an aggregate amount of Compensation from the Employers and Affiliates greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i) of the Code). For this purpose and in accordance with the terms of Code Section 416(i) and the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 416 of the Code, no more than 50 employees (or, if less, the greater of three employees or 10% of the employees) of all of the Employers and Affiliates shall be treated as officers; or

(2) He or she either: (i) is a 5% or more owner of any Employer or Affiliate on any day that occurs in the identification period; or (ii) both is a 1% or more owner of any Employer or Affiliate on any day that occurs in the identification period and receives during the identification period an aggregate amount of Compensation from the Employers and Affiliates greater than $150,000. For purposes of this subparagraph (2), a Participant is considered to own 5% or 1%, as the case may be, of any Employer or Affiliate if he or she owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318, except that subparagraph (C) of Code Section 318(a)(2) shall be applied by substituting “5%” for “50%”) at least 5% or 1%, as the case may be, of either the outstanding stock or the voting power of all stock of the Employer or Affiliate (or, if the Employer or Affiliate is not a corporation, at least 5% or 1%, as the case may be, of the capital or profits interest in the Employer or Affiliate).

(e) Definitions of Terms Used in Specified Employee Determinations . For purposes of paragraph (d) of this subsection 5.1, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth.

(1) “Affiliate” means: (i) any member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, which includes an Employer; and (ii) each other entity required to be aggregated with an Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code.

(2) “Identification Date” means December 31. In this regard, CBI has elected that December 31 serve as the identification date for purposes of determining Specified Employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.409A-1(i) of the Treasury Regulations.

(3) “Compensation” means, with respect to a Participant and for any identification period, the sum of:

(A) the Participant’s wages (within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code) and all other compensation paid during such period to the person by the Employers and the Affiliates (in the course of their trades or businesses) and for which

 

15


they are required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Section 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), or 6052 of the Code ( e.g. , compensation reported in Box 1 on a Form W-2), determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed; and

(B) any amounts which are not treated as the Participant’s Compensation for such identification period under clause (A) of this subparagraph (3) solely because such amounts are considered contributions that are made by an Employer or Affiliate on behalf of the Participant and are not includable in the Participant’s income for federal income tax purposes by reason of Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), and/or 132(f)(4) of the Code or any other types of deferred compensation or contributions described in Code Section 414(s)(2) or Section 1.414(s)-1(c)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.

5.2 Special Pre-December 31, 2008 Distribution Election Right . Notwithstanding any of the provisions of subsection 5.1 hereof, CBI may, in its discretion and pursuant to and in accordance with certain transition relief contained in guidance that is cited in Section XII.A of the preamble to Sections 1.409A-1 through 1.409A-6 of the Treasury Regulations and as such relief was extended in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2007-86, and by adopting and distributing written forms, notices, or other written documents, permit any Participant to make, at any time prior to December 31, 2008 and by filing with the Committee a writing or form approved or prepared by the Committee, a new election as to the commencement date of the payments and/or the period over which payments will be made that will apply to any portion of the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account prior to the date of such election (for purposes of this subsection 5.2, the Participant’s “previously allocated amounts”) and have such new election treated for all purposes of this Plan as if such new election had been initially made on a timely basis in accordance with the provisions of subsection 5.1 hereof.

(a) Conditions on Pre-December 31, 2008 Distribution Election . Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) in no event shall any election made under the provisions of this subsection 5.2 be given any effect under the Plan unless the Participant actually makes such new election on or before December 31, 2008; and (ii) for any such election that is made on or after January 1, 2006, any election made under the provisions of this subsection 5.2 shall not be given any effect under the Plan to the extent that it attempts to apply to any portion of the Participant’s previously allocated amounts that would otherwise be paid during the same calendar year as the calendar year in which the election is made or attempts to cause any portion of the Participant’s previously allocated amounts to be paid during the same calendar year as the calendar year in which the election is made.

(b) Incorporation of Pre-December 31, 2008 Distribution Election Forms . Any written forms, notices, or other written documents adopted and distributed by CBI under the terms of this subsection 5.2 shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Plan and an amendment to this Plan.

5.3 Special In-Service Distribution for Unforeseeable Emergency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Participant may, by filing an appropriate form with the Committee, elect to have any portion of the amounts then allocated to his or her Account under the Plan distributed to him or her as of any date (for purposes of this subsection 5.3, the “payment date”) that occurs after such election is filed with the Committee because of an

 

16


unforeseeable emergency, even if the payment date precedes the date as of which such portion of his or her Account would otherwise be paid under the foregoing provisions of this section 5. A Participant may also, by filing an appropriate form with the Committee, elect, because of an unforeseeable emergency, to cancel and void in its entirety any election that he or she has in effect under the provisions of section 3 hereof to defer the receipt of compensation that has not yet as of the payment date become payable and free of any substantial risk of forfeiture, and any such election shall be considered a request for a distribution for purposes of this subsection 5.3 that is made on the first date any such compensation has become payable and free of any substantial risk of forfeiture.

(a) Conditions For Approval of Hardship Distribution Request . Any distribution requested under this subsection 5.3 because of an unforeseeable emergency shall be granted by the Committee if, and only if, the Committee determines that the requested hardship distribution meets all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this subsection 5.3.

(b) Hardship Reason Requirements for Distribution . Any distribution which is requested by a Participant under this subsection 5.3 because of an unforeseeable emergency must be requested by the Participant and certified by him or her to be on account of the Participant’s severe financial hardship resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The need to pay for the funeral expenses of a spouse or dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) of the Participant may also constitute an unforeseeable emergency for purposes of this subsection 5.3. Written documentation of the reason for requesting the distribution shall be required. Whether a distribution is requested on account of an unforeseeable emergency shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of all facts and circumstances. In no event shall an unforeseeable emergency for purposes of this subsection 5.3 be deemed to exist for any reason that would not constitute an unforeseeable emergency under the provisions of Section 1.409A-3(i)(3) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c) Financial Need Requirements for Distribution . Any distribution which is requested by a Participant under this subsection 5.3 because of an unforeseeable emergency must also be necessary to satisfy the need for the distribution. A distribution shall be deemed necessary to satisfy such need if, and only if, the conditions set forth in subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (c), and any other conditions imposed by the Committee in its discretion, are met.

(1) The Participant certifies and provides written evidence that the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the financial need of the Participant which has caused the Participant to request the distribution (taking into account, if applicable, any additional compensation that will become payable to the Participant by his or her canceling deferral elections under this Plan in accordance with the second sentence of this subsection 5.3). The amount of financial need of the Participant may include an amount permitted by the Committee to cover federal, state, local, or foreign taxes which can reasonably be anticipated to result to the Participant from the distribution.

 

17


(2) The Participant certifies and provides written evidence (including, when applicable, a financial statement) that he or she cannot relieve his or her need for the distribution through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, or by cessation of deferrals under this Plan and other deferred compensation plans of the Company. For purposes hereof, the Participant’s assets are deemed to include those assets of the Participant’s spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to the Participant.

(d) Limitation Applicable to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this subsection 5.3, if (i) a Participant elects a distribution under this subsection 5.3 by reason of an unforeseeable emergency, (ii) the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Company precedes the date on which he or she makes such unforeseeable emergency distribution election under this subsection 5.3, (iii) the Participant is a Specified Employee on such separation from service date (as determined under the provisions of subsection 5.1(d) hereof), and (iv) the Participant elects a payment date under this subsection 5.3 that is earlier than the date immediately following the date which is six months after such separation from service date, then the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that such payment date shall be the date immediately following the date which is six months after such separation from service date.

5.4 Death .

(a) Death Before Payments Otherwise Begin . If a Participant dies before the date as of which any amounts allocated to his or her Account have begun to be paid under the other provisions of this section 5 (whether such death occurs before or on or after the Participant’s separation from service with the Company), then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall (i) make to the Participant’s Beneficiary any payments of the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that during the period beginning on the date of the Participant’s death and ending on the first business day of the third calendar quarter following the date of the Participant’s death would have been paid to the Participant under the other provisions of this section 5 had he or she not died (but had he or she still separated from service with the Company on the date of his or her death if he or she had not previously done so), and at the same times and on the same schedule that would have applied had the Participant not died (but had he or she still separated from service with the Company on the date of his or her death if he or she had not previously done so), and (ii) shall pay to the Beneficiary any still remaining amounts then allocated to the Participant’s Account in one lump sum as of the first business day of the third calendar quarter following the date of the Participant’s death.

(b) Death After Payments Begin . If a Participant dies on or after the date as of which any amounts allocated to his or her Account have begun to be paid under the other provisions of this section 5, then the Company shall make to the Participant’s Beneficiary all payments of the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that would have been paid to the Participant after his or her death under the other provisions of this section 5 had he or she not died (and at the same times and on the same schedule that would have applied had the Participant not died).

5.5 Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a Change in Control occurs, the amounts allocated to each Participant’s Account shall be paid to him or her (or, if appropriate, the Participant’s Beneficiary) in one lump sum as of the day next

 

18


following the date on which such Change in Control occurs; except that any Participant may, at the same time he or she makes a distribution election under and in accordance with subsection 5.1 or 5.2 hereof as to any portion of his or her Account, elect that the provisions of this subsection 5.5 shall not apply to such Account portion (in which case the distribution of such Account portion shall be made solely pursuant to the other terms of the Plan and without regard to this subsection 5.5).

5.6 Cash or Share Form of Payment . Subject to the other provisions of this subsection 5.6, any payment made under the Plan to a Participant (or a Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be made in cash to the extent it is attributable to amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that are assumed to be invested other than in Common Shares. Further, subject to the other provisions of this subsection 5.6, any payment made under the Plan to a Participant (or a Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be made in Common Shares to the extent it is attributable to amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account that are assumed to be invested in Common Shares (except that such payment shall be made in cash, and not Common Shares, to the extent it is attributable to amounts credited to the Participant’s Accounts that are assumed to be invested in a fractional, and not a whole, Common Share).

(a) Determination of Portion of Account Invested in Common Shares . For purposes of this subsection 5.6, except as is otherwise provided under administrative policies adopted by the Committee, the portion of any payment made under the Plan to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) that is attributable to amounts credited to the Participant’s Account that are assumed to be invested in Common Shares (other than in a fractional Common Share) shall be deemed to be equal to the product obtained by multiplying the amount described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (a) by the amount described in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph (a).

(1) The amount applicable to this subparagraph (1) equals the value of the entire amount of the payment (with such value determined on the date, or on a date that is set by the Committee and is a reasonable number of days prior to the date, on which the payment is made).

(2) The amount applicable to this subparagraph (2) equals a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the value (on the date, or on a date that is set by the Committee and is a reasonable number of days prior to the date, on which the payment is made and determined without regard to the payment) of the amounts then allocated to the Participant’s Account that are then both assumed to be invested in a whole number of Common Shares and to which the payment is charged and (ii) the denominator of which is the value (on the date, or on a date that is set by the Committee and is a reasonable number of days prior to the date, on which the payment is made and determined without regard to the payment) of the entire amount that is then allocated to the Participant’s Account.

(b) Reimbursement of Sale Costs . Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this subsection 5.6, in connection with the payment of Common Shares to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary), CBI shall reimburse the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) for all reasonable commission or similar costs he or she incurs in selling all or a part of such shares within the two week period (or such longer or shorter period that is set by the Committee) that begins on the date he or she receives such shares (or, if later, the date on which all material impediments of federal securities laws to his or her sale of such shares has ended), provided proper evidence of the amount of such commission or similar costs and of his or her payment of them is furnished by the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) to the Committee.

 

19


(c) Alternative Procedures To Avoid Sale Costs . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 5.6, in lieu of the reimbursements required under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 5.6 the Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish, and notify the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) of, procedures that, through arrangements it develops itself with one or more brokers or through other means, reasonably permit the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) the ability to sell such Common Shares that he or she receives, within the two week period (or such longer or shorter period that is set by the Committee) that begins on the date he or she receives such shares (or, if later, the date on which all material impediments of federal securities laws to his or her sale of such shares has ended), without incurring any commission or similar costs with respect to the sale of such shares, provided he or she follows the procedures established by the Committee for this purpose.

5.7 Distributions for Payment of Taxes .

(a) Distribution for FICA and Related Income Taxes . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have the right (without notice to or approval by a Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person) to pay the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “FICA”) tax imposed under Code Sections 3101, 3121(a), and 3121(v)(2) on compensation deferred under the Plan with respect to the Participant (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “FICA amount”), plus (i) any income tax at source on wages imposed under Code Section 3401 or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA amount and (ii) any additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding Code Section 3401 wages and taxes, from the compensation deferred under the Plan with respect to the Participant (or from any amounts otherwise payable by the Company to or on account of the Participant).

(1) However, the total payment that is taken under the provisions of this paragraph (a) from the compensation deferred under the Plan for the Participant must not exceed the aggregate of the FICA amount and the income tax withholding related to the FICA amount.

(2) To the extent payments made in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (a) are satisfied from the compensation deferred under the Plan for the Participant, then the balance in the Participant’s Account shall immediately be reduced by the amount of such payments.

(b) Distributions for Benefit Payment Tax Withholding Requirements . Also notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have the right (without notice to or approval by a Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person) to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable by the Company to or on account of the Participant, or from any payment otherwise then being made by the Company to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Plan, an amount which the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local, and foreign tax withholding requirements that may apply with respect to such benefit payment made under the Plan. To the extent such tax withholding requirements are satisfied from any payment otherwise then being

 

20


made by the Company to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Plan, the amount so withheld shall be deemed a distribution to the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or such other person, as the case may be.

5.8 Administrative Period To Make Payments . The other provisions of this section 5 provide that any payment that is made under the Plan shall occur “as of” a specific date and sometimes refer to such a date as a “commencement date” or a “payment date.” However, in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.409A-3(d) of the Treasury Regulations and in order to permit a reasonable administrative period for the Company to make payments required under the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of this section 5 or any other provision of the Plan, any payment that is made under the Plan to or with respect to a Participant shall be deemed to have been made as of the specific date as of which it is to be paid under the other provisions of the Plan as long as it is made on such date or a later date within the same Tax Year of the Participant (or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such specified date).

5.9 Employer To Make Payment . Unless the Committee otherwise provides, any payment with respect to a Participant’s Account shall be the liability of and, subject to the provisions of subsection 7.2 hereof, made by the Employer which last employs the Participant as a Key Employee prior to the payment.

5.10 Facility of Payment . Any amounts payable hereunder to any person who is under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage the person’s financial affairs may be paid to the legal representative of such person or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and any such payment shall be deemed to be payment for such person’s account and shall be a complete discharge of all liability of the applicable Employer with respect to the amount so paid.

6. Administration of Plan .

6.1 Administrator of Plan . CBI shall be the administrator of the Plan. However, the Plan shall be administered on behalf of CBI by the Committee. The Committee shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board, unless and until the Board appoints a different committee to administer the Plan.

6.2 Powers of Committee . The Committee, in connection with administering the Plan, is authorized to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan and is given complete discretionary authority to determine any person’s eligibility for benefits under the Plan, to construe the terms of the Plan, and to decide any other matters pertaining to the Plan’s administration. The Committee shall determine any question arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan, which determination shall be binding and conclusive on all persons (subject only to the claims procedure provisions of subsection 6.6 below). The Committee may correct errors, however arising, and, as far as possible, adjust any benefit payments accordingly.

6.3 Actions of Committee .

(a) Manner of Acting as Committee . The Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office, and any such action may be taken either by a vote at a

 

21


meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may by such majority action authorize any one or more of its members or any agent of it to execute any document or documents or to take any other action, including the exercise of discretion, on behalf of the Committee.

(b) Appointment of Agents . The Committee may appoint or employ such counsel, auditors, physicians, clerical help, actuaries, and/or any other agents as in the Committee’s judgment may seem reasonable or necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, and any agent it so employs may carry out any of the responsibilities of the Committee that are delegated to him or her with the same effect as if the Committee had acted directly. The Committee may provide for the allocation of responsibilities for the operation of the Plan.

(c) Conflict of Interest of Committee Member . Any member of the Committee who is also a Participant in the Plan shall not participate in any meeting, discussion, or action of the Committee that specifically concerns his or her own situation.

6.4 Compensation of Committee and Payment of Administrative Expenses . The members of the Committee shall not receive any extra or special compensation for serving as the administrative committee with respect to the Plan and, except as required by law, no bond or other security need be required of them in such capacity in any jurisdiction. All expenses of the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

6.5 Limits on Liability . The Company shall hold each member of the Committee harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, and liabilities arising from any act or omission of the member under or relating to the Plan, other than any expenses or liabilities resulting from the member’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights to which the members of the Committee may be entitled as a matter of law.

6.6 Claims Procedures .

(a) Initial Claim . If a Participant, a Participant’s Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through a Participant has a dispute as to the failure of the Plan to pay or provide a benefit, as to the amount of Plan benefit paid, or as to any other matter involving the Plan, the person may file a claim for the benefit or relief believed by the person to be due. Such claim must be provided by written notice to the Committee. The Committee shall decide any claims made pursuant to this subsection 6.6.

(b) Rules If Initial Claim Is Denied . If a claim made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.6 is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall generally furnish notice of the denial in writing to the claimant within 90 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 45 days) after receipt of the claim by the Committee; except that if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the period in which the Committee is to furnish the claimant written notice of the denial shall be extended for up to an additional 90 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 30 days), and the Committee shall provide the claimant within the initial 90-day (or 45-day) period a written notice indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the final decision.

 

22


(c) Final Denial Notice . If a claim made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.6 is denied, in whole or in part, the final notice of denial shall be written in a manner designed to be understood by the claimant and set forth (i) the specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to appeal such denial of his or her claim, including the time limits applicable to making a request for an appeal and, in the event the claim is one for benefits under the Plan, a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on appeal.

(d) Appeal of Denied Claim . Any claimant who has a claim denied under the foregoing paragraphs of this subsection 6.6 may appeal the denied claim to the Committee. Such an appeal must, in order to be considered, be filed by written notice to the Committee within 60 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 180 days) of the receipt by the claimant of a written notice of the denial of his or her initial claim.

(1) If any appeal is filed in accordance with such rules, the claimant (i) shall be given, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim and (ii) shall be provided the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim.

(2) A formal hearing may be allowed in its discretion by the Committee but is not required.

(e) Appeal Process . Upon any appeal of a denied claim, the Committee shall provide a full and fair review of the subject claim, taking into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant (without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination of the claim), and generally decide the appeal within 60 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 45 days) after the filing of the appeal; except that if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal, the period in which the appeal is to be decided may be extended for up to an additional 60 days (or, if a Participant’s disability is material to the claim, 45 days) and the Committee shall provide the claimant written notice of the extension prior to the end of the initial period. However, if the decision on the appeal is extended due to the claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide the appeal, the period for making the decision on the appeal shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information.

(f) Appeal Decision Notice If Appeal Is Denied . If an appeal of a denied claim is denied, the decision on appeal shall (i) be set forth in a writing designed to be understood by the claimant, (ii) specify the reasons for the decision and references to pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based, and (iii) contain statements that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim and, in the event the appeal involves a claim for benefits under the Plan, of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. The decision on appeal shall generally be furnished to the claimant by the Committee within the applicable appeal period that is described above.

 

23


(g) Miscellaneous Claims Procedure Rules . If a Participant’s disability is material to an applicable claim appeal, then, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall appoint other persons who are not either members of the Committee or subordinates of any such members to conduct the appeal (and any reference to the Committee in the foregoing paragraphs of this subsection 6.6 that deal with such appeal shall be read to refer to such other appointed persons). Also, a claimant may appoint a representative to act on his or her behalf in making or pursuing a claim or an appeal of a claim. In addition, the Committee may prescribe additional rules which are consistent with the other provisions of this subsection 6.6 in order to carry out the claim procedures of this Plan.

7. Funding Obligation .

7.1 General Rule for Source of Benefits . Except as is otherwise provided herein, all payments of any benefit provided under the Plan to or on account of a Participant shall be made from the general assets of the Employer which last employed the Participant as a Key Employee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, neither the Participant, his or her Beneficiary, nor any other person claiming through the Participant shall have any right or claim to any payment of the benefit to be provided pursuant to the Plan which in any manner whatsoever is superior to or different from the right or claim of a general and unsecured creditor of such Employer.

7.2 “Rabbi” Trust . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 7.1 hereof, CBI may, in its sole and absolute discretion, establish a trust (for purposes of this subsection 7.2, the “Trust”) to which contributions may be made by an Employer in order to fund the Employer’s obligations under the Plan. If, and only if, CBI exercises its discretion to establish a Trust, the following paragraphs of this subsection 7.2 shall apply (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan).

(a) Grantor Trust Requirement . The part of the Trust attributable to any Employer’s contributions to the Trust (for purposes of this subsection 7.2, such Employer’s “Trust account”) shall be a “grantor” trust under the Code, in that such Employer shall be treated as the grantor of such Employer’s Trust account within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code.

(b) Creditors Rights Under Trust When Employer Insolvent . Any Employer’s Trust account shall be subject to the claims of such Employer’s creditors in the event of such Employer’s insolvency. For purposes hereof, an Employer shall be considered “insolvent” if either (i) such Employer is unable to pay its debts as they become due or (ii) such Employer is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(c) Contributions To Trust . Except as may otherwise be required by the terms of the Trust itself, an Employer may make contributions to its Trust account for the purposes of meeting its obligations under the Plan at any time, and in such amounts, as such Employer determines in its discretion.

(d) Payments From Trust . Any payment otherwise required to be made by an Employer under the Plan shall be made by such Employer’s Trust account instead of such Employer in the event that such Employer fails to make such payment directly and such

 

24


Employer’s Trust account then has sufficient assets to make such payment, provided that such Employer is not then insolvent. If such Employer becomes insolvent, however, then all assets of such Employer’s Trust account shall be held for the benefit of such Employer’s creditors and payments from such Employer’s Trust account shall cease or not begin, as the case may be.

(e) Remaining Liability of Employer . Unless and except to the extent any payment required to be made pursuant to the Plan by an Employer is made by such Employer’s Trust account, the obligation to make such payment remains exclusively that of such Employer.

(f) Terms of Trust Incorporated . The terms of the Trust are hereby incorporated by reference into the Plan. To the extent the terms of the Plan conflict with the terms of the Trust, the terms of the Trust shall control.

8. Amendment and Termination of Plan .

8.1 Right and Procedure to Terminate Plan . CBI reserves the right to terminate the Plan in its entirety.

(a) Procedure To Terminate Plan . The procedure for CBI to terminate the Plan in its entirety is as follows. In order to completely terminate the Plan, the Board shall adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to terminate the Plan. Such resolutions shall set forth therein the effective date of the Plan’s termination.

(b) Effect of Termination of Plan . In the event the Board adopts resolutions completely terminating the Plan, no further benefits may be paid after the effective date of the Plan’s termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan’s termination shall not affect the payment (in accordance with the provisions of the Plan) of the Plan’s benefits attributable to compensation the deferral of which (i) has already been elected by a Participant or otherwise required under the terms of this Plan, and (ii) cannot still be voided by the Participant’s election or otherwise under the terms of Sections 1.409A-1 through 1.409A-6 of the Treasury Regulations, by the later of the effective date of the Plan’s termination or the date such resolutions terminating the Plan are adopted.

8.2 Amendment of Plan . Subject to the other provisions of this subsection 8.2, CBI may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time in any respect; provided that no such amendment shall decrease the benefits attributable to compensation the deferral of which (i) has already been elected by a Participant or otherwise required under the terms of this Plan, and (ii) cannot still be voided by the Participant’s election or otherwise under the terms of Sections 1.409A-1 through 1.409A-6 of the Treasury Regulations, by the later of the effective date of the amendment or the date the amendment is adopted.

(a) Procedure To Amend Plan . Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 8.2, in order to amend the Plan, the Board shall adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to amend the Plan. Such resolutions shall either (i) set forth the express terms of the Plan amendment or (ii) simply set forth the nature of the amendment and direct an officer of CBI to have prepared and to sign on

 

25


behalf of CBI the formal amendment to the Plan. In the latter case, such officer shall have prepared and shall sign on behalf of CBI an amendment to the Plan which is in accordance with such resolutions.

(b) Alternative Procedure To Amend Plan . In addition to the procedure for amending the Plan set forth in paragraph (a) of this subsection 8.2, the Board may also adopt resolutions, pursuant and subject to the regulations or by-laws of CBI and any applicable law, and either at a duly called meeting of the Board or by a written consent in lieu of a meeting, to delegate to any officer of CBI or to the Committee the authority to amend the Plan.

(1) Such resolutions may either grant the officer or the Committee broad authority to amend the Plan in any manner the officer or the Committee deems necessary or advisable or may limit the scope of amendments he, she, or it may adopt, such as by limiting such amendments to matters related to the administration of the Plan. In the event of any such delegation to amend the Plan, the officer or the Committee to whom or which authority is delegated shall amend the Plan by having prepared and signed on behalf of CBI an amendment to the Plan which is within the scope of amendments which he, she, or it has authority to adopt.

(2) Also, any such delegation to amend the Plan may be terminated at any time by later resolutions adopted by the Board.

(3) Finally, in the event of any such delegation to amend the Plan, and even while such delegation remains in effect, the Board shall continue to retain its own right to amend the Plan pursuant to the procedure set forth in paragraph (b) of this subsection 8.2.

9. Miscellaneous .

9.1 Delegation . Except as is otherwise provided in sections 6 and 8 hereof, any matter or thing to be done by CBI shall be done by its Board, except that, from time to time, the Board by resolution may delegate to any person or committee certain of its rights and duties hereunder. Any such delegation shall be valid and binding on all persons, and the person or committee to whom or which authority is delegated shall have full power to act in all matters so delegated until the authority expires by its terms or is revoked by the Board, as the case may be.

9.2 Non-Alienation of Benefits .

(a) General Non-Alienation Rule . Except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant or Beneficiary may alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made by the Company hereunder, which payments and the right to receive them are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable. In the event of any attempt to alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made by the Company hereunder, the Company shall have no further obligation to make any payments otherwise required of it hereunder (except to the extent required by applicable law).

(b) Exception for Domestic Relations Orders . Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 9.2, any benefit payment otherwise due to a Participant under the Plan shall be made to a person other than the Participant to the extent necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)).

 

26


9.3 No Spousal Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any spouse or former spouse of a Participant any right to benefits under the Plan of the types described in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 (relating to qualified preretirement survivor annuities and qualified joint and survivor annuities).

9.4 Separation From Service . For all purposes of the Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have separated from service with the Company on the date he or she dies, retires, or otherwise has a separation from service with the Company’s controlled group. The following subsections of this subsection 9.4 shall apply in determining when a Participant has incurred a separation from service with the Company’s controlled group.

(a) Effect of Leave of Service . The Participant’s service with the Company’s controlled group shall be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence where there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Company’s controlled group (but not beyond the later of the date on which the leave has lasted for six months or the date on which the Participant no longer retains a right of reemployment with the Company’s controlled group under an applicable statute or by contract).

(b) Determination of Separation From Service . For purposes of the Plan, a separation from service of the Participant with the Company’s controlled group as of any date shall be determined to have occurred when, under all facts and circumstances, either (i) no further services will be performed by the Participant for the Company’s controlled group after such date or (ii) the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform for the Company’s controlled group after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) by the Participant for the Company’s controlled group over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of the Participant’s service for the Company’s controlled group if such period has been less than 36 months).

(c) Controlled Group Definition . For purposes of this subsection 9.4, the “Company’s controlled group” means, collectively, (i) each Employer and (ii) each other corporation or other organization that is deemed to be a single employer with an Employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes an Employer or under common control with an Employer), provided that such Code sections will be applied and interpreted by substituting “at least 50 percent” for each reference to “at least 80 percent” that is contained in Code Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) and in Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations.

9.5 No Effect On Employment . The Plan is not a contract of employment, and the terms of employment of any Participant shall not be affected in any way by the Plan except as specifically provided in the Plan. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any Participant for a continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any Employee and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant in the Plan. Each Participant (and any Beneficiary of or other person claiming through the Participant) who may have or claim any right under the Plan shall be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

27


9.6 Applicable Law . The Plan shall be governed by applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by applicable federal law, the laws of the State of Ohio.

9.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

9.8 Headings . Headings used throughout the Plan are for convenience only and shall not be given legal significance.

9.9 Counterparts . The Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one thereof.

9.10 Application of Code Section 409A . The Plan is intended to satisfy and comply with all of the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. The provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PLAN DOCUMENT, Cincinnati Bell Inc., the sponsor of the Plan, has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan document, to be effective as of January 1, 2005.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By  

/s/ Christopher J. Wilson

Title  

V.P. General Counsel & Secretary

Date  

 

 

28

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(8)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the Effective Date between Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“Employer”) and Brian G. Keating (“Employee”). For purposes of this Agreement, the “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.

Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. Employment . By this Agreement, Employer and Employee set forth the terms of Employer’s employment of Employee on and after the Effective Date. Any prior agreements or understandings with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer are canceled as of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as provided in Section 13 of this Agreement, all stock options, restricted shares and other long term incentive awards granted to Employee prior to the Effective Date, benefit plans in which Employee is eligible for participation and any Employer policies to which Employee is subject shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms and shall not be modified, amended or cancelled by this Agreement.

2. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement initially shall be the one year period commencing on the Effective Date. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement automatically shall be extended for a period of one additional year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Agreement is subject to termination as provided in Section 13.

3. Duties .

A. Employee will serve as Vice President, Human Resources & Administration for Cincinnati Bell Inc. or in such other equivalent capacity as may be designated by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer. Employee will report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer or to such other officer as the Chief Executive Officer of Employer may direct.

B. Employee shall furnish such managerial, executive, financial, technical and other skills, advice, and assistance in operating Employer and its Affiliates as Employer may reasonably request. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means each corporation or organization that is deemed to be a single employer with Employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes Employer or under common control with Employer).

C. Employee shall also perform such other duties, consistent with the provisions of Section 3.A., as are reasonably assigned to Employee by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer.

D. Employee shall devote Employee’s entire time, attention and energies to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. The words “entire time, attention and energies” are intended to mean that Employee shall devote Employee’s full effort during reasonable working hours to the business of Employer and its Affiliates and shall devote at least 40 hours per week to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. Employee shall travel to such places as are necessary in the performance of Employee’s duties.

 

1


4. Compensation .

A. Employee shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of at least $257,500 per year, payable not less frequently than monthly, for each year during the term of this Agreement, subject to proration for any partial year. Such Base Salary, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement, shall be subject to withholding as required by law.

B. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Bonus”) for each calendar year for which services are performed under this Agreement. Any Bonus for a calendar year shall be payable after the conclusion of the calendar year in accordance with Employer’s regular bonus payment policies. Each year, Employee shall be given a Bonus target of not less than $128,750, subject to proration for a partial year. The Bonus target shall be established from time to time by Employer’s Compensation Committee if Employee is a named executive officer for purposes of Employer’s annual proxy statement or is otherwise an executive officer whose compensation is determined by the Compensation Committee, or, if Employee is not so subject, then in accordance with the provisions of Employer’s then existing annual incentive plan or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer (“annual incentive plan”) in which Employee participates. Any Bonus award to Employee shall further be subject to the terms and conditions of any such applicable annual incentive plan.

C. On at least an annual basis, Employee shall receive a formal performance review and be considered for Base Salary and/or Bonus target increases.

5. Expenses . All reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in the course of the performance of Employee’s duties to Employer shall be reimbursable in accordance with Employer’s then current travel and expense policies.

6. Benefits .

A. While Employee remains in the employ of Employer, Employee shall be eligible to participate in all of the various employee benefit plans and programs, which are made available to similarly situated officers of Employer, in accordance with the eligibility provisions and other terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

B. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Base Salary and any Bonuses otherwise payable to Employee shall be reduced by any benefits paid to Employee by Employer under any disability plans made available to Employee by Employer (“Disability Plans”).

C. In each year of this Agreement, Employee will be eligible to be considered for a grant of awards under Employer’s 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan and/or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer.

7. Confidentiality . Employer and its Affiliates are engaged in the telecommunications industry within the U.S. Employee acknowledges that in the course of employment with the Employer, Employee will be entrusted with or obtain access to information proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates with respect to the following (all of which information is referred to hereinafter collectively as the “Information”); the organization and management of Employer

 

2


and its Affiliates; the names, addresses, buying habits and other special information regarding past, present and potential customers, employees and suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates; customer and supplier contracts and transactions or price lists of Employer, its Affiliates and their suppliers; products, services, programs and processes sold, licensed or developed by Employer or its Affiliates; technical data, plans and specifications, and present and/or future development projects of Employer and its Affiliates; financial and/or marketing data respecting the conduct of the present or future phases of business of Employer and its Affiliates; computer programs, systems and/or software; ideas, inventions, trademarks, trade secrets, business information, know-how, processes, improvements, designs, redesigns, discoveries and developments of Employer and its Affiliates; and other information considered confidential by any of the Employer, its Affiliates or customers or suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee agrees to retain the Information in absolute confidence and not to disclose the Information to any person or organization except as required in the performance of Employee’s duties for Employer, without the express written consent of Employer; provided that Employee’s obligation of confidentiality shall not extend to any Information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Employee.

8. New Developments . All ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks or other developments or improvements, whether patentable or not, conceived by Employee, alone or with others, at any time during the term of Employee’s employment, whether or not during working hours or on Employer’s premises, which are within the scope of or related to the business operations of Employer or its Affiliates (“New Developments”), shall be and remain the exclusive property of Employer. Employee agrees that any New Developments which, within one year after the cessation of employment with Employer, are made, disclosed, reduced to a tangible or written form or description or are reduced to practice by Employee and which are based upon, utilize or incorporate Information shall, as between Employee and Employer, be presumed to have been made during Employee’s employment by Employer. Employee further agrees that Employee will not, during the term of Employee’s employment with Employer, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto Employer premises any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.

At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee shall do all things reasonably necessary to ensure ownership of such New Developments by Employer, including the execution of documents assigning and transferring to Employer all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in and to such New Developments and the execution of all documents required to enable Employer to file and obtain patents, trademarks, service marks and copyrights in the United States and foreign countries on any of such New Developments.

9. Surrender of Material Upon Termination . Employee hereby agrees that upon cessation of Employee’s employment, for whatever reason and whether voluntary or involuntary, Employee will immediately surrender to Employer all of the property and other things of value in his possession or in the possession of any person or entity under Employee’s control that are the property of Employer or any of its Affiliates, including without any limitation all personal notes, drawings, manuals, documents, photographs or the like, including copies and derivatives thereof,

 

3


and e-mails and other electronic and digital information of all types regardless of where or the type of device on which such materials may be stored by Employee, relating directly or indirectly to any Information, materials or New Developments, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Employer or any of its Affiliates.

10. Remedies.

A. Employer and Employee hereby acknowledge and agree that the services rendered by Employee to Employer, the information disclosed to Employee during and by virtue of Employee’s employment and Employee’s commitments and obligations to Employer and its Affiliates herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, and that the breach of any provision of this Agreement by Employee will cause Employer irreparable injury and damage, and consequently the Employer shall be entitled to, in addition to all other remedies available to it, injunctive and equitable relief to prevent a breach of Sections 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12 of this Agreement and to secure the enforcement of this Agreement.

B. Except as provided in Section 10.A. , the parties hereto agree to submit to final and binding arbitration any dispute, claim or controversy, whether for breach of this Agreement or for violation of any of Employee’s statutorily created or protected rights, arising between the parties that either party would have been otherwise entitled to file or pursue in court or before any administrative agency (herein “claim”), and each party waives all right to sue the other party.

(i) This agreement to arbitrate and any resulting arbitration award are enforceable under and subject to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. (“FAA”). If the FAA is held not to apply for any reason, then Ohio Revised Code Chapter 271l regarding the enforceability of arbitration agreements and awards will govern this Agreement and the arbitration award.

(ii) (a) All of a party’s claims must be presented at a single arbitration hearing. Any claim not raised at the arbitration hearing is waived and released. The arbitration hearing will take place in Cincinnati, Ohio.

(b) The arbitration process will be governed by the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) except to the extent they are modified by this Agreement. In the event that any provisions of this Section 10 are determined by AAA to be unenforceable or impermissibly contrary to AAA rules, then this Section 10 shall be modified as necessary to comply with AAA requirements.

(c) Employee has had an opportunity to review the AAA rules and the requirements that Employee must pay a filing fee for which Employer has agreed to split on an equal basis.

(d) The arbitrator will be selected from a panel of arbitrators chosen by the AAA. After the filing of a Request for Arbitration, the AAA will send simultaneously to Employer and Employee an identical list of names of five persons chosen from the panel. Each party will have 10 days from the transmittal date in which to strike up to two names, number the remaining names in order of preference and return the list to the AAA.

 

4


(e) Any pre-hearing disputes will be presented to the arbitrator for expeditious, final and binding resolution.

(f) The award of the arbitrator will be in writing and will set forth each issue considered and the arbitrator’s finding of fact and conclusions of law as to each such issue.

(g) The remedy and relief that may be granted by the arbitrator to Employee are limited to lost wages, benefits, cease and desist and affirmative relief, compensatory, liquidated and punitive damages and reasonable attorney’s fees, and will not include reinstatement or promotion. If the arbitrator would have awarded reinstatement or promotion, but for the prohibition in this Agreement, the arbitrator may award front pay. The arbitrator may assess to either party, or split, the arbitrator’s fee and expenses and the cost of the transcript, if any, in accordance with the arbitrator’s determination of the merits of each party’s position, but each party will bear any cost for its witnesses and proof.

(h) Employer and Employee recognize that a primary benefit each derives from arbitration is avoiding the delay and costs normally associated with litigation. Therefore, neither party will be entitled to conduct any discovery prior to the arbitration hearing except that: (i) Employer will furnish Employee with copies of all non-privileged documents in Employee’s personnel file; (ii) if the claim is for discharge, Employee will furnish Employer with records of earnings and benefits relating to Employee’s subsequent employment (including self-employment) and all documents relating to Employee’s efforts to obtain subsequent employment; (iii) the parties will exchange copies of all documents they intend to introduce as evidence at the arbitration hearing at least 10 days prior to such hearing; (iv) Employee will be allowed (at Employee’s expense) to take the depositions, for a period not to exceed four hours each, of two representatives of Employer, and Employer will be allowed (at its expense) to depose Employee for a period not to exceed four hours; and (v) Employer or Employee may ask the arbitrator to grant additional discovery to the extent permitted by AAA rules upon a showing that such discovery is necessary.

(i) Nothing herein will prevent either party from taking the deposition of any witness where the sale purpose for taking the deposition is to use the deposition in lieu of the witness testifying at the hearing and the witness is, in good faith, unavailable to testify in person at the hearing due to poor health, residency and employment more than 50 miles from the hearing site, conflicting travel plans or other comparable reason.

(j) Arbitration must be requested in writing no later than 6 months from the date of the party’s knowledge of the matter disputed by the claim. A party’s failure to initiate arbitration within the time limits herein will be considered a waiver and release by that party with respect to any claim subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

(k) Employer and Employee consent that judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any federal or state court that has jurisdiction.

(1) Except as provided in Section 10.A., neither party will commence or pursue any litigation on any claim that is or was subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

 

5


(m) All aspects of any arbitration procedure under this Agreement, including the hearing and the record of the proceedings, are confidential and will not be open to the public, except to the extent the parties agree otherwise in writing, or as may be appropriate in any subsequent proceedings between the parties, or as may otherwise be appropriate in response to a governmental agency or legal process or as may be required to be disclosed by Employer pursuant to applicable law, rule or regulation to which Employer is subject, including requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchanges on which Employer’s securities are listed.

11. Covenant Not to Compete, No Interference; No Solicitation . For purposes of this Section 11 only, the: term “Employer” shall mean, collectively, Employer and each of its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and during the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not engage in any business offering services related to the current business of Employer, whether as a principal, partner, joint venture, agent, employee, salesman, consultant, director or officer, where such position would involve Employee in any business activity in competition with Employer. This restriction will be limited to the geographical area where Employer is then engaged in such competing business activity or to such other geographical area as a court shall find reasonably necessary to protect the goodwill and business of Employer.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not interfere with or adversely affect, either directly or indirectly, Employer’s relationships with any person, firm, association, corporation or other entity which is known by Employee to be, or is included on any listing to which Employee had access during the course of employment, as a customer, client, supplier, consultant or employee of Employer and that Employee will not divert or change, or attempt to divert or change, any such relationship to the detriment of Employer or to the benefit of any other person, firm, association, corporation or other entity.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of Employer, accept employment, as an employee, consultant or otherwise, with any company or entity which is a supplier of Employer at any time during the final year of Employee’s employment with Employer.

Employee will not, during or at any time within one year after the cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer, induce or seek to induce any other employee of Employer to terminate his or her employment relationship with Employer.

Employee acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth herein are founded upon valuable consideration and, with respect to the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Section 11, are reasonable in duration and geographic scope. The time period and geographical area set forth in this Section 10 are each divisible and separable, and, in the event that the covenants not to compete and/or not to divert business or employees contained therein are judicially held invalid or unenforceable as to such time period and/or geographical area, they will be valid and enforceable in such

 

6


geographical area(s) and for such time period(s) which the court determines to be reasonable and enforceable. Employee agrees that in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction determines that the above covenants are invalid or unenforceable to join with Employer in requesting such court to construe the applicable provision by limiting or reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the then applicable law. Furthermore, it is agreed that any period of restriction or covenant hereinabove stated shall not include any period of violation or period of time required for litigation or arbitration to enforce such restrictions or covenants.

12. Goodwill . During the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee will not disparage Employer or any of its Affiliates in any way which could adversely affect the goodwill, reputation and business relationships of Employer or any of its Affiliates with the public generally, or with any of their customers, suppliers or employees, and Employer will not disparage Employee. Employee understands and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to make any such public disclosures as are required by applicable law, rule or regulation regarding Employee, including termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, and that any public disclosures so made by Employer and other statements materially consistent with such public disclosures shall not be restricted in any manner by this Section 12.

13. Termination .

A. (i) Employer or Employee may terminate this Agreement upon Employee’s failure or inability to perform the services required hereunder, because of any physical or mental infirmity for which Employee receives disability benefits under any Disability Plans, over a period of one hundred twenty consecutive working days during any twelve consecutive month period (a “Terminating Disability”).

(ii) If Employer or Employee elects to terminate this Agreement in the event of a Terminating Disability, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the giving of written notice by the terminating party to the other.

(iii) Upon termination of this Agreement on account of Terminating Disability, Employer shall pay Employee Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise (subject to offset for any amounts received pursuant to the Disability Plans), to the date of termination. In the event of a Terminating Disability, Employer also shall provide Employee with disability benefits and all other benefits according to the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and any other Employer plans in which Employee is then participating. Furthermore, Employee shall continue to accrue service as an employee in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and pension plan(s), and for purposes of vesting under any outstanding incentive awards granted to Employee, as may be set forth in the applicable incentive plan or related award letter.

(iv) If the parties elect not to terminate this Agreement upon an event of a Terminating Disability and Employee returns to active employment with Employer prior to such a termination, or if such disability exists for less than one hundred twenty consecutive working days, the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

B. This Agreement terminates immediately and automatically on the death of Employee, provided, however, that Employee’s estate shall be paid Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of death.

 

7


C. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee, for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Employer shall have “Cause” to terminate this Agreement only if Employer’s Board of Directors determines that there has been fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or misconduct constituting serious criminal activity on the part of Employee. Upon termination for Cause, Employee shall be entitled to receive only Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of termination.

D. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C., provided, however, that Employer shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In addition, Employee may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employer, as a result of a Constructive Termination, provided, however, that Employee shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by Employer, or by Employee as a result of a Constructive Termination, under this Section 13.D.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to one and one-half times the Employee’s annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(ii) for purposes of any outstanding stock option issued by Employer to Employee, outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee or other outstanding incentive award granted by Employer to Employee, Employee’s employment with Employer shall not be deemed to have terminated until the end of the Current Term;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer; and

 

8


(v) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

E. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event and at the time that both there is a Change in Control and either (1) Employee elects to terminate his employment with Employer within one year after the Change in Control as a result of a Constructive Termination or (2) Employee’s employment with Employer is actually terminated by Employer within one year after the Change in Control for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C. In the event of a termination of this Agreement under this Section 13.E.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the sum of the annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement and the annual Bonus target in effect at the time of such termination by (b) two;

(ii) all outstanding stock options and other incentive awards issued by Employer to Employee that are not vested and exercisable at the time of the termination of this Agreement shall become immediately vested and exercisable (and Employee shall be afforded the opportunity to exercise them until the earlier of (a) the latest date, determined in accordance with the terms of such stock options or awards, that would apply if such stock options or awards had become vested and exercisable immediately before the termination of this Agreement or (b) the end of the Current Term) and the restrictions applicable to all outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee shall lapse upon the termination of this Agreement;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s

 

9


annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer;

(v) to the extent that Employee is deemed to have received an excess parachute payment under Code Section 280G by reason of the Change in Control, Employer shall pay Employee, within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, an additional sum sufficient to pay (a) any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code plus (b) any federal, state and local taxes applicable to any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code; and

(vi) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

F. Employee may resign upon 60 days’ prior written notice to Employer. In the event of a resignation under this Section 13.F., this Agreement shall terminate and Employee shall be entitled to receive Employee’s Base Salary through the date of termination, any Bonus earned but not paid at the time of termination and any other vested compensation or benefits called for under any compensation plan or program of Employer.

G. Upon termination of this Agreement as a result of an event of termination described in this Section 13 and except for Employer’s payment of the required payments under this Section 13 (including any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and any nonforfeitable amounts payable under any employee plan), all further compensation under this Agreement shall terminate. Employee further agrees that as a condition precedent to Employee’s receipt of payments under this Section 13 (other than any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and all payments pursuant to Section 13.E.), upon the request of Employer and by a reasonable deadline set by Employer (to ensure that payments can be made by the dates specified in this Section 13 following the expiration of the time for revocation of such release as permitted by law), Employee will execute and not revoke a release of claims against Employer, which release shall contain customary and appropriate terms and conditions as determined in good faith by Employer.

H. The termination of this Agreement shall not amend, alter or modify the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 hereof, the terms of which shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

I. To the extent provided below, the following provisions apply under this Section 13 and the other provisions of the Agreement.

 

10


(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of Sections 13.D and 13.E., “Current Term” means the one year period beginning at the time of the termination of this Agreement.

(ii) For purposes of Sections 13.D. and 13.E., “Change in Control” means a Change in Control as defined under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as such plan is amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 and as it may thereafter be amended).

(iii) For purposes of Section 13.D. and 13.E., “Constructive Termination” shall be deemed to have occurred if, without Employee’s consent, there is a material reduction by Employer in Employee’s authority, reporting relationship or responsibilities, there is a reduction by Employer in Employee’s Base Salary or Bonus target or Employee is required by Employer to relocate from the Greater Cincinnati, Ohio Area by 50 or more miles.

(iv) When an amount (referred to in this Section 13.I.(iv) as the “principal sum”) that is payable under Section 13.D.(i), 13.D.(iv), 13.E.(i), or 13.E.(iv) within five days after the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer is paid, such payment shall also include an amount that is equal to the amount of interest that would have been earned by such principal sum for the period from the date of Employee’s termination of employment with Employer to the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment had such principal sum earned interest for such period at an annual rate of interest of 3.5%.

(v) To the extent that any of the benefits applicable to medical, dental and vision coverage provided to Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) (referred to in this Section 13.I. as “healthcare plan benefits”) are subject to federal income taxation, the following conditions shall apply:

(a) the amount of healthcare plan benefits provided or paid during any tax year of Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) shall not affect the amount of healthcare plan benefits that are provided or eligible for payment in any other tax years of Employee (disregarding any limit on the amount of medical expenses, as defined in Code Section 213(d), that may be paid or reimbursed over some or all of the period in which such coverage is in effect because of a lifetime, annual or similar limit on any covered person’s expenses that can be paid or reimbursed under Employer’s health care plans under which the terms of such coverage is determined);

(b) the payment or reimbursement of an expense for healthcare plan benefits that is eligible for payment or reimbursement shall not be made prior to the date immediately following the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer and shall in any event be made no later than the last day of the tax year of Employee next following the tax year of Employee in which the expense is incurred; and

(c) Employee’s right to healthcare plan benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(vi) For purposes of this Agreement (including but not limited to Sections 13.D.(iii), (iv) and (v) and 13.E.(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)), any reference to the termination of this

 

11


Agreement or to the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer shall mean and require that, as of the date of such termination, Employee’s services for Employer and its Affiliates shall have completely ceased or that Employee shall have otherwise separated from service with Employer and its Affiliates within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409-1(h).

14. Assignment . As this is an agreement for personal services involving a relation of confidence and a trust between Employer and Employee, all rights and duties of Employee arising under this Agreement, and the Agreement itself, are non-assignable by Employee.

15. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if delivered personally or by certified mail to Employee at Employee’s place of residence as then recorded on the books of Employer or to Employer at its principal office.

16. Waiver . No waiver or modification of this Agreement or the terms contained herein shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such party.

17. Governing Law . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and, to the extent applicable, federal law.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer. There are no other contracts, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, existing between them except as contained or referred to in this Agreement.

19. Severability . In case anyone or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or other enforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions have never been contained herein.

20. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 14 above, this Agreement shall be binding upon Employee, Employer and Employer’s successors and assigns.

21. Confidentiality of Agreement Terms . The terms of this Agreement shall be held in strict confidence by Employee and shall not be disclosed by Employee to anyone other than Employee’s spouse, Employee’s legal counsel and Employee’s other advisors, unless required by law. Further, except as provided in the preceding sentence, Employee shall not reveal the existence of this Agreement or discuss its terms with any person (including but not limited to any employee of Employer or its Affiliates) without the express authorization of the President of Employer, provided that Employee shall advise any prospective new employer of the existence of Employee’s non-competition, confidentiality and similar obligations under this Agreement. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement have been disclosed by Employer, in a public filing or otherwise, the confidentiality requirements of this Section 21 shall no longer apply to such terms.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.   EMPLOYEE
By:  

/s/ John F. Cassidy

   

/s/ Brian G. Keating

      Brian G. Keating
Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

   
Date:  

12/19/08

    Date:  

12/18/08

 

13

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(9)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the Effective Date between Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (“Employer”), and John F. Cassidy (“Employee”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.

Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. Employment . By this Agreement, Employer and Employee set forth the terms of Employer’s employment of Employee on and after the Effective Date. Any prior agreements or understandings with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer, including Employee’s Employment Agreement with Cincinnati Bell Inc. with an effective date of January 1, 1999, are canceled as of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as provided in Section 13 of this Agreement, all stock options, restricted shares, and other long term incentive awards granted to Employee prior to the Effective Date, as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms and shall not be modified, amended, or canceled by this Agreement.

2. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement initially shall be the one year period commencing on the Effective Date. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement automatically shall be extended for a period of one additional year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Agreement is subject to termination as provided in Section 13.

3. Duties .

A. Employee will serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer. Employee will report to the Board of Directors of Employer.

B. Employee shall furnish such managerial, executive, financial, technical, and other skills, advice, and assistance in operating Employer and its Affiliates as Employer may reasonably request. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means each corporation or organization that is deemed to be a single employer with Employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) ( i.e . as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes Employer or under common control with Employer).

C. Employee shall devote Employee’s entire time, attention, and energies to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. The words “entire time, attention, and energies” are intended to mean that Employee shall devote Employee’s full effort during reasonable working hours to the business of Employer and its Affiliates and shall devote at least 40 hours per week to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. Employee shall travel to such places as are necessary in the performance of Employee’s duties.

 

1


4. Compensation .

A. Employee shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of at least $645,000 per year, payable not less frequently than monthly, for each year during the term of this Agreement, subject to proration for any partial year. Such Base Salary, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement, shall be subject to withholding as required by law.

B. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus (the “Bonus”) for each calendar year for which services are performed under this Agreement. Any Bonus for a calendar year shall be payable after the conclusion of the calendar year in accordance with Employer’s regular bonus payment policies. Each year, Employee shall be given a Bonus target by Employer’s Compensation Committee of not less than $968,000, subject to proration for a partial year.

C. On at least an annual basis, Employee shall receive a formal performance review and be considered for Base Salary and/or Bonus target increases.

5. Expenses . All reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in the course of the performance of Employee’s duties to Employer shall be reimbursable in accordance with Employer’s then current travel and expense policies.

6. Benefits .

A. While Employee remains in the employ of Employer, Employee shall be entitled to participate in all of the various employee benefit plans and programs, or equivalent plans and programs, which are made available to similarly situated officers of Employer.

B. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Base Salary and Bonuses otherwise payable to Employee shall be reduced by any benefits paid to Employee by Employer under any disability plans made available to Employee by Employer.

C. In each year of this Agreement, Employee shall be granted options to purchase common shares of Employer under Employer’s 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer. The number of such stock options granted each year will be determined by Employer’s Compensation Committee.

D. In each year of this Agreement, Employee may receive an award of restricted common shares of Employer under Employer’s 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer. Any such award shall be made at the discretion of Employer’s Compensation Committee and the number of restricted shares awarded for each year, if any, shall be determined by Employer’s Compensation Committee.

E. A supplemental, non-qualified pension will be provided to Employee by Employer in accordance with this Section 6.E.

(i) The non-qualified pension shall be equal to that portion of Employee’s accrued pension under Employer’s Management Pension Plan (“CBMPP”) which is attributable to Employee’s first ten years of service with Employer.

 

2


(ii) Employee’s non-qualified pension under this Section 6.E. shall be paid in one lump sum within 30 days after (and not before) the earlier of (a) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment or (b) the date immediately following the date of Employee’s death. If Employee dies before payment is made under this Section 6.E., the non-qualified pension shall be paid to Employee’s designated beneficiary.

(iii) When Employee’s non-qualified pension is paid under this Section 6.E. to Employee within 30 days after the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, such payment shall also include an amount that is equal to the amount of interest that would have been earned by the amount of such non-qualified pension for the period from the date of Employee’s termination of employment with Employer to the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment had such amount earned interest for such period at an annual rate of interest of 3.5%.

(iv) Nothing contained in this Section 6.E. shall be construed to give Employee any right to continued employment except under the express terms of this Agreement. The provision of this Section 6.E. shall survive the term of Employee’s employment under this Agreement.

7. Confidentiality . Employer and its Affiliates are engaged in the telecommunications industry within the U.S. Employee acknowledges that in the course of employment with the Employer, Employee will be entrusted with or obtain access to information proprietary to the Employer and its Affiliates with respect to the following (all of which information is referred to hereinafter collectively as the “Information”): the organization and management of Employer and its Affiliates; the names, addresses, buying habits, and other special information regarding past, present, and potential customers, employees, and suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates; customer and supplier contracts and transactions or price lists of Employer, its Affiliates, and their suppliers; products, services, programs, and processes sold, licensed, or developed by the Employer or its Affiliates; technical data, plans, and specifications, and present and/or future development projects, of Employer and its Affiliates; financial and/or marketing data respecting the conduct of the present or future phases of business of Employer and its Affiliates; computer programs, systems, and/or software; ideas, inventions, trademarks, business information, know-how, processes, improvements, designs, redesigns, discoveries, and developments of Employer and its Affiliates; and other information considered confidential by any of the Employer, its Affiliates, or customers or suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates. Employee agrees to retain the Information in absolute confidence and not to disclose the Information to any person or organization except as required in the performance of Employee’s duties for Employer, without the express written consent of Employer; provided that Employee’s obligation of confidentiality shall not extend to any Information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Employee.

8. New Developments . All ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts, trademarks, or other developments or improvements, whether patentable or not, conceived by Employee, alone or with others, at any time during the term of Employee’s employment, whether or not during working hours or on Employer’s premises, which are within the scope of or related to the business operations of Employer or its Affiliates (“New Developments”), shall be and remain the exclusive property of Employer. Employee shall do all things reasonably necessary to ensure

 

3


ownership of such New Developments by Employer, including the execution of documents assigning and transferring to Employer, all of Employee’s rights, title, and interest in and to such New Developments, and the execution of all documents required to enable Employer to file and obtain patents, trademarks, and copyrights in the United States and foreign countries on any of such New Developments.

9. Surrender of Material Upon Termination . Employee hereby agrees that upon cessation of Employee’s employment, for whatever reason and whether voluntary or involuntary, Employee will immediately surrender to Employer all of the property and other things of value in his possession or in the possession of any person or entity under Employee’s control that are the property of Employer or any of its Affiliates, including without any limitation all personal notes, drawings, manuals, documents, photographs, or the like, including copies and derivatives thereof, relating directly or indirectly to any confidential information or materials or New Developments, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Employer or any of its Affiliates.

10. Remedies .

A. Employer and Employee hereby acknowledge and agree that the services rendered by Employee to Employer, the information disclosed to Employee during and by virtue of Employee’s employment, and Employee’s commitments and obligations to Employer and its Affiliates herein are of a special, unique, and extraordinary character, and that the breach of any provision of this Agreement by Employee will cause Employer irreparable injury and damage, and consequently the Employer shall be entitled to, in addition to all other remedies available to it, injunctive and equitable relief to prevent a breach of Sections 7, 8, 9, 11, and 12 of this Agreement and to secure the enforcement of this Agreement.

B. Except as provided in Section 10.A., the parties hereto agree to submit to final and binding arbitration any dispute, claim, or controversy, whether for breach of this Agreement or for violation of any of Employee’s statutorily created or protected rights, arising between the parties that either party would have been otherwise entitled to file or pursue in court or before any administrative agency (herein “claim”), and each party waives all right to sue the other party.

(i) This agreement to arbitrate and any resulting arbitration award are enforceable under and subject to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. (“FAA”). If the FAA is held not to apply for any reason, then Ohio Revised Code Chapter 2711 regarding the enforceability of arbitration agreements and awards will govern this Agreement and the arbitration award.

(ii) (a) All of a party’s claims must be presented at a single arbitration hearing. Any claim not raised at the arbitration hearing is waived and released. The arbitration hearing will take place in Cincinnati, Ohio.

(b) The arbitration process will be governed by the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) except to the extent they are modified by this Agreement.

 

4


(c) Employee has had an opportunity to review the AAA rules and the requirements that Employee must pay a filing fee for which Employer has agreed to split on an equal basis.

(d) The arbitrator will be selected from a panel of arbitrators chosen by the AAA in Cincinnati, Ohio. After the filing of a Request for Arbitration, the AAA will send simultaneously to Employer and Employee an identical list of names of five persons chosen from the panel. Each party will have 10 days from the transmittal date in which to strike up to two names, number the remaining names in order of preference, and return the list to the AAA.

(e) Any pre-hearing disputes will be presented to the arbitrator for expeditious, final, and binding resolution.

(f) The award of the arbitrator will be in writing and will set forth each issue considered and the arbitrator’s finding of fact and conclusions of law as to each such issue.

(g) The remedy and relief that may be granted by the arbitrator to Employee are limited to lost wages, benefits, cease and desist, and affirmative relief, compensatory, liquidated, and punitive damages, and reasonable attorney’s fees, and will not include reinstatement or promotion. If the arbitrator would have awarded reinstatement or promotion, but for the prohibition in this Agreement, the arbitrator may award front pay. The arbitrator may assess to either party, or split, the arbitrator’s fee and expenses and the cost of the transcript, if any, in accordance with the arbitrator’s determination of the merits of each party’s position, but each party will bear any cost for its witnesses and proof.

(h) Employer and Employee recognize that a primary benefit each derives from arbitration is avoiding the delay and costs normally associated with litigation. Therefore, neither party will be entitled to conduct any discovery prior to the arbitration hearing except that: (i) Employer will furnish Employee with copies of all non-privileged documents in Employee’s personnel file; (ii) if the claim is for discharge, Employee will furnish Employer with records of earnings and benefits relating to Employee’s subsequent employment (including self-employment) and all documents relating to Employee’s efforts to obtain subsequent employment; (iii) the parties will exchange copies of all documents they intend to introduce as evidence at the arbitration hearing at least 10 days prior to such hearing; (iv) Employee will be allowed (at Employee’s expense) to take the depositions, for a period not to exceed four hours each, of two representatives of Employer, and Employer will be allowed (at its expense) to depose Employee for a period not to exceed four hours; and (v) Employer or Employee may ask the arbitrator to grant additional discovery to the extent permitted by AAA rules upon a showing that such discovery is necessary.

(i) Nothing herein will prevent either party from taking the deposition of any witness where the sole purpose for taking the deposition is to use the deposition in lieu of the witness testifying at the hearing and the witness is, in good faith, unavailable to testify in person at the hearing due to poor health, residency and employment more than 50 miles from the hearing site, conflicting travel plans, or other comparable reason.

 

5


(j) Arbitration must be requested in writing no later than 6 months from the date of the party’s knowledge of the matter disputed by the claim. A party’s failure to initiate arbitration within the time limits herein will be considered a waiver and release by that party with respect to any claim subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

(k) Employer and Employee consent that judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any federal or state court that has jurisdiction.

(1) Except as provided in Section 10.A., neither party will commence or pursue any litigation on any claim that is or was subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

(m) All aspects of any arbitration procedure under this Agreement, including the hearing and the record of the proceedings, are confidential and will not be open to the public, except to the extent the parties agree otherwise in writing, or as may be appropriate in any subsequent proceedings between the parties, or as may otherwise be appropriate in response to a governmental agency or legal process.

11. Covenant Not to Compete . For purposes of this Section 11 only, the term “Employer” shall mean, collectively, Employer and each of its Affiliates. During the two-year period following termination of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable) Employee will not engage in any business offering services related to the current business of Employer, whether as a principal, partner, joint venture, agent, employee, salesman, consultant, director, or officer, where such position would involve Employee in any business activity in competition with Employer. This restriction will be limited to the geographical area where Employer is then engaged in such competing business activity or to such other geographical area as a court shall find reasonably necessary to protect the goodwill and business of the Employer.

During the two-year period following termination of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not interfere with or adversely affect, either directly or indirectly, Employer’s relationships with any person, firm, association, corporation, or other entity which is known by Employee to be, or is included on any listing to which Employee had access during the course of employment as a customer, client, supplier, consultant, or employee of Employer, and Employee will not divert or change, or attempt to divert or change, any such relationship to the detriment of Employer or to the benefit of any other person, firm, association, corporation, or other entity.

During the two-year period following termination of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of Employer, accept employment, as an employee, consultant, or otherwise, with any company or entity which is a customer or supplier of Employer at any time during the final year of Employee’s employment with Employer.

Employee will not, during or at any time within three years after the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, induce, or seek to induce, any other employee of Employer to terminate his or her employment relationship with Employer.

 

6


12. Goodwill . Employee will not disparage Employer or any of its Affiliates in any way which could adversely affect the goodwill, reputation, and business relationships of Employer or any of its Affiliates with the public generally, or with any of their customers, suppliers, or employees. Employer will not disparage Employee.

13. Termination .

A. (i) Employer or Employee may terminate this Agreement upon Employee’s failure or inability to perform the services required hereunder because of any physical or mental infirmity for which Employee receives disability benefits under any disability benefit plans made available to Employee by Employer (the “Disability Plans”), over a period of one hundred twenty consecutive working days during any twelve consecutive month period (a “Terminating Disability”).

(ii) If Employer or Employee elects to terminate this Agreement in the event of a Terminating Disability, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the giving of written notice by the terminating party to the other.

(iii) Upon termination of this Agreement on account of Terminating Disability, Employer shall pay Employee Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus, or otherwise (subject to offset for any amounts received pursuant to the Disability Plans), to the date of termination. For as long as such Terminating Disability may exist, Employee shall continue to be an employee of Employer for all other purposes and Employer shall provide Employee with disability benefits and all other benefits according to the provisions of the Disability Plans and any other Employer plans in which Employee is then participating.

(iv) If the parties elect not to terminate this Agreement upon an event of a Terminating Disability and Employee returns to active employment with Employer prior to such a termination, or if such disability exists for less than one hundred twenty consecutive Working days, the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

B. This Agreement terminates immediately and automatically on the death of Employee, provided, however, that the Employee’s Estate shall be paid Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus, or otherwise, to the date of death.

C. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee, for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Employer shall have “Cause” to terminate this Agreement only if Employer’s Board of Directors determines that there has been fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement on the part of Employee.

D. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B., and C., provided, however, that Employer shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within two years after a Change in Control. In addition, Employee may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employer, as a result of a Constructive Termination, provided, however, that Employee shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within two years after a Change in Control. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by Employer, or by Employee as a result of a Constructive Termination, under this Section 13.D.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to the sum of (a) the product obtained by multiplying Employee’s annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement by five and (b) the product obtained by multiplying the fair market value of a common share of Employer on the date of the termination of this Agreement by 526,549;

 

7


(ii) all outstanding stock options issued by Employer to Employee that are not vested and exercisable at the time of the termination of this Agreement shall become immediately vested and exercisable (and Employee shall be afforded the opportunity to exercise them in accordance with the terms of such stock options that would apply if such stock options had become vested and exercisable immediately before the termination of this Agreement) and the restrictions applicable to all outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee shall lapse upon the termination of this Agreement;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings, or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k), or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer; and

(v) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision, and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision, and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision, or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

 

8


E. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event and at the time that both there is a Change in Control and either (1) Employee elects to terminate his employment with Employer within 90 days after the Change in Control, (2) Employee elects to terminate his employment with Employer within two years after the Change in Control as a result of a Constructive Termination, or (3) Employee’s employment with Employer is actually terminated by Employer within two years after the Change in Control for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B., and C. In the event of a termination of this Agreement under this Section 13.E.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the sum of the annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement and the annual Bonus target in effect at the time of such termination by (b) 2.99;

(ii) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to the pay out at target of all outstanding long-term awards granted by Employer to Employee;

(iii) all outstanding stock options issued by Employer to Employee that are not vested and exercisable at the time of the termination of this Agreement shall become immediately vested and exercisable (and Employee shall be afforded the opportunity to exercise them in accordance with the terms of such stock options that would apply if such stock options had become vested and exercisable immediately before the termination of this Agreement) and the restrictions applicable to all outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee shall lapse upon the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings, or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(v) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k), or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s

 

9


annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer;

(vi) to the extent that Employee is deemed to have received an excess parachute payment under Code Section 280G by reason of the Change in Control, Employer shall pay Employee, within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, an additional sum sufficient to pay (i) any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code plus (ii) any federal, state, and local taxes applicable to any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code; and

(vii) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision, and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision, and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision, or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

F. Employee may resign upon 60 days’ prior written notice to Employer. In the event of a resignation under this Section 13.F., this Agreement shall terminate and Employee shall be entitled to receive Employee’s Base Salary through the date of termination, any Bonus earned but not paid at the time of termination, and any other vested compensation or benefits called for under any compensation plan or program of Employer.

G. Employee may retire upon six months’ prior written notice to Employer. In the event of a retirement under this Section 13.G., this Agreement shall terminate and Employee shall be entitled to receive Employee’s Base Salary through the date of termination and any Bonus earned but not paid at the time of termination. In addition, Employee shall be entitled to receive any compensation or benefits made available to retirees under Employer’s standard policies and programs, including retiree medical and life insurance benefits, a prorated Bonus for the year of termination, and the right to exercise outstanding stock options after retirement (in accordance with the terms of such stock options that would apply if such stock options had become exercisable immediately before the termination of this Agreement).

H. Upon termination of this Agreement as a result of an event of termination described in this Section 13 and except for Employer’s payment of the required payments under this Section 13 (including any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs, and any nonforfeitable amounts payable under any employee plan), all further compensation under this Agreement shall terminate.

I. The termination of this Agreement shall not amend, alter, or modify the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 hereof, the terms of which shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10


J. To the extent provided below, the following provisions apply under Section 13 hereof and the other provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of Sections 13.D and 13.E., “Current Term” means the two-year period beginning at the time of the termination of this Agreement.

(ii) For purposes of Sections 13.D. and 13.E., “Change in Control” means a Change in Control as defined under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as such plan is amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 and as it may thereafter be amended).

(iii) For purposes of Section 13.D. and 13.E., “Constructive Termination” shall be deemed to have occurred if, without Employee’s consent, there is a material reduction by Employer in Employee’s authority, reporting relationship, or responsibilities, there is a reduction by Employer in Employee’s Base Salary or Bonus target, or Employee is required by Employer to relocate from the Greater Cincinnati, Ohio Area.

(iv) When an amount (referred to in this Section 13.J.(iv) as the “principal sum”) that is payable under Section 13.D.(i), 13.D.(iv), 13.E.(i), or 13.E.(ii), or 13.E.(v) within five days after the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer is paid, such payment shall also include an amount that is equal to the amount of interest that would have been earned by such principal sum for the period from the date of Employee’s termination of employment with Employer to the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment had such principal sum earned interest for such period at an annual rate of interest of 3.5%.

(v) To the extent that any of the benefits applicable to medical, dental, and vision coverage provided to Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vii) (referred to in this Section 13.J.(v) as “healthcare plan benefits”) are subject to federal income taxation, the following conditions shall apply:

(a) the amount of healthcare plan benefits provided or paid during any tax year of Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vii) shall not affect the amount of healthcare plan benefits that are provided or eligible for payment in any other tax years of Employee (disregarding any limit on the amount of medical expenses, as defined in Code Section 213(d), that may be paid or reimbursed over some or all of the period in which such coverage is in effect because of a lifetime, annual, or similar limit on any covered person’s expenses that can be paid or reimbursed under Employer’s health care plans under which the terms of such coverage are determined);

(b) the payment or reimbursement of an expense for healthcare plan benefits that is eligible for payment or reimbursement shall not be made prior to the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer and shall in any event be made no later than the last day of the tax year of Employee next following the tax year of Employee in which the expense is incurred; and

 

11


(c) Employee’s right to healthcare plan benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

14. Termination of Agreement and Employment . For purposes of this Agreement (including but not limited to Sections 6.E., 13.D.(iii), (iv), and (v), and 13.E.(iv), (v), (vi), and (vii)), any reference to the termination of this Agreement or to the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer shall mean and require that, as of the date of such termination, Employee’s services for Employer and its Affiliates shall have completely ceased or that Employee shall have otherwise separated from service with Employer and its Affiliates within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

15. Assignment . As this is an agreement for personal services involving a relation of confidence and a trust between Employer and Employee, all rights and duties of Employee arising under this Agreement, and the Agreement itself, are non-assignable by Employee.

16. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if delivered personally or by certified mail to Employee at Employee’s place of residence as then recorded on the books of Employer or to Employer at its principal office.

17. Waiver . No waiver or modification of this Agreement or the terms contained herein shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such party.

18. Governing Law . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and, to the extent applicable, federal law.

19. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer. There are no other contracts, agreements, or understandings, whether oral or written, existing between them except as contained or referred to in this Agreement.

20. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or other enforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions have never been contained herein.

21. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 15 above, this Agreement shall be binding upon Employee, Employer, and Employer’s successors and assigns.

22. Confidentiality of Agreement Terms . The terms of this Agreement shall be held in strict confidence by Employee and shall not be disclosed by Employee to anyone other than Employee’s spouse, Employee’s legal counsel, and Employee’s other advisors, unless required by law. Further, except as provided in the preceding sentence, Employee shall not reveal the existence of this Agreement or discuss its terms with any person (including but not limited to any employee of Employer or its Affiliates) without the express authorization of the Board of Directors of Employer. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement have been disclosed by Employer, in a public filing or otherwise, the confidentiality requirements of this Section 22 shall no longer apply to such terms.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.     EMPLOYEE
By:  

/s/ Phillip R. Cox

   

/s/ John F. Cassidy

      John F. Cassidy
Title:  

Chairman of the Board

   
Date:  

12/30/08

    Date:  

12/19/08

 

13

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(10)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the Effective Date between Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“Employer”) and Christopher J. Wilson (“Employee”). For purposes of this Agreement, the “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.

Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. Employment . By this Agreement, Employer and Employee set forth the terms of Employer’s employment of Employee on and after the Effective Date. Any prior agreements or understandings with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer are canceled as of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as provided in Section 13 of this Agreement, all stock options, restricted shares and other long term incentive awards granted to Employee prior to the Effective Date, benefit plans in which Employee is eligible for participation and any Employer policies to which Employee is subject shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms and shall not be modified, amended or cancelled by this Agreement.

2. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement initially shall be the one year period commencing on the Effective Date. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement automatically shall be extended for a period of one additional year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Agreement is subject to termination as provided in Section 13.

3. Duties .

A. Employee will serve as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary for Cincinnati Bell Inc. or in such other equivalent capacity as may be designated by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer. Employee will report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer or to such other officer as the Chief Executive Officer of Employer may direct.

B. Employee shall furnish such managerial, executive, financial, technical and other skills, advice, and assistance in operating Employer and its Affiliates as Employer may reasonably request. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means each corporation or organization that is deemed to be a single employer with Employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes Employer or under common control with Employer).

C. Employee shall also perform such other duties, consistent with the provisions of Section 3.A., as are reasonably assigned to Employee by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer.

D. Employee shall devote Employee’s entire time, attention and energies to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. The words “entire time, attention and energies” are intended to mean that Employee shall devote Employee’s full effort during reasonable working hours to the business of Employer and its Affiliates and shall devote at least 40 hours per week to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. Employee shall travel to such places as are necessary in the performance of Employee’s duties.

 

1


4. Compensation .

A. Employee shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of at least $309,000 per year, payable not less frequently than monthly, for each year during the term of this Agreement, subject to proration for any partial year. Such Base Salary, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement, shall be subject to withholding as required by law.

B. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Bonus”) for each calendar year for which services are performed under this Agreement. Any Bonus for a calendar year shall be payable after the conclusion of the calendar year in accordance with Employer’s regular bonus payment policies. Each year, Employee shall be given a Bonus target of not less than $200,850, subject to proration for a partial year. The Bonus target shall be established from time to time by Employer’s Compensation Committee if Employee is a named executive officer for purposes of Employer’s annual proxy statement or is otherwise an executive officer whose compensation is determined by the Compensation Committee, or, if Employee is not so subject, then in accordance with the provisions of Employer’s then existing annual incentive plan or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer (“annual incentive plan”) in which Employee participates. Any Bonus award to Employee shall further be subject to the terms and conditions of any such applicable annual incentive plan.

C. On at least an annual basis, Employee shall receive a formal performance review and be considered for Base Salary and/or Bonus target increases.

5. Expenses . All reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in the course of the performance of Employee’s duties to Employer shall be reimbursable in accordance with Employer’s then current travel and expense policies.

6. Benefits .

A. While Employee remains in the employ of Employer, Employee shall be eligible to participate in all of the various employee benefit plans and programs, which are made available to similarly situated officers of Employer, in accordance with the eligibility provisions and other terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

B. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Base Salary and any Bonuses otherwise payable to Employee shall be reduced by any benefits paid to Employee by Employer under any disability plans made available to Employee by Employer (“Disability Plans”).

C. In each year of this Agreement, Employee will be eligible to be considered for a grant of awards under Employer’s 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan and/or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer.

7. Confidentiality . Employer and its Affiliates are engaged in the telecommunications industry within the U.S. Employee acknowledges that in the course of employment with the Employer, Employee will be entrusted with or obtain access to information proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates with respect to the following (all of which information is referred to hereinafter collectively as the “Information”); the organization and management of Employer

 

2


and its Affiliates; the names, addresses, buying habits and other special information regarding past, present and potential customers, employees and suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates; customer and supplier contracts and transactions or price lists of Employer, its Affiliates and their suppliers; products, services, programs and processes sold, licensed or developed by Employer or its Affiliates; technical data, plans and specifications, and present and/or future development projects of Employer and its Affiliates; financial and/or marketing data respecting the conduct of the present or future phases of business of Employer and its Affiliates; computer programs, systems and/or software; ideas, inventions, trademarks, trade secrets, business information, know-how, processes, improvements, designs, redesigns, discoveries and developments of Employer and its Affiliates; and other information considered confidential by any of the Employer, its Affiliates or customers or suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee agrees to retain the Information in absolute confidence and not to disclose the Information to any person or organization except as required in the performance of Employee’s duties for Employer, without the express written consent of Employer; provided that Employee’s obligation of confidentiality shall not extend to any Information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Employee.

8. New Developments . All ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks or other developments or improvements, whether patentable or not, conceived by Employee, alone or with others, at any time during the term of Employee’s employment, whether or not during working hours or on Employer’s premises, which are within the scope of or related to the business operations of Employer or its Affiliates (“New Developments”), shall be and remain the exclusive property of Employer. Employee agrees that any New Developments which, within one year after the cessation of employment with Employer, are made, disclosed, reduced to a tangible or written form or description or are reduced to practice by Employee and which are based upon, utilize or incorporate Information shall, as between Employee and Employer, be presumed to have been made during Employee’s employment by Employer. Employee further agrees that Employee will not, during the term of Employee’s employment with Employer, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto Employer premises any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.

At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee shall do all things reasonably necessary to ensure ownership of such New Developments by Employer, including the execution of documents assigning and transferring to Employer all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in and to such New Developments and the execution of all documents required to enable Employer to file and obtain patents, trademarks, service marks and copyrights in the United States and foreign countries on any of such New Developments.

9. Surrender of Material Upon Termination . Employee hereby agrees that upon cessation of Employee’s employment, for whatever reason and whether voluntary or involuntary, Employee will immediately surrender to Employer all of the property and other things of value in his possession or in the possession of any person or entity under Employee’s control that are the property of Employer or any of its Affiliates, including without any limitation all personal notes, drawings, manuals, documents, photographs or the like, including copies and derivatives thereof,

 

3


and e-mails and other electronic and digital information of all types regardless of where or the type of device on which such materials may be stored by Employee, relating directly or indirectly to any Information, materials or New Developments, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Employer or any of its Affiliates.

10. Remedies.

A. Employer and Employee hereby acknowledge and agree that the services rendered by Employee to Employer, the information disclosed to Employee during and by virtue of Employee’s employment and Employee’s commitments and obligations to Employer and its Affiliates herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, and that the breach of any provision of this Agreement by Employee will cause Employer irreparable injury and damage, and consequently the Employer shall be entitled to, in addition to all other remedies available to it, injunctive and equitable relief to prevent a breach of Sections 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12 of this Agreement and to secure the enforcement of this Agreement.

B. Except as provided in Section 10.A. , the parties hereto agree to submit to final and binding arbitration any dispute, claim or controversy, whether for breach of this Agreement or for violation of any of Employee’s statutorily created or protected rights, arising between the parties that either party would have been otherwise entitled to file or pursue in court or before any administrative agency (herein “claim”), and each party waives all right to sue the other party.

(i) This agreement to arbitrate and any resulting arbitration award are enforceable under and subject to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. (“FAA”). If the FAA is held not to apply for any reason, then Ohio Revised Code Chapter 271l regarding the enforceability of arbitration agreements and awards will govern this Agreement and the arbitration award.

(ii) (a) All of a party’s claims must be presented at a single arbitration hearing. Any claim not raised at the arbitration hearing is waived and released. The arbitration hearing will take place in Cincinnati, Ohio.

(b) The arbitration process will be governed by the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) except to the extent they are modified by this Agreement. In the event that any provisions of this Section 10 are determined by AAA to be unenforceable or impermissibly contrary to AAA rules, then this Section 10 shall be modified as necessary to comply with AAA requirements.

(c) Employee has had an opportunity to review the AAA rules and the requirements that Employee must pay a filing fee for which Employer has agreed to split on an equal basis.

(d) The arbitrator will be selected from a panel of arbitrators chosen by the AAA. After the filing of a Request for Arbitration, the AAA will send simultaneously to Employer and Employee an identical list of names of five persons chosen from the panel. Each party will have 10 days from the transmittal date in which to strike up to two names, number the remaining names in order of preference and return the list to the AAA.

 

4


(e) Any pre-hearing disputes will be presented to the arbitrator for expeditious, final and binding resolution.

(f) The award of the arbitrator will be in writing and will set forth each issue considered and the arbitrator’s finding of fact and conclusions of law as to each such issue.

(g) The remedy and relief that may be granted by the arbitrator to Employee are limited to lost wages, benefits, cease and desist and affirmative relief, compensatory, liquidated and punitive damages and reasonable attorney’s fees, and will not include reinstatement or promotion. If the arbitrator would have awarded reinstatement or promotion, but for the prohibition in this Agreement, the arbitrator may award front pay. The arbitrator may assess to either party, or split, the arbitrator’s fee and expenses and the cost of the transcript, if any, in accordance with the arbitrator’s determination of the merits of each party’s position, but each party will bear any cost for its witnesses and proof.

(h) Employer and Employee recognize that a primary benefit each derives from arbitration is avoiding the delay and costs normally associated with litigation. Therefore, neither party will be entitled to conduct any discovery prior to the arbitration hearing except that: (i) Employer will furnish Employee with copies of all non-privileged documents in Employee’s personnel file; (ii) if the claim is for discharge, Employee will furnish Employer with records of earnings and benefits relating to Employee’s subsequent employment (including self-employment) and all documents relating to Employee’s efforts to obtain subsequent employment; (iii) the parties will exchange copies of all documents they intend to introduce as evidence at the arbitration hearing at least 10 days prior to such hearing; (iv) Employee will be allowed (at Employee’s expense) to take the depositions, for a period not to exceed four hours each, of two representatives of Employer, and Employer will be allowed (at its expense) to depose Employee for a period not to exceed four hours; and (v) Employer or Employee may ask the arbitrator to grant additional discovery to the extent permitted by AAA rules upon a showing that such discovery is necessary.

(i) Nothing herein will prevent either party from taking the deposition of any witness where the sale purpose for taking the deposition is to use the deposition in lieu of the witness testifying at the hearing and the witness is, in good faith, unavailable to testify in person at the hearing due to poor health, residency and employment more than 50 miles from the hearing site, conflicting travel plans or other comparable reason.

(j) Arbitration must be requested in writing no later than 6 months from the date of the party’s knowledge of the matter disputed by the claim. A party’s failure to initiate arbitration within the time limits herein will be considered a waiver and release by that party with respect to any claim subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

(k) Employer and Employee consent that judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any federal or state court that has jurisdiction.

(1) Except as provided in Section 10.A., neither party will commence or pursue any litigation on any claim that is or was subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

 

5


(m) All aspects of any arbitration procedure under this Agreement, including the hearing and the record of the proceedings, are confidential and will not be open to the public, except to the extent the parties agree otherwise in writing, or as may be appropriate in any subsequent proceedings between the parties, or as may otherwise be appropriate in response to a governmental agency or legal process or as may be required to be disclosed by Employer pursuant to applicable law, rule or regulation to which Employer is subject, including requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchanges on which Employer’s securities are listed.

11. Covenant Not to Compete, No Interference; No Solicitation . For purposes of this Section 11 only, the: term “Employer” shall mean, collectively, Employer and each of its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and during the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not engage in any business offering services related to the current business of Employer, whether as a principal, partner, joint venture, agent, employee, salesman, consultant, director or officer, where such position would involve Employee in any business activity in competition with Employer. This restriction will be limited to the geographical area where Employer is then engaged in such competing business activity or to such other geographical area as a court shall find reasonably necessary to protect the goodwill and business of Employer.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not interfere with or adversely affect, either directly or indirectly, Employer’s relationships with any person, firm, association, corporation or other entity which is known by Employee to be, or is included on any listing to which Employee had access during the course of employment, as a customer, client, supplier, consultant or employee of Employer and that Employee will not divert or change, or attempt to divert or change, any such relationship to the detriment of Employer or to the benefit of any other person, firm, association, corporation or other entity.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of Employer, accept employment, as an employee, consultant or otherwise, with any company or entity which is a supplier of Employer at any time during the final year of Employee’s employment with Employer.

Employee will not, during or at any time within one year after the cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer, induce or seek to induce any other employee of Employer to terminate his or her employment relationship with Employer.

Employee acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth herein are founded upon valuable consideration and, with respect to the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Section 11, are reasonable in duration and geographic scope. The time period and geographical area set forth in this Section 10 are each divisible and separable, and, in the event that the covenants not to compete and/or not to divert business or employees contained therein are judicially held invalid or unenforceable as to such time period and/or geographical area, they will be valid and enforceable in such

 

6


geographical area(s) and for such time period(s) which the court determines to be reasonable and enforceable. Employee agrees that in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction determines that the above covenants are invalid or unenforceable to join with Employer in requesting such court to construe the applicable provision by limiting or reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the then applicable law. Furthermore, it is agreed that any period of restriction or covenant hereinabove stated shall not include any period of violation or period of time required for litigation or arbitration to enforce such restrictions or covenants.

12. Goodwill . During the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee will not disparage Employer or any of its Affiliates in any way which could adversely affect the goodwill, reputation and business relationships of Employer or any of its Affiliates with the public generally, or with any of their customers, suppliers or employees, and Employer will not disparage Employee. Employee understands and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to make any such public disclosures as are required by applicable law, rule or regulation regarding Employee, including termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, and that any public disclosures so made by Employer and other statements materially consistent with such public disclosures shall not be restricted in any manner by this Section 12.

13. Termination .

A. (i) Employer or Employee may terminate this Agreement upon Employee’s failure or inability to perform the services required hereunder, because of any physical or mental infirmity for which Employee receives disability benefits under any Disability Plans, over a period of one hundred twenty consecutive working days during any twelve consecutive month period (a “Terminating Disability”).

(ii) If Employer or Employee elects to terminate this Agreement in the event of a Terminating Disability, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the giving of written notice by the terminating party to the other.

(iii) Upon termination of this Agreement on account of Terminating Disability, Employer shall pay Employee Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise (subject to offset for any amounts received pursuant to the Disability Plans), to the date of termination. In the event of a Terminating Disability, Employer also shall provide Employee with disability benefits and all other benefits according to the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and any other Employer plans in which Employee is then participating. Furthermore, Employee shall continue to accrue service as an employee in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and pension plan(s), and for purposes of vesting under any outstanding incentive awards granted to Employee, as may be set forth in the applicable incentive plan or related award letter.

(iv) If the parties elect not to terminate this Agreement upon an event of a Terminating Disability and Employee returns to active employment with Employer prior to such a termination, or if such disability exists for less than one hundred twenty consecutive working days, the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

B. This Agreement terminates immediately and automatically on the death of Employee, provided, however, that Employee’s estate shall be paid Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of death.

 

7


C. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee, for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Employer shall have “Cause” to terminate this Agreement only if Employer’s Board of Directors determines that there has been fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or misconduct constituting serious criminal activity on the part of Employee. Upon termination for Cause, Employee shall be entitled to receive only Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of termination.

D. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C., provided, however, that Employer shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In addition, Employee may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employer, as a result of a Constructive Termination, provided, however, that Employee shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by Employer, or by Employee as a result of a Constructive Termination, under this Section 13.D.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to 1.65 times the Employee’s annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(ii) for purposes of any outstanding stock option issued by Employer to Employee, outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee or other outstanding incentive award granted by Employer to Employee, Employee’s employment with Employer shall not be deemed to have terminated until the end of the Current Term;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer; and

 

8


(v) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

E. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event and at the time that both there is a Change in Control and either (1) Employee elects to terminate his employment with Employer within one year after the Change in Control as a result of a Constructive Termination or (2) Employee’s employment with Employer is actually terminated by Employer within one year after the Change in Control for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C. In the event of a termination of this Agreement under this Section 13.E.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the sum of the annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement and the annual Bonus target in effect at the time of such termination by (b) two;

(ii) all outstanding stock options and other incentive awards issued by Employer to Employee that are not vested and exercisable at the time of the termination of this Agreement shall become immediately vested and exercisable (and Employee shall be afforded the opportunity to exercise them until the earlier of (a) the latest date, determined in accordance with the terms of such stock options or awards, that would apply if such stock options or awards had become vested and exercisable immediately before the termination of this Agreement or (b) the end of the Current Term) and the restrictions applicable to all outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee shall lapse upon the termination of this Agreement;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s

 

9


annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer;

(v) to the extent that Employee is deemed to have received an excess parachute payment under Code Section 280G by reason of the Change in Control, Employer shall pay Employee, within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, an additional sum sufficient to pay (a) any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code plus (b) any federal, state and local taxes applicable to any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code; and

(vi) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

F. Employee may resign upon 60 days’ prior written notice to Employer. In the event of a resignation under this Section 13.F., this Agreement shall terminate and Employee shall be entitled to receive Employee’s Base Salary through the date of termination, any Bonus earned but not paid at the time of termination and any other vested compensation or benefits called for under any compensation plan or program of Employer.

G. Upon termination of this Agreement as a result of an event of termination described in this Section 13 and except for Employer’s payment of the required payments under this Section 13 (including any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and any nonforfeitable amounts payable under any employee plan), all further compensation under this Agreement shall terminate. Employee further agrees that as a condition precedent to Employee’s receipt of payments under this Section 13 (other than any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and all payments pursuant to Section 13.E.), upon the request of Employer and by a reasonable deadline set by Employer (to ensure that payments can be made by the dates specified in this Section 13 following the expiration of the time for revocation of such release as permitted by law), Employee will execute and not revoke a release of claims against Employer, which release shall contain customary and appropriate terms and conditions as determined in good faith by Employer.

H. The termination of this Agreement shall not amend, alter or modify the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 hereof, the terms of which shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

I. To the extent provided below, the following provisions apply under this Section 13 and the other provisions of the Agreement.

 

10


(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of Sections 13.D and 13.E., “Current Term” means the one year period beginning at the time of the termination of this Agreement.

(ii) For purposes of Sections 13.D. and 13.E., “Change in Control” means a Change in Control as defined under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as such plan is amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 and as it may thereafter be amended).

(iii) For purposes of Section 13.D. and 13.E., “Constructive Termination” shall be deemed to have occurred if, without Employee’s consent, there is a material reduction by Employer in Employee’s authority, reporting relationship or responsibilities, there is a reduction by Employer in Employee’s Base Salary or Bonus target or Employee is required by Employer to relocate from the Greater Cincinnati, Ohio Area by 50 or more miles.

(iv) When an amount (referred to in this Section 13.I.(iv) as the “principal sum”) that is payable under Section 13.D.(i), 13.D.(iv), 13.E.(i), or 13.E.(iv) within five days after the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer is paid, such payment shall also include an amount that is equal to the amount of interest that would have been earned by such principal sum for the period from the date of Employee’s termination of employment with Employer to the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment had such principal sum earned interest for such period at an annual rate of interest of 3.5%.

(v) To the extent that any of the benefits applicable to medical, dental and vision coverage provided to Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) (referred to in this Section 13.I. as “healthcare plan benefits”) are subject to federal income taxation, the following conditions shall apply:

(a) the amount of healthcare plan benefits provided or paid during any tax year of Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) shall not affect the amount of healthcare plan benefits that are provided or eligible for payment in any other tax years of Employee (disregarding any limit on the amount of medical expenses, as defined in Code Section 213(d), that may be paid or reimbursed over some or all of the period in which such coverage is in effect because of a lifetime, annual or similar limit on any covered person’s expenses that can be paid or reimbursed under Employer’s health care plans under which the terms of such coverage is determined);

(b) the payment or reimbursement of an expense for healthcare plan benefits that is eligible for payment or reimbursement shall not be made prior to the date immediately following the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer and shall in any event be made no later than the last day of the tax year of Employee next following the tax year of Employee in which the expense is incurred; and

(c) Employee’s right to healthcare plan benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(vi) For purposes of this Agreement (including but not limited to Sections 13.D.(iii), (iv) and (v) and 13.E.(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)), any reference to the termination of this

 

11


Agreement or to the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer shall mean and require that, as of the date of such termination, Employee’s services for Employer and its Affiliates shall have completely ceased or that Employee shall have otherwise separated from service with Employer and its Affiliates within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409-1(h).

14. Assignment . As this is an agreement for personal services involving a relation of confidence and a trust between Employer and Employee, all rights and duties of Employee arising under this Agreement, and the Agreement itself, are non-assignable by Employee.

15. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if delivered personally or by certified mail to Employee at Employee’s place of residence as then recorded on the books of Employer or to Employer at its principal office.

16. Waiver . No waiver or modification of this Agreement or the terms contained herein shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such party.

17. Governing Law . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and, to the extent applicable, federal law.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer. There are no other contracts, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, existing between them except as contained or referred to in this Agreement.

19. Severability . In case anyone or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or other enforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions have never been contained herein.

20. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 14 above, this Agreement shall be binding upon Employee, Employer and Employer’s successors and assigns.

21. Confidentiality of Agreement Terms . The terms of this Agreement shall be held in strict confidence by Employee and shall not be disclosed by Employee to anyone other than Employee’s spouse, Employee’s legal counsel and Employee’s other advisors, unless required by law. Further, except as provided in the preceding sentence, Employee shall not reveal the existence of this Agreement or discuss its terms with any person (including but not limited to any employee of Employer or its Affiliates) without the express authorization of the President of Employer, provided that Employee shall advise any prospective new employer of the existence of Employee’s non-competition, confidentiality and similar obligations under this Agreement. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement have been disclosed by Employer, in a public filing or otherwise, the confidentiality requirements of this Section 21 shall no longer apply to such terms.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.     EMPLOYEE
By:  

/s/ John F. Cassidy

   

/s/ Christopher J. Wilson

      Christopher J. Wilson
Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

   
Date:  

 

    Date:  

12/18/08

 

13

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(12)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the Effective Date between Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“Employer”) and Gary J. Wojtaszek (“Employee”). For purposes of this Agreement, the “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.

Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. Employment . By this Agreement, Employer and Employee set forth the terms of Employer’s employment of Employee on and after the Effective Date. Any prior agreements or understandings with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer are canceled as of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as provided in Section 13 of this Agreement, all stock options, restricted shares and other long term incentive awards granted to Employee prior to the Effective Date, benefit plans in which Employee is eligible for participation and any Employer policies to which Employee is subject shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms and shall not be modified, amended or cancelled by this Agreement.

2. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement initially shall be the one year period commencing on the Effective Date. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement automatically shall be extended for a period of one additional year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Agreement is subject to termination as provided in Section 13.

3. Duties .

A. Employee will serve as Chief Financial Officer for Cincinnati Bell Inc. or in such other equivalent capacity as may be designated by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer. Employee will report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer or to such other officer as the Chief Executive Officer of Employer may direct.

B. Employee shall furnish such managerial, executive, financial, technical and other skills, advice, and assistance in operating Employer and its Affiliates as Employer may reasonably request. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means each corporation or organization that is deemed to be a single employer with Employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes Employer or under common control with Employer).

C. Employee shall also perform such other duties, consistent with the provisions of Section 3.A., as are reasonably assigned to Employee by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer.

D. Employee shall devote Employee’s entire time, attention and energies to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. The words “entire time, attention and energies” are intended to mean that Employee shall devote Employee’s full effort during reasonable working hours to the business of Employer and its Affiliates and shall devote at least 40 hours per week to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. Employee shall travel to such places as are necessary in the performance of Employee’s duties.

 

1


4. Compensation .

A. Employee shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of at least $350,000 per year, payable not less frequently than monthly, for each year during the term of this Agreement, subject to proration for any partial year. Such Base Salary, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement, shall be subject to withholding as required by law.

B. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Bonus”) for each calendar year for which services are performed under this Agreement. Any Bonus for a calendar year shall be payable after the conclusion of the calendar year in accordance with Employer’s regular bonus payment policies. Each year, Employee shall be given a Bonus target of not less than $350,000, subject to proration for a partial year. The Bonus target shall be established from time to time by Employer’s Compensation Committee if Employee is a named executive officer for purposes of Employer’s annual proxy statement or is otherwise an executive officer whose compensation is determined by the Compensation Committee, or, if Employee is not so subject, then in accordance with the provisions of Employer’s then existing annual incentive plan or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer (“annual incentive plan”) in which Employee participates. Any Bonus award to Employee shall further be subject to the terms and conditions of any such applicable annual incentive plan.

C. On at least an annual basis, Employee shall receive a formal performance review and be considered for Base Salary and/or Bonus target increases.

5. Expenses . All reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in the course of the performance of Employee’s duties to Employer shall be reimbursable in accordance with Employer’s then current travel and expense policies.

6. Benefits .

A. While Employee remains in the employ of Employer, Employee shall be eligible to participate in all of the various employee benefit plans and programs, which are made available to similarly situated officers of Employer, in accordance with the eligibility provisions and other terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

B. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Base Salary and any Bonuses otherwise payable to Employee shall be reduced by any benefits paid to Employee by Employer under any disability plans made available to Employee by Employer (“Disability Plans”).

C. In each year of this Agreement, Employee will be eligible to be considered for a grant of awards under Employer’s 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan and/or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer.

7. Confidentiality . Employer and its Affiliates are engaged in the telecommunications industry within the U.S. Employee acknowledges that in the course of employment with the Employer, Employee will be entrusted with or obtain access to information proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates with respect to the following (all of which information is referred to hereinafter collectively as the “Information”); the organization and management of Employer

 

2


and its Affiliates; the names, addresses, buying habits and other special information regarding past, present and potential customers, employees and suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates; customer and supplier contracts and transactions or price lists of Employer, its Affiliates and their suppliers; products, services, programs and processes sold, licensed or developed by Employer or its Affiliates; technical data, plans and specifications, and present and/or future development projects of Employer and its Affiliates; financial and/or marketing data respecting the conduct of the present or future phases of business of Employer and its Affiliates; computer programs, systems and/or software; ideas, inventions, trademarks, trade secrets, business information, know-how, processes, improvements, designs, redesigns, discoveries and developments of Employer and its Affiliates; and other information considered confidential by any of the Employer, its Affiliates or customers or suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee agrees to retain the Information in absolute confidence and not to disclose the Information to any person or organization except as required in the performance of Employee’s duties for Employer, without the express written consent of Employer; provided that Employee’s obligation of confidentiality shall not extend to any Information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Employee.

8. New Developments . All ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks or other developments or improvements, whether patentable or not, conceived by Employee, alone or with others, at any time during the term of Employee’s employment, whether or not during working hours or on Employer’s premises, which are within the scope of or related to the business operations of Employer or its Affiliates (“New Developments”), shall be and remain the exclusive property of Employer. Employee agrees that any New Developments which, within one year after the cessation of employment with Employer, are made, disclosed, reduced to a tangible or written form or description or are reduced to practice by Employee and which are based upon, utilize or incorporate Information shall, as between Employee and Employer, be presumed to have been made during Employee’s employment by Employer. Employee further agrees that Employee will not, during the term of Employee’s employment with Employer, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto Employer premises any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.

At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee shall do all things reasonably necessary to ensure ownership of such New Developments by Employer, including the execution of documents assigning and transferring to Employer all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in and to such New Developments and the execution of all documents required to enable Employer to file and obtain patents, trademarks, service marks and copyrights in the United States and foreign countries on any of such New Developments.

9. Surrender of Material Upon Termination . Employee hereby agrees that upon cessation of Employee’s employment, for whatever reason and whether voluntary or involuntary, Employee will immediately surrender to Employer all of the property and other things of value in his possession or in the possession of any person or entity under Employee’s control that are the property of Employer or any of its Affiliates, including without any limitation all personal notes, drawings, manuals, documents, photographs or the like, including copies and derivatives thereof,

 

3


and e-mails and other electronic and digital information of all types regardless of where or the type of device on which such materials may be stored by Employee, relating directly or indirectly to any Information, materials or New Developments, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Employer or any of its Affiliates.

10. Remedies.

A. Employer and Employee hereby acknowledge and agree that the services rendered by Employee to Employer, the information disclosed to Employee during and by virtue of Employee’s employment and Employee’s commitments and obligations to Employer and its Affiliates herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, and that the breach of any provision of this Agreement by Employee will cause Employer irreparable injury and damage, and consequently the Employer shall be entitled to, in addition to all other remedies available to it, injunctive and equitable relief to prevent a breach of Sections 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12 of this Agreement and to secure the enforcement of this Agreement.

B. Except as provided in Section 10.A. , the parties hereto agree to submit to final and binding arbitration any dispute, claim or controversy, whether for breach of this Agreement or for violation of any of Employee’s statutorily created or protected rights, arising between the parties that either party would have been otherwise entitled to file or pursue in court or before any administrative agency (herein “claim”), and each party waives all right to sue the other party.

(i) This agreement to arbitrate and any resulting arbitration award are enforceable under and subject to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. (“FAA”). If the FAA is held not to apply for any reason, then Ohio Revised Code Chapter 271l regarding the enforceability of arbitration agreements and awards will govern this Agreement and the arbitration award.

(ii) (a) All of a party’s claims must be presented at a single arbitration hearing. Any claim not raised at the arbitration hearing is waived and released. The arbitration hearing will take place in Cincinnati, Ohio.

(b) The arbitration process will be governed by the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) except to the extent they are modified by this Agreement. In the event that any provisions of this Section 10 are determined by AAA to be unenforceable or impermissibly contrary to AAA rules, then this Section 10 shall be modified as necessary to comply with AAA requirements.

(c) Employee has had an opportunity to review the AAA rules and the requirements that Employee must pay a filing fee for which Employer has agreed to split on an equal basis.

(d) The arbitrator will be selected from a panel of arbitrators chosen by the AAA. After the filing of a Request for Arbitration, the AAA will send simultaneously to Employer and Employee an identical list of names of five persons chosen from the panel. Each party will have 10 days from the transmittal date in which to strike up to two names, number the remaining names in order of preference and return the list to the AAA.

 

4


(e) Any pre-hearing disputes will be presented to the arbitrator for expeditious, final and binding resolution.

(f) The award of the arbitrator will be in writing and will set forth each issue considered and the arbitrator’s finding of fact and conclusions of law as to each such issue.

(g) The remedy and relief that may be granted by the arbitrator to Employee are limited to lost wages, benefits, cease and desist and affirmative relief, compensatory, liquidated and punitive damages and reasonable attorney’s fees, and will not include reinstatement or promotion. If the arbitrator would have awarded reinstatement or promotion, but for the prohibition in this Agreement, the arbitrator may award front pay. The arbitrator may assess to either party, or split, the arbitrator’s fee and expenses and the cost of the transcript, if any, in accordance with the arbitrator’s determination of the merits of each party’s position, but each party will bear any cost for its witnesses and proof.

(h) Employer and Employee recognize that a primary benefit each derives from arbitration is avoiding the delay and costs normally associated with litigation. Therefore, neither party will be entitled to conduct any discovery prior to the arbitration hearing except that: (i) Employer will furnish Employee with copies of all non-privileged documents in Employee’s personnel file; (ii) if the claim is for discharge, Employee will furnish Employer with records of earnings and benefits relating to Employee’s subsequent employment (including self-employment) and all documents relating to Employee’s efforts to obtain subsequent employment; (iii) the parties will exchange copies of all documents they intend to introduce as evidence at the arbitration hearing at least 10 days prior to such hearing; (iv) Employee will be allowed (at Employee’s expense) to take the depositions, for a period not to exceed four hours each, of two representatives of Employer, and Employer will be allowed (at its expense) to depose Employee for a period not to exceed four hours; and (v) Employer or Employee may ask the arbitrator to grant additional discovery to the extent permitted by AAA rules upon a showing that such discovery is necessary.

(i) Nothing herein will prevent either party from taking the deposition of any witness where the sale purpose for taking the deposition is to use the deposition in lieu of the witness testifying at the hearing and the witness is, in good faith, unavailable to testify in person at the hearing due to poor health, residency and employment more than 50 miles from the hearing site, conflicting travel plans or other comparable reason.

(j) Arbitration must be requested in writing no later than 6 months from the date of the party’s knowledge of the matter disputed by the claim. A party’s failure to initiate arbitration within the time limits herein will be considered a waiver and release by that party with respect to any claim subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

(k) Employer and Employee consent that judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any federal or state court that has jurisdiction.

(1) Except as provided in Section 10.A., neither party will commence or pursue any litigation on any claim that is or was subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

 

5


(m) All aspects of any arbitration procedure under this Agreement, including the hearing and the record of the proceedings, are confidential and will not be open to the public, except to the extent the parties agree otherwise in writing, or as may be appropriate in any subsequent proceedings between the parties, or as may otherwise be appropriate in response to a governmental agency or legal process or as may be required to be disclosed by Employer pursuant to applicable law, rule or regulation to which Employer is subject, including requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchanges on which Employer’s securities are listed.

11. Covenant Not to Compete, No Interference; No Solicitation . For purposes of this Section 11 only, the: term “Employer” shall mean, collectively, Employer and each of its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and during the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not engage in any business offering services related to the current business of Employer, whether as a principal, partner, joint venture, agent, employee, salesman, consultant, director or officer, where such position would involve Employee in any business activity in competition with Employer. This restriction will be limited to the geographical area where Employer is then engaged in such competing business activity or to such other geographical area as a court shall find reasonably necessary to protect the goodwill and business of Employer.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not interfere with or adversely affect, either directly or indirectly, Employer’s relationships with any person, firm, association, corporation or other entity which is known by Employee to be, or is included on any listing to which Employee had access during the course of employment, as a customer, client, supplier, consultant or employee of Employer and that Employee will not divert or change, or attempt to divert or change, any such relationship to the detriment of Employer or to the benefit of any other person, firm, association, corporation or other entity.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of Employer, accept employment, as an employee, consultant or otherwise, with any company or entity which is a supplier of Employer at any time during the final year of Employee’s employment with Employer.

Employee will not, during or at any time within one year after the cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer, induce or seek to induce any other employee of Employer to terminate his or her employment relationship with Employer.

Employee acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth herein are founded upon valuable consideration and, with respect to the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Section 11, are reasonable in duration and geographic scope. The time period and geographical area set forth in this Section 10 are each divisible and separable, and, in the event that the covenants not to compete and/or not to divert business or employees contained therein are judicially held invalid or unenforceable as to such time period and/or geographical area, they will be valid and enforceable in such

 

6


geographical area(s) and for such time period(s) which the court determines to be reasonable and enforceable. Employee agrees that in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction determines that the above covenants are invalid or unenforceable to join with Employer in requesting such court to construe the applicable provision by limiting or reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the then applicable law. Furthermore, it is agreed that any period of restriction or covenant hereinabove stated shall not include any period of violation or period of time required for litigation or arbitration to enforce such restrictions or covenants.

12. Goodwill . During the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee will not disparage Employer or any of its Affiliates in any way which could adversely affect the goodwill, reputation and business relationships of Employer or any of its Affiliates with the public generally, or with any of their customers, suppliers or employees, and Employer will not disparage Employee. Employee understands and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to make any such public disclosures as are required by applicable law, rule or regulation regarding Employee, including termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, and that any public disclosures so made by Employer and other statements materially consistent with such public disclosures shall not be restricted in any manner by this Section 12.

13. Termination .

A. (i) Employer or Employee may terminate this Agreement upon Employee’s failure or inability to perform the services required hereunder, because of any physical or mental infirmity for which Employee receives disability benefits under any Disability Plans, over a period of one hundred twenty consecutive working days during any twelve consecutive month period (a “Terminating Disability”).

(ii) If Employer or Employee elects to terminate this Agreement in the event of a Terminating Disability, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the giving of written notice by the terminating party to the other.

(iii) Upon termination of this Agreement on account of Terminating Disability, Employer shall pay Employee Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise (subject to offset for any amounts received pursuant to the Disability Plans), to the date of termination. In the event of a Terminating Disability, Employer also shall provide Employee with disability benefits and all other benefits according to the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and any other Employer plans in which Employee is then participating. Furthermore, Employee shall continue to accrue service as an employee in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and pension plan(s), and for purposes of vesting under any outstanding incentive awards granted to Employee, as may be set forth in the applicable incentive plan or related award letter.

(iv) If the parties elect not to terminate this Agreement upon an event of a Terminating Disability and Employee returns to active employment with Employer prior to such a termination, or if such disability exists for less than one hundred twenty consecutive working days, the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

B. This Agreement terminates immediately and automatically on the death of Employee, provided, however, that Employee’s estate shall be paid Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of death.

 

7


C. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee, for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Employer shall have “Cause” to terminate this Agreement only if Employer’s Board of Directors determines that there has been fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or misconduct constituting serious criminal activity on the part of Employee. Upon termination for Cause, Employee shall be entitled to receive only Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of termination.

D. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C., provided, however, that Employer shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In addition, Employee may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employer, as a result of a Constructive Termination, provided, however, that Employee shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by Employer, or by Employee as a result of a Constructive Termination, under this Section 13.D.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to two times the Employee’s annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(ii) for purposes of any outstanding stock option issued by Employer to Employee, outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee or other outstanding incentive award granted by Employer to Employee, Employee’s employment with Employer shall not be deemed to have terminated until the end of the Current Term;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer; and

 

8


(v) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

E. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event and at the time that both there is a Change in Control and either (1) Employee elects to terminate his employment with Employer within one year after the Change in Control as a result of a Constructive Termination or (2) Employee’s employment with Employer is actually terminated by Employer within one year after the Change in Control for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C. In the event of a termination of this Agreement under this Section 13.E.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the sum of the annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement and the annual Bonus target in effect at the time of such termination by (b) two;

(ii) all outstanding stock options and other incentive awards issued by Employer to Employee that are not vested and exercisable at the time of the termination of this Agreement shall become immediately vested and exercisable (and Employee shall be afforded the opportunity to exercise them until the earlier of (a) the latest date, determined in accordance with the terms of such stock options or awards, that would apply if such stock options or awards had become vested and exercisable immediately before the termination of this Agreement or (b) the end of the Current Term) and the restrictions applicable to all outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee shall lapse upon the termination of this Agreement;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s

 

9


annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer;

(v) to the extent that Employee is deemed to have received an excess parachute payment under Code Section 280G by reason of the Change in Control, Employer shall pay Employee, within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, an additional sum sufficient to pay (a) any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code plus (b) any federal, state and local taxes applicable to any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code; and

(vi) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

F. Employee may resign upon 60 days’ prior written notice to Employer. In the event of a resignation under this Section 13.F., this Agreement shall terminate and Employee shall be entitled to receive Employee’s Base Salary through the date of termination, any Bonus earned but not paid at the time of termination and any other vested compensation or benefits called for under any compensation plan or program of Employer.

G. Upon termination of this Agreement as a result of an event of termination described in this Section 13 and except for Employer’s payment of the required payments under this Section 13 (including any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and any nonforfeitable amounts payable under any employee plan), all further compensation under this Agreement shall terminate. Employee further agrees that as a condition precedent to Employee’s receipt of payments under this Section 13 (other than any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and all payments pursuant to Section 13.E.), upon the request of Employer and by a reasonable deadline set by Employer (to ensure that payments can be made by the dates specified in this Section 13 following the expiration of the time for revocation of such release as permitted by law), Employee will execute and not revoke a release of claims against Employer, which release shall contain customary and appropriate terms and conditions as determined in good faith by Employer.

H. The termination of this Agreement shall not amend, alter or modify the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 hereof, the terms of which shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

I. To the extent provided below, the following provisions apply under this Section 13 and the other provisions of the Agreement.

 

10


(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of Sections 13.D and 13.E., “Current Term” means the one year period beginning at the time of the termination of this Agreement.

(ii) For purposes of Sections 13.D. and 13.E., “Change in Control” means a Change in Control as defined under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as such plan is amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 and as it may thereafter be amended).

(iii) For purposes of Section 13.D. and 13.E., “Constructive Termination” shall be deemed to have occurred if, without Employee’s consent, there is a material reduction by Employer in Employee’s authority, reporting relationship or responsibilities, there is a reduction by Employer in Employee’s Base Salary or Bonus target or Employee is required by Employer to relocate from the Greater Cincinnati, Ohio Area by 50 or more miles.

(iv) When an amount (referred to in this Section 13.I.(iv) as the “principal sum”) that is payable under Section 13.D.(i), 13.D.(iv), 13.E.(i), or 13.E.(iv) within five days after the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer is paid, such payment shall also include an amount that is equal to the amount of interest that would have been earned by such principal sum for the period from the date of Employee’s termination of employment with Employer to the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment had such principal sum earned interest for such period at an annual rate of interest of 3.5%.

(v) To the extent that any of the benefits applicable to medical, dental and vision coverage provided to Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) (referred to in this Section 13.I. as “healthcare plan benefits”) are subject to federal income taxation, the following conditions shall apply:

(a) the amount of healthcare plan benefits provided or paid during any tax year of Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) shall not affect the amount of healthcare plan benefits that are provided or eligible for payment in any other tax years of Employee (disregarding any limit on the amount of medical expenses, as defined in Code Section 213(d), that may be paid or reimbursed over some or all of the period in which such coverage is in effect because of a lifetime, annual or similar limit on any covered person’s expenses that can be paid or reimbursed under Employer’s health care plans under which the terms of such coverage is determined);

(b) the payment or reimbursement of an expense for healthcare plan benefits that is eligible for payment or reimbursement shall not be made prior to the date immediately following the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer and shall in any event be made no later than the last day of the tax year of Employee next following the tax year of Employee in which the expense is incurred; and

(c) Employee’s right to healthcare plan benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(vi) For purposes of this Agreement (including but not limited to Sections 13.D.(iii), (iv) and (v) and 13.E.(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)), any reference to the termination of this

 

11


Agreement or to the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer shall mean and require that, as of the date of such termination, Employee’s services for Employer and its Affiliates shall have completely ceased or that Employee shall have otherwise separated from service with Employer and its Affiliates within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409-1(h).

14. Assignment . As this is an agreement for personal services involving a relation of confidence and a trust between Employer and Employee, all rights and duties of Employee arising under this Agreement, and the Agreement itself, are non-assignable by Employee.

15. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if delivered personally or by certified mail to Employee at Employee’s place of residence as then recorded on the books of Employer or to Employer at its principal office.

16. Waiver . No waiver or modification of this Agreement or the terms contained herein shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such party.

17. Governing Law . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and, to the extent applicable, federal law.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer. There are no other contracts, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, existing between them except as contained or referred to in this Agreement.

19. Severability . In case anyone or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or other enforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions have never been contained herein.

20. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 14 above, this Agreement shall be binding upon Employee, Employer and Employer’s successors and assigns.

21. Confidentiality of Agreement Terms . The terms of this Agreement shall be held in strict confidence by Employee and shall not be disclosed by Employee to anyone other than Employee’s spouse, Employee’s legal counsel and Employee’s other advisors, unless required by law. Further, except as provided in the preceding sentence, Employee shall not reveal the existence of this Agreement or discuss its terms with any person (including but not limited to any employee of Employer or its Affiliates) without the express authorization of the President of Employer, provided that Employee shall advise any prospective new employer of the existence of Employee’s non-competition, confidentiality and similar obligations under this Agreement. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement have been disclosed by Employer, in a public filing or otherwise, the confidentiality requirements of this Section 21 shall no longer apply to such terms.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.     EMPLOYEE
By:  

/s/ John F. Cassidy

   

/s/ Gary J. Wojtaszek

      Gary J. Wojtaszek
Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

   
Date:  

1/5/09

    Date:  

12/31/08

 

13

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(13)

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the Effective Date between Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“Employer”) and Brian A. Ross (“Employee”). For purposes of this Agreement, the “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.

Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. Employment . By this Agreement, Employer and Employee set forth the terms of Employer’s employment of Employee on and after the Effective Date. Any prior agreements or understandings with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer are canceled as of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as provided in Section 13 of this Agreement, all stock options, restricted shares and other long term incentive awards granted to Employee prior to the Effective Date, benefit plans in which Employee is eligible for participation and any Employer policies to which Employee is subject shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms and shall not be modified, amended or cancelled by this Agreement.

2. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement initially shall be the one year period commencing on the Effective Date. On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement automatically shall be extended for a period of one additional year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Agreement is subject to termination as provided in Section 13.

3. Duties .

A. Employee will serve as Chief Operating Officer for Cincinnati Bell Inc. or in such other equivalent capacity as may be designated by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer. Employee will report to the Chief Executive Officer of Employer or to such other officer as the Chief Executive Officer of Employer may direct.

B. Employee shall furnish such managerial, executive, financial, technical and other skills, advice, and assistance in operating Employer and its Affiliates as Employer may reasonably request. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means each corporation or organization that is deemed to be a single employer with Employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes Employer or under common control with Employer).

C. Employee shall also perform such other duties, consistent with the provisions of Section 3.A., as are reasonably assigned to Employee by the Chief Executive Officer of Employer.

D. Employee shall devote Employee’s entire time, attention and energies to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. The words “entire time, attention and energies” are intended to mean that Employee shall devote Employee’s full effort during reasonable working hours to the business of Employer and its Affiliates and shall devote at least 40 hours per week to the business of Employer and its Affiliates. Employee shall travel to such places as are necessary in the performance of Employee’s duties.

 

1


4. Compensation .

A. Employee shall receive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of at least $425,000 per year, payable not less frequently than monthly, for each year during the term of this Agreement, subject to proration for any partial year. Such Base Salary, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement, shall be subject to withholding as required by law.

B. In addition to the Base Salary, Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Bonus”) for each calendar year for which services are performed under this Agreement. Any Bonus for a calendar year shall be payable after the conclusion of the calendar year in accordance with Employer’s regular bonus payment policies. Each year, Employee shall be given a Bonus target of not less than $425,000, subject to proration for a partial year. The Bonus target shall be established from time to time by Employer’s Compensation Committee if Employee is a named executive officer for purposes of Employer’s annual proxy statement or is otherwise an executive officer whose compensation is determined by the Compensation Committee, or, if Employee is not so subject, then in accordance with the provisions of Employer’s then existing annual incentive plan or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer (“annual incentive plan”) in which Employee participates. Any Bonus award to Employee shall further be subject to the terms and conditions of any such applicable annual incentive plan.

C. On at least an annual basis, Employee shall receive a formal performance review and be considered for Base Salary and/or Bonus target increases.

5. Expenses . All reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in the course of the performance of Employee’s duties to Employer shall be reimbursable in accordance with Employer’s then current travel and expense policies.

6. Benefits .

A. While Employee remains in the employ of Employer, Employee shall be eligible to participate in all of the various employee benefit plans and programs, which are made available to similarly situated officers of Employer, in accordance with the eligibility provisions and other terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

B. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Base Salary and any Bonuses otherwise payable to Employee shall be reduced by any benefits paid to Employee by Employer under any disability plans made available to Employee by Employer (“Disability Plans”).

C. In each year of this Agreement, Employee will be eligible to be considered for a grant of awards under Employer’s 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan and/or any similar plan made available to employees of Employer.

7. Confidentiality . Employer and its Affiliates are engaged in the telecommunications industry within the U.S. Employee acknowledges that in the course of employment with the Employer, Employee will be entrusted with or obtain access to information proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates with respect to the following (all of which information is referred to hereinafter collectively as the “Information”); the organization and management of Employer

 

2


and its Affiliates; the names, addresses, buying habits and other special information regarding past, present and potential customers, employees and suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates; customer and supplier contracts and transactions or price lists of Employer, its Affiliates and their suppliers; products, services, programs and processes sold, licensed or developed by Employer or its Affiliates; technical data, plans and specifications, and present and/or future development projects of Employer and its Affiliates; financial and/or marketing data respecting the conduct of the present or future phases of business of Employer and its Affiliates; computer programs, systems and/or software; ideas, inventions, trademarks, trade secrets, business information, know-how, processes, improvements, designs, redesigns, discoveries and developments of Employer and its Affiliates; and other information considered confidential by any of the Employer, its Affiliates or customers or suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee agrees to retain the Information in absolute confidence and not to disclose the Information to any person or organization except as required in the performance of Employee’s duties for Employer, without the express written consent of Employer; provided that Employee’s obligation of confidentiality shall not extend to any Information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Employee.

8. New Developments . All ideas, inventions, discoveries, concepts, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks or other developments or improvements, whether patentable or not, conceived by Employee, alone or with others, at any time during the term of Employee’s employment, whether or not during working hours or on Employer’s premises, which are within the scope of or related to the business operations of Employer or its Affiliates (“New Developments”), shall be and remain the exclusive property of Employer. Employee agrees that any New Developments which, within one year after the cessation of employment with Employer, are made, disclosed, reduced to a tangible or written form or description or are reduced to practice by Employee and which are based upon, utilize or incorporate Information shall, as between Employee and Employer, be presumed to have been made during Employee’s employment by Employer. Employee further agrees that Employee will not, during the term of Employee’s employment with Employer, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto Employer premises any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.

At all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee shall do all things reasonably necessary to ensure ownership of such New Developments by Employer, including the execution of documents assigning and transferring to Employer all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in and to such New Developments and the execution of all documents required to enable Employer to file and obtain patents, trademarks, service marks and copyrights in the United States and foreign countries on any of such New Developments.

9. Surrender of Material Upon Termination . Employee hereby agrees that upon cessation of Employee’s employment, for whatever reason and whether voluntary or involuntary, Employee will immediately surrender to Employer all of the property and other things of value in his possession or in the possession of any person or entity under Employee’s control that are the property of Employer or any of its Affiliates, including without any limitation all personal notes, drawings, manuals, documents, photographs or the like, including copies and derivatives thereof,

 

3


and e-mails and other electronic and digital information of all types regardless of where or the type of device on which such materials may be stored by Employee, relating directly or indirectly to any Information, materials or New Developments, or relating directly or indirectly to the business of Employer or any of its Affiliates.

10. Remedies .

A. Employer and Employee hereby acknowledge and agree that the services rendered by Employee to Employer, the information disclosed to Employee during and by virtue of Employee’s employment and Employee’s commitments and obligations to Employer and its Affiliates herein are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, and that the breach of any provision of this Agreement by Employee will cause Employer irreparable injury and damage, and consequently the Employer shall be entitled to, in addition to all other remedies available to it, injunctive and equitable relief to prevent a breach of Sections 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12 of this Agreement and to secure the enforcement of this Agreement.

B. Except as provided in Section 10.A. , the parties hereto agree to submit to final and binding arbitration any dispute, claim or controversy, whether for breach of this Agreement or for violation of any of Employee’s statutorily created or protected rights, arising between the parties that either party would have been otherwise entitled to file or pursue in court or before any administrative agency (herein “claim”), and each party waives all right to sue the other party.

(i) This agreement to arbitrate and any resulting arbitration award are enforceable under and subject to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. (“FAA”). If the FAA is held not to apply for any reason, then Ohio Revised Code Chapter 271l regarding the enforceability of arbitration agreements and awards will govern this Agreement and the arbitration award.

(ii) (a) All of a party’s claims must be presented at a single arbitration hearing. Any claim not raised at the arbitration hearing is waived and released. The arbitration hearing will take place in Cincinnati, Ohio.

(b) The arbitration process will be governed by the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) except to the extent they are modified by this Agreement. In the event that any provisions of this Section 10 are determined by AAA to be unenforceable or impermissibly contrary to AAA rules, then this Section 10 shall be modified as necessary to comply with AAA requirements.

(c) Employee has had an opportunity to review the AAA rules and the requirements that Employee must pay a filing fee for which Employer has agreed to split on an equal basis.

(d) The arbitrator will be selected from a panel of arbitrators chosen by the AAA. After the filing of a Request for Arbitration, the AAA will send simultaneously to Employer and Employee an identical list of names of five persons chosen from the panel. Each party will have 10 days from the transmittal date in which to strike up to two names, number the remaining names in order of preference and return the list to the AAA.

 

4


(e) Any pre-hearing disputes will be presented to the arbitrator for expeditious, final and binding resolution.

(f) The award of the arbitrator will be in writing and will set forth each issue considered and the arbitrator’s finding of fact and conclusions of law as to each such issue.

(g) The remedy and relief that may be granted by the arbitrator to Employee are limited to lost wages, benefits, cease and desist and affirmative relief, compensatory, liquidated and punitive damages and reasonable attorney’s fees, and will not include reinstatement or promotion. If the arbitrator would have awarded reinstatement or promotion, but for the prohibition in this Agreement, the arbitrator may award front pay. The arbitrator may assess to either party, or split, the arbitrator’s fee and expenses and the cost of the transcript, if any, in accordance with the arbitrator’s determination of the merits of each party’s position, but each party will bear any cost for its witnesses and proof.

(h) Employer and Employee recognize that a primary benefit each derives from arbitration is avoiding the delay and costs normally associated with litigation. Therefore, neither party will be entitled to conduct any discovery prior to the arbitration hearing except that: (i) Employer will furnish Employee with copies of all non-privileged documents in Employee’s personnel file; (ii) if the claim is for discharge, Employee will furnish Employer with records of earnings and benefits relating to Employee’s subsequent employment (including self-employment) and all documents relating to Employee’s efforts to obtain subsequent employment; (iii) the parties will exchange copies of all documents they intend to introduce as evidence at the arbitration hearing at least 10 days prior to such hearing; (iv) Employee will be allowed (at Employee’s expense) to take the depositions, for a period not to exceed four hours each, of two representatives of Employer, and Employer will be allowed (at its expense) to depose Employee for a period not to exceed four hours; and (v) Employer or Employee may ask the arbitrator to grant additional discovery to the extent permitted by AAA rules upon a showing that such discovery is necessary.

(i) Nothing herein will prevent either party from taking the deposition of any witness where the sale purpose for taking the deposition is to use the deposition in lieu of the witness testifying at the hearing and the witness is, in good faith, unavailable to testify in person at the hearing due to poor health, residency and employment more than 50 miles from the hearing site, conflicting travel plans or other comparable reason.

(j) Arbitration must be requested in writing no later than 6 months from the date of the party’s knowledge of the matter disputed by the claim. A party’s failure to initiate arbitration within the time limits herein will be considered a waiver and release by that party with respect to any claim subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

(k) Employer and Employee consent that judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any federal or state court that has jurisdiction.

(1) Except as provided in Section 10.A., neither party will commence or pursue any litigation on any claim that is or was subject to arbitration under this Agreement.

 

5


(m) All aspects of any arbitration procedure under this Agreement, including the hearing and the record of the proceedings, are confidential and will not be open to the public, except to the extent the parties agree otherwise in writing, or as may be appropriate in any subsequent proceedings between the parties, or as may otherwise be appropriate in response to a governmental agency or legal process or as may be required to be disclosed by Employer pursuant to applicable law, rule or regulation to which Employer is subject, including requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchanges on which Employer’s securities are listed.

11. Covenant Not to Compete, No Interference; No Solicitation . For purposes of this Section 11 only, the: term “Employer” shall mean, collectively, Employer and each of its Affiliates. At all times during the term of this Agreement and during the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not engage in any business offering services related to the current business of Employer, whether as a principal, partner, joint venture, agent, employee, salesman, consultant, director or officer, where such position would involve Employee in any business activity in competition with Employer. This restriction will be limited to the geographical area where Employer is then engaged in such competing business activity or to such other geographical area as a court shall find reasonably necessary to protect the goodwill and business of Employer.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee will not interfere with or adversely affect, either directly or indirectly, Employer’s relationships with any person, firm, association, corporation or other entity which is known by Employee to be, or is included on any listing to which Employee had access during the course of employment, as a customer, client, supplier, consultant or employee of Employer and that Employee will not divert or change, or attempt to divert or change, any such relationship to the detriment of Employer or to the benefit of any other person, firm, association, corporation or other entity.

During the one year period following cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer for any reason (or if this period is unenforceable by law, then for such period as shall be enforceable), Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of Employer, accept employment, as an employee, consultant or otherwise, with any company or entity which is a supplier of Employer at any time during the final year of Employee’s employment with Employer.

Employee will not, during or at any time within one year after the cessation of Employee’s employment with Employer, induce or seek to induce any other employee of Employer to terminate his or her employment relationship with Employer.

Employee acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth herein are founded upon valuable consideration and, with respect to the covenants, restrictions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Section 11, are reasonable in duration and geographic scope. The time period and geographical area set forth in this Section 10 are each divisible and separable, and, in the event that the covenants not to compete and/or not to divert business or employees contained therein are judicially held invalid or unenforceable as to such time period and/or geographical area, they will be valid and enforceable in such

 

6


geographical area(s) and for such time period(s) which the court determines to be reasonable and enforceable. Employee agrees that in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction determines that the above covenants are invalid or unenforceable to join with Employer in requesting such court to construe the applicable provision by limiting or reducing it so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the then applicable law. Furthermore, it is agreed that any period of restriction or covenant hereinabove stated shall not include any period of violation or period of time required for litigation or arbitration to enforce such restrictions or covenants.

12. Goodwill . During the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Employee will not disparage Employer or any of its Affiliates in any way which could adversely affect the goodwill, reputation and business relationships of Employer or any of its Affiliates with the public generally, or with any of their customers, suppliers or employees, and Employer will not disparage Employee. Employee understands and agrees that Employer shall be entitled to make any such public disclosures as are required by applicable law, rule or regulation regarding Employee, including termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, and that any public disclosures so made by Employer and other statements materially consistent with such public disclosures shall not be restricted in any manner by this Section 12.

13. Termination .

A. (i) Employer or Employee may terminate this Agreement upon Employee’s failure or inability to perform the services required hereunder, because of any physical or mental infirmity for which Employee receives disability benefits under any Disability Plans, over a period of one hundred twenty consecutive working days during any twelve consecutive month period (a “Terminating Disability”).

(ii) If Employer or Employee elects to terminate this Agreement in the event of a Terminating Disability, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the giving of written notice by the terminating party to the other.

(iii) Upon termination of this Agreement on account of Terminating Disability, Employer shall pay Employee Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise (subject to offset for any amounts received pursuant to the Disability Plans), to the date of termination. In the event of a Terminating Disability, Employer also shall provide Employee with disability benefits and all other benefits according to the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and any other Employer plans in which Employee is then participating. Furthermore, Employee shall continue to accrue service as an employee in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Disability Plans and pension plan(s), and for purposes of vesting under any outstanding incentive awards granted to Employee, as may be set forth in the applicable incentive plan or related award letter.

(iv) If the parties elect not to terminate this Agreement upon an event of a Terminating Disability and Employee returns to active employment with Employer prior to such a termination, or if such disability exists for less than one hundred twenty consecutive working days, the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

B. This Agreement terminates immediately and automatically on the death of Employee, provided, however, that Employee’s estate shall be paid Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of death.

 

7


C. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee, for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Employer shall have “Cause” to terminate this Agreement only if Employer’s Board of Directors determines that there has been fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or misconduct constituting serious criminal activity on the part of Employee. Upon termination for Cause, Employee shall be entitled to receive only Employee’s accrued compensation hereunder, whether Base Salary, Bonus or otherwise, to the date of termination.

D. Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employee for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C., provided, however, that Employer shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In addition, Employee may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice to Employer, as a result of a Constructive Termination, provided, however, that Employee shall have no right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 13.D. within one year after a Change in Control. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by Employer, or by Employee as a result of a Constructive Termination, under this Section 13.D.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to two times the Employee’s annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(ii) for purposes of any outstanding stock option issued by Employer to Employee, outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee or other outstanding incentive award granted by Employer to Employee, Employee’s employment with Employer shall not be deemed to have terminated until the end of the Current Term;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer; and

 

8


(v) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

E. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event and at the time that both there is a Change in Control and either (1) Employee elects to terminate his employment with Employer within one year after the Change in Control as a result of a Constructive Termination or (2) Employee’s employment with Employer is actually terminated by Employer within one year after the Change in Control for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 13.A., B. and C. In the event of a termination of this Agreement under this Section 13.E.:

(i) within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, Employer shall pay Employee in a lump sum cash payment an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the sum of the annual Base Salary rate in effect at the time of the termination of this Agreement and the annual Bonus target in effect at the time of such termination by (b) two;

(ii) all outstanding stock options and other incentive awards issued by Employer to Employee that are not vested and exercisable at the time of the termination of this Agreement shall become immediately vested and exercisable (and Employee shall be afforded the opportunity to exercise them until the earlier of (a) the latest date, determined in accordance with the terms of such stock options or awards, that would apply if such stock options or awards had become vested and exercisable immediately before the termination of this Agreement or (b) the end of the Current Term) and the restrictions applicable to all outstanding restricted stock issued by Employer to Employee shall lapse upon the termination of this Agreement;

(iii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any nonqualified ( i.e. , not qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any nonqualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be payable by Employer at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would have been paid under such plan or plans had such benefits become vested and accrued under such plan or plans at the time of the termination of this Agreement;

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of (a) any forfeitable benefits of Employee under any qualified ( i.e. , qualified under Code Section 401(a)) pension, profit sharing, 401(k) or deferred compensation plan of Employer or any Affiliate which would have vested prior to the end of the Current Term if this Agreement had not terminated, plus (b) any additional vested benefits which would have accrued for Employee under any qualified defined benefit pension plan if this Agreement had not terminated prior to the end of the Current Term and if Employee’s

 

9


annual Base Salary and annual Bonus target had neither increased nor decreased after such termination, shall be paid by Employer from its general assets (and not under such plan or plans) in one lump sum within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer;

(v) to the extent that Employee is deemed to have received an excess parachute payment under Code Section 280G by reason of the Change in Control, Employer shall pay Employee, within five days after (and not before) the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer, an additional sum sufficient to pay (a) any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code plus (b) any federal, state and local taxes applicable to any taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code; and

(vi) for the remainder of the Current Term, Employer shall continue to provide Employee with medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage comparable to the medical, dental, vision and group term life coverage in effect for Employee immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement (with the cost of such benefits shared between Employee and Employer on a basis comparable to the cost-sharing of such benefits immediately prior to the termination of this Agreement), and, to the extent that Employee would have been eligible for any post-retirement medical, dental, vision or group term life benefits from Employer if Employee had continued in employment through the end of the Current Term, Employer shall provide such post-retirement benefits to Employee after the end of the Current Term.

F. Employee may resign upon 60 days’ prior written notice to Employer. In the event of a resignation under this Section 13.F., this Agreement shall terminate and Employee shall be entitled to receive Employee’s Base Salary through the date of termination, any Bonus earned but not paid at the time of termination and any other vested compensation or benefits called for under any compensation plan or program of Employer.

G. Upon termination of this Agreement as a result of an event of termination described in this Section 13 and except for Employer’s payment of the required payments under this Section 13 (including any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and any nonforfeitable amounts payable under any employee plan), all further compensation under this Agreement shall terminate. Employee further agrees that as a condition precedent to Employee’s receipt of payments under this Section 13 (other than any Base Salary accrued through the date of termination, any Bonus earned for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs and all payments pursuant to Section 13.E.), upon the request of Employer and by a reasonable deadline set by Employer (to ensure that payments can be made by the dates specified in this Section 13 following the expiration of the time for revocation of such release as permitted by law), Employee will execute and not revoke a release of claims against Employer, which release shall contain customary and appropriate terms and conditions as determined in good faith by Employer.

H. The termination of this Agreement shall not amend, alter or modify the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 hereof, the terms of which shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

I. To the extent provided below, the following provisions apply under this Section 13 and the other provisions of the Agreement.

 

10


(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of Sections 13.D and 13.E., “Current Term” means the one year period beginning at the time of the termination of this Agreement.

(ii) For purposes of Sections 13.D. and 13.E., “Change in Control” means a Change in Control as defined under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as such plan is amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 and as it may thereafter be amended).

(iii) For purposes of Section 13.D. and 13.E., “Constructive Termination” shall be deemed to have occurred if, without Employee’s consent, there is a material reduction by Employer in Employee’s authority, reporting relationship or responsibilities, there is a reduction by Employer in Employee’s Base Salary or Bonus target or Employee is required by Employer to relocate from the Greater Cincinnati, Ohio Area by 50 or more miles.

(iv) When an amount (referred to in this Section 13.I.(iv) as the “principal sum”) that is payable under Section 13.D.(i), 13.D.(iv), 13.E.(i), or 13.E.(iv) within five days after the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer is paid, such payment shall also include an amount that is equal to the amount of interest that would have been earned by such principal sum for the period from the date of Employee’s termination of employment with Employer to the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment had such principal sum earned interest for such period at an annual rate of interest of 3.5%.

(v) To the extent that any of the benefits applicable to medical, dental and vision coverage provided to Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) (referred to in this Section 13.I. as “healthcare plan benefits”) are subject to federal income taxation, the following conditions shall apply:

(a) the amount of healthcare plan benefits provided or paid during any tax year of Employee under Section 13.D.(v) or 13.E.(vi) shall not affect the amount of healthcare plan benefits that are provided or eligible for payment in any other tax years of Employee (disregarding any limit on the amount of medical expenses, as defined in Code Section 213(d), that may be paid or reimbursed over some or all of the period in which such coverage is in effect because of a lifetime, annual or similar limit on any covered person’s expenses that can be paid or reimbursed under Employer’s health care plans under which the terms of such coverage is determined);

(b) the payment or reimbursement of an expense for healthcare plan benefits that is eligible for payment or reimbursement shall not be made prior to the date immediately following the date which is six months after Employee’s termination of employment with Employer and shall in any event be made no later than the last day of the tax year of Employee next following the tax year of Employee in which the expense is incurred; and

(c) Employee’s right to healthcare plan benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(vi) For purposes of this Agreement (including but not limited to Sections 13.D.(iii), (iv) and (v) and 13.E.(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)), any reference to the termination of this

 

11


Agreement or to the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer shall mean and require that, as of the date of such termination, Employee’s services for Employer and its Affiliates shall have completely ceased or that Employee shall have otherwise separated from service with Employer and its Affiliates within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409-1(h).

14. Assignment . As this is an agreement for personal services involving a relation of confidence and a trust between Employer and Employee, all rights and duties of Employee arising under this Agreement, and the Agreement itself, are non-assignable by Employee.

15. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if delivered personally or by certified mail to Employee at Employee’s place of residence as then recorded on the books of Employer or to Employer at its principal office.

16. Waiver . No waiver or modification of this Agreement or the terms contained herein shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such party.

17. Governing Law . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and, to the extent applicable, federal law.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to Employee’s employment by Employer. There are no other contracts, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, existing between them except as contained or referred to in this Agreement.

19. Severability . In case anyone or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or other enforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions have never been contained herein.

20. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 14 above, this Agreement shall be binding upon Employee, Employer and Employer’s successors and assigns.

21. Confidentiality of Agreement Terms . The terms of this Agreement shall be held in strict confidence by Employee and shall not be disclosed by Employee to anyone other than Employee’s spouse, Employee’s legal counsel and Employee’s other advisors, unless required by law. Further, except as provided in the preceding sentence, Employee shall not reveal the existence of this Agreement or discuss its terms with any person (including but not limited to any employee of Employer or its Affiliates) without the express authorization of the President of Employer, provided that Employee shall advise any prospective new employer of the existence of Employee’s non-competition, confidentiality and similar obligations under this Agreement. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement have been disclosed by Employer, in a public filing or otherwise, the confidentiality requirements of this Section 21 shall no longer apply to such terms.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.     EMPLOYEE
By:  

/s/ John F. Cassidy

   

/s/ Brian A. Ross

      Brian A. Ross
Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

   
Date:  

1/7/09

    Date:  

12/31/08

 

13

Exhibit(10)(iii)(A)(17.10)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 1997 and in order (i) to revise the Plan’s definition of an accrued benefit in accordance with a request of the Internal Revenue Service made in connection with such organization’s review of the Plan as restated effective as of January 1, 1997 and (ii) to make certain corresponding or clarifying changes in other provisions of the Plan, in the following respects.

1. Subsection 2.1.1 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows.

2.1.1 “Accrued Benefit” means, when applied to any Participant and his interest as of any specified date under this Plan, under the Prior Pension Plan, or under a plan which merges into this Plan or has its assets and liabilities attributable to the Participant transferred to this Plan (for purposes of this Subsection 2.1.1, a “merged plan”), the monthly amount of the benefit to which the Participant would be entitled under the Plan, under the Prior Pension Plan, or under the merged plan, as the case may be: (i) if the Participant permanently ceased to be an Employee as of the specified date (if he has not already done so); (ii) if the Participant was fully vested in ( i.e. , had a nonforfeitable right to) his benefit under the Plan, under the Prior Pension Plan, or under the merged plan, as the case may be, as of the specified date (even if he is not yet fully vested in such benefit); and (iii) if the Participant’s benefit under the Plan, under the Prior Pension Plan, or under the merged plan, as the case may be, is paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity commencing as of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (or, if the specified date is later than the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, commencing as of the specified date).

(a) For purposes of the Plan, when a Participant’s “Accrued Benefit” as of any specified date is to be determined under the other provisions of this Plan based on the amount credited to the Participant’s Cash Balance Account, then the Participant’s “Accrued Benefit” as of the specified date is determined:

(1) first, by determining the amount that as of the specified date is credited to the Participant’s Cash Balance Account;

(2) next, in the event (and only in the event) the specified date occurs before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, by projecting the amount determined under subparagraph (1) immediately above from the specified date to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date at an interest rate of 4% per annum (which is the interest rate used under the Plan to determine interest rate credits to the Participant’s Cash Balance Account after the Participant has ceased to be an Employee, assuming that the Participant does not elect to reduce that rate in return for a pre-retirement death benefit that otherwise could be provided under the Plan); and

(3) next and last, by dividing the amount determined under subparagraph (1) above, as projected to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date under the provisions of subparagraph (2) immediately above in the event the

 

1


specified date occurs before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, by both (i) 9.7 (which is the annuity conversion rate used by the Plan pursuant to Table 1 to this Plan to convert, at a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or a later date, the Participant’s Cash Balance Account balance to an actuarially equivalent Single Life Annuity annual amount) and (ii) twelve (which is the divisor needed to convert a Single Life Annuity annual amount into a monthly amount). The calculations called for under this subparagraph (3) convert the amount determined under subparagraph (1) above, as projected to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date under the provisions of subparagraph (2) immediately above in the event the specified date occurs before the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, into an actuarially equivalent Single Life Annuity monthly amount.

(b) Further, when (and only when) both a Participant’s “Accrued Benefit” as of any specified date is to be determined under the other provisions of this Plan based on the amount credited to the Participant’s Cash Balance Account and the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date is the first day after the Participant’s 65th birthday, then the Participant’s “Accrued Benefit” as of the specified date can also, for convenience and simplicity and in lieu of the method of determining such “Accrued Benefit” under the provisions of paragraph (a) immediately above, be determined by dividing (i) one-twelfth of the amount that as of the specified date is credited to the Participant’s Cash Balance Account by (ii) the factor identified in Table 1 to this Plan as applicable to a payment age that is the Participant’s attained age (in whole years and months) as of the specified date. The determination of a Participant’s “Accrued Benefit” as of any specified date under the method described in the immediately preceding sentence produces the same result for such Accrued Benefit as is produced by the method described in paragraph (a) immediately above as long as the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date is the first day after the Participant’s 65th birthday.

(c) For purposes of the Plan, when a Participant’s “Accrued Benefit” as of any specified date is not to be determined under the other provisions of this Plan based on the amount credited to the Participant’s Cash Balance Account but instead is based on a non-cash balance formula under the Prior Pension Plan (including any modifications to such formula that are provided under this Plan) or under a merged plan’s benefit formula, then the Participant’s “Accrued Benefit” as of the specified date is determined pursuant to the terms of the Prior Pension Plan that provide for such non-cash balance formula (as such benefit formula terms may be modified under this Plan) or pursuant to the terms of the merged plan that provide for its benefit formula, as appropriate.

2. Subsection 5.1 of the Plan is deleted in its entirety and shall be reflected in the Plan as follows.

5.1 [Deleted.]

 

2


3. Subsection 7.2.1 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows.

7.2.1 Subject to the other terms of the Plan, if a Participant is not married as of the date a retirement benefit under the Plan commences to be paid to him, such retirement benefit shall be paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity. The monthly amount of such annuity shall be referred to in the other provisions of the Plan as the Participant’s “Accrued Benefit Final Payment Amount” and shall be equal to the result obtained:

(a) first, by multiplying the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of the commencement date of such retirement benefit by the Participant’s vested percentage determined as of such commencement date; and

(b) next and last, in the event (and only in the event) such commencement date occurs before the Participant’s 65th birthday, by multiplying the amount determined under paragraph (a) immediately above by the factor identified in Table 2 to this Plan as applicable to a payment age that is the Participant’s attained age (in whole years and months) as of such commencement date. The calculation called for under this paragraph (b) reduces the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit amount determined under paragraph (a) above by an actuarial factor to reflect the early (pre-age 65) commencement of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit to be paid under the Plan.

4. Each and any reference to “Assumed Monthly Normal Retirement Date Benefit Formula Amount”, “Monthly Benefit Formula Amount”, “Subsection 5.1.1”, or “Subsection 5.1.2” that is contained in the other provisions of the Plan (that are not amended under the foregoing items of this Plan amendment) shall be deleted and replaced by a reference to “Accrued Benefit”, “Accrued Benefit Final Payment Amount”, “Subsection 7.2.1”, or “Subsection 2.1.1”, respectively.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING PLAN CHANGES, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

 

3

Exhibit(10)(iii)(A)(17.11)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 1997 and in order to clarify that the Plan’s restatement as of January 1, 1997 has not reduced plan benefits that were accrued immediately before such date and that are protected by Section 411(d)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code and in accordance with a request of the Internal Revenue Service made in connection with such organization’s review of the Plan as restated effective as of January 1, 1997, by adding a new Section 15.7 reading as follows to the end of Article 15 of the Plan (immediately after current Plan Section 15.6).

15.7 Preservation of Pre-January 1, 1997 Protected Benefits . This January 1, 1997 amendment and restatement of the Plan shall not, except to the extent permitted in regulations issued under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, reduce or eliminate any benefit of a Participant that as of December 31, 1996 was protected under Code Section 411(d)(6), including the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as in effect as of December 31, 1996 or any early retirement benefit, retirement-type subsidy, or optional form of benefit provided that the Participant met or meets (either before, on, or after January 1, 1997) the December 31, 1996 conditions for such benefit or subsidy and to the extent such benefit or subsidy is solely based and calculated on the basis of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, compensation, service, and/or other relevant factors determined as of the end of December 31, 1996.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING PLAN CHANGE, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

 

1

Exhibit(10)(iii)(A)(17.12)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2002 and in order (i) to reflect the requirements of the Internal Revenue Service’s final regulations issued under Internal Revenue Code section 415 and (ii) to include in one Plan amendment all changes that have been made since the end of the Plan’s plan year that ended on December 31, 2001 in the Plan’s definition of a participant’s compensation that is used in applying the Plan’s benefit limits and the Plan’s benefit limits that are intended to comply with Internal Revenue Code section 415, in the following respects.

1. Section 10.1 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows.

10.1 Maximum Plan Benefit .

10.1.1 General Rules . Subject to the other provisions of this Section 10.1 but notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in no event, during any limitation year, shall the annual amount of a Participant’s retirement benefit accrued or payable at any time under this Plan, when expressed in the form of a Single Life Annuity and in accordance with the adjustments described in the following provisions of this Section 10.1, exceed the maximum permissible benefit. For purposes of this Section 10.1 and subject to the adjustments described in the following provisions of this Section 10.1, the “maximum permissible benefit” is the lesser of the defined benefit dollar limitation, as defined in paragraph (a) of this Subsection 10.1.1, or the defined benefit compensation limitation, as defined in paragraph (b) of this Subsection 10.1.1.

(a) The defined benefit dollar limitation . For purposes of this Section 10.1, the “defined benefit dollar limitation” is $160,000, as adjusted, effective January 1 of each calendar year, under section 415(d) of the Code in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall prescribe. A limitation as adjusted under Code section 415(d) as of the January 1 of any calendar year shall apply to the limitation year ending with or within such calendar year.

(b) The defined benefit compensation limitation . For purposes of this Section 10.1 and subject to subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b), the “defined benefit compensation limitation” is 100% of the Participant’s average annual compensation received during the three consecutive calendar years which produce the highest dollar result (or, for any limitation year prior to the limitation year that commences as of January 1, 2006, 100% of the Participant’s average annual compensation received during the three consecutive calendar years both during which he is a Participant in the Plan and which produce the highest dollar result).

 

1


(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b), if the Participant is an Employee for less than three consecutive calendar years (or, for any limitation year prior to the limitation year that commences as of January 1, 2006, if the Participant is both an Employee and a Participant for less than three consecutive calendar years), the Participant’s “defined benefit compensation limitation” shall for purposes of this Section 10.1 be deemed to be the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the Participant’s compensation received during the Participant’s longest consecutive period of service as an Employee (or, for any limitation year prior to the limitation year that commences as of January 1, 2006, the Participant’s compensation received during the Participant’s longest consecutive period of service as both an Employee and a Participant) by (2) the number of years in that period (including fractions of years, but not less than one year).

(ii) For purposes of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b), if the Participant ceases to be an Employee and is subsequently rehired as an Employee, all years for which the Participant performs no services as an Employee and receives no compensation for his services as an Employee (for purposes of this subparagraph (ii), the “break period”) shall be ignored in determining the Participant’s defined benefit compensation limitation and the year of service immediately prior to and the year of service immediately after the break period shall be treated as if they were consecutive.

10.1.2 Necessary Terms . For purposes of the restrictions and rules set forth in this Section 10.1, the following terms shall apply.

(a) A Participant’s “compensation” shall refer to his Compensation as defined in Section 10.4 below.

(b) The “limitation year” for purposes of the restrictions under this Section 10.1 shall be the Plan Year.

10.1.3 Procedures for Applying Limitation . This Subsection 10.1.3 describes the adjustments that are made in a Participant’s retirement benefit accrued or payable under the Plan, in the defined benefit dollar limitation, and in the defined benefit compensation limitation when determining whether such retirement benefit meets the requirements of Subsection 10.1.1 above. For any limitation year, the Participant’s retirement benefit accrued or payable at any time under the Plan shall be limited to the extent necessary so that, if such limit would be deemed to have applied under the provisions of the Plan that do not include the provisions of this Section 10.1, the annual amount of the actual equivalent benefit-form Single Life Annuity determined in Step 1 below cannot and shall not exceed the lesser of the annual amount of the maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity determined in Step 2 below or the annual amount of the maximum equivalent compensation-adjusted Single Life Annuity determined in Step 3 below.

 

2


(a) Step 1 : This Step 1 determines the annual amount of a hypothetical Single Life Annuity that, if it were paid to the Participant and commenced as of the commencement date of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan (for purposes of this Subsection 10.1.3, the “actual commencement date”), would have an annual amount calculated in accordance with subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (a). Such hypothetical Single Life Annuity is referred to in this Section 10.1 as the Participant’s “actual equivalent benefit-form Single Life Annuity.”

(i) When the form of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan is a Single Life Annuity or a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that commences as of the actual commencement date, then the annual amount of the actual equivalent benefit-form Single Life Annuity shall be equal to the annual amount that would apply to the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan (that is paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity or a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that commences as of the actual commencement date) if the provisions of this Section 10.1 were disregarded.

(ii) When the form of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan is a single sum payment (which is the only form of benefit other than a Single Life Annuity or a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity available under the Plan) that is made as of the actual commencement date, then the annual amount of the actual equivalent benefit-form Single Life Annuity shall be equal to the greatest of:

(A) the annual amount that would make the actual equivalent benefit-form Single Life Annuity actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan (that is paid in the form of a single sum payment that is made as of the actual commencement date) if the provisions of this Section 10.1 did not apply and if the actuarial assumptions used to determine such actuarial equivalence were the combination of the interest rate assumption and the mortality assumption that is specified and would be used under the other provisions of the Plan for determining the actuarial equivalence of two benefits whose only difference is one is paid in the form of an Annuity and the other is paid in the form of a single sum payment;

(B) the annual amount that would make the actual equivalent benefit-form Single Life Annuity actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan (that is paid in the form of a single sum payment that is made as of the actual commencement date) if the provisions of this Section 10.1 did not apply and if the actuarial assumptions used to determine such actuarial equivalence were the applicable interest rate and the applicable mortality assumption (as such terms are defined in Subsection 10.1.4 below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the reference to “the applicable interest rate” in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a reference to “an interest rate of 5.5% per annum” if the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan is paid in the form of a single sum payment as of any date that occurs during a Plan Year that begins on or after January 1, 2004; or

 

3


(C) if and only if the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan is paid in the form of a single sum payment as of any date that occurs during a Plan Year that begins on or after January 1, 2006, the quotient produced by dividing (1) the annual amount that would make the actual equivalent benefit-form Single Life Annuity actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan (that is paid in the form of a single sum payment that is made as of the actual commencement date) if the provisions of this Section 10.1 did not apply and if the actuarial assumptions used to determine such actuarial equivalence were the applicable interest rate and the applicable mortality assumption (as such terms are defined in Subsection 10.1.4 below) by (2) 1.05.

(b) Step 2 : This Step 2 determines the annual amount of a hypothetical Single Life Annuity that, if it were paid to the Participant and commenced as of the actual commencement date, would have an annual amount calculated in accordance with subparagraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) of this paragraph (b). Such hypothetical Single Life Annuity is referred to in this Section 10.1 as the Participant’s “maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity.”

(i) If the actual commencement date occurs before the date the Participant first attains age 65 and on or after the date on which the Participant first attains age 62, then the annual amount of the maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity shall be equal to the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in Subsection 10.1.1(a) above (as adjusted for the limitation year that includes the actual commencement date).

(ii) If the actual commencement date occurs before the date on which the Participant first attains age 62, then the annual amount of the maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity shall be equal to the lesser of:

(A) the product obtained by multiplying (1) the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in Subsection 10.1.1(a) above (as adjusted for the limitation year that includes the actual commencement date) by (2) a fraction that has a numerator equal to the annual amount of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan that would apply if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the actual commencement date and if the provisions of this Section 10.1 were disregarded and a denominator equal to the annual amount of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan that would apply if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the date on which the Participant first attains age 62 and if the provisions of this Section 10.1 were disregarded; or

(B) the annual amount that would make the maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity actuarially equivalent to a hypothetical retirement benefit that would apply to the Participant under the Plan if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the date on which the Participant first attains age 62, if its annual amount were the

 

4


defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in Subsection 10.1.1(a) above (as adjusted for the limitation year that includes the actual commencement date), and if the actuarial assumptions used to determine such actuarial equivalence were an interest rate of 5% per annum and the applicable mortality assumption (as such term is defined in Subsection 10.1.4 below and applied by expressing the Participant’s age based on completed months as of the actual commencement date). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause (B), the actuarial assumptions referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall not reflect the probability of the Participant’s death between the actual commencement date and the date on which the Participant first attains age 62 to the extent that the Participant’s retirement benefit under the Plan will not be forfeited upon the death of the Participant.

(iii) If the actual commencement date occurs after the date on which the Participant first attains age 65, then the annual amount of the maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity shall be equal to the lesser of:

(A) the product obtained by multiplying (1) the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in Subsection 10.1.1(a) above (as adjusted for the limitation year that includes the actual commencement date) by (2) a fraction that has a numerator equal to the annual amount of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan that would apply if the Participant permanently ceased to be an Employee when he first attained age 65, if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the actual commencement date, and if the provisions of this Section 10.1 were disregarded and a denominator equal to the annual amount of the Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan that would apply if the Participant permanently ceased to be an Employee when he first attained age 65, if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the date on which the Participant first attains age 65, and if the provisions of this Section 10.1 were disregarded; or

(B) the annual amount that would make the maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity actuarially equivalent to a hypothetical retirement benefit that would apply to the Participant under the Plan if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the date on which the Participant first attains age 65, if its annual amount were the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in Subsection 10.1.1(a) above (as adjusted for the limitation year that includes the actual commencement date), and if the actuarial assumptions used to determine such actuarial equivalence were an interest rate of 5% per annum and the applicable mortality assumption (as such term is defined in Subsection 10.1.4 below and applied by expressing the Participant’s age based on completed months as of the actual commencement date). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause (B), the actuarial assumptions referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall not reflect the probability of the Participant’s death between the date on which the Participant first attains age 65 and the actual commencement date to the extent that the Participant’s retirement benefit under the Plan will not be forfeited upon the death of the Participant between the date on which the Participant first attains age 65 and the actual commencement date.

 

5


(c) Step 3 : This Step 3 determines the annual amount of a hypothetical Single Life Annuity that, if it were paid to the Participant and commenced as of the actual commencement date, would have an annual amount calculated in accordance with the last sentence of this paragraph (c). Such hypothetical Single Life Annuity is referred to in this Section 10.1 as the Participant’s “maximum equivalent compensation-adjusted Single Life Annuity.” In all cases, the annual amount of the maximum equivalent compensation-adjusted Single Life Annuity shall be equal to the defined benefit compensation limitation set forth in Subsection 10.1.1(b) above that applies to the Participant.

10.1.4 Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Assumption .

(a) For purposes of this Section 10.1, the “applicable interest rate” means, with respect to adjusting any benefit or limitation applicable to any single sum form of benefit, an interest rate determined as follows:

(1) when the commencement date of the benefit occurs during any limitation year that begins prior to January 1, 2008, the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities for the fifth calendar month which precedes the first calendar month included in the Plan Year in which falls such commencement date and as such rate is published (in a revenue ruling, notice, or other written form) by the Internal Revenue Service under Code section 417(e)(3) for such month; and

(2) when the commencement date of the benefit occurs during any limitation year that begins on or after January 1, 2008, the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates (as such terms are defined in Code section 417(e)(3)(D)) applied under rules similar to the rules of Code section 430(h)(2)(C) for the fifth calendar month which precedes the first calendar month included in the Plan Year in which falls such commencement date and as such rate is published (in a revenue ruling, notice, or other written form) by the Internal Revenue Service under Code section 417(e)(3) for such month.

(b) Also for purposes of this Section 10.1, the “applicable mortality assumption” means, with respect to adjusting any benefit or limitation of a retirement benefit, an appropriate mortality assumption based on the mortality table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate as the applicable mortality table for purposes of section 415(b) of the Code as of the commencement date of the benefit. Such table shall be based on the prevailing commissioners’ standard table, described in section 807(d)(5)(A) of the Code, used to determine reserves for group annuity contracts, without regard to any other subparagraph of section 807(d)(5) of the Code. For Plan benefits with commencement dates on or after December 31, 2002 and until changed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, the mortality table referred to in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be deemed to be the table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

6


10.1.5 Reduction for Participation or Service of Less Than Ten Years .

(a) In the case of a Participant who has less than ten years of participation in this Plan when his retirement benefit under the Plan commences, the defined benefit dollar limitation shall be adjusted for all purposes of this Section 10.1 (including for purposes of determining the maximum equivalent age-adjusted Single Life Annuity described in Step 2 of Subsection 10.1.3 above) so as to be equal to the defined benefit dollar limitation (determined without regard to this Subsection 10.1.5) multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of such fraction is the Participant’s years (and any fraction thereof) of participation in the Plan at the time his benefit commences (or 1, if greater), and its denominator is ten.

(b) Further, in the case of a Participant who has less than ten years of Vesting Service as of the date on which his retirement benefit under the Plan commences, the defined benefit compensation limitation shall be adjusted for all purposes of this Section 10.1 (including for purposes of determining the maximum equivalent compensation-adjusted Single Life Annuity described in Step 3 of Subsection 10.1.3 above) so as to be equal to such limitation (determined without regard to this Subsection 10.1.5) multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of such fraction is the Participant’s years of Vesting Service as of the date his benefit commences (or 1, if greater), and its denominator is ten.

10.1.6 Preservation of Prior Plan Benefits . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1, in no event shall the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1 cause by themselves a Participant’s Accrued Benefit (or the annual or lump sum amount of a Participant’s actual retirement benefit under the Plan) to be less than his Accrued Benefit determined as of (or the annual or lump sum amount that would apply to his actual retirement benefit if the Participant had earned no additional benefit amount after and in fact had ceased to be a Covered Employee no later than) December 31, 2007, to the extent such Accrued Benefit (or such annual or lump sum amount of his actual retirement benefit) is determined solely on the basis of the provisions of the Plan that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007 (including the provisions of the Plan that then reflected the requirements of section 415 of the Code).

10.1.7 Combining of Plans . If any other defined benefit plans (as defined in section 414(j) of the Code) in addition to this Plan are maintained by one or more Affiliated Employers, then the limitations set forth in this Section 10.1 shall be applied as if this Plan and such other defined benefit plans are a single plan. If any reduction or adjustment in a Participant’s retirement benefit is required by this Section 10.1, such reduction or adjustment shall when necessary

 

7


be made to the extent possible under any of such other defined benefit plan or plans in which the Participant actively participated ( i.e. , performed service which is taken into consideration in determining the amount of his benefit under the benefit formulas of the other plan or plans) at a later point in time (that occurs by the end of the applicable limitation year) than the latest point in time (that occurs by the end of the applicable limitation year) at which he actively participated in this Plan (provided such other plan or plans provide for such adjustment in such situation). To the extent still necessary, such adjustment shall be made under this Plan.

10.1.8 IRS Regulations Issued Under Code Section 415 . For any limitation year that begins on or after January 1, 2008, the provisions of the final regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service under Code section 415 shall, to the extent and only to the extent they provide details as to the manner in which any of the requirements set forth in the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1 are to be applied (such as details as to the application of such requirements when benefits are transferred to this Plan from another plan, when multiple commencement dates of a Participant’s Plan benefit are involved, or when an Affiliated Employer that maintains another defined benefit plan loses its status as an Affiliated Employer), be deemed to be incorporated into this Section 10.1.

2. Section 10.4 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows.

10.4 Compensation . The “Compensation” of an Employee, as defined in this Section 10.4, refers to the Employee’s compensation as used throughout the provisions of this Article 10, and to the Employee’s compensation or remuneration as referred to in any other provision of this Plan (or any other plan that is merged into this Plan or transfers assets and liabilities to this Plan) that otherwise fails to define such term. For such purposes, an Employee’s “Compensation” means, for any specified period, the amount determined in accordance with the following subsections of this Section 10.4.

10.4.1 Subject to Subsections 10.4.2, 10.4.3, 10.4.4, and 10.4.5 below, the Employee’s “Compensation” for any specified period shall mean his wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts paid (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash), during such specified period, for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Affiliated Employers, to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income for Federal income tax purposes. These amounts include, but are not limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Treasury Regulations section 1.62-2(c).

 

8


10.4.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 10.4.1 above, in no event shall the Employee’s “Compensation” for any specified period include any of the items described in the following paragraphs of this Subsection 10.4.2:

(a) Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code section 402(e)(3), Code section 408(k)(6), Code section 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or Code section 457(b)) made by an Affiliated Employer to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code section 408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent that the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the Employee for Federal income tax purposes and with respect to the taxable year in which contributed. In addition, any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) are not considered as the Employee’s “Compensation” for any specified period, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee for Federal income tax purposes when distributed. However, any amounts received by the Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan shall be considered as his “Compensation” in the year the amounts are actually received, but only to the extent such amounts are includible in the Employee’s gross income for Federal income tax purposes;

(b) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Code section 1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or other property held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (pursuant to Code section 83 and Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 83 of the Code);

(c) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (as defined in Code section 1.421-1(b));

(d) Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee for Federal income tax purposes and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in section 125 of the Code); and

(e) Other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in paragraphs (a) through (d) above.

 

9


10.4.3 Also notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 10.4.1 above, the Employee’s “Compensation” for any specified period that begins on or after January 1, 2008 shall not in any event include any wages or other compensation paid after he has ceased to be an Employee, unless such wages or other compensation is paid within 2-1/2 months after (or, if later, by the end of the Plan Year in which) he has ceased to be an Employee and reflects either:

(a) a payment that, absent his severance from employment with the Affiliated Employers, would have been paid to him while he was an Employee and would have been regular compensation for services during his regular working hours, compensation for services outside his regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differentials), commissions, bonuses, or similar compensation;

(b) a payment under a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been made on its actual date of payment even if the Employee had not ceased to be an Employee and only to the extent that the payment is includible in his gross income for Federal income tax purposes; or

(c) a payment for accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if he would have been able to use the leave if he had not ceased to be an Employee.

In no event, even if paid within 2-1/2 months after (or, if later, by the end of the Plan Year in which) he has ceased to be an Employee, shall any payment of severance pay, or any nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan payment (unless explicitly described in the immediately preceding sentence), that is made after the Employee ceases to be an Employee be treated as part of the Employee’s “Compensation” for any period that begins on or after January 1, 2008 under the provisions of this Subsection 10.4.3.

10.4.4 In addition to the amounts included in the Employee’s “Compensation” for any specified period under Subsections 10.4.1 through 10.4.3 above, and notwithstanding such paragraphs, the Employee’s “Compensation” for any period shall also include any amounts which are not treated as the Employee’s “Compensation” for such specified period under Subsections 10.4.1 through 10.4.3 above solely because such amounts are considered elective contributions that are made by an Affiliated Employer on behalf of the Employee and are not includable in the Employee’s gross income for Federal income tax purposes by reason of section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), and/or 132(f)(4) of the Code ( i.e. , elective contributions under a cafeteria plan, a cash or deferred arrangement in a profit sharing plan, a simplified employee pension plan, or an arrangement under which qualified transportation fringes can be chosen) or any other types of deferred compensation or contributions described in Code section 414(s)(2) or Treasury Regulations section 1.414(s)-1(c)(4); except that the treating of elective contributions that are not includable in gross income under Code section 132(f)(4) as part of the Employee’s Compensation shall only apply when the specified period begins on or after January 1, 2000.

10.4.5 Finally, notwithstanding any of the foregoing subsections of this Section 10.4, the “Compensation” of the Employee for any twelve consecutive month period which is taken into account under any other provision of the Plan will not exceed: (1) for any such twelve consecutive month period that begins in 2002 or a later calendar year, $200,000 or such higher amount to which

 

10


this figure is adjusted under section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate for the calendar year in which such twelve consecutive month period begins; (2) for any such twelve consecutive month period that begins in 2000 or 2001, $170,000; (3) for any such twelve consecutive month period that begins in 1997, 1998, or 1999, $160,000; or (4) for any such twelve consecutive month period that begins in 1996 or an earlier calendar year, $150,000.

3. Any reference to “Subsection 10.4.4” that is contained in any provision of the Plan (other than in Section 10.4 of the Plan) shall be deemed a reference to “Subsection 10.4.5”.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING PLAN REVISIONS, the sponsor of the Plan hereby signs this Plan amendment, effective for all purposes as of January 1, 2002.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

 

11

Exhibit(10)(iii)(A)(17.13)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2005 and in order to conform the provisions of the Plan that provide certain excess benefits (that are not included in the portion of the Plan that is intended to qualify as a plan under section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to the requirements of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, by deleting current Section 18.15 of the Plan in its entirety and adding a new Article 21 reading as follows immediately after current Article 20 of the Plan.

ARTICLE 21

NON-QUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

This Article 21 shall provide benefits separate from the benefits provided by the Tax-Qualified Plan and is being set forth in this document only for the convenience of using the Tax-Qualified Plan’s provisions in determining the terms and benefits of this Article 21. In fact, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Tax-Qualified Plan, this Article 21 shall be deemed to be separate from the Tax-Qualified Plan (as set forth in the other Articles of this document) and shall be named the Cincinnati Bell Management Excess Plan (for purposes of this Article 21, the “Excess Plan”). All benefits provided under this Article 21 shall be deemed to be provided not by the Tax-Qualified Plan but instead by the Excess Plan.

21.1 Purpose of Excess Plan . The Excess Plan is intended to provide certain management and highly compensated Participants with supplemental retirement benefits to replace certain benefits not provided to them under the Tax-Qualified Plan due to certain legal and other limits that apply under the Tax-Qualified Plan. The Excess Plan is intended to be an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management and highly compensated employees (within the meaning of title I of ERISA) of the Participating Companies and is not intended to be a plan subject to section 401(a) of the Code.

21.2 Definitions . For purposes of the Excess Plan, the “Tax-Qualified Plan” means the plan as set forth in the remainder of this document (other than this Article 21), which plan is intended to be a plan that qualifies as a plan under section 401(a) of the Code. Except where the context otherwise requires, any reference in the Tax-Qualified Plan to a benefit or a payment shall not be deemed to be referring to a benefit or payment made under the Excess Plan. Further, all capitalized terms that are used in this Article 21 and that are defined in Article 2 of the Tax-Qualified Plan shall have the same meanings as they do in such Article 2.

21.3 Benefits .

21.3.1 Subject to the provisions of Section 21.2 below, to the extent that the benefit that would otherwise be payable to a Participant under the Tax-Qualified Plan (if it were payable in the form of a single sum payment made as of the date next following the date on which the Participant separates from

 

1


service with the Participating Companies) is reduced from what it would be because of a limitation contained in Subsection 5.7.5, Section 10.1, Section 10.2, Section 10.3, or Subsection 10.4.4 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (or any other provision of the Tax-Qualified Plan that carries into effect the requirements of Code section 401(a)(17) or Code section 415), then the single sum amount by which such benefit is so limited (for purposes of this Article 21, the “Excess Plan Benefit”) shall be payable in fifteen annual installments (or, if less, a number of installments equal to the result, rounded up to the nearest whole number, obtained by dividing the Excess Plan Benefit by $25,000) that commence as of the date determined in accordance with the provisions of Subsections 21.3.3 and 21.3.4 below (and under which each installment other than the first installment shall be paid as of an annual anniversary of the benefit’s initial commencement date and shall be credited with assumed interest, at the rate called for under Subsection 5.5.2 or 5.5.3 of the Tax-Qualified Plan, as the case may be, for the period from the initial commencement date of the Excess Plan Benefit to the applicable installment’s payment date).

21.3.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21.3.1 above, if a Participant’s Excess Plan Benefit is in excess of $25,000, the amount of the first installment of such benefit shall be increased, and the amount of the last installment of such benefit shall be decreased, by the Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax imposed under Code sections 3101, 3121(a), and 3121(v)(2) with respect to the Participant’s Excess Plan Benefit (or, if less, by the amount by which the Excess Plan Benefit exceeds $25,000).

21.3.3 Prior to January 1, 2009, a Participant’s Excess Plan Benefit shall commence to be paid as of the earlier of (a) the date as of which his retirement benefit under the Tax-Qualified Plan begins to be paid (or, if later, the date next following the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Participating Companies) or (b) the date next following the date of the Participant’s death. Effective January 1, 2009, in the event that a Participant’s Excess Plan Benefit has not commenced to be paid as of any date prior to January 1, 2009, the Participant’s Excess Plan Benefit shall commence to be paid as of the first day of the first month that begins after the date on which the Participant separates from service with the Participating Companies (or, if later, as of January 1, 2009).

21.3.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21.3.3 above, if a Participant is a specified employee on the date he is deemed to have separated from service from the Participating Companies, then the date as of which the initial installment payment of the Participant’s Excess Plan Benefit shall be paid shall be deferred until, and shall be paid as of, the date immediately following the date which is six months after the date he so separates from service.

(a) For purposes of the provisions of this Subsection 21.3.4, a Participant shall be deemed to be a “specified employee” on each and any day that occurs during any twelve month period that begins on an April 1 and ends on the next following March 31 (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “subject period”) if, and only if, (i) on any day that occurs in the twelve month

 

2


period (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “identification period”) that ends on the latest identification date that precedes the start of the subject period any corporation or organization that is then an Affiliated Employer has stock which is publicly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. section 1.897-1(m)) or otherwise and (ii) the Participant is a key employee for the identification period (as determined under the provisions of Subsection 17.1.3 of the Tax-Qualified Plan and as if the identification period were a plan year of the Tax-Qualified Plan).

(b) Also for purposes of the provisions of this Subsection 21.3.4, the “identification date” means December 31. In this regard, the Company has elected that December 31 serve as the identification date for purposes of determining specified employees in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-1(i).

21.3.5 All installment payments of a Participant’s Excess Plan Benefit shall be paid to the Participant if he is still living at the time of the payment. If the Participant is not living at the time of any installment payment of his Excess Plan Benefit, it shall be paid to any beneficiary whom he designates in a writing to the Committee prior to his death (or, if none, to his estate).

21.3.6 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Excess Plan, a Participating Company shall have the right (without notice to or approval by a Participant, his beneficiary, or any other person) to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable by the Participating Company to or on account of the Participant, or from any payment otherwise then being made by the Participating Company to the Participant, his beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Excess Plan, an amount which the Participating Company determines is sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, local, and foreign tax withholding requirements that may apply with respect to such benefit payment made under the Excess Plan. To the extent such tax withholding requirements are satisfied from any payment otherwise then being made by the Participating Company to the Participant, his beneficiary, or any other person by reason of the Excess Plan, the amount so withheld shall be deemed a distribution to the Participant, his beneficiary, or such other person, as the case may be.

21.3.7 The other provisions of this Section 21.3 indicate that any payment that is made under the Excess Plan shall occur “as of” a specific date. However, in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. section 1.409A-3(d) and in order to permit a reasonable administrative period for the Participating Companies to make payments required under the Excess Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 21.3 or any other provision of the Excess Plan, any payment that is made under the Excess Plan to or with respect to a Participant shall be deemed to have been made as of the specific date as of which it is to be paid under the other provisions of the Excess Plan as long as it is made on such date or a later date within the same tax year of the Participant (or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such specified date).

 

3


21.4 Funding Method .

21.4.1 Except as is otherwise provided in the Excess Plan, all payments of any benefit provided under the Excess Plan to or on account of a Participant shall be made from the general assets of the Participating Company which last employed the Participant as an Employee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Excess Plan, neither the Participant, his beneficiary, nor any other person claiming through the Participant shall have any right or claim to any payment of the benefit to be provided pursuant to the Excess Plan which in any manner whatsoever is superior to or different from the right or claim of a general and unsecured creditor of such Participating Company.

21.4.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21.4.1 above, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, establish a trust (for purposes of this Subsection 21.4.2, the “Excess Plan Trust”) to which contributions may be made by a Participating Company in order to fund the Participating Company’s obligations under the Excess Plan. If, and only if, the Company exercises its discretion to establish an Excess Plan Trust, the following paragraphs of this Subsection 21.4.2 shall apply (notwithstanding any other provision of the Excess Plan).

(a) The part of the Excess Plan Trust attributable to any Participating Company’s contributions to such trust (for purposes of this Subsection 21.4.2, such Participating Company’s “Excess Plan Trust account”) shall be a “grantor” trust under the Code, in that such Participating Company shall be treated as the grantor of such Participating Company’s Excess Plan Trust account within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code.

(b) Any Participating Company’s Excess Plan Trust account shall be subject to the claims of such Participating Company’s creditors in the event of such Participating Company’s insolvency. For purposes hereof, a Participating Company shall be considered “insolvent” if either (i) such Participating Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due or (ii) such Participating Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(c) Except as may otherwise be required by the terms of the Excess Plan Trust itself, a Participating Company may make contributions to its Excess Plan Trust account for the purposes of meeting its obligations under the Excess Plan at any time, and in such amounts, as such Participating Company determines in its discretion.

(d) Any payment otherwise required to be made by a Participating Company under the Excess Plan shall be made by such Participating Company’s Excess Plan Trust account instead of such Participating Company in the event that such Participating Company fails to make such payment directly and such Participating Company’s Excess Plan Trust account then has sufficient assets to make such payment, provided that such Participating Company is not

 

4


then insolvent. If such Participating Company becomes insolvent, however, then all assets of such Participating Company’s Excess Plan Trust account shall be held for the benefit of such Participating Company’s creditors and payments from such Participating Company’s Excess Plan Trust account shall cease or not begin, as the case may be.

(e) Unless and except to the extent any payment required to be made pursuant to the Excess Plan by a Participating Company is made by such Participating Company’s Excess Plan Trust account, the obligation to make such payment remains exclusively that of such Participating Company.

(f) The terms of the Excess Plan Trust are hereby incorporated by reference into the Excess Plan. To the extent the terms of the Excess Plan conflict with the terms of the Excess Plan Trust, the terms of the Excess Plan Trust shall control.

21.5 Administration of and Claims Procedures under Excess Plan . The provisions of Article 13 of the Tax-Qualified Plan, which Article concerns plan administrative matters, shall apply to the Excess Plan (as if, for this purpose, the Excess Plan were the Tax-Qualified Plan), except that any provisions of such Article 13 that involve the Trust, the Trust Fund, or funding of the Plan shall not apply in any manner to the Excess Plan. In addition, the provisions of Article 14 of the Tax-Qualified Plan, which Article concerns claims and appeal procedures, shall apply to the Excess Plan (as if, for this purpose, the Excess Plan were the Tax-Qualified Plan).

21.6 Amendment and Termination of Excess Plan . The Company may amend the Excess Plan at any time and from time to time in any respect or terminate part or all of the Excess Plan at any time; provided that no such amendment or termination shall affect the payment (in accordance with the provisions of the Excess Plan) of each Participant’s accrued benefit under the Excess Plan as determined as of the later of the effective date of the Excess Plan’s amendment or termination or the date the amendment or termination is adopted. For purposes of this Section 21.6, a Participant’s “accrued benefit under the Excess Plan” means, as of any date, the Excess Plan Benefit that would have applied under the Excess Plan to the Participant if he had permanently ceased to be an Employee no later than such date. The procedure for the Company to amend or terminate the Excess Plan shall be the same procedures for amending or terminating the Tax-Qualified Plan that are set forth in Section 15.6 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (as if, for this purpose, the Excess Plan were the Tax-Qualified Plan).

21.7 Miscellaneous .

21.7.1 Except to the extent required by applicable law, no Participant (or beneficiary of his) may alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made under the Excess Plan, which payments and the right to receive them are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable. In

 

5


the event of any attempt to alienate, commute, anticipate, assign, pledge, encumber, transfer, or dispose of the right to receive the payments required to be made under the Excess Plan, no Participating Company shall have any further obligation to make any payments otherwise required of it under the Excess Plan (except to the extent required by applicable law).

21.7.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21.7.1 above, any benefit payment otherwise due to a Participant under the Excess Plan shall be made to a person other than the Participant to the extent necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code section 414(p)(1)(B)).

21.7.3 Nothing contained in the Excess Plan shall give any spouse or former spouse of a Participant any right to benefits under the Plan of the types described in Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 (relating to qualified preretirement survivor annuities and qualified joint and survivor annuities).

21.7.4 For all purposes of the Excess Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have separated from service with the Participating Companies on the date he dies, retires, or otherwise has a separation from service with the Participating Companies’ controlled group. The following paragraphs of this Subsection 21.7.4 shall apply in determining when a Participant has incurred a separation from service with the Participating Companies’ controlled group.

(a) The Participant’s service with the Participating Companies’ controlled group shall be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence where there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Participating Companies’ controlled group (but not beyond the later of the date on which the leave has lasted for six months or the date on which the Participant no longer retains a right of reemployment with the Participating Companies’ controlled group under an applicable statute or by contract).

(b) For purposes of the Excess Plan, a separation from service of the Participant with the Participating Companies’ controlled group as of any date shall be determined to have occurred when, under all facts and circumstances, the Participating Companies and the Participant reasonably anticipate that either (i) no further services will be performed by the Participant for the Participating Companies’ controlled group after such date or (ii) the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform for the Participating Companies’ controlled group after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) by the Participant for the Participating Companies’ controlled group over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of the Participant’s service for the Participating Companies’ controlled group if such period has been less than 36 months).

 

6


(c) For purposes of this Subsection 21.7.4, the “Participating Companies’ controlled group” means, collectively, (i) each Participating Company and (ii) each other corporation or other organization that is deemed to be a single employer with a Participating Company under section 414(b) or (c) of the Code ( i.e. , as part of a controlled group of corporations that includes a Participating Company or under common control with a Participating Company), provided that such Code sections will be applied and interpreted by substituting “at least 50 percent” for each reference to “at least 80 percent” that is contained in Code section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) and in Treas. Reg. section 1.414(c)-2.

21.7.5 The provisions of (a) Section 2.2 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section provides that words used in any gender include all other genders, and that the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, as the context may require), (b) Section 18.5 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section concerns the party or parties that have authority to act for the Company), (c) Section 18.6 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section concerns the effect of the Tax-Qualified Plan on employment rights), (d) Section 18.7 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section concerns applicable law), (e) Section 18.8 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section concerns the separability of Tax-Qualified Plan provisions), (f) Section 18.9 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section concerns the effect of counterparts of the Tax-Qualified Plan), (g) Section 18.10 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section concerns the effect of Tax-Qualified Plan headings), and (h) Section 18.13 of the Tax-Qualified Plan (which section concerns the administrator and sponsor of the Tax-Qualified Plan) shall all apply to the Excess Plan (as if, for these purposes, the Excess Plan were the Tax-Qualified Plan).

21.7.6 The Excess Plan is intended to satisfy and comply with all of the requirements of section 409A of the Code and any Treasury regulations issued thereunder. The provisions of the Excess Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with such intent.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING PLAN CHANGES, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

 

7

Exhibit(10)(iii)(A)(17.14)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2008, by adding a new Article 20 reading as follows immediately after the current Article 19 of the Plan.

ARTICLE 20

2008 SPECIAL EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFITS

20.1 Overview . This Article 20 is effective as of January 1, 2008 and provides for special benefits to be provided certain Participants who accepted an early retirement offer of the Participating Employers, all as is provided for in the following provisions of this Article 20.

20.2 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article 20 only, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth.

20.2.1 The term “Eligible Participant” means any person who was eligible under Section 20.3 below to be provided the early retirement offer described in this Article 20.

20.2.2 The term “Extra Lump Sum Formula Amount” means, with respect to any Eligible Participant who accepted the early retirement offer provided under this Article 20 and subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Subsection 20.2.2, an amount equal to the sum of: (1) the product obtained by multiplying (A) a dollar amount equal to two weeks value of the Eligible Participant’s base rate of pay as determined on October 1, 2007 by (B) the number of the whole years included in the Eligible Participant’s Net Credited Service as determined on October 1, 2007, up to but not in excess of 17 such years; and (2) the product obtained by multiplying (A) a dollar amount equal to four weeks value of the Eligible Participant’s base rate of pay as determined on October 1, 2007 by (B) the number of the whole years included in the Eligible Participant’s Net Credited Service as determined on October 1, 2007 in excess of 17 such years.

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Subsection 20.2.2, an Eligible Participant’s “Extra Lump Sum Formula Amount” shall in no event be deemed to exceed an amount equal to 78 weeks value of the Eligible Participant’s base rate of pay as determined on October 1, 2007.

(b) For purposes of this Subsection 20.2.2, if prior to October 1, 2007 an Eligible Participant was assigned to a sales division of a Participating Employer and received Sales Incentive Compensation Awards, all such awards paid to him for the twelve month period ending on the day immediately preceding October 1, 2007 shall be taken into account in determining his base rate of pay on October 1, 2007. In addition, for purposes of this Subsection 20.2.2 and except as is provided in the immediately preceding

 

1


sentence, night differentials, overtime pay, team incentive and other awards, bonuses, and any other amounts not part of an Eligible Participant’s basic rate of scheduled pay shall not be included in determining such Eligible Participant’s base rate of pay.

20.2.3 The term “Normal Retirement Extra Single Life Annuity Benefit” means, with respect to any Eligible Participant who accepted the early retirement offer described in this Article 20 and when determined as of any date (for purposes of this Subsection 20.2.3, the “subject date”), a hypothetical Single Life Annuity payable to the Eligible Participant that both (a) commences to be paid as of the later of the Eligible Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the Eligible Participant’s Offer Retirement Date and (b) has a monthly amount that is actuarially equivalent to a hypothetical single sum payment that both is made as of the subject date and is equal to the Eligible Participant’s Extra Lump Sum Formula Amount. The actuarial assumptions to be used in making such actuarially equivalent calculation shall be solely the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality assumption that are in effect under Section 11.5 above for a benefit for which the subject date is the benefit’s commencement date.

20.2.4 The term “Offer Retirement Date” means, with respect to any Eligible Participant who accepted the early retirement offer described in this Article 20, the date the Participant ceases to be an Employee pursuant to such offer.

20.2.5 The term “Net Credited Service” means, with respect to any Eligible Participant, the Eligible Participant’s Term of Employment that would be determined under the terms of the Prior Pension Plan if all references to a “Covered Employee” in such Prior Pension Plan were deemed to be references to an “Employee” (and if section 4.1.8 of such Prior Pension Plan were disregarded).

20.3 Eligible Participants . Any person was eligible to be offered the early retirement offer described in this Article 20 if, and only if, he met the following conditions:

20.3.1 He was on October 1, 2007 both a Covered Employee and a Participant in the Plan; and

20.3.2 He would by December 31, 2009, if he remained an Employee from October 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009, either (a) have Net Credited Service of 30 or more years, (b) both be age 50 and have Net Credited Service of 25 or more years, (c) both be age 55 and have Net Credited Service of 20 or more years, or (d) both be age 60 and have Net Credited Service of 10 or more years; and

20.3.3 He was or is not prevented by the Participating Employers from accepting the early retirement offer provided under this Article 20 because of business needs of the Participating Employers. In this regard, the Participating Employers may take actions to exclude employees performing certain jobs from

 

2


being eligible for such offer and/or to limit the number of employees in the Participating Employers in the aggregate, or in any department, job, or other unit, who will be permitted to accept such offer.

20.4 Offer .

20.4.1 The Participating Employers delivered or mailed written material to each Eligible Participant setting forth the early retirement offer described in this Article 20 on or about December 7, 2007.

20.4.2 Such early retirement offer provided that an Eligible Participant shall receive the benefits described in Sections 20.5 and 20.6 below if, and only if, the Eligible Participant satisfies all of the conditions set forth in the following paragraphs of this Subsection 20.4.2.

(a) He voluntarily terminated or terminates his employment with the Affiliated Employers on such date as was or is requested or agreed to by the Participating Employers, which date shall, except as is indicated in the immediately following sentence, not be earlier than December 7, 2007 or later than December 31, 2010. However, if the Eligible Participant terminated his employment with the Affiliated Employers between October 1, 2007 and December 7, 2007, he shall be deemed for all purposes of this Article 20 to have voluntarily terminated his employment with the Affiliated Employers on a date that was requested or agreed to by the Participating Employers and to have met the condition set forth in this paragraph (a).

(b) He accepted the early retirement offer described in this Article 20 by, and only by, signing a form prepared by the Participating Employers for this purpose (which form set forth the Eligible Participant’s agreement to accept the offer and, if applicable, to retire in accordance with the rules of the first sentence of paragraph (a) of this Subsection 20.4.2) and filing such signed form with the Participating Employers on or prior to December 31, 2007.

(c) He releases and waives any claims that he may have against the Affiliated Employers and all of the Affiliated Employers’ related parties that are requested to be released by the Participating Employers in connection with the early retirement offer described in this Article 20 by, and only by, signing a form prepared by the Participating Employers for this purpose and filing such signed form with the Participating Employers on his Offer Retirement Date or on any of the three immediately following business days (or, if he terminated his employment with the Affiliated Employers between October 1, 2007 and December 7, 2007, by, and only by, signing a form prepared by the Participating Employers for this purpose and filing such signed form with the Participating Employers within such time, after he is notified as to the early retirement offer described in this Article 20, as is provided him by the Participating Employers).

 

3


(d) He meets all other conditions imposed by the Participating Employers for accepting such offer.

20.4.3 If an Eligible Participant did not accept the early retirement offer described in this Article 20 or fails to meet all of the conditions set forth in Subsection 20.4.2 above, he shall not at any time be entitled to the benefits described in Sections 20.5 and 20.6 below.

20.5 Special Extra Retirement Benefit . If an Eligible Participant accepted the early retirement offer described in this Article 20 and complies with all of the conditions of such offer, he shall be entitled to a special retirement benefit not otherwise provided under the foregoing Articles of this Plan. Such special retirement benefit is described in the following provisions of this Section 20.5 and is referred to in such provisions and in Section 20.6 below as the “extra retirement benefit.” The monthly or single sum amount of the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit shall be determined under the provisions of Subsection 20.5.1 below, and all other details of the extra retirement benefit (including such benefit’s form of payment and commencement date) shall be determined under the provisions of Subsections 20.5.2, 20.5.3, and 20.5.4 below.

20.5.1 The monthly or single sum amount of the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit shall be determined in accordance with the following paragraphs of this Subsection 20.5.1.

(a) If the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit is paid to the Eligible Participant in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of any certain date (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “subject commencement date”), then the monthly amount of such benefit shall be equal to the greater of (i) the amount that would make such Single Life Annuity actuarially equivalent to a hypothetical single sum payment that both is made as of the subject commencement date and is equal to the Eligible Participant’s Extra Lump Sum Formula Amount or (ii) the amount that would make such Single Life Annuity actuarially equivalent to the Eligible Participant’s Normal Retirement Extra Single Life Annuity Benefit determined as of the subject commencement date. The actuarial assumptions to be used in making any of the actuarially equivalent calculations required under this paragraph (a) shall be solely the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality assumption that apply under Section 11.5 above to a benefit for which the subject commencement date is the benefit’s commencement date.

(b) If the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit is paid to the Eligible Participant in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that commences as of any certain date, then the monthly amount of such benefit shall be the amount that would be determined under Subsection 7.2.2 above if the extra retirement benefit were the Eligible Participant’s sole retirement benefit under the Plan.

 

4


(c) If the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit is paid to the Eligible Participant in the form of a single sum payment that is made as of any certain date (for purposes of this paragraph (c), the “subject payment date”), then the single sum amount of such benefit shall be an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Eligible Participant’s Extra Lump Sum Formula Amount or (ii) the amount that would make such single sum payment actuarially equivalent to the Eligible Participant’s Normal Retirement Extra Single Life Annuity Benefit determined as of the subject payment date. The actuarial assumptions to be used in making any of the actuarially equivalent calculations required under this paragraph (c) shall be solely the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality assumption that apply under Section 11.5 above to a benefit for which the subject payment date is the benefit’s commencement date.

20.5.2 Except to the extent otherwise provided or modified in Subsection 20.5.3 below or Subsection 20.5.4 below or to the extent the context of this Article 20 otherwise requires, all of the provisions of this Plan (other than Articles 3, 4, 5, and 9 above) shall apply as if the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit were added to and were a part of the Eligible Participant’s retirement benefit accrued under the Articles of this Plan that precede this Article 20 as of his Offer Retirement Date and as such benefit may be modified under the provisions of Section 20.6 below (for purposes of this Section 20.5 and Section 20.6 below, his “regular retirement benefit”). In particular, except to the extent otherwise provided or modified in Subsection 20.5.3 below or Subsection 20.5.4 below, the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit and regular retirement benefit shall be deemed to be one retirement benefit for purposes of determining the form of and commencement date of such benefits and applying the provisions of Articles 10 and 17 above (which provide for benefit limits and top heavy plan rules).

20.5.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 20.5.2 above but subject to the provisions of Subsection 20.5.4 below, as a special option and not in any event limiting the forms of benefit in which the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit and regular retirement benefit can be paid, the Eligible Participant may elect to receive his extra retirement benefit and regular retirement benefit, in lieu of the normal form of benefit otherwise payable under Section 7.2 above or any other optional form of benefit described in Section 7.3 above and provided all of the election provisions of Section 7.4 above are met, in the following forms:

(a) a Single Life Annuity for his regular retirement benefit and a single sum payment for his extra retirement benefit; or

(b) if the Eligible Participant is married as of the commencement date of his retirement benefits under the Plan, a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for his regular retirement benefit and a single sum payment for his extra retirement benefit.

The commencement date of the payment of each of his regular retirement benefit and his extra retirement benefit must in such case still be the same date and determined as if the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit and regular retirement benefit were one benefit.

 

5


20.5.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections 20.5.2 and 20.5.3 above, if the Eligible Participant voluntarily terminated his employment with the Affiliated Employers and commenced the payment of his regular retirement benefit as of any date before January 1, 2008, then (a) the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit shall not be added to or treated as a part of the Eligible Participant’s regular retirement benefit, (b) the commencement date of the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit may not occur prior to January 1, 2008, and (c) the form and commencement date of the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit shall be determined as if such benefit were the sole retirement benefit under the Plan (except that the provisions of Section 7.5 above, that provide for an automatic cashout of a retirement benefit, shall apply to the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit only if such provisions would have applied to the combination of the Eligible Participant’s extra retirement benefit and regular retirement benefit had such regular retirement benefit not previously commenced to be paid).

20.6 Special Early Retirement Discount Factors for Regular Retirement Benefit . If an Eligible Participant (a) accepted the early retirement offer described in this Article 20, (b) complies with all of the conditions of such offer, and (c) has an Offer Retirement Date that is prior to December 31, 2009, then, in addition to the extra retirement benefit under Section 20.5 above, he shall have his regular retirement benefit under the Plan determined in accordance with the other provisions of the Plan but with the following adjustment: his Prior Pension Plan Amount (as is otherwise defined in Subsection 9.2.4(a) above) as of the commencement date of his regular retirement benefit (which Prior Pension Plan Amount is sometimes used to help determine his regular retirement benefit) shall be determined under the provisions of Subsection 9.2.4(a) above but with any early retirement discount reduction factors set forth in the provisions of the Prior Pension Plan that are used in such determination (to the extent the provisions of Subsection 9.2.4(a) above would require that such Prior Pension Plan early retirement discount factors are used in determining the Prior Pension Plan Amount) being applied in such determination of the Prior Pension Plan Amount based on the age and service with the Affiliated Employers that the Eligible Participant would have on December 31, 2009 if he continued in the employment of the Affiliated Employers from his Offer Retirement Date to December 31, 2009 (except that his age for such purposes will be based on his actual age on the commencement date of the benefit if such commencement date occurs after December 31, 2009).

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING CHANGES TO THE PLAN, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

 

6

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.15)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2008 and in order to make certain changes in the Plan designed to meet in good faith certain requirements of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, in the following respects.

1. Subsection 2.1.21 of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows.

2.1.21 “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” means an annuity ( i.e. , a form of benefit without life insurance which provides for equal payments at regular installments over more than a one year period) payable in the manner described in the following paragraphs of this Subsection 2.1.21.

(a) Under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, monthly payments are made to a Participant for his life, and after his death monthly survivor payments continue to the person who is the spouse of the Participant on the date as of which the annuity commences to be paid to the Participant (for purposes of this paragraph (a), the “spouse”), provided that the spouse survives the Participant for the spouse’s life. Payments under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall end with the payment due for the calendar month in which the date of death of the survivor of the Participant and the spouse occurs.

(b) Under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, each monthly survivor payment to the person who is the spouse of the Participant on the date as of which the annuity commences to be paid to the Participant shall be equal in amount to 50% (or, when both the annuity begins being paid as of a commencement date that occurs after December 31, 2007 and the Participant otherwise chooses when he elects the form of his retirement benefit under the subsequent provisions of the Plan, either 75% or 100%) of the monthly payment amount made during the life of the Participant under the same annuity.

(c) Any reference in the other provisions of the Plan to a “50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,” a “75% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,” or a “100% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” refers to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that has each of its monthly survivor payments based on the specified percent (50%, 75%, or 100%) of the monthly payment amount made during the life of the Participant under the same annuity. (The 75% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity constitutes the qualified optional survivor annuity that is required to be offered under the Plan by reason of section 1004 of the Pension Protection Act of 2004.)

(d) The monthly amount of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that is paid while the Participant is living is determined under the provisions of Subsection 7.2.2 below and certain other provisions of the Plan.

 

1


2. Sections 6.3 and 6.4 of the Plan shall be amended in their entireties to read as follows.

6.3 Vested Retirement . A Participant who ceases to be an Employee (other than by reason of his death) prior to becoming eligible for any normal or late retirement benefit under the foregoing provisions of this Article 6, but after completing a sufficient number of years of Vesting Service by the date he ceases to be an Employee so that he has as of such date a Vested Percentage above 0% pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4 below, shall also be entitled to a retirement benefit under the Plan (unless he dies before the commencement date of the benefit). The date as of which such benefit will commence and the form in which such benefit will be paid shall be determined under the provisions of Article 7 below.

6.4 Vested Percentage . For purposes of determining whether a Participant may be entitled to a retirement benefit under Section 6.3 above, and also for purposes of helping to determine (under the provisions of Article 7 below) the amount of each payment of a retirement benefit that may be payable with respect to any Participant who becomes entitled to a retirement benefit under any of the foregoing provisions of this Article 6, the Participant’s vested percentage under this Plan must be determined. For purposes of all provisions of the Plan, as of any date (for purposes of this Section 6.4, the “subject date”), the “vested percentage” of any Participant shall be determined under the following Subsections of this Section 6.4.

6.4.1 The Participant’s vested percentage shall be 100% if the subject date occurs on or after the date on which Participant first attains his Normal Retirement Age and the Participant is an Employee on such date.

6.4.2 If (a) Subsection 6.4.1 above does not apply to the Participant, (b) the subject date occurs on or after January 1, 2008, and (c) the Participant completes at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2008 (and by the subject date), then the Participant’s vested percentage shall be 0% if the Participant has not completed at least three years of Vesting Service by the subject date or 100% if the Participant has completed at least three years of Vesting Service by the subject date (except that, if the Participant was a Participant in the Plan as of December 31, 2007, then, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s vested percentage shall in no event be less than 20% if the Participant has completed at least one but not two years of Vesting Service by the subject date or 40% if the Participant has completed at least two but not three years of Vesting Service by the subject date).

6.4.3 If (a) neither Subsection 6.4.1 or 6.4.2 above applies to the Participant, (b) the subject date occurs on or after January 1, 2001, (c) the Participant completes at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2001 (and by the subject date), and (d) either the subject date occurs prior to January 1, 2008 or the Participant fails to complete at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2008, then the Participant’s vested percentage shall be 0% if the Participant has not completed at least one year of Vesting Service by the subject date, 20% if the Participant has completed at least one but not two years of Vesting Service by the subject date, 40% if the Participant has completed at least two but not three years of Vesting Service by the subject date, 60% if the

 

2


Participant has completed at least three but not four years of Vesting Service by the subject date, 80% if the Participant has completed at least four but not five years of Vesting Service by the subject date, or 100% if the Participant has completed at least five years of Vesting Service by the subject date.

6.4.4 If (a) none of Subsections 6.4.1, 6.4.2, and 6.4.3 above applies to the Participant and (b) either the subject date occurs prior to January 1, 2001 or the Participant fails to complete at least one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2001, then the Participant’s vested percentage shall be 0% if the Participant has not completed at least five years of Vesting Service by the subject date or 100% if the Participant has completed at least five years of Vesting Service by the subject date.

3. Subsection 7.2.2 of the Plan shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows.

7.2.2 Subject to the other terms of the Plan, if a Participant is married as of the date a retirement benefit under the Plan commences to be paid to him, such retirement benefit shall be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The following paragraphs of this Subsection 7.2.2 shall determine the monthly amount of such annuity while the Participant is living.

(a) If the commencement date of the Participant’s retirement benefit occurs on or after January 1, 2008 (in which case the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be a 50%, 75%, or 100% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity), then, subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) below, the monthly amount of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that is payable to the Participant during the joint lives of the Participant and the person who is his spouse on the date as of which the annuity commences to be paid to the Participant shall be equal to the monthly amount that makes such annuity actuarially equivalent (using the actuarial assumptions referred to in the immediately following sentence) to the Participant’s retirement benefit if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the same commencement date as applies to such Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The actuarial assumptions referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be: (1) an interest rate assumption of 6% per annum; and (2) the mortality rates specified in the 2008 Applicable Mortality Table as published by the Internal Revenue Service in the appendix to Revenue Ruling 2007-67.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a) and pursuant to the provisions of the first sentence of Subsection 11.5.6 below, if the commencement date of the Participant’s retirement benefit occurs on or after January 1, 2008, if the Participant had been a Participant in the Plan prior to January 1, 2008, and if the Participant’s retirement benefit is paid in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, then the monthly amount of such 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (that is payable to the Participant during the joint lives of the Participant and the person who is his spouse on the date as of which the annuity commences to be paid to the Participant) shall not in any event be less than the monthly amount that would be determined for such 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity had: (A) the

 

3


Participant permanently ceased to be an Employee no later than as of December 31, 2007 (and thus as if no service or compensation of the Participant were completed or received by him after such date); and (B) instead of and in substitution for the Plan’s actuarial assumptions or factors referred to in the second sentence of this paragraph (a), the actuarial assumptions or factors used in the Plan with respect to the determination of the monthly amount of such benefit been the Plan’s actuarial assumptions or factors which were in effect as of December 31, 2007 (and which actuarial assumptions and factors are noted in paragraph (b) below).

(ii) Also notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), if the commencement date of the Participant’s retirement benefit occurs on or after January 1, 2008, if the Participant had been a Participant in the Plan prior to January 1, 2008, and if the Participant’s retirement benefit is paid in the form of a 75% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a 100% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, then the monthly amount of such 75% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or 100% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (that is payable to the Participant during the joint lives of the Participant and the person who is his spouse on the date as of which the annuity commences to be paid to the Participant) shall not in any event be less than the monthly amount that makes such annuity actuarially equivalent (using the actuarial assumptions referred to in the second sentence of this paragraph (a)) to the Participant’s retirement benefit if it was paid in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that commences as of the same commencement date as applies to such 75% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or 100% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

(b) If the commencement date of the Participant’s retirement benefit occurs prior to January 1, 2008 (in which case the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, since that was the only type of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity then permitted under the Plan), then the monthly amount of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that is payable to the Participant during the joint lives of the Participant and the person who is his spouse on the date as of which the annuity commences to be paid to the Participant (for purposes of this paragraph (b), the “QJSA’s monthly amount”) shall be equal to a percentage of the monthly amount that would otherwise have applied to the retirement benefit if it was paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the same commencement date as applies to such Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Such percentage shall be based upon the Participant’s attained age on the commencement date of his retirement benefit and in accordance with the following rules: (i) less than 30 years of age, 97%; (ii) at least 30 but less than 40 years of age, 95%; (iii) at least 40 but less than 50 years of age, 92%; and (iv) at least 50 years of age, 90%. Such “97%,” “95%,” “92%,” or “90%” factor, as the case may be, shall for all purposes of the Plan (including the provisions of Section 11.5 below) be considered an actuarial assumption that is used to make the Participant’s retirement benefit when payable in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that commences as of any date prior to January 1, 2008 actuarially equivalent to such retirement benefit when payable in the form of a Single Life Annuity that commences as of the same pre-January 1, 2008 date.

 

4


(c) Further, if the person who is the Participant’s spouse on the date as of which the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity commences to be paid to the Participant (for purposes of this paragraph (c), the Participant’s “spouse”) predeceases the Participant, the monthly amount of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that is payable to the Participant after the death of his spouse shall be equal to the same monthly amount that would otherwise have applied to the Participant’s retirement benefit if it had been paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity beginning as of the same commencement date as applies to such Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

4. Subsections 11.5.4 and 11.5.5 of the Plan shall be deleted and replaced by new Subsections 11.5.4, 11.5.5, and 11.5.6 reading as follows.

11.5.4 When the commencement date of any benefit under the Plan occurs on or after January 1, 2000 and prior to January 1, 2008, the “applicable interest rate” and the “applicable mortality assumption” that apply to such benefit (and that may be referred to in any other provision of the Plan) shall be deemed to be the GATT applicable interest rate and the GATT applicable mortality assumption that apply to such benefit under the following paragraphs of this Subsection 11.5.4.

(a) For purposes hereof, the “GATT applicable interest rate” that applies to such benefit shall be deemed to mean the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities for the fifth calendar month which precedes the first calendar month included in the Plan Year in which the applicable benefit’s commencement date occurs and as such rate is published (in a Revenue Ruling, Notice, or other written form) by the Internal Revenue Service under section 417(e)(3) of the Code.

(b) For purposes hereof, the “GATT applicable mortality assumption” that applies to such benefit shall be deemed to mean an appropriate mortality assumption based on the mortality table prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service under Code section 417(e)(3) to apply as of the commencement date of the applicable benefit (which table shall be based on the prevailing commissioners’ standard table described in Code section 807(d)(5)(A) and used to determine reserves for group annuity contracts, without regard to any other subparagraph of section 807(d)(5) of the Code). In accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, (i) the GATT applicable mortality assumption for any applicable Plan benefit with a commencement date that occurs on or after January 1, 2000 and prior to December 31, 2002 shall be determined under the mortality table published by the Internal Revenue Service in Revenue Ruling 95-6 and (ii) the GATT applicable mortality assumption for any applicable Plan benefit with a commencement date that occurs on or after December 31, 2002 and prior to January 1, 2008 shall be determined under the mortality table published by the Internal Revenue Service in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

 

5


11.5.5 When the commencement date of any benefit under the Plan occurs on or after January 1, 2008, the “applicable interest rate” and the “applicable mortality assumption” that apply to such benefit (and that may be referred to in any other provision of the Plan) shall be deemed to be the PPA applicable interest rate and the PPA applicable mortality assumption that apply to such benefit under the following paragraphs of this Subsection 11.5.5.

(a) For purposes hereof, the “PPA applicable interest rate” that applies to such benefit shall be deemed to mean the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates (as such terms are defined in Code section 417(e)(3)(D)) applied under rules similar to the rules of Code section 430(h)(2)(C) for the fifth calendar month which precedes the first calendar month included in the Plan Year in which the applicable benefit’s commencement date occurs and as such rate is published (in a Revenue Ruling, Notice, or other written form) by the Internal Revenue Service under section 417(e)(3) of the Code.

(b) For purposes hereof, the “PPA applicable mortality assumption” that applies to such benefit shall be deemed to mean an appropriate mortality assumption determined under the mortality table published by the Internal Revenue Service under Code section 417(e)(3) for the calendar year in which occurs the date as of which the applicable benefit is paid. In accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, (i) the applicable mortality assumption for any applicable Plan benefit with a commencement date that occurs in 2008 (but no later calendar year) shall be determined under the 2008 Applicable Mortality Table as published by the Internal Revenue Service in the appendix to Revenue Ruling 2007-67 and (ii) the applicable mortality assumption for any applicable Plan benefit with a commencement date that occurs in a calendar year later than 2008 shall be determined under the applicable mortality table published (in a Revenue Ruling, Notice, or other written form) by the Internal Revenue Service under Code section 417(e)(3) for such later calendar year.

11.5.6 Except to the extent otherwise permitted by applicable law, Treasury regulations, or Revenue Rulings, Notices, or other written guidance of the Internal Revenue Service, if the Plan is amended to change any of the actuarial assumptions or factors used in the Plan to determine actuarial equivalence, then the monthly or lump sum amount or value of any Plan benefit (that is payable in any form, and commences as of any date, permitted under the Plan) which is applicable to a Participant who is a Participant in the Plan on the effective date of the amendment and the monthly or lump sum amount or value of which is determined in part by using the Plan’s actuarial assumptions or factors shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in effect as of the date the benefit is to commence or be paid; except that the monthly or lump sum amount or value of such benefit shall not in any event be deemed to be less than would apply if both: (a) such benefit were determined as if the applicable Participant had permanently ceased to be an Employee no later than as of the day next preceding the effective date of the amendment (and thus as if no service or compensation of the Participant were completed or received by him after such date); and (b) instead of and in substitution for the Plan’s actuarial assumptions or

 

6


factors in effect as of the date the benefit is to commence or be paid, the actuarial assumptions or factors used in the Plan with respect to the determination of the monthly or lump sum amount or value of such benefit were the Plan’s actuarial assumptions or factors which were in effect as of the day next preceding the effective date of the amendment. In accordance with Internal Revenue Service guidance (including guidance set forth in Treas. Reg. section 1.417(e)-1(d)(10) and Revenue Ruling 2007-67), however, the provisions of this Subsection 11.5.6 shall not apply to any changes that are made by the provisions of Subsections 11.5.3, 11.5.4, and 11.5.5 above with respect to the actuarial assumptions used to determine the “applicable interest rate” and the “applicable mortality assumption” that apply to any Plan benefit based on the commencement date of such benefit.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING CHANGES TO THE PLAN, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

 

7

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(17.16)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2008 and in order to limit to no more than $15,000 the amount of a certain ancillary death benefit provided under the Plan, by adding a Subsection 9.3.3 to the Plan reading as follows immediately after Plan Subsection 9.3.2.

9.3.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan (or the Prior Death Benefit Plan), the amount of any death benefit that becomes payable under the foregoing subsections of this Section 9.3 (and under the Prior Death Benefit Plan) with respect to any person who (a) is or was a participant in the Plan, (b) did not have his employment with the Affiliated Employers end prior to July 1, 1989, and (c) dies on or after January 1, 2008 shall not in any event exceed $15,000 (or, if less, the amount of such death benefit that would apply in the absence of the provisions of this Subsection 9.3.3).

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING PLAN CHANGE, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

Exhibit(10)(iii)(A)(17.17)

AMENDMENT TO

CINCINNATI BELL MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN

The Cincinnati Bell Management Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2009 and in order to exclude employees hired or rehired on or after January 1, 2009 from being entitled to participate in the Plan, by adding a new paragraph (l) reading as follows to the end of Subsection 2.1.9 of the Plan.

(l) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, if a person becomes an Employee on any date after December 31, 2008 (whether as a new hire or a rehire) after not having been an Employee on the immediately preceding date, then he shall not in any event be considered a “Covered Employee” at any time on or after such post-December 31, 2008 date on which he so becomes an Employee, even if he would be deemed to have become a Covered Employee during such time were the provisions of this paragraph (l) ignored.

IN ORDER TO EFFECT THE FOREGOING PLAN CHANGE, the Plan’s sponsor, Cincinnati Bell Inc., has caused its name to be subscribed to this Plan amendment.

 

CINCINNATI BELL INC.
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Wilson
Title:   V.P. General Counsel & Secretary
Date:    

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(21)

 

Notice of Grant of   Cincinnati Bell Inc.
Stock Appreciation   I.D. No.: 31-1056105
Right Agreement   221 East Fourth Street
 

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

 

 

 

[Name of Employee]   Number of SAR Units:                     
[Company’s Name]   Grant Date:                     
[Address of Employee]   Grant Price: $                     
[Address of Employee]   Plan: Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term
Employee’s Soc. Sec. No.:                       

Incentive Plan

 

 

Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“CBI”) hereby grants to the Employee named above (“you”), on the date identified above as the Grant Date (the “Grant Date”) and under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and this agreement, a Stock Appreciation Right (the or this “SAR”) for the number of SAR Units that is identified above.

A SAR Unit shall be deemed, for all purposes hereof, to have a value that is, as of any date on which the SAR is exercised as to such SAR Unit, equal to the difference between: (i) the fair market value of a common share, par value $0.01, of CBI (a “Share”) on such exercise date and (ii) the Grant Price that is identified above, which Grant Price has been determined by CBI to be the fair market value of a Share on the Grant Date.

Except as is otherwise provided under this SAR’s other terms, the SAR granted under this SAR may be exercised by you:

 

1. at any time on or after but not before the first annual anniversary of the Grant Date, for any whole number of SAR Units that is up to but not in excess of 28% of the total number of SAR Units granted to you under the SAR; and

 

2. at any time on or after but not before the last day of each of the next 24 calendar months beginning after the month in which the first annual anniversary of the Grant Date falls, for any additional whole number of SAR Units that is up to but not in excess of 3% of the total number of SAR Units granted to you under the SAR.

This SAR is subject to the terms of the first page hereof (the “Notice Page”), the seven pages setting forth this SAR’s standard terms that immediately follow the Notice Page (the “Standard Terms Pages”), and the Plan.

By your signature and CBI’s signature below, you and CBI agree that this SAR is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Notice Page, the Standard Terms Pages, and the Plan, all of which are deemed incorporated as part of this SAR.

 

Cincinnati Bell Inc.     

 

       [Your Signature]
By  

 

      
       Date  

 

Date  

 

      

 

1


CINCINNATI BELL INC. 2007 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

STANDARD TERMS

This page and the following six pages (the “Standard Terms Pages”) provide certain terms that apply to a Stock Appreciation Right (the “SAR”) that has been granted by Cincinnati Bell Inc. (“CBI”) to an employee (“you”) under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The SAR to which these Standard Terms Pages apply is the SAR identified on a page (the “Notice Page”) to which these Standard Terms Pages are attached.

The SAR is subject to all of the terms of the Notice Page, these Standard Terms Pages, and the Plan, and all should be considered terms of the SAR and read in conjunction with each other. Also, all actions to be taken by CBI under the terms of the Notice Page and these Standard Terms Pages shall be taken by the Committee (as defined in the Plan) or such person or persons who are delegated to perform such actions by such Committee pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

1. Purpose of SAR . The SAR is an award that gives you the right, but only on certain dates and subject to certain conditions, to exercise the SAR for a certain number of SAR Units. To the extent that you exercise the SAR with respect to any number of SAR Units, you will receive a distribution as of such exercise date (in such form as is provided in later provisions of these Standard Terms Pages) equal to the value of such SAR Units (as is determined as of such exercise date and in accordance with the terms of the Notice Page).

 

  a. SAR Unit . For purposes of the SAR, a “SAR Unit” refers to a bookkeeping item by which the amount of any payment to be made upon an exercise of the SAR is determined based on the appreciation over a certain period of time in the fair market value of a common share, par value $0.01, of CBI (a “Share”) but does not represent an interest in an actual Share or any other property.

 

  b. Fair Market Value . For purposes of the SAR, the “fair market value” of a Share as of any date is and shall be determined by CBI in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

2. Expiration of Right To Exercise SAR . You may exercise the SAR only at such times and to such extents as are provided under the Notice Page, except to the extent otherwise provided under the following provisions of this section 2. The following provisions of this section 2 shall apply notwithstanding any provisions of the Notice Page which might be read to the contrary.

 

  a. Final Expiration Date . In no event may any part of the SAR be exercised after, and the right to exercise the SAR shall expire no later than at, the end of the day immediately preceding the tenth annual anniversary of the date on which the SAR is granted.

 

  b. Death or Disability .

 

  i.

Upon termination of your employment with the Company as a result of your death or disability, the SAR shall become immediately and fully

 

2


 

exercisable (even if it would not then be exercisable under the other terms of the SAR) and may be exercised up to but not after the earlier of (A) the day immediately preceding the first annual anniversary of the date of your termination or (B) the day immediately preceding the tenth annual anniversary of the date on which the SAR is granted.

 

  ii. For purposes of the SAR, you will be deemed to have incurred a “disability” if, and only if, you have a physical or mental condition that CBI determines (A) makes you unable to perform all of the duties of your then current position with the Company and (B) is reasonably expected to result in your death or to last for a continuous period of at least twelve months. In order to make such a determination of your disability, CBI may in its discretion require that your condition of disability be certified to by a physician chosen or approved by CBI or that you present evidence that you have been determined by the U.S. Social Security Administration to be disabled.

 

  c. Retirement .

 

  i. If your employment with the Company is terminated because of your retirement, then the SAR’s exercisability on and after your retirement shall be determined under the terms of the SAR in the same manner as if you had not retired and instead remained an employee of the Company (until your subsequent death).

 

  ii. For purposes hereof, your employment with the Company will be deemed to have terminated because of your “retirement” if, and only if, your termination of employment with the Company occurs both (A) after you either have both attained at least age 55 and completed at least 10 years of employment with the Company or become eligible for retiree medical coverage under a Company health care plan and (B) other than for cause.

 

  d. Termination for Cause .

 

  i. If your employment with the Company is terminated for cause, the SAR shall thereupon be canceled and forfeited in its entirety (including as to any portion of the SAR that is exercisable immediately before your termination of employment with the Company) and the SAR may not be exercised thereafter in any respect.

 

  ii. For purposes hereof, your employment with the Company will be deemed to have terminated for “cause” if, and only if, your termination of employment with the Company occurs by reason of or as a result of your participation in conduct consisting of fraud, felony, willful misconduct, or commission of any act that causes or may reasonably be expected to cause substantial damage to the Company.

 

3


  e. Involuntary Termination Without Cause .

 

 

i.

If your employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated without cause, the SAR shall be deemed to be immediately and fully exercisable as to, and only as to, a number of SAR Units that is equal to the greater of (A) the number of SAR Units as to which the SAR can be exercised on the date on which your employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated as determined without regard to this paragraph or (B) the product produced by multiplying the total number of SAR Units that are subject to the SAR by your involuntary termination fraction, and such exercisable portion of the SAR may be exercised up to but not after the earlier of (x) the 90 th day after the date your employment with the Company terminates or (y) the day immediately preceding the tenth annual anniversary of the date on which the SAR is granted. Any remaining portion of the SAR (the portion that is not exercisable on the date your employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated without cause) shall thereupon be canceled and forfeited and may not be exercised thereafter in any respect.

 

  ii. For purposes hereof, your employment with the Company will be deemed to have been “involuntarily terminated without cause” if, and only if, your employment with the Company terminates because the Company unilaterally (other than due to your implicit or explicit request and where you were willing and able to continue performing services for the Company) terminates your employment and service with the Company for any reason other than for cause.

 

  iii. Also for purposes hereof, in the event your employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated without cause, your “involuntary termination fraction” is a fraction having a numerator equal to the number of months included in the period from the first day of the month in which the SAR is granted to the last day of the month in which your employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated and a denominator equal to the number of months included in the period from the first day of the month in which the SAR is granted to the last day of the month in which the SAR would first have been fully exercisable had your employment with the Company continued beyond the date on which the SAR would first have been fully exercisable while you were still employed by the Company.

 

  f.

Other Termination . If your employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than your death, disability, retirement, cause, or involuntary termination without cause, (A) any portion of the SAR that is not exercisable (determined under the terms of the SAR) on the date your employment with the Company terminates shall thereupon be canceled and forfeited and may not be exercised thereafter in any respect and (B) any portion of the SAR that is exercisable (determined under the terms of the SAR) on the date your employment with the Company terminates may be exercised up to but not after

 

4


 

the earlier of (x) the 90 th day after the date your employment with the Company terminates or (y) the day immediately preceding the tenth annual anniversary of the date on which the SAR is granted.

 

  g. Special Rules Concerning Termination of Employment . Your transfer from any Company organization to another Company organization shall not be considered a termination of employment with the Company. Nor shall it be considered a termination of employment with the Company if you are placed on a military or sick leave or other leave of absence which is considered by the Company as continuing intact your employment relationship; in such a case, your employment relationship shall be continued until the later of the date when the leave equals 90 days or the date when your right to reemployment shall no longer be guaranteed either by law or by contract.

 

3. Exercise of SAR . The SAR may be exercised as of any date only by a written notice or a facsimile to CBI, signed by you or such other person who is entitled to exercise the SAR and received during normal business hours on such date or any earlier date by CBI. The written notice or facsimile shall state the number of SAR Units with respect to which the SAR is being exercised. If the SAR is exercised by anyone other than you, the written notice or facsimile shall be accompanied by proof of the right of such person to exercise the SAR. You (or any other person who is exercising the SAR) may not exercise the SAR as to any fractional SAR Unit.

 

4. Payment in Shares or Cash . Notwithstanding any other provision of the SAR to the contrary, the value of all SAR Units required to be distributed under the SAR as of any date (on which the SAR has been exercised with respect to such SAR Units) shall be distributed in Shares if, and only if, there are then a sufficient number of Shares available to be issued under the Plan to make such entire distribution in Shares. In such situation, the number of Shares to be distributed on such date shall be equal to the number of Shares that have a fair market value (determined as of such distribution date and in accordance with the Plan’s terms for determining fair market value) equal to the value of the SAR Units required to be distributed on such date under the SAR. In any other case, when there are not then a sufficient number of Shares available to be issued under the Plan to make such entire distribution in Shares, the value of all such SAR Units shall be distributed in cash (in an amount equal to such value).

 

5. Distribution of Shares and Stock Certificates; Payment in Cash .

 

  a. Distribution of Shares and Share Certificates . For all purposes of the SAR, CBI shall be deemed to have distributed Shares to you (or to any other person entitled to the Shares) pursuant to the SAR as of any date by transferring the ownership of such Shares on CBI’s records to you (or, if applicable, such other person) on such date. Such transfer shall make you (or, if applicable, such other person) the legal owner of such Shares. Further, on or as soon as possible after any date on which CBI transfers the ownership of any Shares on CBI’s records to you (or, if applicable, such other person) pursuant to the SAR, one or more stock certificates which evidence such Shares shall be issued by CBI to you (or, if applicable, to such other person).

 

5


  b. Payment in Cash . For all purposes of the SAR, CBI shall be deemed to have distributed cash to you (or to any other person entitled to the cash) pursuant to the SAR as of any date by delivering a cash payment in any commercially acceptable form or depositing such amount into an account specifically identified by you (or, if applicable, such other person). To the extent CBI delivers cash to you (or, if applicable, such other person) in payment of the value of any SAR Units under the SAR, you (or, if applicable, such other person) shall have no right to receive Shares in payment of such value.

 

6. Withholding Requirements . The Company shall satisfy all federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements related to CBI’s distribution of any Shares or cash pursuant to the SAR. The Company shall satisfy such tax withholding requirements by, without any advance notice having to be given to you (or to any other person entitled to the distribution), either:

 

  a. withholding an amount sufficient to meet such requirements from any amounts payable to or with respect to you by the Company other than by reason of the SAR;

 

  b. retaining Shares having a fair market value, or cash, sufficient to meet such requirements from the Shares or cash that CBI would otherwise distribute pursuant to the SAR; or

 

  c. combining the methods described in clauses a and b above.

The Company may choose the method by which such tax withholding requirements shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion.

 

7. Effect of Employment Agreement . Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of the SAR, if the provisions of a written employment agreement between the Company and you would give you the right to exercise the SAR with respect to any SAR Units on a date that occurs on or before the date on which the SAR could otherwise be exercised with respect to such SAR Units, or would require that you be deemed to be employed by the Company until a date later than the actual date on which your employment with the Company terminates for purposes of determining the extent to which and the date on which you can exercise the SAR, then such employment agreement provisions shall control (and shall be deemed an amendment to the SAR and incorporated herein by reference).

 

8. Regulatory Compliance and Investment Representation . Notwithstanding any other provision of the SAR, Shares or cash may be distributed by CBI under the SAR at any time only upon full compliance with all then-applicable requirements of law and, in the case of the distribution of Shares, the requirements of the exchange upon which Shares may then be traded. In addition, by signing the SAR, you represent and agree that, if you are distributed any Shares at a time when there is not in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 a registration statement pertaining to the Shares and there is not available for delivery a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10(A)(3) of such Act, then:

 

  a. you will accept and receive such Shares for the purpose of investment and not with a view to their resale or distribution;

 

6


  b. upon such receipt, you will furnish to CBI an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to CBI;

 

  c. prior to selling or offering for sale any such Shares, you will furnish CBI with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to CBI to the effect that such sale may lawfully be made and will furnish CBI with such certificates as to factual matters as CBI may reasonably request; and

 

  d. certificates representing such Shares may be marked with an appropriate legend describing such conditions precedent to sale or transfer.

 

9. Company . For all purposes of these Standard Terms Pages, the term “Company” shall have the meaning ascribed to it by the terms of the Plan (and generally will include CBI and all of CBI’s subsidiary organizations).

 

10. Notices . Any notice to CBI relating to the SAR must be in writing and delivered in person or by registered mail to CBI at the following address: Cincinnati Bell Inc., 221 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, Attention: Director of Compensation and Benefits, or at such other address as CBI has designated by notice. Any notice to you or any other person succeeding to your rights under the SAR must be delivered to you or such other person at your address on record with CBI or such other address as is specified in a notice filed with CBI.

 

11. Successors . All rights under the SAR are personal to you and are not transferable by you otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during your lifetime the SAR may be exercised only by you or your guardian or legal representative. However, in the event of your death, your rights under the SAR are transferable to your legal representatives, heirs, or legatees. The SAR shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon CBI and its successors and assigns and you and your legal representatives, heirs, and legatees.

 

12. Plan . The SAR is issued under the Plan, the Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan. Except as is otherwise specifically provided herein, the SAR is subject to all of the terms of the Plan and the provisions of the Plan shall control if there is any conflict between the Plan and the Notice Page and the Standard Terms Pages and with respect to any matters that are not addressed in the Notice Page and the Standard Terms Pages. The Plan is incorporated by reference and made a part of the SAR. In particular but not by way of limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, the following terms of the Plan all apply to the SAR and should be reviewed carefully by you:

 

  a. the terms of the Plan that concern the effect on the SAR of a Change in Control of CBI;

 

  b. the terms of the Plan that concern adjustments to be made in SAR in certain circumstances that involve a CBI stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, or other corporate change, or any distributions to common shareholders of CBI other than cash dividends; and

 

7


  c. the right of a committee of CBI to administer the SAR, interpret all terms of the SAR, and decide all disputes arising under the SAR.

 

8

Exhibit 10(iii)(A)(22)

CINCINNATI BELL INC. 2007 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION (“OPTION”) AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective as of May 3, 2007 (the “Plan”), you have been granted an option to purchase, from Cincinnati Bell Inc., (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), Cincinnati Bell Common Shares in the number and price specified on the previous page, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and to your agreement to the following terms and conditions:

 

1. This option is intended to be a non-statutory stock option.

 

2. Your right to exercise this option shall expire ten years from the date on which this option is granted, unless sooner terminated or canceled.

Upon termination of your employment with the Company as a result of your death or disability, this option shall become fully exercisable and this option may be exercised within one year after the date of your termination (but not in any event later than the end of the day immediately preceding the 10 th anniversary of the date on which this option is granted).

If your employment with the Company is terminated because of retirement after both completing at least 10 years of service with the Company and attaining at least age 55 or upon satisfying the age and service requirements for post retirement medical benefits under the medical plan of the Cincinnati Bell company that employs you immediately before retirement, then, except to the extent the Committee otherwise expressly indicates in the Agreement under which this option is awarded, this option’s exercisability on and after your retirement shall be determined under the terms of this option in the same manner as if you had not retired and instead remained an employee of the Company (until your subsequent death).

If your employment is terminated for cause, this option shall thereupon be canceled in its entirety (including as to shares that are exercisable immediately before termination). Your termination shall be deemed for “cause” if it occurs by reason or as a result of your participation in conduct consisting of fraud, felony, willful misconduct, or commission of any act that causes or may reasonably be expected to cause substantial damage to the Company.

If your employment is terminated for any reason other than your death, disability, retirement (under the above criteria), or cause, this option shall be limited to the number of shares then exercisable and this option (as so limited) may be exercised within 90 days after the date of your termination (but not in any event later than the end of the day immediately preceding the 10 th anniversary of the date on which this option is granted).


Transfer from Cincinnati Bell to a subsidiary, from a subsidiary to Cincinnati Bell, or from one subsidiary to another shall not be considered a termination of employment. Nor shall it be considered a termination of employment if you are placed on a military or sick leave or other leave of absence which is considered as continuing intact the employment relationship; in such a case, the employment relationship shall be continued until the later of the date when the leave equals ninety days or the date when your right to reemployment shall no longer be guaranteed either by law or by contract.

 

3.

Options, normally, are expected to be exercised through E*Trade via the internet or by calling their toll free number @ 1-800-838-0908. Alternatively, your option may be exercised by delivering to Cincinnati Bell written notice (completed SO1 form obtained from the Stock Option Plan Administrator by calling 397-7376) of the number of shares to be purchased (which number shall be at least fifty or, if less, the remaining number of shares that are subject to this option). Payment of the option price upon exercise of an option shall be made in accordance with procedures established by the Compensation Committee. Completed SO1 forms for a Cashless Exercise may be faxed to the Stock Option Plan Administrator at (513) 397-0830 or mailed to the Stock Option Plan Administrator 103-700, Cincinnati Bell, 221 East 4 th Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202. The date of the exercise will be determined by information provided with this form. The completed SO1 form for a Cash Exercise must be delivered along with a personal check, to cover the cost of the option price, to the Stock Option Plan Administrator. The date of the Cash Exercise will be determined by the date the Stock Option Plan Administrator receives the check. Upon completion of the Cash Exercise, the Stock Option Plan Administrator will advise you of the amount needed to cover the taxes. A personal check to cover the taxes may be mailed to the Stock Option Plan Administrator at the above address and must be received by the Stock Option Plan Administrator before a certificate will be mailed to you. All exercises completed by the Stock Option Plan Administrator will be handled through Fifth Third Securities.

 

4. This option is not transferable by you otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during your lifetime the option may be exercised only by you or your guardian or legal representative.

 

5. Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be mailed or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated. Unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by you to Cincinnati Bell shall be mailed or delivered to Cincinnati Bell.

 

6. Any determinations or decisions made or actions taken arising out of or in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Agreement and the Plan by the Cincinnati Bell Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee thereof shall be final and conclusive.


 

2007 Long Term Incentive Plan

    

 

Cincinnati Bell Inc.

      

 

Stock Option Agreement

     ID: 311056105     
     221 East Fourth Street     
    

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

 

    
     
     Option Number:     
CINTI BELL TELEPHONE CO LLC      Plan:     

103

 

    

ID:

 

      

Upon recommendation of your management and subject to the current terms of the 2007 Cincinnati Bell Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”, a copy of which is enclosed) and this Agreement, the Compensation Committee of the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Board of Directors (the “committee”) has granted you the following option to purchase Cincinnati Bell common shares:

Type of Grant

Date of Grant

Option Price Per Share

Total Number of Shares

Total Price of Shares

Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, this stock option will become exercisable as follows:

With respect to 28,000.00 shares, on (but not before)

With respect to an additional 3% of shares granted, on (but not before) the same date each month thereafter for the next 24 months.

Your right to exercise this stock option will expire ten years from the date of the grant at 11:59 P.M. on

The other terms and conditions of your stock option are set forth in this Agreement which includes this page and the following pages (and are also subject to the terms of the Plan).

Under Treasury Regulation 1.61-15(c)(1), you may be required to attach a statement to your tax return notifying the Internal Revenue Service that this stock option was granted to you. Consult with your tax advisor to determine if you are required to provide this notice.

Please sign below to signify your acceptance of the terms and conditions of this grant, and return the original form to - Stock Option Plan Administrator, Cincinnati Bell Inc., 221 East Fourth Street, Room 103-700, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.

Signed by John F. Cassidy, President and CEO, Cincinnati Bell Inc. and accepted by the Optionee, as of:

 

     

 

    

 

John F. Cassidy, President and CEO      Date
Cincinnati Bell Inc.     

 

    

 

     Date

Attachment A

Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(23)

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE

CINCINNATI BELL INC.

2007 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Employee:    (Employee Name)
Award Date:    December 7, 2007
Number of Restricted Shares:    (Number of Shares)

Pursuant to the provisions of the Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, as in effect on the date noted above (the “Award Date”) and as it may thereafter be amended (the “Plan”), a copy of which has been delivered to the employee named above (“you”), the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Cincinnati Bell Inc. (the “Compensation Committee”) hereby grants you an award of XXXX common shares, par value $.01 per share, of Cincinnati Bell Inc. (the “Shares”), on and subject to the terms of the Plan and your agreement to the following terms, conditions and restrictions.

1. Securities Subject to this Agreement . This Agreement is made with respect to the Shares and any securities (including additional common shares of Cincinnati Bell Inc. (the “Company”)) issued in respect of the Shares, whether by way of a share dividend, a share split, any reorganization or re-capitalization of the Company or its stock or any merger, exchange of securities or like event or transaction as the result of which any security or securities of any kind are issued to you by reason of your ownership of the Shares. Any such securities issued in respect of any of the Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and shall be administered in the same manner, as the Shares to which they relate. Reference in the following terms of this Agreement to the Shares shall include any such securities issued in respect of the Shares.

2. Rights of Ownership . Except for the Forfeiture Restrictions and the Sales Restrictions (as such restrictions are defined in Section 3 hereof), you are the record and beneficial owner of the Shares, with all rights and privileges (including but not limited to the right to vote, to receive dividends and to receive distributions upon liquidation of the Company) appertaining thereto.

3. Forfeiture Restrictions and Sales Restrictions . The Shares and any interest therein shall be subject to forfeiture as described in Section 10 hereof (the “Forfeiture Restrictions”), except upon the occurrence of events as specified in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 hereof. In addition, the Shares and any interest therein may not be transferred or conveyed by you in any manner whatsoever and whether or not for consideration (the “Sales Restrictions”), except upon the occurrence of events as specified in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 hereof.

4. Lapse of Restrictions Upon Passage of Time . The Forfeiture Restrictions and Sales Restrictions shall lapse and thereby terminate and be of no further force and effect by reason of or in relation to the passage of time in accordance with and to the extent provided under the terms of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4.

(a) If you are still an Employee on December 7, 2008, then on such date (i) the Forfeiture Restrictions shall terminate as to XXXX Shares but (ii) the Sales Restrictions shall terminate as to any such Shares only to the extent any such Shares are used to satisfy tax withholding requirements under and pursuant to the terms of Section 14 hereof.


(b) If you are still an Employee on December 7, 2009, then on such date (i) the Forfeiture Restrictions shall terminate as to an additional XXXX Shares but (ii) the Sales Restrictions shall terminate as to any such Shares only to the extent any such Shares are used to satisfy tax withholding requirements under and pursuant to the terms of Section 14 hereof.

(c) If you are still an Employee on December 7, 2010, then on such date (i) the Forfeiture Restrictions shall terminate as to the remaining XXXX Shares and (ii) the Sales Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4) shall terminate with respect to all of the Shares.

5. Termination of Restrictions Upon Death . In the event of your death while an Employee, then, effective as of the date of your death, the Forfeiture Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) and the Sales Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to a number of Shares (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) that bears the same ratio to the total number of Shares as the number of days from the Award Date through the date of your death bears to 1,096. Any Shares which remain subject to both the Forfeiture Restrictions and Sales Restrictions after the calculation described in the preceding sentence shall be forfeited to the Company as of your date of death in accordance with the terms of Section 10 hereof. Upon the Sales Restrictions terminating with respect to certain Shares under the first sentence of this Section 5, the executor, administrator or other personal representative of your estate, or the trustee of any trust becoming entitled thereto by reason of your death, may transfer such Shares to any person or persons entitled thereto under your will or under your trust or other instrument (or, in the absence of any will, under the laws of descent and distribution) governing the distribution of your estate in the event of your death.

6. Termination of Restrictions Upon Disability . If either (i) you shall become disabled and as a result thereof cease to be an Employee under and pursuant to applicable disability provisions of any employment contract to which you and the Company or any of its subsidiaries are parties, or (b) you shall become disabled to such extent that you are unable to perform the usual duties of your job for a period of 12 consecutive weeks or more and as the result thereof the Compensation Committee approves the termination of your employment within 12 months following the first day of such 12 consecutive week period on terms that include the right to transfer the Shares free of the Forfeiture Restrictions and the Sales Restrictions, then, effective as of the date you cease to be an Employee, the Forfeiture Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) and the Sales Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to a number of Shares (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) that bears the same ratio to the total number of Shares as the number of days from the Award Date through the date you cease to be an Employee bears to 1,096. Any Shares which remain subject to both the Forfeiture Restrictions and Sales Restrictions after the calculation described in the preceding sentence shall be forfeited to the Company as of the date you cease to be an Employee in accordance with the terms of Section 10 hereof.

 

2


7. Termination of Restrictions Upon Retirement . If you cease to be an Employee because of your retirement, then, effective as of the date you cease to be an Employee, the Forfeiture Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) and the Sales Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to all of the Shares. For purposes of this Section 7, you shall be deemed to have ceased to be an Employee because of your “retirement” only if you cease to be an Employee (1) after you either have both attained at least age 55 and completed at least 10 years as an Employee or have become eligible for retiree medical coverage under a health care plan of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and (2) other than by reason of your fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, gross insubordination, failure to perform in good faith your assigned duties or any other reason for which a termination of employment would be deemed for “cause” under any employment agreement that is between you and the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and in effect at the time of your ceasing to be an Employee.

8. Termination of Sales Restrictions Upon Termination of Employment Other Than For Death, Disability or Retirement . If you shall cease to be an Employee other than by reason of an event described in Section 5, 6 or 7 hereof, then, effective as of the date you cease to be an Employee, the Sales Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to any Shares that have by the date you cease to be an Employee already become free of the Forfeiture Restrictions under the terms of Section 4 hereof.

9. Change in Control . If a Change in Control (within the meaning of that term as defined in the Plan) occurs, then, effective as of the date of such Change in Control, the Forfeiture Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) and the Sales Restrictions (to the extent such restrictions have not earlier terminated under the terms of Section 4 hereof) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to all of the Shares.

10. Forfeiture . If you cease to be an Employee, then, except as provided in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 hereof, any Shares which remain subject to both the Forfeiture Restrictions and Sales Restrictions on the date you cease to be an Employee shall be forfeited to the Company as of the date you cease to be an Employee. Upon such forfeiture, all of your rights in respect of such Shares shall cease automatically and without further action by the Company or you. For the purpose of giving effect to this provision, you must execute and deliver to the Company a stock power with respect to each certificate evidencing any of the Shares, thereby assigning to the Company all of your interest in the Shares. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, you authorize and empower the Company, in the event of a forfeiture of any of the Shares under this Section 10 to (i) date (as of the date you cease to be an Employee) those stock powers relating to Shares that remain subject to the Forfeitures Restrictions and Sales Restrictions as of the date you cease to be an Employee and (ii) present such stock powers and the certificates to which they relate to the Company’s transfer agent or other appropriate party for the sole purpose of transferring the forfeited Shares to the Company.

 

3


11. Employment . For purposes of this Agreement, you shall be deemed to be an “Employee” while, and only while, you are in the employ of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and considered such an employee under the policies and procedures (including the payroll and withholding procedures) of the Company and its subsidiaries. In this regard, the granting of this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment and does not give you the legal right to be continued as an Employee.

12. Matters Relating to Certificates .

(a) Upon their issuance, the certificates representing the Shares shall be deposited with the Secretary of the Company and shall be released to you only pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12.

(b) Each certificate for Shares issued to you in accordance with this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“The Shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to the terms of a Restricted Stock Agreement between the registered holder hereof and Cincinnati Bell Inc., dated as of December 7, 2007, and may not be transferred by the holder, except as provided by the terms of such agreement, a copy of which is on deposit with the Secretary of Cincinnati Bell Inc. and which will be mailed to a shareholder of Cincinnati Bell Inc. without charge within five days after receipt of a written request.”

(c) Upon the lapse or termination of the Sales Restrictions as to any Shares, the certificate evidencing such Shares shall be promptly presented to the Company’s transfer agent or other appropriate party with instructions to cause such certificate to be reissued, to the extent appropriate, in your name and without the foregoing legend. Any Shares evidenced by such certificate which remain subject to the Sales Restrictions shall be evidenced by a new certificate, bearing the foregoing legend, which shall be returned to the Company. Upon the lapse or termination of the Sales Restrictions as to any Shares, the stock power or powers held by the Company with respect to such Shares shall be surrendered to you (in exchange, if applicable, for a stock power relating to any Shares which remain subject to the Sales Restrictions).

13. Interpretation . You acknowledge that the Compensation Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and this Agreement if and when any questions of meaning arises under the Plan or this Agreement, and any such construction or interpretation shall be binding on you, your heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives and any other persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Shares.

14. Withholding .

(a) In the event that the award and receipt of the Shares, the expiration of the Forfeiture Restrictions and/or Sales Restrictions, the payment of dividends on the Shares or any other event results in your realization of income or wages which for federal, state and/or local income or other employment tax purposes is, in the opinion of the Company, subject to

 

4


withholding of tax by the Company or its subsidiaries, you shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the withholding tax amount that the Company determines applies with respect to such event or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of such tax, which arrangements may include your agreement to surrender to the Company Shares that have become free of Forfeiture Restrictions (even if such Shares would not otherwise be free of Sales Restrictions). Otherwise, the Company may, at its discretion and to the extent it determines is necessary to pay such withholding tax amount, withhold any such withholding tax amount from your salary, dividends paid by the Company on Shares, any Shares that have become free of Forfeiture Restrictions or any other compensation payable to you.

(b) To the extent Shares that have become free of Forfeiture Restrictions are used to pay any withholding tax amount, such Shares shall be deemed to be free of any Sales Restrictions (even if they would otherwise not be free of such restrictions under the other terms of this Agreement).

15. Notices . All notices and other communications to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid, and addressed as follows:

 

TO THE COMPANY:    Cincinnati Bell Inc.
   221 East Fourth Street, RM. 103-715
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Attention: Director of Compensation & Benefits
TO THE EMPLOYEE:    Employee Name
   Address

or to any other address as to which notice has been given in the manner herein provided.

16. Effect of Employment Agreement . Notwithstanding any of the terms of the foregoing sections of this Agreement, if the provisions of a written employment agreement between you and the Company or one of its direct or indirect subsidiaries would require that the Forfeiture Restrictions and/or Sales Restrictions that apply to any Shares will lapse on a date that occurs on or before the date such Shares either have such restrictions lapse or are forfeited under the terms of the foregoing sections of this Agreement, or would require that you be deemed to be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries until a date later than the actual date on which your employment terminates for purposes of determining the extent to which and the date on which any Shares will have any such restrictions lapse or be forfeited, then such employment agreement provisions shall control (and shall be deemed an amendment to this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference).

17. Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws

 

5


of the State of Ohio. This Agreement may not be amended except in a writing signed by each of the parties hereto. If any provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid or void under any applicable law, the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

Please indicate your acceptance by signing at the place provided and returning this Agreement.

 

    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
CINCINNATI BELL INC.
Dated: December 7, 2007     By:    
        Phillip R. Cox
        Chairman of the Board
    Employee:
Dated:          
      Accepted and Agreed

 

6

Exhibit(10)(iii)(A)(24)

CINCINNATI BELL INC.

2008 – 2010 PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT

This Performance Share Agreement (the or this “Agreement”) is made between Cincinnati Bell Inc. (the “Company” and, together with all of its subsidiary corporations and organizations, the “Employer”) and                      (the “Employee”) and is effective as of January 25, 2008. By signing this Agreement, the Company and the Employee each agrees to all of the terms of this Agreement.

Performance Share Award

Under and pursuant to the Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) hereby, on behalf of the Company and subject to the Employee signing this Agreement and thereby agreeing to all of the terms of this Agreement, agrees that, to the extent required by and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall distribute common shares of the Company (“Shares”) to or with respect to the Employee. As is described herein, Shares will generally be distributed to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement only if, among other things, certain performance goals are met by the Employer.

Terms Used In Agreement

The following terms are used in determining whether Shares are to be distributed to the Employee under this Agreement and, if so, the number of Shares to be distributed and shall have the meanings indicated below.

 

1. “Free Cash Flow,” which is also known as “Cash Generation Target,” means, for any Performance Period, the Employer’s cash provided by the Employer’s operating activities, less (a) the Employer’s capital expenditures (as specified in the Employer’s most recent capital plan) and other investing activities which do not exceed $5 million, (b) the Company’s dividend payments and proceeds from the issuance of equity securities, and (c) the Employer’s proceeds from the sale of assets which exceed $5 million, for such Performance Period.

 

2. “Free Cash Flow Goal on Cumulative Basis” means:

 

for the 2008 Performance Period

  

for the 2008-2009 Performance Period

  

for the 2008-2010 Performance Period

  

 

3. “Free Cash Flow Result” means, for any Performance Period, the quotient produced by dividing (a) the actual Free Cash Flow for such Performance Period by (b) the Free Cash Flow Goal on Cumulative Basis for such Performance Period (with such quotient expressed as a percentage, to the nearest one-tenth of one percent).

 

1


4. “Performance Period” means each period for which Shares may be distributed under this Agreement. The Performance Periods are:

 

  a. “2008 Performance Period,” which begins on January 1, 2008 and ends on December 31, 2008;

 

  b. “2008-2009 Performance Period,” which begins on January 1, 2008 and ends on December 31, 2009; and

 

  c. “2008-2010 Performance Period,” which begins on January 1, 2008 and ends on December 31, 2010.

 

5. “Performance Share Percentage” means:

 

  a. for the 2008 Performance Period or the 2008-2009 Performance Period, the Performance Share Percentage that is determined for such Performance Period from the following table (based on the Free Cash Flow Result for such Performance Period):

 

If Free Cash Flow Result for 2008
Performance Period or 2008-2009
Performance Period Is:

   Then Performance Share
Percentage for such Performance
Period Is:

Under 90%

   0%

90%

   75%

100% or higher

   100%

 

  b. for the 2008-2010 Performance Period, the Performance Share Percentage that is determined for such Performance Period from the following table (based on the Free Cash Flow Result for such Performance Period):

 

If Free Cash Flow Result for 2008-2010
Performance Period Is:

   Then Performance Share
Percentage for such Performance
Period Is:

Under 90%

   0%

90%

   75%

100%

   100%

110% or higher

   150%

If the Free Cash Flow Result for a Performance Period is between 90% and 100%, or between 100% and 110% (in the case of the 2008-2010 Performance Period), the Performance Share Percentage for such Performance Period shall be interpolated from the above table (on the basis that the Performance Share Percentage increases from 75% to 100%, and then from 100% to 150% in the case of the 2008-2010 Performance Period, on a linear basis), to the nearest one-tenth of one percent.

 

  6. “Target Number of Shares on Cumulative Basis” means:

 

for the 2008 Performance Period

             Shares

for the 2008-2009 Performance Period

             Shares

for the 2008-2010 Performance Period

             Shares

 

2


Payment of and Conditions for Award

Except as is otherwise provided in the following parts of this Agreement, for each Performance Period the Company shall, on the first March 15 that occurs after the end of such Performance Period, distribute to the Employee a number of Shares that is determined by:

 

1. first multiplying (a) the Target Number of Shares on Cumulative Basis for such Performance Period by (b) the Performance Share Percentage for such Performance Period (with the result of this clause 1 rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares); and

 

2. then subtracting, from the result obtained in clause 1 above, the total number of Shares (if any) that the Company distributed to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement for any earlier Performance Period or Periods (except that the result of subtracting the number of Shares described in this clause 2 from the result obtained in clause 1 above shall not in any event be deemed to be less than zero Shares).

For each Performance Period, the Committee shall verify the Free Cash Flow and the resulting number of Shares that the Company will distribute to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement for such Performance Period within a reasonable period after the end of such Performance Period (but in no event later than the first March 15 that occurs after the end of such Performance Period).

Employment Termination Forfeiture Exception

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the part of this Agreement that is entitled “Payment of and Conditions for Award” but subject to the following parts of this Agreement, if the Employee’s employment with the Employer terminates for any reason, other than the Employee’s retirement or disability, prior to March 15, 2011, then the Company shall not on or after the date of the Employee’s termination of employment distribute any additional Shares (beyond those, if any, distributed prior to such termination of employment) pursuant to this Agreement and the Employee shall forfeit all of the Employee’s remaining rights under this Agreement on the date of such termination of employment.

However, subject to the following parts of this Agreement, if the Employee’s employment with the Employer terminates prior to March 15, 2011 by reason of the Employee’s retirement or disability, then the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply and, instead, the provisions of the part of this Agreement that is entitled “Payment of and Conditions for Award” shall apply in determining the extent (if any) to which and when the Company will distribute to the Employee any Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

For all purposes of this Agreement, the Employee’s employment with the Employer will be deemed to have terminated when the Employee’s status as an employee on an active employee payroll maintained by the Employer for payment and withholding purposes ends.

Also for all purposes of this Agreement, the Employee’s termination of employment with the Employer shall be deemed to occur because of “retirement” only if such employment terminates

 

3


(a) after the Employee either has both attained at least age 55 and completed at least 10 years of employment with the Employer or has become eligible for retiree medical coverage under an Employer health care plan and (b) other than by reason of the Employee’s fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, gross insubordination, failure to perform in good faith the Employee’s assigned duties, or any other reason for which a termination of employment would be deemed for “cause” under any employment agreement between the Employee and the Employer that is in effect at the time of the Employee’s termination of employment with the Employer.

Further, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Employee’s termination of employment with the Employer shall be deemed to occur because of “disability” only if the Committee determines that such employment terminates because the Employee is unable to perform all of the duties of the Employee’s then current position with the Employer because of a physical or mental condition and that such inability to perform such duties is reasonably expected to be permanent. In order to make such a determination of the Employee’s disability, the Committee may in its discretion require that the Employee’s condition of disability at the time of such termination of employment be certified to by a physician chosen or approved by the Committee or that the Employee present evidence that the Employee has been determined by the U.S. Social Security Administration to have been disabled at the time of such termination of employment.

Special Change in Control or Death Benefit Provision

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the part of this Agreement that is entitled “Employment Termination Forfeiture Exception” or any of the provisions of the Plan but subject to the following parts of this Agreement, if a change in control of the Company occurs (a) on or after January 1, 2011 and prior to March 15, 2011 and (b) prior to the Employee forfeiting all of the Employee’s rights under this Agreement, then, regardless of whether or not the Employee’s employment with the Company terminates after such change in control and prior to March 15, 2011, the provisions of the part of this Agreement that is entitled “Payment of and Conditions for Award” shall apply in determining the extent (if any) to which and when the Company will distribute to the Employee Shares pursuant to this Agreement for the 2008-2010 Performance Period.

Similarly, notwithstanding any of the provisions of the part of this Agreement that is entitled “Employment Termination Forfeiture Exception” but subject to the following parts of this Agreement, if the Employee’s death occurs while the Employee is still employed by the Employer (and still treated as an employee on an active employee payroll maintained by the Employer for payment and withholding purposes) and on or after January 1, 2011 and prior to March 15, 2011, then the provisions of the part of this Agreement that is entitled “Payment of and Conditions for Award” shall apply (but as if the Employee’s beneficiary were the Employee) in determining the extent (if any) to which and when the Company will distribute to the Employee’s beneficiary Shares pursuant to this Agreement for the 2008-2010 Performance Period.

In addition, notwithstanding any of the provisions of the parts of this Agreement that are entitled “Payment of and Conditions for Award” and “Employment Termination Forfeiture Exception” or any of the provisions of the Plan but subject to the following parts of this Agreement, if either a change in control of the Company or the Employee’s death occurs prior to January 1, 2011, then the Company shall, on the date of the Company’s change in control or the Employee’s

 

4


death, distribute to the Employee (or, in the case of the Employee’s death, to the Employee’s beneficiary) pursuant to this Agreement a number of Shares that is equal to: (a) the Target Number of Shares on Cumulative Basis for the 2008-2010 Performance Period; less (b) the total number of Shares (if any) that the Company distributed to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement for any Performance Period or Periods that ended before the change in control of the Company or the Employee’s death (except that the result of subtracting the number of Shares described in this clause (b) from the number of Shares described in clause (a) above shall not in any event be deemed to be less than zero Shares).

For purposes hereof, a “change in control” of the Company shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under the Cincinnati Bell Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), as such term is amended in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

In addition, the provisions of this part of the Agreement that concern a change in control shall govern this Agreement instead of, and in lieu of, the provisions of section 15 of the Plan. The provisions of section 15 of the Plan shall not apply to this Agreement.

Beneficiary

For all purposes of this Agreement, the Employee’s “beneficiary” shall be the person or entity designated by Employee, in a writing delivered prior to the Employee’s death to the Company’s Director of Compensation and Benefits, to be the Employee’s beneficiary under this Agreement. Should the Employee die prior to designating a beneficiary, then the Employee’s beneficiary for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the Employee’s surviving spouse or, if none, the Employee’s estate.

Forfeiture Provision

Subject to the immediately following part of this Agreement, except for those Shares that the Company is required to distribute or has distributed to the Employee pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Agreement on or prior to the earliest of the dates set forth below, all of the Employee’s rights under this Agreement, including the Employee’s rights to receive any further Shares, automatically will be forfeited upon the earliest of:

 

1. March 15, 2011;

 

2. the date that the Employee’s employment with the Employer terminates for any reason (other than when such termination either is because of the Employee’s retirement, disability, or death or occurs after the Company’s change in control); or

 

3. the earlier of the date of the Company’s change in control or the date of the Employee’s death (except that this clause 3 shall not apply if the earlier of such dates occurs after December 31, 2010).

Effect of Employment Agreement

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the foregoing parts of this Agreement, if the provisions of a written employment agreement between the Company and the Employee would require that the Company distribute to the Employee any Shares pursuant to this Agreement on a date that

 

5


occurs on or before the date on which either the Company distributes to the Employee such Shares or the Employee’s rights under this Agreement are forfeited under the provisions of the foregoing parts of this Agreement, or would require that the Employee be deemed to be employed by the Employer until a date later than the actual date on which the Employee’s employment with the Employer terminates for purposes of determining the extent to which and the date on which either the Company will distribute to the Employee any Shares pursuant to this Agreement or the Employee’s rights under this Agreement will be forfeited, then such employment agreement provisions shall control (and shall be deemed an amendment to this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference).

Distribution of Shares and Stock Certificates

For all purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have distributed Shares to the Employee (or the Employee’s beneficiary) pursuant to this Agreement as of any date by transferring the ownership of such Shares on the Company’s records to the Employee (or, if applicable, the Employee’s beneficiary) on such date. Such transfer shall make the Employee (or, if applicable, the Employee’s beneficiary) the legal owner of such Shares.

Further, on or as soon as possible after any date on which the Company transfers the ownership of any Shares on the Company’s records to the Employee (or, if applicable, the Employee’s beneficiary) pursuant to this Agreement, one or more stock certificates which evidence such Shares shall be issued by the Company to the Employee (or, if applicable, to the Employee’s beneficiary).

Withholding Requirements

The Employer shall satisfy all federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements related to the Company’s distribution of any Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall satisfy such tax withholding requirements by, without any advance notice having to be given to the Employee (or the Employee’s beneficiary), either:

 

1. withholding an amount sufficient to meet such requirements from any amounts payable to or with respect to the Employee by the Employer other than by reason of this Agreement;

 

2. retaining Shares having a fair market value sufficient to meet such requirements from the Shares that the Company would otherwise distribute pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

3. combining the methods described in clauses 1 and 2 above.

The Employer may choose the method by which such tax withholding requirements shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion.

Deferral Of Receipt of Award

Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof to the contrary, the Employee may defer the receipt of (and federal income tax on) any Shares that the Company would otherwise distribute to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement to the extent permitted under the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan and applicable law, including the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, by following the deferral procedures set forth in the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan (as they are amended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code).

 

6


In general, but subject to the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan as amended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Employee may elect to defer the receipt of any Shares otherwise distributable for any Performance Period under this Agreement provided (a) that the Employee is eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan, (b) that Shares are not paid pursuant to this Agreement by reason of the Employee’s disability or death or a change in control of the Company that occurs (as to any such event) prior to the end of the subject Performance Period, and (c) that such deferral election is made:

 

1. by June 30, 2008 as to Shares otherwise distributable for the 2008 Performance Period;

 

2. by June 30, 2009 as to Shares otherwise distributable for the 2008-2009 Performance Period; or

 

3. by June 30, 2010 as to Shares otherwise distributable for the 2008-2010 Performance Period.

Regulatory Compliance

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Shares may be distributed by the Company under this Agreement at any time only upon full compliance with all then-applicable requirements of law and the requirements of the exchange upon which Shares may then be traded.

Investment Representation

The Employee represents and agrees that if the Employee is distributed any Shares at a time when there is not in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 a registration statement pertaining to the Shares and there is not available for delivery a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10(A)(3) of such Act:

 

1. the Employee will accept and receive such Shares for the purpose of investment and not with a view to their resale or distribution;

 

2. that upon such receipt, the Employee will furnish to the Company an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company;

 

3. prior to selling or offering for sale any such Shares, the Employee will furnish the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such sale may lawfully be made and will furnish the Company with such certificates as to factual matters as the Company may reasonably request; and

 

4. that certificates representing such Shares may be marked with an appropriate legend describing such conditions precedent to sale or transfer.

Adjustments

If, after the date of this Agreement, the common shares of the Company are, as a result of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, spin-off, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, property dividend, share repurchase, share combination, share exchange, issuance of warrants, rights, or debentures, or

 

7


other change in the corporate structure of the Company, increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of the Company or of another organization, then:

 

1. there automatically shall be substituted for each Share that is still subject to this Agreement the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each such Share is changed or for which each such Share is exchanged; and

 

2. the Company shall make such other adjustments to the securities subject to provisions of the Plan and this Agreement as may be appropriate and equitable.

Notices

Any notice to the Company relating to this Agreement must be in writing and delivered in person or by registered mail to the Company at the following address, Cincinnati Bell Inc., 221 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, Attention: Director of Compensation and Benefits, or at such other address as the Company has designated by notice.

Any notice to the Employee or other person or persons succeeding to the Employee’s interest must be delivered to the Employee or such other person or persons at the Employee’s address on record with the Company or such other address as is specified in a notice filed with the Company.

Determinations of the Committee Final

Any dispute or disagreement which arises under, as a result of, or in any way relates to the interpretation or construction of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee. The Employee hereby agrees to accept any such determination as final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes.

Successors

All rights under this Agreement are personal to the Employee and are not transferable except that, in the event of the Employee’s death, such rights are transferable to the Employee’s legal representatives, heirs, or legatees. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and the Employee and the Employee’s legal representatives, heirs, and legatees.

Obligations of the Company

The liability of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement is limited to the obligations set forth therein. No term or provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed to impose any liability on the Company in favor of the Employee with respect to any loss, cost, or expense which the Employee may incur in connection with or arising out of any transaction in connection therewith.

No Guarantee of Employment

The granting of this Agreement to the Employee does not constitute a contract of employment and does not give the Employee the legal right to be continued as an employee of the Employer. The Employer may deal with the Employee and the terms of the Employee’s employment as if this Agreement did not exist.

 

8


Governing Law

This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.

Plan

This Agreement is issued under the Plan, the Cincinnati Bell Inc. 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan. Except as is otherwise specifically provided herein, this Agreement is subject to all of the terms of the Plan and the provisions of the Plan shall control if there is any conflict between the Plan and this Agreement and with respect to any matters that are not addressed in this Agreement. The Plan is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

Entire Agreement

Except for any written employment agreement that is subject to the provisions of the part of this Agreement that is entitled “Effect of Employment Agreement, (a) this Agreement and the Plan supersede any other agreement, whether written or oral, that may have been made or entered into by the Employer and the Employee relating to the Shares that are subject to this Agreement, (b) this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement by the parties with respect to such matters, and (c) there are no agreements or commitments except as set forth herein and in the Plan.

Captions; Counterparts

The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN ORDER TO GRANT THIS PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD, the Company and the Employee have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the dates noted below and, by signing below, agree to all of the terms of this Agreement.

 

EMPLOYEE:     CINCINNATI BELL INC.
      By    
        Phillip R. Cox – Chairman
of the Board of Directors
Date         Date    

 

9

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

(as of February 26, 2009)

 

Subsidiary Name

 

State or Country of

Incorporation or

Formation

Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company LLC

  Ohio

Cincinnati Bell Telecommunications Services LLC

  Ohio

Cincinnati Bell Extended Territories LLC

  Ohio

Cincinnati Bell Entertainment Inc.

  Ohio

Cincinnati Bell Wireless Company

  Ohio

Cincinnati Bell Wireless LLC

  Ohio

Cincinnati Bell Any Distance Inc.

  Delaware

BRCOM Inc.

  Delaware

Cincinnati Bell Technology Solutions Inc.

  Delaware

GramTel Inc.

  Virginia

IXC Internet Services, Inc.

  Delaware

Mutual Signal Holding Corporation

  Delaware

Mutual Signal Corporation

  New York

Mutual Signal Corporation of Michigan

  New York

MSM Assoc. Limited Partnership

  Delaware

Cincinnati Bell Complete Protection Inc.

  Ohio

MVNO Holdings LLC

  Delaware

CB Funding LLC

  Delaware

CBTS Software LLC

  Delaware

Cincinnati Bell Shared Services LLC

  Ohio

CBTS Canada Inc.

  Canada

Cincinnati Bell Technology Solutions UK Limited

  United Kingdom

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-65581 and 002-82253 on Forms S-3 and Registration Statement Nos. 333-60370, 333-60376, 333-60378, 333-60384, 333-38743, 333-38763, 333-28385, 333-28381, 333-77011, 333-143088 and 333-143089 on Forms S-8 of Cincinnati Bell Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) of our reports dated February 26, 2009 (which reports express an unqualified opinion and include an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s adoption of FASB Statement No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) , on December 31, 2006, and the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , on January 1, 2007), relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of the Company and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
February 26, 2009

Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Phillip R. Cox

Phillip R. Cox
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Phillip R. Cox, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Daniel J. Meyer

Daniel J. Meyer
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Daniel J. Meyer, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ John M. Zrno

John M. Zrno
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me John M. Zrno, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Bruce L. Byrnes

Bruce L. Byrnes
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Bruce L. Byrnes, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Robert W. Mahoney

Robert W. Mahoney
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Robert W. Mahoney, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, her attorneys for her and in her name, place and stead, and in her office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Lynn A. Wentworth

Lynn A. Wentworth
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Lynn A. Wentworth, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and she duly acknowledged to me that she executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Craig F. Maier

Craig F. Maier
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Craig F. Maier, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Mark Lazarus

Mark Lazarus
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Mark Lazarus, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, her attorneys for her and in her name, place and stead, and in her office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Jakki L. Haussler

Jakki L. Haussler
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Jakki L. Haussler, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and she duly acknowledged to me that she executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

   
Notary Public    


POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS, Cincinnati Bell Inc., an Ohio corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), proposes shortly to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, an annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and

WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby designates and appoints John F. Cassidy, Gary J. Wojtaszek and Christopher J. Wilson, and each of them singly, his attorneys for him and in his name, place and stead, and in his office and capacity in the Company, to execute and file such annual report on Form 10-K, and thereafter to execute and file any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present at the doing thereof, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

/s/ Alex Shumate

Alex Shumate
Director

 

STATE OF OHIO   )  
  )   SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )  

On the 30 th day of January, 2009, personally appeared before me Alex Shumate, to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed and delivered the same for the purposes therein expressed.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30 th day of January, 2009.

 

 

/s/ Susan D. McClarnon

  Notary Public

Exhibit 31.1

Certifications

I, John F. Cassidy, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cincinnati Bell Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure control and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2009  

/s/ John F. Cassidy

  John F. Cassidy
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 31.2

Certifications

I, Gary J. Wojtaszek, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cincinnati Bell Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure control and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2009  

/s/ Gary J. Wojtaszek

  Gary J. Wojtaszek
  Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Cincinnati Bell Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John F. Cassidy, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ John F. Cassidy

John F. Cassidy
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 26, 2009

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Cincinnati Bell Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Gary J. Wojtaszek, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Gary J. Wojtaszek

Gary J. Wojtaszek
Chief Financial Officer
February 26, 2009